Hey, I saw an online petition going to try to get Mario on the
Hollywood walk of fame.  Make sure you all sign it at
http://www.petitionspot.com/petitions/walkoffame .

__
  /|/|           /           /              /
( / | ___  ___    ___      (___  ___  ___    ___  ___
|   )|   )|   )| |   )         )|___)|   )| |___)|___
|  / |__/||    | |__/       __/ |__  |    | |__   __/

   __                              ___  __   __
  /            | /                /    /  | /  |
(___  ___  ___|   ___  ___      (___ (___|(   |
|    |   )|   )| |   )|   )     |    |   )|  \)
|__  |  / |__/ | |  / |__/      |    |  / |__/\
                       __/

Mario Series Ending FAQ
By Christopher Marsh
E-mail: jelly__soup (jellysoup at gmail dot com)
GameFAQs: jelly soup
GameSpot: Jelly_Soup
NeoSeeker: Jelly Soup
Copyright 2003-2004 Christopher Marsh

This FAQ was first started on 12/1/2003.

=====================================================================
=========
Table of Contents
=====================================================================
=========

I. Copyright Info
II. An FAQ of...what?!
III. How to read this FAQ
VI. FAQ Update History
V. Mario and his endings
  1. NES
   1. Super Mario Brothers
   2. Super Mario Brothers 2
   3. Super Mario Brothers 3
  2. SNES
   1. Super Mario Brothers
   2. Super Mario Brothers 2
   3. Super Mario Brothers 3
   4. Super Mario Brothers: The Lost Levels
   5. Super Mario World
   6. Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island
   7. Super Mario All-Stars
   8. Super Mario All-Stars + Super Mario World
  3. GB
   1. Super Mario Land
   2. Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins
   3. Super Mario Brothers 3
  4. GBA
   1. Mario Bros.
   2. Classic NES Series: Super Mario Bros.
   3. Super Mario Advance
   4. Super Mario World: Super Mario Advance 2
   5. Yoshi's Island: Super Mario Advance 3
   6. Super Mario Advance 4: Super Mario Bros. 3
  5. Nintendo 64
   1. Super Mario 64
  6. GBC
   1. Mario Bros. II (Game and Watch Gallery 3)
   2. Super Mario Brothers Deluxe
  7. Arcade
   1. Mario Bros.
   2. Vs. Super Mario Bros.
  8. PC/Mac/Other Computer
   1. Mario Bros.
  9. E-Reader
   1. Mario bros.
  10. Commodore 64
   1. Mario Bros.
   2. Mario Bros. II
   3. The Great Giana Sisters
  11. Atari
   1. Mario Bros.
  12. Amiga
   1. The Great Giana Sisters
  13. DS
   1. Super Mario 64 DS
   2. Super Mario Bros. DS
  14. Bandai Satellaview-X
   1. BS Super Mario USA
  15. iQue
   1. Super Mario 64
  16. Gamecube
   1. Super Mario Sunshine
   2. Super Mario 128
  17. Pinball
   1. Super Mario Brothers
   2. Super Mario Brothers 3
   3. Super Mario World
  18. Wristwatch
   1. Super Mario Brothers
   2. Super Mario Brothers 3
  19. CD-i
   1. Super Mario Wacky Worlds
VI. Mario's relations
  1. GB
   1. Wario Land 2
   2. Super Mario Land 3: Wario Land
   3. Wario Blast: Featuring Bomberman!
  2. GBA
   1. Wario Ware. Inc.: Mega Microgame$
   2. Yoshi's Universal Gravitation
   3. Mawaru Made in Wario
  3. NES
   1. Wario's Woods
  4. N64
   1. Yoshi's Story
  5. SNES
   1. Yoshi's Cookie
   2. Yoshi's Safari
  6. GBC
   1. Wario Land 2
   2. Wario Land 3
  7. DS
   1. WarioWare Touched!
   2. Yoshi's Touch 'n Go
   3. Super Princess Peach
  8. iQue
   1. Yoshi's Story
  9. Gamecube
   1. WarioWare Inc.: Mega Party Game$
   2. Luigi's Mansion
   3. Wario World
   4. Wario's Woods (Animal Crossing)
   5. Super Mario Brothers (Animal Crossing)
  10. VirtualBoy
   1. VB Wario Land
VII. Offbeat Mario
  1. Nintendo 64
   1. Mario Party
   2. Mario Party 2
   3. Mario Party 3
   4. Super Samsh Bros.
   5. Mario Kart 64
   6. Paper Mario
   7. Dr. Mario
   8. Mario Tenis
  2. E-Reader
   1. Mario Party
  3. Bandai Satellaview-X
   1. ExciteBike: Bun Bun Mario Battle Stadium 1-Stadium 4
  4. SNES
   1. Mario no Super Picross
   2. Mario Paint
   3. Super Mario Kart
   4. Mario is Missing!
   5. Super Mario RPG
   6. Dr. Mario
   7. Mario's Time Machine
   8. Mario's Early Years: Fun With Letters
   9. Mario's Early Years: Fun With Numbers
   10. Mario's Early Years: Preschool Fun
   11. Mario and Wario
   12. Aiamua Teacher: Super Mario Seta
  5. GBA
   1. Mario Party Advance
   2. Mario Kart: Super Circuit
   3. Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga
   4. Mario Golf: Advance Tour
   5. Mario vs. Donkey Kong
   6. Mario Pinball Land
  6. Gamecube
   1. Super Smash Bros. Melee
   2. Mario Kart: Double Dash!!
   3. Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour
   4. Mario Power Tennis
   5. Mario Party 4
   6. Mario Party 5
   7. Mario Party 6
   8. Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door
   9. Mario Baseball
  7. DS
   1. Mario Kart DS
  8. iQue
   1. Mario Kart 64
   2. Dr. Mario
  9. PC/Mac/Other Computer
   1. Mario is Missing!
   2. Mario's Time Machine
   3. Mario's Early Years: Fun With Numbers
   4. Mario's Early Years: Fun With Letters
   5. Mario's Early Years: Preschool Fun
   6. Mario's Fundamentals
   7. Mario's Game Gallery
   8. Mario Teaches Typing
   9. Mario Teaches Typing 2
  10. NES
   1. Mario is Missing!
   2. Mario & Yoshi
   3. Dr. Mario
   4. Mario's Time Machine
  11. Arcade
   1. Vs. Dr. Mario
  12. GBC
   1. Mario Golf
   2. Mario Tennis
   3. Mario Family
  13. VirtualBoy
   1. Mario Clash
  14. CD-i
   1. Mario Hotel
  15. 64DD
   1. Mario Artist (Series)
  16. GB
   1. Mario & yoshi
   2. Dr. Mario
VIII. Mario Cameos
IX. Your questions answered
X. E-mail police
XI. Acknowledgements
XII. Other Ending FAQs

How to read the above list:  Games are listed by section and system.
To find
the game you are looking for, type ctrl + F and either type in the
name or
section number for the game you're looking for (eg: Mario Party 2 is
found
in section 7.1.2.).

If you find a problem with any of the descriptions or feel as though
you could
describe an ending better than the one listed, feel free to e-mail
it to me
(you will be credited).

NOTE ABOUT SUBMITTING GAME STORIES: I will ONLY except stories that
came from
                                    the game manual. Nothing else.

WARNING! The following may contain spoilers. Read at your own risk.

=====================================================================
=========

I. - Copyright Info
=====================================================================
=========

This FAQ cannot be duplicated, in any way, with out the permission
of the
author. Only the following sites are allowed to post this FAQ:

GameFAQs - http://gamefaqs.com
Neoseeker - http://www.neoseeker.com/
GameSpot - http://www.gamespot.com (via linking from GameFAQs)

No other sites and/or individuals will be given permission. EVER.

All ending descriptions are the exclusive property of their
respective owners
and used with permission.

=====================================================================
=========

II. - An FAQ of...what?!
=====================================================================
=========

So I was searching through the FAQs one afternoon, looking for
something to
busy myself with. Then I came across ReyVGM's Zelda Series Ending
FAQ (which
can be found here:
http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/snes/file/zelda_ending.txt).
I found it to be a very interesting read. He stated in his FAQ that
he hoped
that more people would make FAQs like that. It sounded to me like it
might be
rather fun. So, I thought to myself "What game series could use such
an FAQ?
And so, that is why we have a Mario Series Ending FAQ. :)

=====================================================================
=========

III. - How to read this FAQ
=====================================================================
=========

How to read the Mario and his endings section, Offbeat Mario section
and
Mario's relations section:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---

Section Number - Name of Game

STORY: <-- Story for the game (if available).

  ____________
|Release Data\ (IF AVAILABLE)
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  Name of          Name of Game in       Date Released
  Country          said Country          in said Country
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: <-- Number of endings for game.
How Ending is obtained: <-- How to get the ending(s).
Ending Description: <-- Description of the ending(s).

Boss and Final Images <-- Link to pics of the ending(s) (if
available).

Additional Information <-- Any info that pertains to the game (if
available).

For the most part, this FAQ will follow this format. There maybe some
moments that we go a little off, but it won't be to hard to
understand.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
---

How to read the Mario Cameos section:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---

Section Number - Name of Game

Systems: Name of Systems game is on - Name of game on that system

System name:

- Descriptions of cameo(s)

=====================================================================
=========

IV. - FAQ Update History
=====================================================================
=========

Version Beta 3 - 1/4/05 - I've added a few missing games, filled in
a lot
of holes and came up with a new way to present release data. I don't
know, I
think it looks pretty good. I've also changed the filing system to
make
things a bit easier to read. Even more, I've add the Cameos section
back.
I decided that it worked better the way it was in the old format, so
I didn't
change it. I know that all the release data isn't here yet, but I
wanted to
get this damn thing updated. More to come.

Version Beta 2 - 10/15/04 - Nothing new, just updating the list of
sites
that can use this FAQ.

Version Beta 2 - 10/10/04 - Yeah, new format! The old format was so
confusing, I could NEVER recreate it if I had to. Anyway, the
overhaul isn't
quite finished yet, I still have A LOT of information to add and I
need to
finish fixing the Cameo section. Please, bear with me for a time,
I'm still
working on getting this FAQ up to par, plus school and redoing the
Mega Man
Endings FAQ also. Everything will happen in do time.

=====================================================================
=========

V. Mario and his Endings
=====================================================================
=========

        =====
V.1. - *NES*
        =====

V.1.1. - Super Mario Brothers

STORY: [ One day the kingdom of the peaceful mushroom people was
invaded by
          the Koopa, a tribe of turtles famous for their black magic.
The
          quiet, peace-loving Mushroom People were turned into mere
stones,
          bricks and even field horse-hair plants, and the Mushroom
Kingdom
          fell into ruin.

          The only one who can undo the magic spell on the Mushroom
People and
          return them to their normal selves is the Princess
Toadstool, the
          daughter of  the Mushroom King. Unfortunately, she is
presently in
          the hands of the great Koopa turtle king.

          Mario, the hero of this story (maybe) hears about the
Mushroom
          People's plight and sets out on a quest to free the
Mushroom Princess
          from the evil Koopa and restore the fallen kingdom of the
Mushroom
          People. You are Mario! It's up to you to save the Mushroom
People
          from the black magic of the
Koopa!                                  ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario Bros.      12/31/85
  America

  Europe          Super Mario Bros.      5/15/87

  Japan           Super Mario Bros.      9/13/85
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 1
How Ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in world 8-4
Ending description:

After beating Bowser, Mario walks over to the Princes and she
says "Thank
you Mario! Your quest is now over. We present you a new quest." The
words "Push button B to select a world" then appear.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/smario.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.1.2. - Super Mario Brothers 2

STORY: [ One evening, Mario had a strange dream. He dreamt of a long,
          long stairway leading up to a door. As soon as the door
          opened, he was confronted with a world he had never seen
          before spreading out as far as his eyes could see. When he
          strained his ears to listen, he heard a faint voice saying
          "Welcome to 'Subcon', the land of dreams. We have been
          cursed by Wart and we are completely under his evil spell.
We
          have been awaiting your arrival. Please defeat Wart and
return
          Subcon to its natural state. The curse Wart has put on you
in
          the real world will not have any effect upon you here.
          Remember, Wart hates vegetables. Please help us!" At the
same
          time this was heard, a bolt of lightning flashed before
Mario's
          eyes. Stunned, Mario lost his footing and tumbled upside
down.
          He awoke with a start to find himself sitting up in his
bed. To
          clear his head, Mario talked to Luigi, Toad and Princess
about
          the strange dream he had. They decide to go to a nearby
          mountain for a picnic. After arriving at the picnic area and
          looking at the scenery, they see a small cave
          nearby. When they enter this cave, to their great surprise,
          there's a stairway leading up, up and up. It
          is exactly like the one Mario saw in his dream. They all
          walk together up the stairs and at the top, find a
          door just like the one is Mario's dream. When Mario and his
          friends, in fear, open the door, to their surprise, the
world
          that he saw in his dream spreads out before
them!....         ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           12/31/87
  America         Bros. 2

  Europe          Super Mario           4/28/89
                  Bros. 2

  Japan           Super Mario USA       9/16/92
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Wart in the last level of world 8.
Ending description:

After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character you where playing
as) goes into the next room, pulls the cork off the giant urn and set
the Subcon free. The game then switches to a scene of the subcon
dragging of Warts body and a counter showing how many times you
played as each character through the course of the game appears. That
scene is then show in a thought balloon above a sleeping Mario. He
wakes up, then falls back to sleep (the whole game was a dream!). We
then see some nice drawings of the different enemies and bosses
scroll
by with there names.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/mario2.html

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.1.3. - Super Mario Brothers 3

STORY: [ The Mushroom Kingdom has been a peaceful place thanks to
the brave
          deeds of Mario and Luigi. The Mushroom Kingdom forms an
entrance to
          the Mushroom World where all is not well. Bowser has sent
his 7
          children to make mischief as they please in the
          normally peaceful Mushroom World. They stole the royal
magic wands
          from each country in the Mushroom World and used them to
turn their
          kings into animals. Mario and Luigi must recover the royal
magic
          wands from Bowser's 7 kids and return the kings to their
true
          forms. "Goodbye and good luck!," said the Princess and Toad
as
          Mario and Luigi set off on their journey deep into the
Mushroom

World.                                                           ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          2/1/90
  America          Bros. 3

  Japan            Super Mario          10/23/88
                   Bros. 3
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 1
How Ending is Obtained: Beat Bowser at the end of world 8.
Ending description:

After beating Bowser, Mario walk in to the next room and finds the
Princess, who says "Thank You. But our princess is in another
castle!.. .Just kidding! Ha Ha Ha! Bye Bye."(yes, she really says
bye bye 0.o who ever wrote the ending for this game needs to
be punched in the face). The game then runs through the world maps,
names each world and shows a cute little Mario drawing.

KrazyGamerHead of gamefaqs has added: After you beat it you will
start
off with 28 (the max number of items you can carry) P-Wings.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/mario3.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to KrazyGamerHead of gamefaqs for what continued play will
get you)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        ======
V.2. - *SNES*
        ======

V.2.1. - Super Mario Brothers

STORY: [ The Mushroom Kingdom was a peaceful place, until the
fateful day
          that Bowser used his twisted magic to invade it. Bowser
turned most
          of the Mushroom Kingdom's people into rocks, bricks, and
mushrooms.
          He even kidnapped Princess Toadstool and held her captive
in his
          huge castle.

          When the Mario Brothers, Mario and Luigi, heard this, they
knew that
          they needed to do something. They decided to battle Bowser
and his
          evil minions to save the Princess. Can they do
it?                 ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in world 8-4
Ending description:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then
jumps up
into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is small),
and
the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario! The kingdom
is
saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!" The Princess
then
kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken back to World 1-1,
but
the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles and the enemies move
faster
(just like in the NES version).

(The above ending description was by heartburnkid@...)

-----

Additionl information:

This version was included in Super Mario All-Stars. The game was the
same,
but with updated graphics and 'improved' game play.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.2. - Super Mario Brothers 2

STORY: [ One evening, Mario had a strange dream. He dreamt of a
long, long
          stairway leading up to a door. As soon as the door opened,
he was
          confronted with a world he had never seen before, spreading
out as
          far as his eyes could see. Suddenly, he heard a faint voice
saying
          "Welcome to 'Subcon', the land of dreams. We have been
cursed by
          Wart. Please defeat Wart and save us. Remember, Wart hates
          vegetables. Please help us!"

          The next day, on the way to a picnic, Mario talked to
Luigi, Toad
          and the Princess about the strange dream he had. After
arriving at
          the picnic area, they found a small cave. When they opened
the door
          in this cave, to their great surprise, the world that Mario
saw in
          his dream spread out before
him!                                  ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Wart in the last level of world 8.
Ending description:

After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character you where playing
as) goes into the next room, pulls the cork off the giant urn and set
the Subcon free. The game then switches to a scene of the subcon
dragging of Warts body and a counter showing how many times you
played as each character through the course of the game appears. That
scene is then show in a thought balloon above a sleeping Mario. He
wakes up, then falls back to sleep (the whole game was a dream!). We
then see some nice drawings of the different enemies and bosses
scroll
by with there names.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/smas_2.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

-----

Additionl Information:

This version was included in Super Mario All-Stars. Its a grand old
port
of the original. The only difference from the original to this
version,
is this one came with updated graphics, 'improved' game play and a
re-mastered sound track.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.3. - Super Mario Brothers 3

STORY: [ The Mushroom Kingdom has been a peaceful place thanks to
the brave
          deeds of Mario and Luigi. The Mushroom Kingdom forms an
entrance to
          the Mushroom World where all is not well. Bowser has sent
his 7
          children to make mischief as they please in the normally
peaceful
          Mushroom World. They stole the royal magic wands from each
country
          in the Mushroom World and used them to turn their kings into
          animals. Mario and Luigi must recover the royal magic wands
from
          Bowser's 7 kids to return the kings to their true
forms. "Good-bye
          and good luck!", said the Princess and Toad as Mario and
Luigi set
          off on their journey deep into the Mushroom
World.               ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 1
How Ending is Obtained: Beat Bowser at the end of world 8.
Ending description:

After beating Bowser, Mario walk in to the next room and finds the
Princess, who says "Thank You. But our princess is in another
castle!.. .Just kidding! Ha Ha Ha! Bye Bye."(yes, she really says
bye bye 0.o who ever wrote the ending for this game needs to
be punched in the face). The game then runs through the world maps,
names each world and shows a cute little Mario drawing.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/smas_3.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

-----

Additional Information:

This version came as part of Super Mario All-Stars. Updated graphics
(they
took out the little back-flips Mario did when he grabbed a starman!)
and
improved sound. Strangely enough, they didn't improve the game play
any
for this version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.4. - Super Mario Brothers: The Lost Levels

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser at the end of world 8.
Ending Description:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then
jumps up
into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is small),
and
the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario! The kingdom
is
saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!" The Princess
then
kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken back to World 1-1,
but
the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles and the enemies move
faster
(just like in the NES version).

The ending for The Lost Levels on the All-Stars cartridge is
identical to
the All-Stars Mario 1 ending, except pushing Start takes you to
World A-1
instead of the modified 1-1.

-----

Additional Information:

The lost levels is the Japanese Super Mario Brothers 2. It was
thought to
be to hard for American gamers, so was never brought here. Instead,
America got a modified version of Doki Doki Panic, fixed with Mario
characters, as a sequel.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.5. - Super Mario World

STORY: [ After saving the Mushroom Kingdom from Bowser and the rest
of the
          Koopas in Super Mario 3, Mario and Luigi needed to
recuperate from
          their adventures. Together they agreed that the best place
to
          vacation was a magical place called Dinosaur Land.

          But while Mario and Luigi reclined on the beach for a
relaxing
          nap, Princess Toadstool disappeared, apparently seized by
evil
          forces. After searching for hours for their missing friend,
Mario
          and Luigi came upon an enormous egg in the forest.

          Suddenly the egg hatched, and out popped a young dinosaur
named
          YOSHI, who proceeded to tell Mario and Luigi a sad tale of
how his
          dinosaur pals who were sealed in similar eggs by a group of
          monstrous turtles.

          "Monstrous turtles!," exclaimed Luigi. "Bowser and his
bunch have
           returned!" Mario slowly nodded his head in agreement and,
along
           with Luigi and Yoshi, set off across Dinosaur Land to find
the
           Princess and to free Yoshi's friends. As they began their
           journey, Yoshi handed Mario a beautiful
           cape. "This may help you," Yoshi said. "Some say it has
magical
           powers."

           With a little luck (and help from a magic cape), our hearty
           crew can defeat the seven worlds of Bowser's Krazy Koopa
Kritters.
           Many locations are well-hidden so explore everywhere and
try
           everything. Not all locations have
           to be explored to rescue the dinosaurs and save Princess
           Toadstool, but there are many "starry" treasures to be
found in
           far-reaching places. You'll need to search all areas to
find out
           what kinds of treasure are there... in Super Mario
World.       ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario World     8/31/94
  America

  Japan           Super Mario World     11/21/90

  Europe          Super Mario World     6/4/92
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description:

Bowser's Koopa Clown Car flips over and the Princess falls down.
She kisses Mario and fire works begin in the background. The
Princess gets on Yoshi and Mario, the Princess, Yoshi and
Yoshi's friend's (trapped in eggs) head home. When they get back to
the Yoshi's home on Yoshi's Island, the Blue Yoshi, the Red Yoshi
and the Yellow Yoshi are there. The 7 eggs hatch and Mario, the
Princess, and Luigi wave goodbye. A scene shows up with the names and
pics of each enemy in the game. After that, a picture shows up of
Mario, Luigi and the princess all saying thank you.

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/smw.htm

(The above ending description was compiled by various users on the
Console
  Gaming form on the G4tv.com message boards)
(Thanks to Luke Sather at faqs@... for telling me the correct
name
  of Bowser's vehicle)

-----

Additonal Information:

The name for Bowser's ride, Koopa Clown Car, was taken from the
Official
Nintendo Players Guide. In said guide, they also use the names
Bowser's
Heli and Clown Ship.

For those who keep asking, I got the name Wirrly Bird from a players
guide
for Super Mario RPG years back and it was the only name I could
remember
for Bowser's flying contraption.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.6. - Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island

STORY: [ This story happened a long, long time ago ..,This is a
story about
          a baby and Yoshi ...

          A stork hurries across the dusky, pre-dawn sky. In his
bill, he
          supports a pair of twins, who are to be delivered to their
parents
          as soon as possible.

	  Suddenly, something appears between the clouds and races
towards
          the stork with blinding speed!

          "SSCCRREEEEECH!!!" , it screams. "These babies are mine!"

          Snatching only one baby, the creature vanishes into the
darkness
          from whence it came.

	  Oh no!

          The second baby falls undetected toward the open sea ...


          The kidnapper is Kamek, an evil Magikoopa from the Koopa
Kingdom.
          Having divined last night that twin babies born this
          morning will bring disaster to the Koopa family, he
arranged for
          an early morning ambush. Returning to his castle, Kamek
          realizes that he missed the other baby. He orders his
toadies,
          "Go forth and find the other baby!! Don't let his parents
get
          him back! Ever!!"

          Meanwhile, the second baby does not fall into the sea after
          all ... it lands safely on Yoshi's back! And right after him
          drops a
map!!                                                 ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario World     8/4/95
  America         2: Yoshi's Island

  Japan           Super Mario:          8/5/95
                  Yoshi's Island
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Baby Bowser.
Ending description:

Baby Bowser falls onto some of what is left of the ground, un-
conscience.
Kamek shows up and says they'll be back and Kamek takes Bowser to the
moon. Yoshi hops across the castle remains to where Luigi and the
stork
were detained. The castle is blown up and the stork is on its way.
The
stork is shown flying past mountains while the credits are shown.
When
the stork arrives, he leaves the babies on the door step of a house
and flies off. Lights come on in the house and the door opens. The
parents proudly hold the babies above their heads and at the bottom
of
the screen it says: Heroes are born! The End.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/smw2.htm

(The above ending description is by C. Robert Meyer from World of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.7. - Super Mario All-Stars

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 5
How ending is obtained: Beat each game to see its ending.
Ending description:

Super Mario Brothers:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then jumps
up into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is
small), and the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario!
The kingdom is saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!"
The Princess then kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken
back
to World 1-1, but the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles
and the enemies move faster (just like in the NES version).

Super Mario Brothers 2:

After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character you where playing as)
goes into the next room, pulls the cork off the giant urn and set the
Subcon free. The game then switches to a scene of the subcon dragging
of Warts body and a counter showing how many times you played as each
character through the course of the game appears. That scene is then
show in a thought balloon above a sleeping Mario. He wakes up, then
falls back to sleep (the whole game was a dream!). We then see some
nice drawings of the different enemies and bosses scroll by with
there
names.

Super Mario Brothers 3:

After beating Bowser, Mario walk in to the next room and finds the
Princess, who says "Thank You. But our princess is in another
castle!.. .Just kidding! Ha Ha Ha! Bye Bye."(yes, she really says
bye bye 0.o who ever wrote the ending for this game needs to
be punched in the face). The game then runs through the world maps,
names each world and shows a cute little Mario drawing.

The Lost Levels:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then jumps
up into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is small),
and the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario! The
kingdom is saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!" The
Princess then kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken back to
World 1-1, but the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles and the
enemies move faster (just like in the NES version).

The ending for The Lost Levels on the All-Stars cartridge is
identical
to the All-Stars Mario 1 ending, except pushing Start takes you to
World A-1 instead of the modified 1-1.

Super Mario World:

Bowser's Wirrly Bird flips over and the Princess falls down. She
kisses Mario and fire works begin in the background. The Princess
gets
on Yoshi and Mario, the Princess, Yoshi and Yoshi's friend's
(trapped in eggs) head home. When they get back to the Yoshi's home
on
Yoshi's Island, the Blue Yoshi, the Red Yoshi and the Yellow Yoshi
are there. The 7 eggs hatch and Mario, the Princess, and Luigi wave
goodbye. A scene shows up with the names and pics of each enemy in
the
game. After that, a picture shows up of Mario, Luigi and the princess
all saying thank you

(The above ending descriptions are by heartburnkid@...,
jelly
  soup of gamefaqs, KrazyGamerHead of gamefaqs and various people from
  the G4tv.com Console Gaming board)

-----

Additional information:

All-Stars was an SNES port of all the classics. They came with
updated
graphics and improved gameplay/sound. The version of All-Stars that
came
with Super Mario World was a special SNES bundle deal, in which, you
bought
the SNES and got All-Stars with it. I seem to recall a lot of hotels
that
had the Super Mario World version built into the tv as part of an
overnight
package.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.2.8. - Super Mario All-Stars + Super Mario World

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North           Super Mario           8/13/93
  America         All-Stars

                  Super Mario
                  All-Stars +           12/1/94
                  Super Mario World

  Japan           Super Mario           7/14/93
                  Collection
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 5
How ending is obtained: Beat each game to see its ending.
Ending description:

Super Mario Brothers:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then jumps
up into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is
small), and the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario!
The kingdom is saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!"
The Princess then kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken
back
to World 1-1, but the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles
and the enemies move faster (just like in the NES version).

Super Mario Brothers 2:

After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character you where playing as)
goes into the next room, pulls the cork off the giant urn and set the
Subcon free. The game then switches to a scene of the subcon dragging
of Warts body and a counter showing how many times you played as each
character through the course of the game appears. That scene is then
show in a thought balloon above a sleeping Mario. He wakes up, then
falls back to sleep (the whole game was a dream!). We then see some
nice drawings of the different enemies and bosses scroll by with
there
names.

Super Mario Brothers 3:

After beating Bowser, Mario walk in to the next room and finds the
Princess, who says "Thank You. But our princess is in another
castle!.. .Just kidding! Ha Ha Ha! Bye Bye."(yes, she really says
bye bye 0.o who ever wrote the ending for this game needs to
be punched in the face). The game then runs through the world maps,
names each world and shows a cute little Mario drawing.

The Lost Levels:

Mario finds the Princess in a cage suspended over lava. He then jumps
up into the cage (and a mushroom falls on top of him if he is small),
and the Princess runs up to him. The text, "Thank you Mario! The
kingdom is saved! Now try a more difficult quest...Press Start!" The
Princess then kisses Mario. If you press Start, you are taken back to
World 1-1, but the Goombas are replaced with Buzzy Beetles and the
enemies move faster (just like in the NES version).

The ending for The Lost Levels on the All-Stars cartridge is
identical
to the All-Stars Mario 1 ending, except pushing Start takes you to
World A-1 instead of the modified 1-1.

Super Mario World:

Bowser's Wirrly Bird flips over and the Princess falls down. She
kisses Mario and fire works begin in the background. The Princess
gets
on Yoshi and Mario, the Princess, Yoshi and Yoshi's friend's
(trapped in eggs) head home. When they get back to the Yoshi's home
on
Yoshi's Island, the Blue Yoshi, the Red Yoshi and the Yellow Yoshi
are there. The 7 eggs hatch and Mario, the Princess, and Luigi wave
goodbye. A scene shows up with the names and pics of each enemy in
the
game. After that, a picture shows up of Mario, Luigi and the princess
all saying thank you

(The above ending descriptions are by heartburnkid@...,
jelly
  soup of gamefaqs, KrazyGamerHead of gamefaqs and various people from
  the G4tv.com Console Gaming board)

-----

Additional information:

All-Stars was an SNES port of all the classics. They came with
updated
graphics and improved gameplay/sound. The version of All-Stars that
came
with Super Mario World was a special SNES bundle deal, in which, you
bought
the SNES and got All-Stars with it. I seem to recall a lot of hotels
that
had the Super Mario World version built into the tv as part of an
overnight
package.

From: violet_yoshi@...:

I do remember that! It was some kind of Super Nintendo networking
system, where you'd choose a game, and they'd bill you to play for
an hour. The only bad thing was if you ran out of time before saving,
the game would restart after it'd ask you if you'd like to be billed
for another hour. So you'd hear the sounds of kids throughout the
hotel
yelling at the screen, "I DIDN'T GET TO SAVE!!!" LoL.

(The above was by violet_yoshi@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        =========
V.3. - *Gameboy*
        =========

V.3.1. - Super Mario Land

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          1989
  America          Land

  Japan            Super Mario          4/21/89
                   Land
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Tatanga at the end of world 4-3.
Ending description: After defeating Tatanga, the room your fighting
                     will disappear. You'll go forward and find the
real
                     Princess Daisy. She will thank Mario and the two
of
                     them will board a big airplane and fly off. 'The
End'
                     appears in the sky.

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.3.2. - Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          1992
  America          Land 2: 6 Golden
                   Coins

  Japan            Super Mario          10/21/92
                   Land 2: 6 Golden
                   Coins
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Wario.
Ending description: Wario shrinks down into a baby and jumps over the
                     castle walls. The castle turns white and the W
sign
                     flips over to form a M. A flag appears on
                     top of the castle. The credits will appear at the
                     bottom of the screen along with pictures of the
                     diffrent enemies in the game.

(The above ending description is by jelly soup)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.3.3. - Super Mario Brothers 3

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          ??/??/??
  America          Bros. 3
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: ?
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser (I assume)
Ending description: I assume that it's the same or similar to the NES
version, but if anyone knows for sure, e-mail me (you will be
credited).

Additional information:

For the people who keep telling me that there is no Gameboy version
of
Mario 3, SHUT UP! There is! I've played it! They were being sold at a
pharmacy near my house when I was 6 years old. I know that it isn't
in any of the online databases, but trust me, this game exists.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        =================
V.4. - *Gameboy Advance*
        =================

V.4.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.4.2. - Classic NES Series: Super Mario Bros.

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Classic NES Series:   6/2/2004
  America          Super Mario Bros.

  Japan            Famicom-Mini:         2/14/2004
                   Super Mario Bros.

  Europe           Classic NES Series:   7/9/2004
                   Super Mario Bros.
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in World 8-4
Ending description:

Bowser falls into the lava pit, and Mario walks into the room where
Peach is
held captive. She kisses you (bends down if you're small) and she
says
"Thank you, Mario. Your quest is over. We present you with a new
quest
(Do they?)." You can now "Push button B to select a world" at the
title
screen.

(The above ending desciption was by tjoeb123 of gamespot)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.4.3. - Super Mario Advance

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          6/10/2001
  America          Advance

  Japan            Super Mario          3/21/2001
                   Advance

  Europe           Super Mario          6/22/2001
                   Advance
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Wart in the last level of world 8.
Ending description: After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character
you
                     where playing as) goes into the next room, pulls
                     the cork off the giant urn and set the Subcon
                     free. The game then switches to a scene of the
                     subcon dragging of Warts body and a counter
showing
                     how many times you played as each character
through
                     the course of the game appears. That scene is
then
                     show in a thought balloon above a sleeping
                     Mario. He wakes up, then falls back to sleep (the
                     whole game was a dream!). We then see some nice
                     drawings of the different enemies and bosses
scroll
                     by with there names.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/mario2.html

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.4.4. - Super Mario World: Super Mario Advance 2

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          2/9/2002
  America          World: Super Mario
                   Advance 2

  Japan            Super Mario          12/14/2001
                   Advance 2

  Europe           Super Mario          4/12/2002
                   Advance 2
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1
How endings are obtained: Beat Bowser.
                           Beat Bowser with the Special Stages
complete.
Ending descriptions: Normal ending: Bowser's Wirrly Bird flips over
and the
                                     princess falls down. She kisses
Mario
                                     and the words "Mario and Luigi's
                                     Adventure is over. Mario, Luigi,
Peach,
                                     Yoshi, and friends are all going
to take
                                     a vacation." appear on screen.
The
                                     credits roll and eventually they
get back
                                     to Yoshi's house where all the
other
                                     Yoshi's are waiting. The eggs
hatch and
                                     everyone jumps for joy as the
words THANK
                                     YOU flash on the screen. A scene
shows
                                     up with the names and pics of
                                     each enemy in the game. After
that, a
                                     picture shows up of Mario, Luigi
and the
                                     princess all saying thank you.

Special ending: Same as the normal ending, but he enemies shown at
the end are
                 a bit different.

Boss and Final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/a/sma2.htm

(The above ending description was compiled by various users on the
COnsole
  Gaming form on the G4tv.com message boards)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.4.5. - Yoshi's Island: Super Mario Advance 3

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Yoshi's Island:      9/23/2002
  America          Super Mario
                   Advance 3

  Japan            Super Mario          9/20/2002
                   Advance 3:
                   Yoshi's Island

  Europe           Yoshi's Island       10/11/2002
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 2
How endings are obtained: Beat Baby Bowser.
                           Beat Baby Bowser with all Special Stages
complete.
Ending descriptions: Normal ending:

Kamek: How dare you?! It's not fair...you are such a big meanie...big
        meanie...someday...we will back...you'll see!
*He picks up Baby Bowser and heads for the moon. Yoshi jumps
forward, over
  to the bag with Baby Luigi in it*
Narrator: Thus, due to the marvelous teamwork of the Yoshi clan, the
           brothers are reunited. Yoshi frees the captured stork, who
sets
           about his duty and finally makes the long-awaited delivery!
           Thanks, Yoshi! The brothers will meet their parents soon!
*Your score is added up and then we watch the stork across the night
sky,
  heading for the home of the brothers. The stork drops them off on
the
  doorstep and leaves. The door opens and the new parents hold up
their
  new children.*
Narrator: Our heroes are born!

Special Ending:

Narrator: Congratulations! What an amazing job! You are the [ENTER
NUMBER
           HERE] Yoshi to adventure on Yoshi's Island!
*Yoshi runs over to his pals and they all dance. The End*

Boss and final images:
http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/a/sma3.htm

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.4.6. - Super Mario Advance 4: Super Mario Bros. 3

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          10/20/2003
  America          Advance 4: Super
                   Mario Bros. 3

  Japan            Super Mario          7/11/2003
                   Advance 4: Super
                   Mario Bros. 3

  Europe           Super Mario          10/17/2003
                   Advance 4: Super
                   Mario Bros. 3
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser at the end of World 8.
Ending description: Bowser fall down go boom and Mario walks into
the next
                     room, where the princess is. "Thank you! Peach
has at
                     last returned to our fair Mushroom Kingdom!"
                      THANK YOU!
                     The game then runs through the world maps, names
each
                     world and shows a cute little Mario drawing. You
then get
                     a Perfect Clear screen for World 8.

Special Ending: Bowser fall down go boom and Mario walks into the
next
                     room, where the princess is. "Thank you! Peach
has at
                     last returned to our fair Mushroom Kingdom!"
                      THE END
                     The game then runs through the world maps, names
each
                     world and shows a cute little Mario drawing.
After every
                     world map is a section of credits.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/d/sma4.htm

(The above ending descriptions are by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to crackhouse69@... for fixing what Peach says after
you
  beat Bowser)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        =============
V.5. - *Nintendo 64*
        =============

V.5.1. - Super Mario 64

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario 64       8/31/96
  America

  Japan            Super Mario 64       7/11/2003

                   Super Mario 64       7/18/97
                   (Rumble Pak verison)

  Europe           Super Mario 64       3/1/97
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser with between 70 and 119 stars
                         beat Bowser with 120 stars.
Ending description:
Ending 1 - Bowser lies on his back in the middle of the arena.
            Bowser: Nooo! It can't be! You've really beaten me,
            Mario?!! I gave those troops Power, but now it's
            fading away! Arrggghh! I can see peace returning to
            the world! I can't stand it! Hmmm . . . It's not over
            yet . . . C'mon troops! Let's watch the ending
            together! Bwa ha ha! Bowser fades away, and a giant
            star appears in his place. Mario grabs the star and
            gets a wing cap. He flies off into the distance.
            Mario lands on the bridge in front of the castle and
            the wing cap disappears. Mario looks up and sees the
            star in front of Peach's stained glass window turn into
            Peach. She floats down, and lands between two  Mushroom
            Retainers. Mario, taking off his hat and holding it in
            front of him, runs up to her. She opens her eyes and
            looks at him. Peach: Mario! The power of the stars is
            restored to the castle. . . and it's all thanks to you!
            Thank you, Mario! We have something special for you!
            Peach leans down and kisses him on the nose. Mario
            jumps up and puts on his hat. Mario: Here we go!
            Peach: Listen, everybody! Let's bake a delicious
            cake . . . for Mario. Peach and the two Mushroom
            Retainers walk inside. Mario looks up at the sky.
            Peach: Mario! Mario runs inside. The screen pans up,
            showing several birds flying away. The credits appear,
            along with cameras going around the different levels.
            After the credits, Mario and Peach, between the two
            Mushroom Retainers, wave goodbye. Lakitu comes down
            and flies overhead as the screen fades. The screen
            shows a cake, with Peach and Mario at the top, and
            candy bar saying "Thank You" and a tea set surrounding
            it. It says "The End" at the bottom of the screen.
            Mario: Thank you so much for-a playing my game.
Ending 2 - The only difference between the two endings is what
            Bowser says after being beaten: Bowser lies on his
            back in the middle of the arena. Bowser: Noooo! You've
            really beaten me this time, Mario! I can't stand losing
            to you! My troops . . . worthless! They've turned over
            all the Power Stars! What?! There are 120 in all???
            Amazing! There were some in the castle that I
            missed??!! Now I see peace returning to the world . . .
            Oooo! I really hate that! I can't watch-I'm outta
            here! Just you wait until next time. Until then,
            keep that Control Stick smokin'! Bwaa ha ha!

(The above ending description is by Nate from World of Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        ===============
V.6. - *Gameboy Color*
        ===============

V.6.1. - Mario Bros. II (Game and Watch Gallery 3)

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North          Game and Watch          4/16/99
  America        Gallery 3

  Japan          Game and Watch          4/17/99
                 Gallery 3
  ______________________________________________________|


Endings: um...this game doesn't have an ending. Mario Bros II was a
game
          where you played as both Mario and Luigi, who worked at a
warehouse.
          The idea was to pass boxes along each assembly line to the
other. As
          once you clear 8 boxes, you get a small break, then back to
work. The
          end is whenever you quit playing/drop to many boxes.

(The above was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.6.2. - Super Mario Brothers Deluxe

STORY: [ Once upon a time, the peaceful Mushroom Kingdom was invaded
by the
          Koopa, at tribe of turtles famous for their dark magic.
These
          terrible terrapins transformed the peace-loving Mushroom
People
          into stones, bricks, and ironically, mushrooms, then set
their own
          king on the throne. In the wake of the ghastly coup d'
etat, the
          beautiful Mushroom Kingdom fell into ruin and despair.

          It is said that only the daughter of the Mushroom King,
Princess
          Toadstool, can break the evil spell and return the
inhabitants of
          Mushroom Kingdom to their normal selves.

          But the King of the Koopas, knowing of this prophecy,
kidnapped the
          lovely Princess and hid her away in one of his castles.

          Word of the terrible plight of the Mushroom People quickly
spread
          throughout the land, eventually reaching the ears of a
humble
          plumber. The simple, yet valiant Mario vowed to rescue the
          Princess and free her subjects from King Koopa's tyrannous
reign.
          But can Mario really overcome the many obstacles facing him
and
          become a true
hero?                                              ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North          Super Mario Bros.       4/30/99
  America        Deluxe

  Japan          Super Mario Bros.       3/1/2000
                 Deluxe
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 3
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in Super Mario Bros.
                         Beat Bowser in The Lost Levels
                         Beat challenge mode.
Ending description:

Super Mario Bros.: Mario runs up to the princess, who
                    kisses him and says "Thank you, Mario!
                    Your quest is over. We present you with
                    a new quest." We then see a THE END
                    screen followed by a pic of Mario and
                    the princess holding hands in a garden. Then you
get
                    the Mario Award.

The Lost Levels: Mario runs up to the princess, who kisses him and
says "Wow!
                  You are a super player! Congratulations!" We then
see a
                  CONGRADULATIONS! screen, the credits and a pic of
Mario and
                  the princess holding hands in a garden. Then you
get the
                  Yoshi Award.

Challenge mode: We see a pic of Mario and the princess holding hands
in a
                 garden. You then get the Toad Award.

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gbc/a/mariodx.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        ========
V.7. - *Arcade*
        ========

V.7.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.7.2. - Vs. Super Mario Bros.

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in world 8-4
Ending description:  When you rescue Peach, she says, "Peace is
paved with
                      kingdom saved, Hurrah to Mario, our only hero.
This
                      ends your trip of a long friendship." You are
then
                      awarded 100,000 points for each life you have
                      left. Then the background turns from black to
sky blue,
                      and the seven Mushroom Retainers you saved in
the
                      previous levels appear surrounding you, along
with the
                      text, "Thank you, Mario!"  Of course, if you're
                      playing as Luigi, all the "Mario's" in the text
are
                      replaced with "Luigi's".

                      Also, it should be noted that this ending is
identical to
                      that in the Japanese SMB2, except that Vs. SMB
uses the
                      Princess sprite from SMB1 instead of the new
                      one used in SMB2j.

(The above ending description was by heartburnkid@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        =======================
V.8. - *PC/Mac/Other Computer*
        =======================

V.8.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

        ==========
V.9. - *E-Reader*
        ==========

V.9.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ==============
V.10. - *Commodore 64*
         ==============

V.10.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.10.2. - Mario Bros. II

Endings: um...this game doesn't have an ending. Mario Bros II was a
game
          where you played as both Mario and Luigi, who worked at a
warehouse.
          The idea was to pass boxes along each assembly line to the
other. As
          once you clear 8 boxes, you get a small break, then back to
work. The
          end is whenever you quit playing/drop to many boxes.

(The above was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.10.3. - The Great Giana Sisters

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Defeat the dragon at the end of Stage 33
with either
                         Giana/Mario or Maria/Luigi.
Ending description: With a jump to a platform after the dragon, you
get the
                     great Diamond, and there is a message saying
that the
                     diamond has been acquired and the sun can get up
now.

(The above ending description was by firstchild@...)

Addition information:

From firstchild@...:
The Great Giana Sisters was a platform game and also a parody of the
Super Mario series, featuring two Italian punk rocker teenage girls
from
Sicily who get trapped in a dream and have to find the big Diamond
(guarded by the terrible Dragon) to ensure that the sun rises again -

and they can wake up.
This game was sued by Nintendo who claimed that it is a rip-off and
a
mockery of Mario (which it is not, by the way, but a very innovative
platform game with exceptionally good music and much more goodies
to collect than your regular mushroom and flower), and thus the game
was banned from the market, only to be copied on floppy disks by
gamers.
Nintendo (or the original publisher, Epyx; or the makers of the
game,
Broderbound Software, it is not clear), however, got the license to
convert the Giana program's graphics to Mario graphics and sell the
game like that. The graphics of Giana were replaced to Mario,
Giana's
sister Maria got replaced to Luigi, the "cat" baddie got replaced to
a
Koopa turtle, and the "bee" baddie (for no apparent reason) got
replaced to a flying yellow blotch with two eyes and a hat. As far
as I
remember they forgot to replace the "ball" power up to the mushroom,
also they forgot to change the "lightning" power up to the flower
which
it equals in purpose. No other features of the game were changed.

From Jelly Soup:
It should also be added and this game is an unauthorized hack of the
original  Super Mario Bros. I've gotten quite a few e-mails about me
including it in this FAQ. It's here mainly because it's a hack of a
classic Mario game, it's illegitimate daughter if you will. I think
that
it has a place here, among its peers. Besides, it's interesting
reading.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =======
V.11. - *Atari*
         =======

V.11.1. - Mario Bros.

Endings: Um...this game doesn't have any...Mario Bros. was a puzzle
game of
          sorts, in which, you jump around, avoid fireballs, run
through pipes,
          and stomp troopas to gain points. The end is whenever you
quit
          playing/die in the game.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Mario Bros.
was
  also in Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga)

The only REAL difference between each version was a slight
improvement in the
graphics department and the e-reader version requires you to have
the Mario
bros. e-reader card to play. Other than that, the game was played
the same
way, every time.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =======
V.12. - *Amiga*
         =======

V.12.1. - The Great Giana Sisters

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Defeat the dragon at the end of Stage 33
with either
                         Giana/Mario or Maria/Luigi.
Ending description: With a jump to a platform after the dragon, you
get the
                     great Diamond, and there is a message saying
that the
                     diamond has been acquired and the sun can get up
now.

(The above ending description was by firstchild@...)

Addition information:

From firstchild@...:
The Great Giana Sisters was a platform game and also a parody of the
Super Mario series, featuring two Italian punk rocker teenage girls
from
Sicily who get trapped in a dream and have to find the big Diamond
(guarded by the terrible Dragon) to ensure that the sun rises again -

and they can wake up.
This game was sued by Nintendo who claimed that it is a rip-off and
a
mockery of Mario (which it is not, by the way, but a very innovative
platform game with exceptionally good music and much more goodies
to collect than your regular mushroom and flower), and thus the game
was banned from the market, only to be copied on floppy disks by
gamers.
Nintendo (or the original publisher, Epyx; or the makers of the
game,
Broderbound Software, it is not clear), however, got the license to
convert the Giana program's graphics to Mario graphics and sell the
game like that. The graphics of Giana were replaced to Mario,
Giana's
sister Maria got replaced to Luigi, the "cat" baddie got replaced to
a
Koopa turtle, and the "bee" baddie (for no apparent reason) got
replaced to a flying yellow blotch with two eyes and a hat. As far
as I
remember they forgot to replace the "ball" power up to the mushroom,
also they forgot to change the "lightning" power up to the flower
which
it equals in purpose. No other features of the game were changed.

From Jelly Soup:
It should also be added and this game is an unauthorized hack of the
original  Super Mario Bros. I've gotten quite a few e-mails about me
including it in this FAQ. It's here mainly because it's a hack of a
classic Mario game, it's illegitimate daughter if you will. I think
that
it has a place here, among its peers. Besides, it's interesting
reading.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ====
V.13. - *DS*
         ====

V.13.1. - Super Mario 64 DS

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario 64        11/20/04
  America          DS

  Japan            Super Mario 64        12/02/04
                   DS
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in the Dark World with less than
150
                         stars.
                         Beat Bowser in the Dark World with 150 stars.
Ending description:

At the end the dialgoe for bowser is the mostly same as the N64
verson but
if you have all 150 stars at the end he talks about the touch screen
saying
''till then keep that touch screen smoken'' then at the end mairo
grabs the
star and flys awayback to the castle ground back on the bridge but
instead
all 4 charaters are there. peach comes out of the picture on top of
the
castle and says all of what she said on the N64 verson but instead of
saying mairo she says yoishy. Also the two toads aren't there.
Also at the credits are the same but on the touch sreen you can see
the
cake with in each new picture a new charater comes on the cake.

(The above ending description was by Zee Rizzuto <Zee_pso@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.13.2. - Super Mario Bros. DS

-This game has not been released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ======================
V.14. - *Bandai Satellaview-X*
         ======================

V.14.1. - BS Super Mario USA

How ending is obtained: Beat Wart in the last level of world 8.
Ending description: After beating Wart Mario (or whatever character
you
                     where playing as) goes into the next room, pulls
                     the cork off the giant urn and set the Subcon
                     free. The game then switches to a scene of the
                     subcon dragging of Warts body and a counter
showing
                     how many times you played as each character
through
                     the course of the game appears. That scene is
then
                     show in a thought balloon above a sleeping
                     Mario. He wakes up, then falls back to sleep (the
                     whole game was a dream!). We then see some nice
                     drawings of the different enemies and bosses
scroll
                     by with there names.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ======
V.15. - *iQue*
         ======

V.15.1. - Super Mario 64

Number of Endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser with between 70 and 119 stars
                         beat Bowser with 120 stars.
Ending description:
Ending 1 - Bowser lies on his back in the middle of the arena.
            Bowser: Nooo! It can't be! You've really beaten me,
            Mario?!! I gave those troops Power, but now it's
            fading away! Arrggghh! I can see peace returning to
            the world! I can't stand it! Hmmm . . . It's not over
            yet . . . C'mon troops! Let's watch the ending
            together! Bwa ha ha! Bowser fades away, and a giant
            star appears in his place. Mario grabs the star and
            gets a wing cap. He flies off into the distance.
            Mario lands on the bridge in front of the castle and
            the wing cap disappears. Mario looks up and sees the
            star in front of Peach's stained glass window turn into
            Peach. She floats down, and lands between two  Mushroom
            Retainers. Mario, taking off his hat and holding it in
            front of him, runs up to her. She opens her eyes and
            looks at him. Peach: Mario! The power of the stars is
            restored to the castle. . . and it's all thanks to you!
            Thank you, Mario! We have something special for you!
            Peach leans down and kisses him on the nose. Mario
            jumps up and puts on his hat. Mario: Here we go!
            Peach: Listen, everybody! Let's bake a delicious
            cake . . . for Mario. Peach and the two Mushroom
            Retainers walk inside. Mario looks up at the sky.
            Peach: Mario! Mario runs inside. The screen pans up,
            showing several birds flying away. The credits appear,
            along with cameras going around the different levels.
            After the credits, Mario and Peach, between the two
            Mushroom Retainers, wave goodbye. Lakitu comes down
            and flies overhead as the screen fades. The screen
            shows a cake, with Peach and Mario at the top, and
            candy bar saying "Thank You" and a tea set surrounding
            it. It says "The End" at the bottom of the screen.
            Mario: Thank you so much for-a playing my game.
Ending 2 - The only difference between the two endings is what
            Bowser says after being beaten: Bowser lies on his
            back in the middle of the arena. Bowser: Noooo! You've
            really beaten me this time, Mario! I can't stand losing
            to you! My troops . . . worthless! They've turned over
            all the Power Stars! What?! There are 120 in all???
            Amazing! There were some in the castle that I
            missed??!! Now I see peace returning to the world . . .
            Oooo! I really hate that! I can't watch-I'm outta
            here! Just you wait until next time. Until then,
            keep that Control Stick smokin'! Bwaa ha ha!

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ==========
V.16. - *Gamecube*
         ==========

V.16.1. - Super Mario Sunshine

STORY: [ Close your eyes and imagine...soothing sunshine accompanied
by the
          sound of waves gently breaking on the shore. High above,
seagulls
          turn lazy circles in a clear blue sky. This is Isle Delfino.

          Far from the hustle and bustle of the Mushroom Kingdom, this
          island resort glitters like a gen in the waters of a
southern sea.

          Mario, Peach, and a entourage of Toads have come to Isle
Delfino
          to relax and unwind. At least, that's their plan...but when
they
          arrive, they find things have gond horribly wrong...

          According to the islands inhabitants, the person
responsible for
          the mess has a round nose, a thin mustache, and a cap...

          What? But...that sounds like Mario!?

          The islanders are saying that Mario's mess has polluted the
island
          and caused their energy source, the Shine Sprites, to
vanish.

          Now the falsely accused Mario has promised to clean up the
island,
          but...how?

          Never fear! FLUDD, the latest incention from Gadd Science,
Inc.,
          can help Mario tidy up the island, take on baddies, and
lend a
          nozzle in all kinds of sticky situations.

          Can Mario clean the island, capture the villain, and clear
his
          good name? It's time for another Mario adventure to get
started!  ]

  ____________
|Release Data\
  ___________     ________________     _________________
|  Country  | - |  Name of Game  | - |  Date Released  |
  -----------     ----------------     -----------------
  North            Super Mario          8/25/2002
  America          Sunshine

  Japan            Super Mario          7/19/2002
                   Sunshine

  Europe           Super Mario          10/4/2002
                   Sunshine
  ______________________________________________________|

Number of Endings: 1, but the endings will be longer if you have all
the
                    shinesprites.
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser without saving all the
shinesprites
                         Beat Bowser after saving all the
shinesprites.
Ending description: Bowser and Bowser Jr. are blown away and the
shinesprites
                     start to restore light to the island. Bowser
confesses to
                     his son that Peach is not really his mom. Bowser
Jr. says
                     its ok and tells him that they'll get Mario.

                     If you got all the shinesprites, you get a final
image of
                     Piantissimo finding the Magic Paintbrush.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.16.2. - Super Mario 128

-This game has not been released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =========
V.17. - *Pinball*
         =========

V.17.1. - Super Mario Brothers

Endings: Well, as it's a pinball machine, it has no 'end'. I guess
the games
          over when you run out of money.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.17.2. - Super Mario Brothers 3

Endings: You were expecting this one to have an ending, right?
Sorry, pinball
          machines don't have an 'end'.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.17.3. - Super Mario World

Endings: You really want an ending, don't you? I wish I could give
you one,
          but pinball machine, endings, none.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ============
V.18. - *WristWatch*
         ============

V.18.1. - Super Mario Brothers

Endings: I have very little information on this. From what I know,
it's
          part of the Game & Watch series. If anyone has more
information
          on this, please e-mail me (you will be credited).

Eknight01 (gamefaqs) says:

Obviously, there isnt much of and ending... it's a watch. You start
out on
the bottom right and jump and dodge your way up to Bowser, 3 levels
up, on
the top right, jumping over floor gaps and fireballs shot by piranah
plants,
never gets any harder, just keep racking up points.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

V.18.2. - Super Mario Brothers 3

Endings: I have even less information on this than the last one.
From what I
          know, it's part of the Game & Watch series. Matter of fact,
I
          remember seeing one of these in Toys'R'Us when I was 5. If
anyone
          has more information on this, please e-mail me (you will be
          credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ======
V.19. - *CD-i*
         ======

V.19.1. - Super Mario Wacky Worlds

Endings: The world will never know. Supposedly, this was going to be
          something like a hard version of Super Mario World (SNES).
But,
          it was cancelled, the CD-i being the stupendous failure that
          it was.

=====================================================================
=========

VI. - Mario's relations - These games don't have Mario in the spot
light. No,
                           here is where all his pals go.
=====================================================================
=========

         =========
VI.1. - *GameBoy*
         =========

VI.1.1. - Wario Land 2

STORY: [ One quiet morning, Wario was resting peacefully in bed. He
was so
          tired from treasure-hunting that he did not hear the
suspicious
          intruders enter his castle. Who were these mysterious
characters,
          and why are they after Wario's treasure?

         "Aaargh! I can't believe that Captain Syrup and the Black
Sugar
          Gang have stolen my treasure! I am one angry Wario! I'm
going to get
          my treasures back if it's the last thing I do!

         "Wario Land 2 is much better than any of my previous games.
Why, you
          ask? Because in this game, I am immortal! There is no Game
Over!
          With multiple endings, you can play my game MANY times.
Isn't that

great?!"                                                         ]




Number of endings: 6
How ending is obtained: To get the first 5, beat each path.
                         To get the last, beat each path, find
                         all of Wario's treasure and get all
                         the picture panels.
Ending description:

Invade Wario Castle:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of Wario's Castle through
the
wall. The Skull coin on the front of the castle falls off and rolls
away.
Wario goes back to bed.

Ruins At The Bottom Of The Sea:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the ruins through the
roof. Wario's treasure falls down and piles up behind him. He gives
a quick thumbs up, grabs his treasure and swims back to his castle.

Mysterious Factory:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the factory. The
treasure they were carrying falls to the ground. Wario gives a
quick thumbs up, grabs the treasure and heads back to his castle.

Uncanny Mansion:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the Mansion. A pile
of treasure falls behind Wario. He goes to get it, but a trap door
opens up under his feet and he falls down into a bottomless pit. He
then wakes up in his bed, a bit annoyed. We then see Capitan Syrup's
hot air balloon heading to Wario's castle and some of she crew
sneaking into his castle.

Syrup Castle:

Syrup Castle blows up, sending Capitan Syrup and her crew flying.
Wario
lands in the forest with his treasure. He gives a quick thumbs up,
grabs
his treasure and heads back to his castle.

Steal The Syrup's Treasure:

Wario hits a switch, making a big iron door open. Inside, he finds a
giant
bag of treasure. He gives a quick thumbs up, grabs the bag and
starts off
for his castle, a BIG Black Sugar Gang member giving following.

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gb/a/wario2.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.1.2. - Super Mario Land 3: Wario Land

STORY: [ Remember Super Mario Land 2: Six Golden Coins? Wario tried
to
          take over Mario's castle, but he didn't have much luck.
Wario,
          being the persistent guy he is, has not given up. Now, he
wants a
          castle more than ever before.

          One day, Wario was practicing being mean when he thought to
          himself, "Rumor has it that the pirates of Kitchen Island
have
          stolen the giant golden statue of Princess Toadstool. Mario
is
          looking for it but, if I find it first, I could
          cash it in for a princess' ransom. With that cash and the
other
          pirates' other treasures and coins, I could buy a palace
that is
          way bigger than Mario's pathetic excuse for a castle. Ga,
ha, ha,
          ha...! What am I waiting for?

          Full of confidence, Wario took off. He didn't even stop to
think
          of how tough the Brown Sugar Pirates were. Their leader,
Captain
          Syrup was known the world over for being a really rotten and
          ruthless guy.

          Can Wario find the coins and treasures hidden on Kitchen
Island?
          What will his new palace look like? Will he keep being so
mean
          and ugly? Let's find out!

          -With my 'body slam', I'm not afraid of
pirates.              ]





Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Collect all treasures.
Ending description: After you beat the genie, the Princess will hit
the
                     lamp a couple times then run out of the room.
She'll
                     throw a bomb in the room just as Wario escapes
down
                     Mount Syrup or whatever with the lamp. On the
                     ground, Wario wakes the genie and he comes out.
The
                     genie tells him he's got one wish. These thought
                     clouds come out of Wario's head and he sees a
castle.
                     So he wants the genie to build him a castle with
his
                     money that he's collected through the game. (And
                     trust me, without the treasures, it's nothing.)
So he
                     walks to the screen with the machine that tells
you
                     how much money you have. It'll add up the last
of the
                     money, including the treasures, and then it will
rack
                     up the last of it, giving you money bags. You go
and
                     give the money bags to the genie. He'll wave his
                     hands and point to the side of the screen. Wario
                     walks to the right side of the screen. Here's the
                     tricky part. 1 money bag gets you a bird-house.
Wario
                     will frown and walk from side to side as the
                     credits roll. 2 money bags gets you a little
house
                     out of small tree. He'll do the same ending as 1
                     money bag gets you. Three money bags gets a
                     motel-like mansion. He'll smile and do flips or
                     something. Four money bags gets you a huge
castle.
                     He'll smile, do back flips and walk from side to
side.
                     In any case, a W sign (meaning Wario) will float
down
                     from the sky and land on the building he has
been made.
                     If you get 5 money bags, you get a big castle.
                     6 moneybags (get all treasures), Wario walks to
the
                     area where he receives his prize. There is
nothing
                     there. Wario floats upward and there is a planet
with
                     his face on it! Wario jumps up onto it and gives
you a
                     thumbs up, then the credits continue as usual.

(The above ending description is by Brad Rothwell)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.1.3. - Wario Blast: Featuring Bomberman!

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).


---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =================
VI.2. - *GameBoy Advance*
         =================

VI.2.1. - Wario Ware. Inc.: Mega Microgame$

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat the boss stage on Wario course.
Ending description: Wario pops out of his computer, then there's a
close up
                     where he says, "HA HA HA! You did it! My
Masterpiece!"
                     He then goes to the ice cream shop with the other
                     characters. "3 weeks later..." Ken the reporter
is
                     standing in a game shop holding Wario Ware Inc.,
                     saying, "This Wario game... will it really sell?"
                     Wario gets tons of money, and the other
characters come
                     after him trying to get their share. He runs
away from
                     them and escapes in a rocket, but the rocket
collides
                     with Dr. Crygor, and falls into the ocean. After
a list
                     of "cast credits", Wario is shown rowing away on
a
                     piece of the wreckage from his rocket, with Dr.
Crygor
                     in pursuit, and he says, "Either way, I'm still
a cad!
                     I hate everybody!  Yeaaargh!"  Staff credits
roll, then
                     the text, "Hey you!  Many thanks for playing
this game!"
                     After this, you are returned to the Stage
Select, with
                     the "Easy" and "Total Boss" courses revealed.
Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/c/wariwar.htm.

(The above ending description was by heartburnkid@...)

-----

Additional Information:

This game is PACKED with cameos of various Mario-related characters
and even
have five-second versions of SEVERAL Nintendo games.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.2.2. - Yoshi's Universal Gravitation

-This game has not be released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.2.3. - Mawaru Made in Wario

-This game has not be released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =====
VI.3. - *NES*
         =====

VI.3.1. - Wario's Woods

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =============
VI.4. - *Nintendo 64*
         =============

VI.3.2. - Yoshi's Story

STORY: [ One day, it just happened...Something terrible came to pass
at
          Yoshi's Island. The world became locked in a picture book!
The
          Super Happy Tree was stolen, and this weakened all of the
          Yoshis. This foul crime could be the misdeed of none other
than
          Baby Bowser!

          At a remote edge of the island, six fresh eggs hatched. They
          seemed to be okay. Said one Baby Yoshi to the Little Yoshi,
          "Oh my! This is such a big problem for us, so newly hatched.
           What are we to do? We should all talk about this!"

          After much discussion, they hatched a plan. By eating lots
of
          fruit, they would be filled with happiness. With all of the
          Yoshis happy, certainly the world would return to normal.
          So off they went, headed for the last page of the picture
          book, the castle of Baby Bowser. When they got there,
          they would reclaim the Super Happy
Tree!                       ]

Number of endings: Many.....
How ending is obtained: Beat Baby Bowser on page 6.
Ending description:

The story book the yoshis were trapped in will start at page 1 and
continue through, telling the story from the level you beat on that
page. after page 6 (where baby Bowser dies) you'll see all the yoshis
jumping around their super happy tree. you saved them and the tree
and
the island and a whole hell of a lot of stuff. Yay! By this time,
you're
about to barf from the cutesy, happy music...but don't fret. the book
closes and it says "the end" on the back. with
a heart. Awwwww! credits role, cutesy music winds down, and then you
get
to see your score as well as the top 5 scores are shown. Yay!

-The above ending description was by screamingshadows@...-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ================
VI.5. - *Super Nintendo*
         ================

VI.5.1. - Yoshi's Cookie

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.5.2. - Yoshi's Safari

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description:

Prince: Thanks for saving me Mario! Princess Peach told me about you.
         You are such a brave man. Now, with the gems you collected,
         we can return peace to this land. Throw the gems above your
         head, and look up toward the sky. The secret power of the
         gems, will make the worlds one again.

Mario throws the gens into the sky and they restore the world.

King: Oh! Thank you for saving this world. I don't know how to
       thank you...
Prince: Thank you so much. The two worlds, have become on.
         Everything I have, I owe to you. Next time you come to visit,
         please bring Princess Peach.
King: Please be careful on your way home.
Narrator: After restoring peace to Jewelry Land, Mario and Yoshi
           returned to the Mushroom World. There Princess Peach
           awaits. But, what has become of Bowser? He has taken the
           Koopalings and returned to whence they came. This story is
           now over.

Boss and final images:
http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/yoshisafari.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ===============
VI.6. - *GameBoy Color*
         ===============

VI.6.1. - Wario Land 2

STORY: [ One quiet morning, Wario was resting peacefully in bed. He
was so
          tired from treasure-hunting that he did not hear the
suspicious
          intruders enter his castle. Who were these mysterious
characters,
          and why are they after Wario's treasure?

         "Aaargh! I can't believe that Captain Syrup and the Black
Sugar
          Gang have stolen my treasure! I am one angry Wario! I'm
going to get
          my treasures back if it's the last thing I do!

         "Wario Land 2 is much better than any of my previous games.
Why, you
          ask? Because in this game, I am immortal! There is no Game
Over!
          With multiple endings, you can play my game MANY times.
Isn't that

great?!"                                                         ]

Number of endings: 6
How ending is obtained: To get the first 5, beat each path.
                         To get the last, beat each path, find
                         all of Wario's treasure and get all
                         the picture panels.
Ending description:

Invade Wario Castle:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of Wario's Castle through
the
wall. The Skull coin on the front of the castle falls off and rolls
away.
Wario goes back to bed.

Ruins At The Bottom Of The Sea:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the ruins through the
roof. Wario's treasure falls down and piles up behind him. He gives
a quick thumbs up, grabs his treasure and swims back to his castle.

Mysterious Factory:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the factory. The
treasure they were carrying falls to the ground. Wario gives a
quick thumbs up, grabs the treasure and heads back to his castle.

Uncanny Mansion:

Capitan Syrup and her crew are blasted out of the Mansion. A pile
of treasure falls behind Wario. He goes to get it, but a trap door
opens up under his feet and he falls down into a bottomless pit. He
then wakes up in his bed, a bit annoyed. We then see Capitan Syrup's
hot air balloon heading to Wario's castle and some of she crew
sneaking into his castle.

Syrup Castle:

Syrup Castle blows up, sending Capitan Syrup and her crew flying.
Wario
lands in the forest with his treasure. He gives a quick thumbs up,
grabs
his treasure and heads back to his castle.

Steal The Syrup's Treasure:

Wario hits a switch, making a big iron door open. Inside, he finds a
giant
bag of treasure. He gives a quick thumbs up, grabs the bag and
starts off
for his castle, a BIG Black Sugar Gang member giving following.

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gb/a/wario2.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.6.2. - Wario Land 3

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Hidden Figure.
Ending description: A storm of stars shoot out of the Temple and all
the
                     monsters turn into people.
Old Man: Thank you very much!! Long ago, this was a peaceful world.
But that
          meddlesome being appeared and tried to take control. We
managed to
          seal away his power in the 5 music boxes, but he used the
last of
          his power to change us into strange beings. Fearing his
return, we
          tried to stop you, but we never thought you would defeat
him! Thank
          you very much. So, we give you all the treasure you have
collected
          so far. Now then, let me send you back to your own world.
(Old Man works some magic and Wario lands on him bum in the forest.
Then,
  a big bag of treasure appears in front of him. He holds it up,
thumbs up
  and the credits roll.)

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gbc/b/wario3.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         =============
VI.7. - *Nintendo DS*
         =============

VI.7.1. - WarioWare Touched!

-This game has not been released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.7.2. - Yoshi's Touch 'n Go

-This game has not been released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.7.3. - Super Princess Peach

-This game has not been released yet-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ======
VI.8. - *iQue*
         ======

VI.8.1. - Yoshi's Story

STORY: [ One day, it just happened...Something terrible came to pass
at
          Yoshi's Island. The world became locked in a picture book!
The
          Super Happy Tree was stolen, and this weakened all of the
          Yoshis. This foul crime could be the misdeed of none other
than
          Baby Bowser!

          At a remote edge of the island, six fresh eggs hatched. They
          seemed to be okay. Said one Baby Yoshi to the Little Yoshi,
          "Oh my! This is such a big problem for us, so newly hatched.
           What are we to do? We should all talk about this!"

          After much discussion, they hatched a plan. By eating lots
of
          fruit, they would be filled with happiness. With all of the
          Yoshis happy, certainly the world would return to normal.
          So off they went, headed for the last page of the picture
          book, the castle of Baby Bowser. When they got there,
          they would reclaim the Super Happy
Tree!                       ]



Number of endings: Many.....
How ending is obtained: Beat Baby Bowser on page 6.
Ending description:

The story book the yoshis were trapped in will start at page 1 and
continue through, telling the story from the level you beat on that
page. after page 6 (where baby Bowser dies) you'll see all the yoshis
jumping around their super happy tree. you saved them and the tree
and
the island and a whole hell of a lot of stuff. Yay! By this time,
you're
about to barf from the cutesy, happy music...but don't fret. the book
closes and it says "the end" on the back. with
a heart. Awwwww! credits role, cutesy music winds down, and then you
get
to see your score as well as the top 5 scores are shown. Yay!

-The above ending description was by screamingshadows@...-


---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

         ==========
VI.9. - *Gamecube*
         ==========

VI.9.1. - WarioWare Inc.: Mega Party Game$

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Normal Ending: Complete the bottom single
player mode.
                         Staff Roll: Unlocked after playing Time
Attack in
                                     single player mode.
Ending description:

Normal ending:

It starts by showing Mona driving along on her moped. After showing
it in
3 separate segments, she hits a soccer ball. After that, it shows the
soccer ball falling through the chimney of Wario Ware Inc. Wario is
inside, looking at his broken TV, when the soccer ball lands on the
TV.
Wario looks startled. After that, the game zooms in on the TV screen
to
show what looks like a dancing green elephant. The words "All
Better!"
flash across Wario's face, and the screen fades and shows us the Sora
Sora diner. The diner door opens, and Mona, who is standing inside,
says
"Welcome!" After that, the same cast music from the GBA version is
played, and each time it mentions a character name, it shows that
character saying various things. At the very end, it shows Wario. He
hogs the camera for a bit, then its over. After that, 5 new
single player modes are unlocked.

Staff Roll:

Basically, it's like a normal staff roll but in game form. You shoot
the "?" marks to reveal the credits, and in between each name it
shows the dancing bunnies that tried to help Orbulon in the
original Wario Ware game.

(The above ending descriptions was by hypertails86@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.9.2. - Luigi's Mansion

STORY: [ One day, Luigi received an unexpected message: You've won a
huge
          mansion! Naturally, he got very excited and called his
brother,
          Mario. "Mario? It's me, Luigi. I won myself a big mansion!
Meet
          me there and we'll celebrate, what do you say?"
          Luigi tried to follow the map to his new mansion, but the
night
          was dark, and he became hopelessly lost in an eerie forest
along
          the way. Finally, he came upon a gloomy mansion on the edge
of
          the woods. According to the map, this mansion seemed to be
the
          one Luigi was looking for. As son as Luigi set foot in the
          mansion, he started to feel nervous. Mario, who should have
          arrived first, was nowhere to be seen. not only that, but
there
          were ghosts in the mansion!
          Suddenly, a ghost lunged at Luigi! "Mario! Help meee!"
That's
          when a strange old man with a vacuum cleaner on his back
appeared
          out of nowhere! This strange fellow managed to rescue Luigi
from
          the ghosts, then the two of them escaped...
          It just so happened that the old man, Professor Elvin Gadd,
who
          lived near the house, was researching his favorite subject,
          ghosts. Luigi told Professor E. Gadd that his brother Mario
was
          missing, so the Professor decided to give Luigi two
inventions
          that would help him search for his brother.
          Luigi's not exactly known for his bravery. Can he get rid
of all
          the prank-loving ghosts and find
Mario?                          ]

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat King Boo and Zombie Bowser in the
basement of
                         the Mansion.
Ending description:

E.Gadd transforms the last of the ghosts into paintings and then
changes
Mario back into his old self. Luigi is so happy, he laughs him-self
to
tears. E.Gadd then tells Luigi that he has no use for all the money
that
Luigi found in the mansion and uses it to build Luigi a new mansion.

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.9.3. - Wario World

STORY: [ "Ah, ha ha ha! I've finally done it!" Wario chuckles to
himself as
          he does some exploring up his nose. Why does he chuckle,
you ask?
          Because he's finally completed construction of his beloved
          castle!

          "So, whaddya think? Pretty sweet, eh? The sparkling golden
walls,
          the luxurious chandeliers...And how about these marble
floors?
          It's a wonderfully gorgeous castle for wonderful and
gorgeous me.
          Hey, by the way --and this is a secret-- the lower chambers
are
          brimming with jewels and treasures that i've pilfered from
all
          over the world! What? You wanna take a peek? No way! They're
          mine, all mine!...As if i'd actually let you put a single
grubby
          finger on any of my fine treasures! Please! I'm not even
gonna
          let you look at any of them!"

          Yes, Wario is feeling pretty fine. However, unbeknownst to
him,
          something terrible has happened to his jewels. Sleeping
buried
          under all of his treasures is a powerful black jewel that
all
          but wiped out civilization long ago. And now, on an evening
          where a red moon rises, the evil black jewel awakens.

          "Huh? What's all that noise downstairs?! I was just getting
          ready to floss the gunk out of my toes! Gah! I HATE
          distraction!"

          When Wario finally notices that something strange is
happening,
          it's already too late. The evil black jewel downstairs has
          managed to engulf many of the other treasures and is rapidly
          growing larger and larger! And not only that --it's churning
          out monsters as well! Yes, that's right! It seems that the
          curse that this jewel carries lets it turn treasures into
          monsters. To make matters worse, the black jewel has decided
          that it wants to build a kingdom of its own and is changing
          Wario's world into quite a weird place.

          "Whao! What the heck's going on here?! My castle's going
nuts!
          Who did this? Who are all theses weirdoes? WHAT IN THE
WORLD IS
          HAPPENING TO MY CASTLE?!"

          After yelling this, Wario begins angrily stomping his feet.
          He's come completely unglued! but the, somehow, he subdues
          his anger, and while thoughtfully prospecting in his
nostril,
          he gets a hold of himself.

          "Using my brilliant brainpower, I think...Wait! That must be
          it! This is the work of that weird, black-colored jewel! I
          thought there was something off about that thing the first
          time I laid eyes on it! Why, that arrogant little PUNK! It
          actually thinks it can outwit the great Wario! Somehow,
          someway, i'm gonna take back every last treasure it stole
          from me! Then i'll smack that thing 100 times!!
          AAAARRRRGGGGHHHH!!

          Once Wario gets angry, absolutely nothing scares him. And
          so, after stuffing four full heads of garlic into his mouth,
          he stamps out in a furious rage to meet the
monsters!        ]

Number of endings: 2(?)
How ending is obtained: Beat the Final Boss
                         Find all the Spritelings in each stage and
then
                         beat the final boss
Ending description:

At the end, after defeating the Purple Gem, the Spritelings say
Thanks
to Wario and tell him that, as he helped stop the black Gem, they
will
rebuild his castle for him! Wario watches as the screen goes white
and the
castle is rebuilt! Then the credits role.

(The above ending description is by james_meller@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.9.4. - Wario's Woods

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VI.9.5. - Super Mario Brothers

STORY: [ One day the kingdom of the peaceful mushroom people was
invaded by
          the Koopa, a tribe of turtles famous for their black magic.
The
          quiet, peace-loving Mushroom People were turned into mere
stones,
          bricks and even field horse-hair plants, and the Mushroom
Kingdom
          fell into ruin.

          The only one who can undo the magic spell on the Mushroom
People and
          return them to their normal selves is the Princess
Toadstool, the
          daughter of  the Mushroom King. Unfortunately, she is
presently in
          the hands of the great Koopa turtle king.

          Mario, the hero of this story (maybe) hears about the
Mushroom
          People's plight and sets out on a quest to free the
Mushroom Princess
          from the evil Koopa and restore the fallen kingdom of the
Mushroom
          People. You are Mario! It's up to you to save the Mushroom
People
          from the black magic of the
Koopa!                                  ]

-----

Release Data:
North America - Animal Crossing - 9/15/02
Japan - Doubutsu no Mori Plus - 12/14/01
Europe - Animal Crossing. - 9/24/04

-----

Number of endings: 1
How Ending is obtained: Beat Bowser in world 8-4
Ending description:

After beating Bowser, Mario walks over to the Princes and she
says "Thank
you Mario! Your quest is now over. We present you a new quest." The
words "Push button B to select a world" then appear.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/smario.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

-----

Additional Information:

This version of the game was part of Animal Crossing, as an in game
item.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ============
VI.10. - *VirtualBoy*
          ============

VI.10.1. - VB Wario Land

STORY: [ I, Wario, have an interesting story to tell. One day during
my
          vacation in the Awazon river basin, I landed my trusty
seaplane,
          Bulldog, and decided to relax in the shadow of the beautiful
          Aldegara Waterfall. While basking in the sun, I
          spied some strange creatures with masks entering the
waterfall.
          This piqued my interest!

          I hurried over and followed them into the waterfall. Behind
the
          falls there was a large cave, and in the back of the
cave ...
          there was a vault filled with a glorious mountain of
treasure!!

          Some of the masked creatures jumped me, but I quickly
overcame
          them. "This treasure is all mine now!", I thought to myself
and
          rushed in to collect the loot. Suddenly, the floor
collapsed and
          I fell!

          I found myself deep within the Earth! I was quite angry and
vowed
          revenge on these creatures, "I will get their
treasure!!!"       ]

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one, know where I can get one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).

=====================================================================
=========

VII. - Offbeat Mario - Mario games that go outside the norm. Here,
you will
                        find all the party, sports and puzzle games
found in
                        Mario's world.
=====================================================================
=========

          =============
VII.1. - *Nintendo 64*
          =============

VII.1.1. - Mario Party

Number of endings: 9
How Ending is obtained: Beat the corrisponding board.
Ending description:
DK's Jungle Adventure - After the superstar is announced, stars
gather in the
                         middle of the board and a treasure is
uncovered.
                         Everyone but the loser stands there. The
loser is
                         chased of the board by a bolder.

Mario's Rainbow Castle - A rainbow forms that leads to the top of
the castle.
                          Everyone climbs up, but the loser slides
back down
                          and lakitu comes to bring him to the top.
He just
                          keeps floating while the others "celebrate".

Peach's Birthday Cake - The Cake is filled with candles, and
everyone gathers
                         in the middle with the winner in front. The
loser
                         gets bitten by a piranha plant.

Yoshi's tropical island - A star path let's the Yoshi's reunite, and
everyone
                           gathers there. The loser gets swallowed up
by the
                           fish.

Wario's Battle Canyon - The red and black bob-ombs make peace, and a
cute
                         half black, half red flag with a white bob-
omb waves.
                         The winner is in the middle, with a black
and red
                         bob-omb on either side. The loser gets
blasted out of
                         Bowser's canon.

Luigi's engine room - The engine starts up, revealing that it
belongs to a
                       flying ship. The winner stands up front of the
ship,
                       while the loser gets his butt steamed by
Bowser on the
                       ? spaces.

Bowser's Magma mountain - Everyone (even the loser) beats up Bowser.

Mini Game Island - After beating toad in slot car derby, he gives
you a game
                    for beating him (Bumper Ball Maze 1) and says
some text. I
                    beat it with peach, and he said: "Wow, you really
are a
                    superstar! Now I understand why Bowser kidnaps
you. Why,
                    even I... uh, never mind." If you beat all 50
minigames as
                    well, he gives you  another minigame (Bumber Ball
Maze 2).
                    None of these minigames can be found on the
boards.

After beating the Eternal Star board - You'll see the broken,
defaced star for
                                        a second. The screen flashes
to white,
                                        and the star reassembles
itself back
                                        together again to form a
giant star
                                        (complete with eyes). The four
                                        characters playing will be
standing on
                                        the giant star, now  much
smaller,
                                        comparing it to the size of
                                        the characters, and other
characters
                                        playing a role in Eternal
Star, like
                                        Boo. The character in first
walks to
                                        the front of the star, and
says his/her
                                        winning phrase, with the
words "You are
                                        the Superstar" on the bottom,
as
                                        usual. The star is zooming
through
                                        space, with a blur of stars,
like what
                                        you see in Star Wars. The
screen fades
                                        to white again, and you see
the
                                        Mushroom Village at night in
the
                                        Mushroom Bank. A big picture
of the
                                        star appears on the
blackboard, and the
                                        camera goes out of the bank.
A big
                                        star moves and spins around
the
                                        village, and the camera looks
upward,
                                        and you see the night sky.
That's where
                                        the credits are. When you see
some
                                        names, a star zooms by with a
character
                                        on it. It starts with Mario,
then the
                                        other playable characters,
then the
                                        board characters, starting
with the
                                        main
                                        ones (Toad, Koopa Troopa,
Boo, Bowser),
                                        then the other ones, like
Whomp and the
                                        Doorkeeper. It then shows the
citizens
                                        of the Mushroom Village, and
finally,
                                        Mario again. It then shows
the giant
                                        star with the characters I
mentioned
                                        standing on it. Fades to black
                                        and the game resets.


(The above ending descriptions are by Dr. Omicron from World Of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.2. - Mario Party 2

Number of endings: 6
How ending is obtained: Win on each board.
Ending description:

Pirate Land: Bowser finds a hidden treasure and is about to steal it
when the
              Superstar shows up. Bowser and the Superstar get into a
sword
              fight which the Superstar eventuall wins. Then Toad
declares you
              the winner.

Western Land: Bowser robs the bank and is about to get away when the
Superstar
               shows up. Bowser and the Superstar get into a gunfight
which the
               Superstar eventually wins. Then Toad declares you the
winner.

Space Land: Bowser attacks the space station and is about to destroy
it when
             the Superstar shows up. The Superstar tries to blast
Bowser's ship
             with a ray gun but he is protected by a force field.
Then the
             Superstar runs around Bowser real fast so Bowser gets
dizzy, then
             the Superstar blasts him in the back and Bowser flies
away. Then
             Toad declares you the winner.

Mystery Land: Bowser finds a golden statue and is going to steal it
when the
               Superstar shows up. Bowser challenges the Superstar
with a
               riddle, which the Superstar guesses right, and Bowser
is
               defeated. The statue turns into a Bob-omb and is
beamed aboard
               the Mother ship. Then Toad declares you the winner.

Horror Land: Bowser turns Koopa Troopa into a frog and is about to
get away
              with it when the Superstar shows up. He transforms the
Koopa
              Troopa back and then turns Bowser into a frog. Then
Toad declares
              you the winner.

Bowser Land: Bowser is about to beat up Koopa Troopa when the
Superstar shows
              up. He tries to swing Bowser by the tail but he becomes
Metal
              Bowser and 100 times heavier. Toad gives the Superstar
a star and
              then he throws Bowser up into the sky. Toad then
declares you the
              Superstar, and it shows the stage from the game opening
and the
              play ends. Then the credits roll as the entire cast of
characters
              roll by.

(The above ending description is by James Paine from World of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.3. - Mario Party 3

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: Beat Waluigi Island.
Ending description: After beating Waluigi's Island, he'll run off,
seething
                     over his loss. The Millennium Star, surprised by
your
                     victory, will give you the last Start Stamp. The
Stamp
                     Card starts flashing. Then, your character starts
                     dancing around. Once he/she's done striking
his/her
                     victory stance, the Millennium Star will give
you a
                     little whack and tell you. He'll say that there
is still
                     one final fight. As your character tries to
figure it
                     out, he asks, "Do you really want to know?". He
then
                     reveals that he is the last challenger. He
challenges
                     you to beat a mini-game called "Stardust
Battle", in
                     which you fight with him. After you beat him,
your
                     character will request that he make him/her the
                     Superstar of the universe. The Millennium Star
looks a
                     bit worried and then tells you something he
probably
                     should have said a long time before... he's not
really
                     the Millennium Star (I thought he looked a bit
                     old for a newborn)! He flys off and leaves your
                     character slumped in depression. Suddenly, the
top of
                     Tumble's dice hat opens and reveals a smaller and
                     possibly brighter star. He goes over to your
character
                     and says he's the REAL Millennium Star. He's been
                     watching you all this time from Tumble's head
                     and he likes what he sees. He grant's your
                     character's wish and takes it a step further. He
makes
                     your character an ULTRA STAR! He also gets you
out of
                     the toy box. Then, the scene goes from a far
view of
                     the papercastle to a view of the real one.
                     Your character strikes a pose with the star and
                     Tumble and lettering comes saying "Your the
                     Superstar." Then the credits roll, featuring
                     characters from the game When the credits are
                     over, it will show a scene of all the characters
                     relaxing outside, with Wario and Waluigi fighting
                     and Yoshi chasing butterflies while the others
just
                     sit. Then it shows the box of a board game that
says
                     "Mario Party" on it. A blue dice gets thrown
into it.
                     When you play in that file again, your
character's
                     image has been carved into the mountain over the
                     castle!

(The above ending description is by Sammie Spitz from World of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.4. - Super Smash Bros.

Number of endings: 12
How endings is obtained: Beat Master Hand with each character.
Ending description:

The Master Hand falls into the background from your final blow, your
character (in puppet form) falls on the desk, the door closes and the
credits roll (press Start to speed them up, A to zoom in on the
person's significance) after a special congratulation screen will
appear
for your character.

Mario: Mario is running through the courtyard holding a flag
reading "You
        are Great!"

DK: Donkey Kong is sitting in front of Congo with his mirrored-image
behind.

Link: Link is leaning on Hyrule Castle and looking at the land
behind.

Samus: Samus' helmet sits on screen with the words Thank You For
Playing
        and an image of Samus out of armor in the visor.

Yoshi: Yoshi tries to squeeze into a closed book with the words You
are
        Great in the corner.

Kirby: Kirby surfs on a Star with the words Let's Go Go Go!
intersecting
        with each other.

Fox: Fox stands in front of a Planet with Arwings flying about.

Pikachu: Pikachu stands in a forest with Venusaur, Onix, Clefairy and
          Chansey with the words Congratulations above.

Jigglypuff: Jigglypuff is looking at herself in a balloon with other
             Jigglypuff on screen.

Captain Falcon: CF is in comic form with a speech bubble
saying "Thank
                 You for Playing! Yes I am Number One!

Luigi: Luigi is walking toward Mario with the word SMMMAAASSHHH!
above.

Ness: Ness and the whole Earthbound Group are on screen with the
words
       Wow! You did it! and You're so Good!

(The above ending description is by Jigglypuff from  World of
Nintendo.)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.5. - Mario Kart 64

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Win Gold on the 150cc.
Ending description: Okay, we've probably all seen the trophy
presentation.
                     Well, if beaten on 150cc Special Cup, You get to
see sweet
                     camera angles on all the courses and the
credits. Then it
                     ends focusing on Peach's Castle and Mario
says, "Hey,
                     you-a very good! See you next time!" Now, if the
N64 is
                     reset, you will see a different picture at the
start.
                     Go into 1 or 2-player, go to Mario GP and you
will notice
                     an Extra Circuit. These are mirrored tracks
which means
                     all the turns go from left to right and vice
versa.
                     Except Toad's Turnpike which has the traffic go
towards
                     you which makes for a difficult drive. This
option also
                     appears in Vs. Mode but there's nothing you can
do in
                     there that will affect the game. If you beat
Extra
                     Special Cup, The SAME ending plays and ends the
same way.

(The above ending description is by Mike Radon from World of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.6. - Paper Mario

STORY: [ Far, far away beyond the sky, way above the clouds, it's
been said
          that there was a haven where the stars lived.

          In the sanctuary of Star Haven there rested a fabled
treasure
          called the Star Rod, which had the power to grant all
wishes. Using
          this woundrous Star Rod, the seven revered Star Spirits
watched
          over our peaceful world carefully...very carefully.

          Then one day, a terrible thing happened...The evil King
Bowser
          appeared in Star Haven and stole the Star Rod! Using its
          incredible power he quickly imprisoned the seven Star
Spirits!

          Completely unaware of the trouble in far-pff Star Haven,
Mario was
          back hime in the Mushroom Kingdom, eagerly reading a letter
from
          Princess Peach. It was an invitation to a party at the
castle!
          With much anticipation, he and his brother Luigi set off
for the
          party, oblivious to the chaos that lay
ahead...                   ]

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: When Mario defeats Bowser, Bowser shrinks
                     back down to his normal size and falls on
                     his stomach, saying, "Owww...no.....I
                     couldn't beat Mario....I was invincible
                     and I STILL couldn't beat him!"Mario gets
                     the Star Rod back as well. Suddenly the
                     hovering battle arena they were battling
                     on begins shaking. Kammy Koopa explains
                     that the intensity of the battle is too
                     much for the arena to handle, and it will
                     blow any moment. It does, destroying
                     Bowser castle and sending him and Kammy
                     off into the stratosphere. Peach, Mario,
                     and Peach's castle are all given a safe
                     landing thanks to the Star Spirits. When
                     they land, the Star Spirits each thank
                     Mario. He returns the Star Rod to them,
                     and they return to Star Haven to keep
                     things peaceful. Twink also sadly returns
                     to his home, but not before taking one
                     last look at the castle and his good
                     friend Peach. Mario is soon relaxing at his
                     house with Luigi, who's interested by the
                     story of his adventure. It's then shown
                     what happened to each of Mario's
                     companions: Goombario is back at his home
                     playing with Goombaria. Parakarry, who has
                     returned to his postal duties, gives him a
                     letter before heading off to deliver more.
                     Goombario excitedly reads out that it's an
                     invitatin to a party at Peach's castle.
                     Parakarry says something to Bombette (who's
                     residing in Koopa Vilage), but before he
                     leaves, Kolorado's wife tells him something.
                     Sushie, who is taking care of the baby Yoshis
                     as before, reads her invitation but gets
                     momentarily interupted by some mischievous
                     babies. Watt, who is back at Shy Guy's Toybox,
                     accepts. Bootler gives Bow her invitation,
                     and she accepts with a giggle. Lakilester
                     agrees while talking with Lakilulu. Kooper
                     is about to set out with Kolorado on an
                     expedition to explore the Crystal Palace when
                     he gets his invitation. Kolorado tells him that
                     he should go, but he then receives his wife's
                     message, which is basically "You good-for-
                     nothing turtle! What an insult for a husband!"
                     because he once again didn't tell her he was
                     heading out. He and Parakarry head back home
                     in a rush. Luigi gets an invitation to the
                     party for him and Mario. They head to Toad
                     Town, but Luigi leaves, saying he has
                     something important to do. Mario eventually
                     heads to the castle, where all his companions
                     and people who helped are there. Peach comes
                     out and thanks everyone for their brave efforts
                     in saving the Mushroom Kingdom, and then begins
                     the party. The credits are done in the same
                     style as Mario RPG, with a parade of characters
                     doing humorous things. Luigi leads the whole
                     thing, naturally. When the parade has
                     ended, Mario and Peach head to Mario's porch
                     and watch fireworks burst near the castle.
                     The words "The End" then pop up.

(The above ending description is by Behonkiss from World of Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.7. - Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.1.8. - Mario Tenis

Number of endings: 16
How ending is obtained: Beat a cup with the corasponding character.
Ending description: When you win a cup, the ending is different
depending on
                     which player you use.
                     MARIO: Mario celebrates, then Wario appears by
warp pipe
                            and steals the trophy.
                     LUIGI: Luigi dances for a while, then he trips
and
                            Laukita Bros steals the trophy.
                     PEACH: Peach dances with the trophy.
                     BABY MARIO: BM tries to lift the cup, but it is
to heavy.
                                 Yoshi appears, grabs the cup with
his jaws,
                                 and tells BM to get on his back. BM
lands on
                                 Yoshi's back so hard, Yoshi drops
the trophy.
                     YOSHI: Yoshi swallows the cup, and is surprised
to find
                            that the cup is now a golden egg.
                     DK: DK beats his chest holding the cup, then he
spots a
                         bunch of bananas, and throws away the
trophy.
                     PARATROOPA: Paratroopa shows off in front of 4
Koopas.
                     DKJR: DKJR celebrates and jumps into DK's arms.
                     WARIO: Wario tries to catch the cup, but he
trips and
                            misses.
                     WALUIGI: Waluigi taunts Luigi. Luigi leaves,
annoying
                              Waluigi
                     DASIY: Dasiy shows off to the crowd and trips
over.
                     TOAD: Toad throws the cup into the air, it hits
Toad on
                           the head, causing him to throw seeds
everywhere.
                     BIRDO: Birdo fires eggs into the air, but one
egg comes
                            back and hits her.
                     BOWSER: 4 Boos guard the cup, but Bowser scares
them
                             away using his fire breath.
                     BOO: Boo is being thrown into the by 4 smaller
Boos.
                          Boo vanishes for a second and then
reappears,
                          scaring the other Boos.
                     SHY GUY: Shy Guy celebrates using his propeller
to dance.
                     If you beat STAR CUP the credits will roll
afterwards.

(The above ending description is by Pazza from World of Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ==========
VII.2. - *E-Reader*
          ==========

VII.2.1. - Mario Party

Number of Endings: None really...
How ending is obtained: Umm....stop playing?
Ending description: This version of Mario Party is a card game. It
doesn't
                     really have an ending. You win, you get a
                     congratulations screen. Playing the game calls
for the
                     gamer the buy/collect Mario Party e-reader cards.

(The above was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ======================
VII.3. - *Bandai Satellaview-X*
          ======================

VII.3.1. - ExciteBike: Bun Bun Mario Battle Stadium 1 - 4

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Finish a race.
Ending description: After each course in Stadiums 1 and 2, the first-
,
                     second-, and third-place finishers will stand on
a
                     platform while Peach gives a kiss to the first-
place
                     finisher. When Peach finally makes her way into
the races
                     by Stadium 3, the congratulatory-kiss screen is
replaced
                     by long-jump and Boo-jump bonus games.

(The above ending description was by The Mushroom Kingdom
  -http://www.classicgaming.com/tmk/meb.shtml-)

Additional information:
This was a Super Mario version of ExciteBike. There were 4 versions
in the
series, but the only real difference was the inclusion of a new
character in
each version and the long-jump/boo-jump bonus games in versions 3
and 4.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ================
VII.4. - *Super Nintendo*
          ================

VII.4.1. - Mario no Super Picross

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.2. - Mario Paint

Number of endings: Zero.....
How ending is obtained: Suffer from an artistic depression/Stop
playing
Ending description: Mario Paint was a drawing/music/art creation
game. It
                     ends when your creativity ends.

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.3. - Super Mario Kart

Number of Endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Win the Gold Cup in all Courses.
Ending description: Scenes of the different tracks while the credits
roll,
                     followed by a big scene with all the characters
dancing,
                     saying Thank You and then The End.

Last scenes: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/kart.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.4. - Mario is Missing!

STORY: [ Bowser's Plot
          -------------

          Oh no! Bowser and his bad boys are back to a life of crime.
This
          time, it's not Mario World -- it's your world! From his
Antarctic
          castle, Bowser hustles his cold-blooded crew of
cantankerous Koopas
          into his powerful Pass code Operated Remote Transport And
          Larceny System (PORTALS). The twisted turtles
          transport themselves throughout the globe, where celebrated
          cities suffer shocking crime waves, as turtles trash
landmarks and
          loot ancient artifacts. With dough from his slimy sales,
Bowser
          hoards hair dryers from the Hafta-Havit Hotline. His plot?
          Melt Antarctica and flood the planet! Whoa!

          Mario's Fate
          ------------

          Will the brave brothers from Brooklyn permit this abominable
          snow plan? The boys say "Not!" Mario, Luigi and Yoshi trek
across
          ice and snow to shellac the shelled ones' schemes. But
Bowser's
          slick; in one last trick, he takes the dearest thing of
all..
          Mario is Missing!

          Luigi's Mission
          ---------------

          Luigi must stop the Koopas, foil Bowser's plan, and find
Mario.
          Sneaking into each Portal, Luigi is transported to a city in
          trouble. There, Luigi needs to nab each Koopa, grab its
loot,
          and return the artifact to its proper landmark.
          Along the way, Luigi explores the city, chats with the
locals,
          reads the maps, and solves puzzles. Help him do this before
time
          runs out! Once he figures out where he is on the globe,
Luigi must
          use the "Globulator" to call Yoshi. Only after Yoshi scares
Pokey
          away, can Luigi return to Bowser's castle and
          lock the Portal for that
city.                                   ]

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: Luigi enters a room with a secret door revealing
Mario.
                     Then Bowser appears. But Luigi pulls a lever
placing
                     Bowser in a big cannon. It shoots him outside
were he
                     freezes the credits roll by and you're done.

(The above ending description is by Prashant Saraswat from World of
  Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.5. - Super Mario RPG

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Smithy.
Ending description: After beating up on Smithy, he
says "Guoooooooooo! My
                     b.......body and head are burning! It's not....
                     possible...! I don't believe it....!
I'm...finished.
                     ...done for....!
Guooooooooooo...noooooooooooooo...!"
                     and blows up, freeing the final star piece Geno
turns
                     to Mario and says "Come on, Mario! Send the last
one
                     way up high!". Mario sends the star to the other
                     stars and they come together as the StarRoad.
Geno
                     turns to everyone and says "Thank you, everyone!
The
                     Star Road is back to normal! And....". Geno
leaves the
                     body of the doll and flies back up to the
havens. We
                     then get to see the Star Road grant the wishes
of the
                     people around the world. Then you watch a parade
with
                     all the character seen in the game. Geno, in his
star
                     form, flies down, then back up to the stars and
the
                     words "The End" appear.
                     At the end of the parade, you will get to see a
little
                     fireworks show. The more fireworks you buy in
                     Moleville during the course of the game, the
better
                     the fire works show will be.

Boss and Final Images:
http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/snes/a/mariorpg.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)
(Thanks to ricksk_3@... for pointing that more fireworks =
better
  ending)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.6. - Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.7. - Mario's Time Machine

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Finish game with low score.
                         Finish game with high score.
Ending description: Low score ending:

Mario storms into Bowser's room. Bowser calls down the time machine
and
sets it for "PARADISE 1993 AD". Bowser turns the time machine on. The
screen wipes to a shot of Bowser, lounging and laughing on his own
personal island. The game displays a message asking you to try again.

High score ending:

Mario bursts into Bowser's stronghold. Bowser sets the time machine
again,
but, the machine shows small explosions throughout its face and
switches
its display to "MALFUNCTION 9993 BC" or some other prehistoric date.
Bowser is next seen zapped into a dense rainforest. A pteradactyl
flies
by. Bowser acquires a doomed and confused look. A large dinosaur foot
reduces him to a small puddle. A congratulatory message is displayed,
followed by the credits and the words "The End"

(The above ending description was by RedRoy90 of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.8. - Mario's Early Years: Fun with Letters

Number of endings: Zero
How ending is obtained: Graduate from the 2nd grade/Write a novel
Ending description: No ending here! This was one of he learning
games made by
                     The Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES. Mario
was in it
                     becasue he was a well known character and kids
liked him.
                     That and he has published many-a book-a in his
time-a.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs and the
letters
  R and T)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.9. - Mario's Early Years: Fun with Numbers

Number of endings: Z-E-R-O spells ZERO
How ending is obtained: Spell a bad word/Get send to the principles
office/
                         get abducted by Michal Jackson
Ending description: No end for you! This is #2 of 3 learning games
made by
                     The Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.10. - Mario's Early Years: Preschool Fun

Number of endings: Zero X Zero = Dubbletynothing!
How ending is obtained: Touch the finger paint without
                         permission/Contemplate how time travel could
be
                         possible when applying a theory based on
advanced
                         quantum physics/stop playing
Ending description: No ending, last in the line of 3 learning games
made by
                     The Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs. Now go
to the
principles office!)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.11. - Mario and Wario

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Wario.
Ending description: There really is no ending, in terms of a flashy
little
                     cartoon. You just get a victory screen and then
restart
                     the game on a harder difficulty level.

(The above ending description is by Arron Jackson *e-mail with held
upon
request*)

-----

Additonal information:

Some people may remember the refrence to this game in Pokemon Red,
Blue,
Green and Yellow. Going up to your room in Pallet town and clicking
on
the SNES on the floor gives a message about a game that has Mario
with a
bucket on his head. That was Mario and Wario!

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.4.12. - Aiamua Teacher: Super Mario Seta

-----

Release Data:
Japan - Aiamua Teacher: Super Mario Seta - 8/27/86

-----

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you have been credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          =================
VII.5. - *GameBoy Advance*
          =================

VII.5.1. - Mario Party Advance

-This game has not been released yet.-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.2. - Mario Kart: Super Circuit

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Win the last race with all Gold trophies.
Ending description: After you win the last race, it shows your
character
                    racing up to Peach's Castle and jump on top of the
                    pedestal. Fish flies by, drops a trophy on your
                    characters head,  Congratulation. Then you get to
see
                    the credits while your character is racing around
in
                    different tracks.

(The above ending description is by vanilla2244@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.3. - Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Cackaletta inside Bowser.
Ending description: After beating Cackaletta:

Cackaletta: Gahhhh! What? Huh? HEY!!! What's happening to me?!?
(Mario and Luigi jump out of Bowser's mouth and Bowser collapses)
Cackaletta: EEYARGH! It can't be!!! Impossible!!! I...No...How
             could I...And to this filthy little pair! HOW COULD
             I LOSE?????
(Cackaletta's spirit is expelled from Bowser's body and Bowser's
  body returns to its normal shape. Then, Prince Peasley appears)
Prince Peasley: Cheers to the superstar siblings! I have just
                 finished rigging this castle with an explosive
                 device! We must escape before it blows up and
                 falls from the sky! Make haste! I will meet you
                 at the castle entrance!
(At the castle entrance...)
Blablanadon: H-hurry! We've gotta get out of this place! Now!
(They escape. Back in Bowser's throne room..)
Bowser: ...Whoa... Wh-where am I? Wh-What have I been doing?
(Bowser's Keep explodes and falls into the ocean. A wave shoots
  Bowser up into the sky and he smashes into the GBA screen.
  Later, at the BeanBean Airport..)
Peach: Take care, everyone! Please come visit us in the
        Mushroom Kingdom someday!
Queen Bean: Princess Peach, you have a fine group of friends. I
             am quite envious!
Lady Lima: Toadsworth!
Toadsworth: Lady Lima!
(They hug, then Prince Peasley flies in)
Prince Peasley: Princess Peach! Mario Bros.! I must thank you
                 all! Accept this gift from me to mark our
                 parting!
(A giant present falls out of the sky. They all get in the plain,
giant
  present in tow and head home. The top of the present opens up to
show
  Bowser inside)

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/d/m&l.htm

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.4. - Mario Golf: Advance Tour

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: 1. Beat all of the tournaments.
                         2. Beat everyone in singles & doubles modes.
Ending description:

#1 ending:

The credits roll. You see every golfer you've beaten, in a random
order.
After that, you see a picture Neil and Ella running around a Mushroom
Kingdom golf course, with Congratulations! under it.

#2 ending:

After you've beaten the Links Course, the same will happen, except
"Congratulations!" will change into "To be continued."

-Thanks to wallypup@... for the info on ending
requirements-
-Ending descriptions by ChainChomp of gamefaqs-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.5. - Mario vs. Donkey Kong

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained:
Ending description:

Standard Ending:

Donkey Kong falls off of the roof and lands, head first, on to a
truck full
of Mini-Marios.

DK: Ughh!
Mini-Marios: Mama mia. Oh mama mia. Oh mama mia.
DK: Uh Oh.
Mario: Hey, Donkey Kong, are you ok?
DK: Yeah. (he shoves all the Mini-Marios in to a bag)
Mini-Marios: Mama mia. Oh mama mia. Oh mama mia.
Mario: Stop, not again! Here we go again! Hoo hoo!

Plus ending:

Donkey Kong crashes to the ground and starts crying. He looks up to
find
Mario glaring at him.

Mario: Oy mama mia. (DK starts crying again)
Mario: Hey, its ok, don't cry. (Mario holds out a Mini-Mario) Here,
you
        like it? It's a Mini-Mario. (DK take the Mini-Mario in his
hands
        and looks at it lovingly)
Mini-Mario: Im in love with you. Monkey Man! Wee. Haha.

The credits roll and, every now and then, Mario makes a comment about
the credits. Eventually, you see a screen with the Toads, the Mini-
Mario,
DK and Mario with the words 'Thanks for playing' above.

Mario: Thanks you very much for playing my game. You know, I gotta
say,
        it's nice to have a little Mini-Mario.

(The above ending description was by Jelly Soup of gamefaqs)

Boss and Final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gba/d/mdk.htm

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.6. - Mario Pinball Land

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.5.7. - Classic NES Series: Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ==========
VII.6. - *Gamecube*
          ==========

VII.6.1. - Super Smash Bros. Melee

Number of endings: 3
How ending is obtained: Beat each mode.
Ending description:
Classic Mode: Once you destroy Master Hand or Master Hand & Crazy
Hand,
               your character's trophy is seen falling, and then lands
               on a table with all the trophies of characters who have
               beaten it. The credits roll, and as an added bonus, you
               get to shoot the credits. After that, it shows your
               character doing a few moves, and then shows a screen
               featuring your character, and the narrator says,
               "Congratulations." Then, you get a notice saying that
               you got a trophy of your character.
Adventure Mode: Once you destroy Bowser or Bowser and Giga Bowser,
the
                 Bowser trophy flies off into the distance, and blows
                 up. Then, the same thing happens as with Classic
Mode,
                 except that the character's trophy will be different
                 than the Classic or All-Star one.
All-Star Mode: Once you destroy the Mr. Game and Watch team, the same
                thing happens as with Classic mode, except that the
                character's trophy is different than the Classic or
                Adventure one.

(The above ending description was compiled by the group efforts of
many
users on Console Gaming form on the G4tv.com message board )

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.2. - Mario Kart: Double Dash!!

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Win in any place in any race.
Ending description:

You and your partner ride up in a gold car and touch an item box. It
will
open up and give you a trophy (depending on what place your in).

You'll get the credits if you win the Special Cup or the All Cup
Tour.
After that, you'll get a picture of Mario sitting in his kart with
Peach
standing next to it. However, If you beat the Special or All Cup Tour
on 150cc or Mirror Mode and place 3rd or better, the same sequence
occurs
execpt afterwards, the credits roll with different characters
driving by. After the credits, you get one of 2 pictures, depending
on
wether or not you beat All-Cup on Mirror Mode. If you do beat it,
you get
a picture with Mario and Peach holding a trophy saying
"Thanks for playing!" The other one says the same thing, but I
forgot what
it looked like. (Jelly Soup says: Anyone know what this pic looks
like?)
Also the title screen changes if you get the stated picture. After
the
picture, that's where you're going back to.

-The above ending description is by supersonic2003@...,
  ChainChomp of gamefaqs and tjoeb123 of gamespot-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.3. - Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Beat all of the tournaments.
                         Beat everyone in singles & doubles modes.
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

-Thanks to wallypup@... for the info on ending
requirements-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.4. - Mario Power Tennis

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: Beat each tournament with each character.
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

-Thanks to wallypup@... for the ending requirments-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.5. - Mario Party 4

Number of endings: 4
How ending is obtained: 1 for beating/losing on any board in Story
Mode
                         1 for beating/losing on any board in Party
Mode
                         1 for beating/losing in any mini-game in the
                           Extra Room
                         1 for beating all the boards and the Bowser
Battle
                           mini-game in Story Mode
Ending description:
Story mode: Well, its not really an ending, per say. When you
complete a
             board (wether you win or not), your taken to a gameshow
like
             stage where the host character for that board will
evaluate how
             well everyone did based on how many coins and stars you
have
             collected and how many mini-games you have won. If you
lose on
             that board, your asked if you would like to try agine.
If you
             win, the host character challenges you to a mini-game.
If you
             win, the other characters provide you with presents.

Party mode: When you complete a board (wether you win or not), your
taken
             a gameshow like stage where the host character for that
board
             will evaluate how well everyone did based on how many
coins and
             stars you have collected and how many mini-games you
have won.
             That's it. You can't win presents on this board. This is
the
             multi-player mode for the game.

Extra Room: After the mini-game is over, Thawamp or Whammy
(depending on
             which mini-game list you picked) will tell you your rank
for
             that mini-game.

Final Ending: Final ending obtained by beating all boards (spoiler)
               including the secret Bowser board (Gee, why am I not
               surprised Bowser has a board?) and the Bowser Final
Battle
               minigame (end spoiler) in
               story mode. Beat it with all characters to get a
trophy in
               the present room (The scene is the curtained room in
which
               most modes are introduced. The player's character is
across
               the room from Bowser, who is backed up
               by two koopa kid kron... er... cronies)
               Bowser grumbles and whines about losing. Bowser and
one koopa
               kid runs offstage, dropping a present in a
               Bowerishly-styled box. A koopa kid
               fails spectacularly at seeming tough by saying he
               "dropped it by accident". Like any other present, the
               character picks it up, it flies
               up, spins, and you get a special (albeit evil) present.
               Bowser walks depressed off into darkness, saying
               sentimental things about his
               emotions being confused. *sniff sniff* poor guy... he
               just wants to be
               understood... Toad runs on. He says that there is
               still someone who wants to give you a present. Zap in
               better graphics as it leaves the
               game engine and switches to F(ull)M(otion)V(ideo) ala
               Squaresoft's FF tendencies. A star rises up and
produces
               a lovely pyrotechnics display.
               The screen displays "HAPPY BIRTHDAY (insert character
               name here)!" It rolls the credits, showing a slide show
               to the side of the "hosts"
               costuming and etching their images into the party cube.
               It enlarges the final picture to the full screen and
fades
               it into a FMV of the Party cube melting back the
etchings
               into its original form. It flies off.
               Apparently the fireworks display created a
constellation,
               because the present room now has a constellation of
               your character above their present room.

(The above ending descriptions were by green_magic_cat@... and
  RedRoy90 of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.6. - Mario Party 5

Number of endings: 1 (?)
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: After you beat Bowser he gives up,says some
things
                     and says his wish was to fight someone strong
(His
                     wish was granted,You fought him)and then he goes
away
                     (he said this as if he was, nice. }:] ) Then
Toad says
                     his wish was to help you.Then your wish,becoming
a
                     superstar is granted and you get the credits.

(The above ending description was by KnucklesIronKnux@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.7. - Mario Party 6

STORY: [ Brighton and Twila - the sun and the moon - watch over
Mario Party
          World from the sky and host the best parties. The two
celestial
          party animals have always been good friends. That is, until
the
          day Brighton asked Twila, "Who's more impressive, you or
me?"

          Brighton and Twila argued furiously about who was more
popular
          and impressive. The sky thundered with the fury of their
          cataclysmic squabble!

          Mario and his party-hearts friends tried to get them to
make up,
          but nothing they said could settle the spat in the sky.
That's
          when Mario came up with a brilliant plan to harness the
power
          of the Stars to end the feud!

          They decided to throw a massive Mario Party to collect
Stars and
          fill the great Star Bank! Determined to end Brighton and
Twila's
          feud, they started partying right away.

          ...But will the power of the Stars be enough to end the
furious

feud?                                                            ]


Number of endings: 2
How endings is obtained: Beat any board with any character.
                          Complete the Miracle Book (buy all the
pages from
                            the Star Bank).
Ending description: To do.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.8. - Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door

STORY: [ 	        Hello there, Mario!
			 I am now on holiday, traveling in the
				 Mushroom Kingdom.

	 In my travels, I came into possession of a mystical map...a
         treasure map, actually. It was inside a box I got from an old
         merchant in a town called Rogueport.

	 But since it would be to difficult for me to try to go find
         treasure all by myself...I thought you could help me hunt
for it!
         You will, of course, won't you?

	 I've included the map with this letter, so please bring it
with
         you when you come. I'll meet you at Rogueport. (That means
you
         MUST come!)

				      -Peach-

         So Mario headed for Rogueport, where he knew Peach was
waiting
         ...but she was nowhere to be found. Where had she gone?

         When Mario started to walk around town to look for her,
though,
         he found himself in the middle of a sticky situation. He
ended up
         helping a sweet Goomba gal who was in trouble. Her name was
         Goombella, and she claimed to be in the midst of a treasure
         hunt...

         When Mario told her that he has a treasure map, Goombella
took
         him to see Professor Frankly, a wizened old archaeology
professor
         who knew much of local legend.

         According to the professor, in order to find the legendary
         treasure, they would have to first find and collect all seven
         Crystal Stars. Only then would they be able to open the
         Thousand-Year Door, behind which the treasure lay.

         Luckily for them, the map that Peach had sent was the very
Magical
         Map that showed the locations of the Crystal Stars!

         By following the map, perhaps they will also find Peach...A
grand
         adventure awaits mario and his
friends!                           ]

-----

Release Data:
North America - Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door - 10/11/04
Japan - Paper Mario RPG - 7/22/04
Europe - Paper Mario: the Thousand-Year Door - 11/12/04

-----

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Kill the Shadow Queen.
Ending description:

With the destruction of the Shadow Queen, the darkness that had
covered the
land vanished and all was right with the world once more. After
saying
good-bye to all his friends, Mario and Peach hop a boat back to Toad
Town.
Later, Mario is back at his house telling Luigi about the adventure
he just
had, when he gets an e-mail from Goombella. She tells him how
everyone is
doing: Koops is back home, more confident than ever. Vivian went
back to
Twilight Town were she lives with her sisters, who are now non-evil.
Yoshi has gone back to the Glitz Pit and is calling himself "The
Great
Gonzalas Jr." Bobbery is sailing the sea with Cortez. Flurrie has
opened
a play that she is calling `Paper Mario'. Doopliss plays the part of
Mario. Ms. Mowz is…..well, she's being Ms. Mowz. Stealing badges and
such. Grodus and the X-Naught's are being peaceful, as all that's
left
of Groudus is a head. They all miss Mario and hope that he will come
visit someday. The credits roll, the end.

After all this, you get a prompt to save your game. You can then
return to
Rougeport and explore some more.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.6.9. - Mario Baseball

-This game has not been released yet.-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          =============
VII.7. - *Nintendo DS*
          =============

VII.7.1. - Mario Kart DS

-This game has not been released yet.-

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          ======
VII.8. - *iQue*
          ======

VII.8.1. - Mario Kart 64

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Win Gold on the 150cc.
Ending description: Okay, we've probably all seen the trophy
presentation.
                     Well, if beaten on 150cc Special Cup, You get to
see sweet
                     camera angles on all the courses and the
credits. Then it
                     ends focusing on Peach's Castle and Mario
says, "Hey,
                     you-a very good! See you next time!" Now, if the
N64 is
                     reset, you will see a different picture at the
start.
                     Go into 1 or 2-player, go to Mario GP and you
will notice
                     an Extra Circuit. These are mirrored tracks
which means
                     all the turns go from left to right and vice
versa.
                     Except Toad's Turnpike which has the traffic go
towards
                     you which makes for a difficult drive. This
option also
                     appears in Vs. Mode but there's nothing you can
do in
                     there that will affect the game. If you beat
Extra
                     Special Cup, The SAME ending plays and ends the
same way.

(The above ending description is by Mike Radon from World of
Nintendo)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.8.2. - Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

          =======================
VII.9. - *PC/Mac/Other Computer*
          =======================

VII.9.1. - Mario is Missing!

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: Luigi enters a room with a secret door revealing
Mario.
                     Then Bowser appears. But Luigi pulls a lever
placing
                     Bowser in a big cannon. It shoots him outside
were he
                     freezes the credits roll by and you're done.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.2. - Mario's Time Machine

Number of endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Finish game with low score.
                         Finish game with high score.
Ending description: Low score ending:

Mario storms into Bowser's room. Bowser calls down the time machine
and
sets it for "PARADISE 1993 AD". Bowser turns the time machine on. The
screen wipes to a shot of Bowser, lounging and laughing on his own
personal island. The game displays a message asking you to try again.

High score ending:

Mario bursts into Bowser's stronghold. Bowser sets the time machine
again,
but, the machine shows small explosions throughout its face and
switches
its display to "MALFUNCTION 9993 BC" or some other prehistoric date.
Bowser is next seen zapped into a dense rainforest. A pteradactyl
flies
by. Bowser acquires a doomed and confused look. A large dinosaur foot
reduces him to a small puddle. A congratulatory message is displayed,
followed by the credits and the words "The End"

(The above ending description was by RedRoy90 of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.3. - Mario's Early Years: Fun with Numbers

Number of endings: Z-E-R-O spells ZERO
How ending is obtained: Spell a bad word/Get send to the principles
office/
                         get abducted by Michal Jackson
Ending description: No end for you! This is #2 of 3 learning games
made by
                     The Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.4. - Mario's Early Years: Fun with Letters

Number of endings: Zero
How ending is obtained: Graduate from the 2nd grade/Write a novel
Ending description: No ending here! This was one of he learning
games made by
                     The Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES. Mario
was in it
                     becasue he was a well known character and kids
liked him.
                     That and he has published many-a book-a in his
time-a.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs and the
letters
R and T)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.5. - Mario's Early Years: Preschool Fun

Number of endings: Zero X Zero = Dubbletynothing!
How ending is obtained: Touch the finger paint without
permission/Contemplate
                         how time travel could be possable when
applying a
                         theory based on advanced qauntum
phyisics/stop
                         playing
Ending description: Last in the line of 3 learning games made by The
                     Software Toolworks inc. for the SNES.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs. Now go
to the
principles office!)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.6. - Mario's Fundamentals

Number of endings: 0
How ending is obtained: Turn off the computer/stop playing/power
outage
Ending description: No end. This was a board game/card game program
that you
                     could use to play board games/card games with
Mario.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.7. - Mario's Game Gallery

Number of endings: 0
How ending is obtained: KILL THE COMPUTER/Stop playing
Ending description:

This is an EXACT copy of Mario's Fundamentals, this one was just
released
first. Persumably, Mario's Fundamentals was just a version of this
game that
would work on a newer computer.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.8. - Mario Teaches Typing

Number of endings: 0
How ending is obtained: Enslave the human race/Stop playing
Endings description:

The ending is something like 'great job!', and you can print out a
certificate. It also featured Mario in a graduation cap with white
robe.

(The above ending description was by violet_yoshi@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.9.9. Mario Teaches Typing 2

Number of endings: 0
How ending is obtained: Gather all the Dragon Balls/Get to the city
                         of Baldur's Gate/Stop playing.
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           =====
VII.10. - *NES*
           =====

VII.10.1. - Mario is Missing!

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: Luigi storms in beats Bowser, grabs the key,
frees
                     Mario. 'Thank You' shows up at the top of the
                     screen as does your final score.

Boss and Final Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/mim.htm

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.10.2. - Mario & Yoshi

STORY: [ HATCH AND MATCH WITH YOSHI!

          Yoshi is an action puzzle game starring Mario's dinosaur
buddy
          Yoshi, and other familiar characters like Little Goomba and
          Blooper. Once again, Mario is going to have to battle away
to
          save Yoshi, who is imprisoned in an egg. Match the
          egg shells to release Yoshi and score big
points!              ]

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat all the stages on HIGH.
Ending description: Nothing really. You just get a higher
                     speed/difficulty level to play the game at.

(The above ending description is by Arron Jackson *e-mail withheld
upon
request*)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.10.3. - Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.10.4. - Mario's Time Machine

Number or endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat Bowser.
Ending description: Mario kicks the crap out of Bowser, takes the
key and
                     frees Yoshi. Yoshi thanks Mario and a picture
appears.
                     The picture has Mario doing the peace sign, Yoshi
                     looking happy and Bowser crying like a little
baby.
                     The music starts up and the credits roll.
Boss and Final Images:
http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/nes/a/mariotime.htm

(The above ending description is by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           ========
VII.11. - *Arcade*
           ========

VII.11.1. - Vs. Dr. Mario

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           ===============
VII.12. - *GameBoy Color*
           ===============

VII.12.1. - Mario Golf

Number of Endings: 2
How ending is obtained: Fake ending - Beat the Link Tournament.
                         Real ending - Beat the Peach Tournament.
Ending description: After you beat Link's Tournament and Link in a
match
                     game all the club champions come out and talk.
Then
                     some credits role. After you beat Peach's
Tournament
                     it shows the picture of the character you chose
with
                     a trophy. After that the credits role again, but
this
                     time they are different.

(The above ending description is by Tony Bowen from World of
Nintendo)

Last Images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gbc/a/mariogolf.htm

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.12.2. - Mario Tennis

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one,
please e-mail
                     me (you will be credited).


---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.12.3. - Mario Family

Number of endings: Zero to the tenth power.
How ending is obtained: Run out of fabric/FIRE ZE MISSILES!!!!/Post
LUEshi/
                         Turn off the game.

OK! This isn't really a game. It's a game cartrage with loaded with
patterns
that you can embroider using a special Gameboy sewing machine, the
JN-100 and JN-2000.

(The above ending description is by Jelly Soup, with help from
qqwref of
  gamefaqs, who wrote the FAQ that pointed me in the right direction)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           ============
VII.13. - *VirtualBoy*
           ============

VII.13.1. - Mario Clash

Number of endings: 0(?)
How ending is obtained: Spank the monkey till he bleeds/Stop ****ing
playing
Ending description: By all indications, this game has no end and is
nothing
                     but a 3-d version of Mario Bros.

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

If you have any more information about this game, please e-mail me
(you will be credited).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           ======
VII.14. - *CD-i*
           ======

VII.14.1. - Mario Hotel

STORY: [ It's a dark day in the Mushroom Kingdom. Mario and Luigi
have come
          to visit their friend Princess Toadstool, only to discover
that the
          Princess has been kidnapped by Bowser, King of the evil
Koopaling
          clan!

          Bowser has turned the beautiful Mushroom Kingdom into a
personal
          resort for himself and his seven Koopaling children. Each
Koopaling
          has taken over a hotel in the Kingdom. To top it off,
Bowser has
          challenged Mario and Luigi to save the princess from the
          Koopaling's clutches.

          Beware of the Koopalings and their nasty pals as they try to
          stop Mario and Luigi from searching the seven hotels. Mario
and
          Luigi have to use their ability to jump and stomp --- and
          throw fireballs --- to avoid or defeat these enemies. It's
up
          to Mario and Luigi to outsmart the Koopalings' clever
traps.    ]

Number of endings: ?
How ending is obtained: ?
Ending description: If you have one/know where I can find one, please
                     e-mail me (you will be credited).

Additional Information:

From: violet_yoshi@...:

I don't recall much about this game, except it really had nothing to
do with
the standard idea of a Mario game. I read on a site that the system
was to be
a joint venture between Nintendo and Sony, then Nintendo changed
their mind.
So Sony made the system, and Nintendo let it used their liscenced
characters
on some of the games.
I think it was something where u avoided goombas, by running through
hotel doors. As I said, I really don't remember much of the game,
other
than there was a power-up that made Mario or Luigi (unless Luigi
wasn't a
part of the game, was there a 2 player mode?) turn really pretty
rainbow
colors. I mean, in a more smooth manner unlike the invincibility
stars in
the Nintendo games, which made Mario/Luigi change colors so fast it
was
enough to keep people prone to seizures from playing the game. Not
that
you should play video games if you're prone to seizures, but I'm not
and
if I look at Mario for awhile it makes me mighty dizzy.

(The above was by violet_yoshi@...)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           ======
VII.15. - *64DD*
           ======

VII.15.1. - Mario Artist (Series)

Number of endings: None that we know of.

Ok, first off, this series is made up of four diffrent games, Mario
Artist: Communication Kit, Mario Artist: Paint Studio, Mario Artist:
Polygon
Studio and Mario Artist: Talent Studio.

These games were never released in the USA, nor was the 64DD. The
Mario
Artist series was basicly advanced Mario Paint.

The Communication Kit allowed the play to connect to a special 64DD
network
and share there art work.

Talent Studio was a movie making studio that came with a special
device
called the Nintendo 64 Capture Cartridge.

Paint Studio was Mario Paint with a kick in the ass. It came with a
N64 mouse.
By using the Nintendo 64 Capture Cartridge, a person could take
screen shots
from videos and pics from the GameboyCammera and edit them.

Polygon Studio was the same as Talent Studio, but in 3-D (polygons,
like the
N64).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

           =========
VII.16. - *GameBoy*
           =========

VII.16.1. - Mario & Yoshi

Number of endings: 1
How ending is obtained: Beat all the stages on HIGH.
Ending description: Nothing really. You just get a higher
                     speed/difficulty level to play the game at.

(The above ending description is by Arron Jackson *e-mail withheld
upon
request*)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VII.16.2. - Dr. Mario

Number of endings: 3
How ending is obtained: One ending per difficulty setting.
Ending description: Low:

The three Viruses are sitting at the bottom of a lake. The word
Congradulations! flashes on screen.

Med:

The three Viruses are sitting at the bottom of a lake when a shell
fish
floats by. The word Congradualations! flashes on screen.

Hi:

The three Viruses are sitting at the bottom of a lake. The word
Congradualtions! flashes on screen. A spaceship floats above the
water
and starts to beam the Viruses up. Then a big fish floats by and eats
them. The spaceship gives chase.

Boss and final images: http://www.vgmuseum.com/end/gb/b/drmar.htm

(The above ending description was by jelly soup of gamefaqs)

=====================================================================
=========

VIII. - Mario Cameos - Games that Mario or Mario related characters
has been
                        seen in.
=====================================================================
=========

VIII.1. - Donkey Kong

Systems: Arcade - Donkey Kong
          NES - Donkey Kong, Donkey Kong Classics
          Gamecube (Animal Crossing) - Donkey Kong
          Nintendo64 (Donkey Kong 64) - Donkey Kong
          E-reader - Donkey Kong-e
          Coleco Adam - Super Donkey Kong
          ColecoVision - Donkey Kong
          Commodore 64 - Donkey Kong
          Commodore VIC-20 - Donkey Kong
          Mattel Intellivision - Donkey Kong
          Personal Computer/Macintosh - Donkey Kong
          Texas Instruments 99/4A - Donkey Kong
          Gameboy - Donkey Kong
          GBA - Donkey Kong (Nintendo Classics Series)

In this game, Donkey Kong, a gaint ape, has kidnaped Patunia (who
looks alot
like a princess we all know and love). You play as Mario (AKA
JumpMan) and
are attempting to save Patunia.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.2. - Donkey Kong jr.

Systems: Arcade - Donkey Kong jr.
          NES - Donkey Kong jr., Donkey Kong Classics
          E-reader - Donkey Kong jr-e
          ColecoVision - Donkey Kong jr.
          Mattel Intellivision - Donkey Kong

This time, Mario (AKA JumpMan) has placed Donkey Kong in a cage. You
play
as Donkey Kong jr in an attempt to save your father.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.3. - Wrecking Crew

Systems: NES - Wrecking Crew

NES:

-Mario is a playable character.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.4. - Pinball

Systems: NES - Pinball
          E-reader - Pinball-e
          Gamecube - Pinball (Animal Crossing)

NES:

Mario and Pauline make a cameo appearance in the Bonus
Stage.

-----

E-Reader:

Same as NES version.

-----

Gamecube:

Same as NES version.

(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Pinball was
also
  in Animal Crossing)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.5. - Tennis

Systems: NES - Tennis
          E-reader - Tennis-e
          VirtualBoy - Mario's Tennis
          Gamecube - Tennis (Animal Crossing)
          Gameboy - Tennis

NES:

-Mario makes a cameo as the umpire.

-----

E-Reader:

Same as NES version.

-----

VirtualBoy:

Same as NES version.

-----

Gamecube:

Same as NES version.

-----

Gameboy:

Same as NES version.

(Thanks to dsmckenna@... for informing me that Tennis was
also
  in Animal Crossing)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.6. - Game & Watch Gallery (series)

Systems: Gameboy - Game & Watch Gallery
          GBC - Game & Watch Gallery 2, Game & Watch Gallery 3
          GBA - Game & Watch Gallery 4
          e-reader - Game and Watch Collection

Gameboy:

- Mario dances around the title screen.
Modern Manhole - Yoshi is the character the you control.
                - Toad and Donkey Kong jr. are the people that run
across
                  the screen.
Modern Fire - Mario and Luigi are the characters you control.
             - Toad, Baby Yoshi and Donkey Kong jr. are that
characters that
               jump from the window.
Modern Octopus - Mario is the diver you play as.
                - Peach is the boat driver.
Modern Oil Panic - Mario is the guy you play as (to catch the oil).
                  - Yoshi is the guy who hangs around out side the
window
                    to catch the oil Mario throws out.
                  - Bowser is the one pouring the oil.
                  - Donkey Kong jr. is sitting in the grass on the
lower
                    left hand side of the screen.
                  - Luigi is sitting in the grass on the lower right
hand
                    side of the screen.

GBC:

Game & Watch Gallery 2:

Modern Parachute - Mario is the one in the row boat.
                  - The character Mario is trying to catch is Toad,
Yoshi
                    and Donkey Kong jr.
                  - CheapCheap is the fish in the water.
Modern Helmet - The character you play as is Mario.
               - Losing all your lives in stage one and then selecting
                 try again will let you play as Wario.
               - The character that is droping crap on your head is a
                 Paratroopa.
               - In later levels, Thwamp will try to crush you.
Modern Chef - The chefs found on either side of the screen are Mario
and
               Luigi.
             - Peach is the chef you are playing as.
             - Yoshi follows Peach around eating the leftovers.

Modern Vermin - The character you play as is Yoshi.
               - The vermin are Flyguys and Paratroopers
Modern Donkey Kong - The character you play as is Mario.
                    - As you may have guessed, Donkey Kong is the bad
guy.
Modern Ball - The character your playing as is Yoshi.
             - The balls are actually Yoshi eggs.

Game & Watch Gallery 3:

Modern Egg - The character you play as in Yoshi.
            - The eggs are cookies from Yoshi's Cookie.
            - Every now and then, Chef Mario will poke his head out
from
              one of the four doors.

Modern Greenhouse - Yoshi is the character you play as.
                   - The bad guys attacking the flowers are Flyguys
and
                     monkey dudes (anyone know the name?).
Modern Turtle Bridge - Toad is the character you play as.
                      - Mario is on the far left (pick up), Peach is
on
                        the far right (drop off).
                      - The platforms are actually Goony Birds.
                      - The items Toad is delivering are Super
Mushrooms
                        and Yoshi Eggs.
Modern Mario Bros. - The Team you play as is Mario on the right and
                      Luigi on the left.
                    - Bowser plays the role of 'boss' in this version.
                    - The truck driver is Wario.
                    - Intrestingly, this game is actually Mario Bros.
II.
Modern Donkey Kong jr. - Guess who you play as? Donkey Kong jr!
                        - The object of the game is to rescue your dad
                          (Donkey Kong) from the cage Mario put him
in.
                        - Many diffrent bad guys show up here: Goomba,
                          Bullet Bill and Clap Clap (did I miss any?).

GBA:

Modern Boxing - Luigi is the character you play as.
               - Your opponents are Wiggler, Walugi and Big Boo.
Modern Rain Shower - You play as Mario.
                    - Bowser is the one throwing the water balloons.
                    - The people in the baskests are Luigi, Wario and
Yoshi.
                    - Every now and then, Walugi will poke his head
out on
                      the far right and mess with the line.
Modern Mario's Cement Factory - You play as Mario.
                               - The bottom left hand baker is Yoshi.
                               - The bottom right hand baker is Toad.
                               - Every now and then, a Boo will pop on
                                 screen.
                               - The dough turns into cookies from
                                 Yoshi's Cookie when dropped to the
baker.
Modern Donkey Kong jr. - Guess who you play as? Donkey Kong jr!
                        - The object of the game is to rescue your dad
                          (Donkey Kong) from the cage Mario put him
in.
                        - Many diffrent bad guys show up here: Goomba,
                          Bullet Bill and Clap Clap (did I miss
any?).
Modern Donkey Kong 3 - On the left is Donkey Kong, the right is
Mario.
                      - The idea is to use the water to blast the Boos
                        at the other guy.
Modern Fire - Mario and Luigi are the team you play as.
             - The characters jumping out of the building are Toad,
Baby
               Yoshi and Donkey Kong jr.
Modern Chef - You play as Peach, with Yoshi following her around.
             - The chefs on either side of the screen are Mario and
               Luigi.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.7. - Animal Crossing

Systems: Gamecube - Animal Crossing
          DS - Animal Crossing DS (not released yet)
          N64 - Animal Forest (Japan ONLY)

Gamecube:

Items:
Mario Trophy - A gold trophy of Mario.
Luigi Trophy - A silver trophy of Luigi.
Starman - One of the stars from Super Mario Bros. that made Mario
invincable.
Flagpole - The flagpole from Super Mario Bros. at the end of each
level.
Super Mushroom - One of the mushrooms that makes Mario big in Super
Mario
                  Bros.
Fire Flower - Who dosen't remember this? Its the flower that gives
Mario the
               ability to shoot fire balls.
? Block - The blocks from many diffrent Mario games that contain
various
           things.
Brick Block - Blocks found all around Super Mario Bros.
Cannon - The cannons that shoot Bullet Bills.
Green Pipe - The pipes that can be found all around diffrent Mario
games.
Coin - The coins from various Mario games that Mario collects.
Block Flooring - Resembles the block walls found in Super Mario
Bros. 3.
Super Mario Brothers - A port of the NES classic.
Mushroom Mural - The background found in most of the levels in the
NES
                  Super Mario Bros.
Koopa Shell - A green Koopa Troopa shell.
Autumn Medal - A coin with Marios face on it (much like the one you
see at
                the start of Mario All-Stars).
Spring Medal - A coin with Marios face on it (much like the one you
see at
                the start of Mario All-Stars).
Punchout - A port of the NES classic (the ref is Mario).
Warios Woods - A port of the NES classic.
Apple TV - It plays theme from the Valley of Bowser in Super Mario
World.
Big Bros. Shirt - A red shirt with a red M in the middle, much like
Mario's
                   hat.
Lil' Bros. Shirt - A green shirt with a green L in the middle, much
like
                    Luigi's hat.
Toad Print - Resembles the Toad Hats.
Tennis - A port of the NES classic (the ref is Mario).
Pinball - A port of the NES classic (Mario and Pauline appear in the
Bonus
           Stage).
Donkey Kong - A port of the NES classic (you play as Mario AKA Jump
Man).
Donkey Kong jr. - A port of the NES classic (the bad guy who captured
                   Donkey Kong is Mario AKA Jump man).

People:
Kapp'n - One of his songs makes a refrence to Mario.
Rover the cat - When you start a new game, sometime, when hes
calling Tom
                 Nook, he will start the conversation with "Hey, it's-
a me!"
Alfonso - His catchphrase is "it's-a me".
Scared villager - Sometimes, when you come up behind a villager at
night and
                   talk to them, they will respond with "Great
galloping
                   Goombas!"
Gulliver - He will sometimes talk about a 'Mary in Toad Town'.

Other stuff:
The special rock - Once a day, there will be a rock in your town
that will
                    drop a bell bag when hit. Hit this rock three
times and
                    the Super Mario '1-Up' soundFX will sound
Passwords - Some of the passwords make refrences to Mario and Mario
related
             characters.

-----

N64:

Unknown at this time. Presumably, same as the Gamecube version.

-----

DS:

This game has not been released yet.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.8. - Mega Man Battle Network 3

System: GBA - Mega Man Battle Network 3

- Mario's trademark red hat and blue overalls are hanging up at
Yai's house
   in ACDC town. If you look closely, you can even see the white
circle on the
   front of the hat. The description reads, "It's a simple design,
and the
   fabric won't tear or get dirty".

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.9. - Alleyway

System: Gameboy - Alleyway

Gameboy:

- Mario jumps onto the paddle when you start the game.
- Block formations in Bonus Stage 03 and Stages 16 - 18 are shaped
like
   Mario's head.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 06 is shaped like a Koopa Troopa.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 09 is shaped like a Bloober.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 12 is shaped like a Piranha Plant.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 15 is shaped like a Bullet Bill.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 18 is shaped like a Goomba.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 21 is shaped like a Cheep-Cheep.
- Block formation in Bonus Stage 24 is shaped like Bowser.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.10. - Baseball

System: Gameboy - Baseball

Gameboy:

- Mario is one of the pitchers for the Bears.
- Luigi is one of the pitchers for the Eagles.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.11. - Donkey Kong Land 2

System: Gameboy - Donkey Kong Land 2

- At the end of the game, you are ranked on how well you did, on a
table from
   1 - 3. Mario and Yoshi are on this table.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.12. - F-1 Race

System: Gameboy - F-1 Race

Gameboy:

- When you are driving to Course 2, Toad waves to you.
- When you are driving to Course 3, Luigi waves to you.
- When you are driving to Course 4, Princess Toadstool waves to you.
- When you are driving to Course 6, Mario waves to you.
- During the ending, Bowser waves to you.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.13. - Game Boy Camera

- Mario dances on the title screen.
- Some of the hidden pictures are Mario related (need confirmation
of this).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.14. - The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening/DX

System: Gameboy - The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening
         Gameboy Color - The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening DX

Gameboy:

- Mario makes a cameo as Tarin.
- Chain Chomp makes a cameo as BowWow.
- Wart makes a cameo as Mamu.
- Yoshi makes a cameo as the Yoshi Doll.
- Croco makes a cameo as Sale.
- Goomba makes a cameo as one of the monsters.

-----

Gameboy Color:

Same as Gameboy version, for the most part.

- Some people have been saying that the Camera guy is Mouser.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.15. - Pokémon Red/Blue/Yellow

System: Gameboy - Pokemon Red/Blue/Green(?)/Yellow

Gameboy:

- In Saffron City, there is a girl who mimics everyone. Go to her
room and
   press A infront of her SNES. The words "A game with MARIO wearing a
   bucket on his head!" will appear. This is a refrence to Mario &
wario.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.16. - Qix

System: Gameboy - Qix

Gameboy:

Depending on how high your score is, the ending will show Mario in
diffrent
situations.

- If your score is lower than 100,000, Mario is shown playing a
guitar in
   the desert.
- If your score is higher than 200,000, Mario is shown hunting in a
loin
   cloth.
- If your score is higher than 250,000, Mario is show bull fighting.
- If you score is higher than 300,000, Mario is show charming a
snake.

In 2 player mode, the person who starts the game is Team Mario and
the other
guy is Team Luigi.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.17. - Tetris

System: Gameboy - Tetris
         NES - Tetris

Gameboy:

- The person who starts the game is Mario and the other guy if
Luigi. The
   character then appears in the upper right-hand corner during game
play.

-----

NES:

- Beat B-Type game on Level 9, Height 5. While your score is being
added up,
   you will see Bowser, Mario, Luigi, Princess Toadstool and Donkey
Kong
   standing around.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.18. - EarthBound

Systems: NES - Mother (Japan ONLY)
          SNES - EarthBound (Mother 2 in Japan ONLY)

NES:

- An NPC in Twinkle Elementary School says "Have you played Super
Mario
   Bros. 7? I'm still playing Super Mario Bros. 3. It's been quite a
   challenge for me."

-----

SNES:

-The arcade in Onett has several Donkey Kong arcade sets.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.19. - Maniac Mansion

Systems: NES - Maniac Mansion

NES:

- Five notes are played when you turn on a video game. These are the
first
   five notes of the Super Mario theme.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.20. - Punch Out!!/Mike Tyson's Punch-Out!!

Systems: NES - Punch Out!!/Mike Tyson's Punch-Out!!
          Gamecube - Punch Out!! (Animal Crossing)

NES:

- Mario is the ref.

-----

Gamecube:

Same as NES version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.21. - Donkey Kong 64

Systems: N64 - Donkey Kong 64

- The game "Donkey Kong", starring Mario (AKA JumpMan), is hidden in
the
   level Frantic Factory.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.22. - F-Zero X

Systems: N64 - F-Zero X

- The character Dr. EAD has a face that resembles Mario and has a
Starman belt
   buckle.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.23. - The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask

Systems: N64 - The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask
          Gamecube - The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask (Zelda
Collector's

Edition/Bonus Disk)

N64:

- On the back of the Happy Mask salesman's backpack is a Mario mask.
- The character Talon resembls Mario.
- The Gorman brothers resemble Luigi.
- Romani and Creamia are wearing Bowers medalions

-----

Gamecube:

Same as N64 version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.24. - The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

Systems: N64 - The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time
          iQue - The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time
          Gamecube - The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Zelda
Collector's

Edition/Bonus Disk)

N64:

- In the castle courtyard, the wall that is visable through the
window on the
   left (as you enter) has pictures of Mario, Peach, Yoshi, Bowser
and Luigi
   hanging on it.
- The character Talon resembls Mario.
- The character Ingo resembls Luigi.
- The character malon resembls Peach.
- Ingo, Talon and Malon are all wearing Bowser medallions.

-----

iQue:

Same as N64 version.

-----

Gamecube:

Same as N64 version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.25. - PilotWings 64

Systems: N64 - PilotWings 64

N64:

- Mario's face is on Mount Rushmore.
- Shooting/hitting Mario will change him into Wario.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.26. - Pokémon Stadium 2

Systems: N64 - Pokémon Stadium 2

N64:

- When you get a game console (room item) and place it in your room,
it will
   make the TV show diffrent games. Each system will show a diffrent
set of
   games:
   N64: Super Mario 64, Wave Race, Zelda 64, Starfox 64
   SNES: Super Mario World, Kirby Super Star, F-Zero, The Legend of
Zelda: A Link
         to the Past
   NES: Donkey Kong, Super Mario Bros., Kirby's Adventure, The Legend
of Zelda

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.27. - 1080° Avalanche

Systems: Gamecube - 1080° Avalanche

Gamecube:

- At the end of Angel Light: Midnight City is an ice statue of Mario.
- On the bottom of Ricky Winterborn's boars, 8-Bit Soul, is a sprite
of Mario
   from Super Mario All-Stars.
- The special board Old School makes sounds from Super Mario
Brothers (NES).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.28. - F-Zero GX

Systems: Gamecube - F-Zero GX

Gamecube:

- The character Mr. EAD resembles Mario and wears a Starman belt
buckle.
- In Garage mode, one of the emblem sets you can use to customize
your
   racer is all Mario related.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.29. - Metal Gear Solid: The Twin Snakes

Systems: Gamecube - Metal Gear Solid: The Twin Snakes

Gamecube:

- On top of one of the broken computers found in the game will be a
   Mario and Yoshi figurine. Shooting Mario will make the 1-Up sound
and you
   will recover some health. Shooting Yoshi will make the yoshi sound.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.30. - Donkey Kong Country

Systems: SNES - Donkey Kong Country

SNES:

- In the games opening, Cranky Kong is shown on top of set that
resembles the
   first stage of the original Donkey Kong while the original Donkey
Kong theme
   plays.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.31. - Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest

Systems: SNES - Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest

SNES:

- At the end of the game, Cranky Kong takes you to his Cranky's
Video Game
   Heroes room. Inside, we find Yoshi and Mario in first and second
place.
   Also in this room is Link, Earthworm Jim's blaster and Sonic's
shoes.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.32. - Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble

Systems: Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble

- Sometimes when you visit Wrinkly Kong she will be playing N64. The
music
   from her tv is that of a level for Super Mario 64.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.33. - Kirby Super Star

Systems: SNES - Kirby Super Star

SNES:

- In the background of Dedede's arena and in the Megaton Punch mini-
game, you
   can see Mario, Luigi, Toad and Birdo cheering.
- In the game The Great Cave Offencive, some of the treasures are
items from
   Mario games.
- In the credits for Milky Way Wishes, the heading Executive
Producer has
   Mario standing next to it.
- When Kirby uses the stone power, sometimes he will turn into a
statue of
   Mario.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.34. - The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past

Systems: SNES - The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past
          GBA - The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past

SNES:

- Some of the houses found throught the game have a picture of Mario
hanging
   on the back wall.
- Some dungons have enemys that resemble Chain Chomps.

-----

GBA:

Same as SNES version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.35. - SimCity

Systems: SNES - SimCity
          PC/MAC - SimCity
          Online - SimCity
          AMI - SimCity

SNES:

- When you reach a popluation of 500,000+, you will be rewarded with
a statue of
   Mario.
- One of the bonus scenarios, Freeland, has a forest that is in the
shape of
   Mario's head.
- One of the Natural Disasters is Bowser destroying everything.

As far as I know, the above is exclusive to the SNES version.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
------

VIII.36. - The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker

Systems: Gamecube - The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker

Gamecube:

- Mako resembles Professor E.Gadd.

=====================================================================
=========

IX. - Your questions answered - Answers to questions i'm frequntly e-
mailed
                                 with and ones I see most often on
the message
                                 boards.
=====================================================================
=========

Q: Is it true that the american Super Mario Brothers 2 is a hacked
version of
    the another game?
A: Sort of. Its a legal hack of another game. The original Super
Mario
    Brothers 2 was thought to be too hard for american gamers. So, a
diffrent
    game was taken (a game called Doki Doki Panic), hacked into, the
Doki
    Doki characters removed and replaced with Mario characters.

    For more info on this:
http://www.classicgaming.com/tmk/smb2_ddp.shtml

Q: I know this dosen't have anything to do with the Mario games, but
why don't
    you add a section devoted to the Mario cartoons?
A: 0_0 Do you have any idea how many e-mails I got about this? Geez,
people.
    If its that damn important to you, i'll think about it, ok?

Q: Do you think you could include a section on the history of Mario
related
    characters (ie: when they where created, how the idea came about
for the
    character, etc.)?
A: Already done by spacepope4u (gamfaqs), you can find his Mario
Series
    Character Guide here:
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/mario_characters.txt

Q: How about a section with system specs and other information about
the
    systems?
A: Not a bad idea. I'll give that one some thought.

Q: Why were the two Jap Picross games removed?
A: I had not proof that they were, in anyway, related to Mario or
that Mario
    was even in them.

Q: Will you take release data for countries other than what is
listed?
A: Sure, send to me, I'll add'em and credit you for the info.

=====================================================================
=========

X. - E-mail police
=====================================================================
=========

You may e-mail me if:

- You see something here that is incorrect, please, feel free to e-
mail it to
   me (you will be credited).
- You see an ending description/game title/whatever that is missing,
please,
   feel free to e-mail me about it (you will be credited).
- You think you can describe and ending better than the one
listed/know were I
   can find one (you will be credited)
- You have/find an ending description for missing endings, please,
feel free
   to e-mail it to me (you will be credited).

To be credited, please enclose your username from one of the
following sites:
-Gamefaqs (www.gamefaqs.com)
-GameSpot (www.gamespot.com)
-NeoSeeker (www.neoseeker.com)

If a username from one of the above sites is not found, I will use
your
e-mail address to credit you. If i'm going to credit you for any
information
sent to me, you will be e-mailed in advance.

*Please title all e-mails 'Mario Series FAQ'.*

Don't:

- Send me multipule e-mails. If you see several things wrong, send
me ONE
   (1) e-mail with all the problems/corrections/submissions listed.

You may NOT e-mail me if:

- You want to comment on the FAQ/my spelling/whatever in a
bad/hateful way.
- You want to bitch and moan about something or other. I don't care
about
   your problems.

You can reach me at jellysoup at gmail dot com.

=====================================================================
=========

XI. - Acknowledgements
=====================================================================
=========

Credit gos to:

WebSites

- World of Nintendo (http://www.world-of-nintendo.com/)
- The Video Game Museum (http://www.vgmuseum.com/)
- Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page)
- Console Gameing board on the G4tv.com forms
- The Mushroom Kingdom (http://www.classicgaming.com/tmk/tmk.shtml)
- IGN FAQs (http://faqs.ign.com/)
- Super Mario Portal (http://www.marioportal.com/)
- ASCII Generator (http://www.network-science.de/ascii/)

People

- ReyVGM of gamefaqs for inspiring me to wright this FAQ
- Me for having to re-do this guide 6 times (really!) and fix/re-fix
the
   margins multipule-times
- Arron Jackson *e-mail with held upon request* for the ending
descriptions
   for Mario and Wario and Mario & Yoshi
- Dr. Omicron for the ending description for Mario Party
- green_magic_cat@... for the ending description for Mario no
Super
   Picros
- Mike Radon for the ending description for Mario Kart 64
- vanilla2244@... for the ending description for Mario Kart
Super
   Circuit and Donkey Kong
- Prashant Saraswat for the ending description for Mario is Missing!
- Brad Rothwell for the ending description for Super Mario Land3:
Wario Land
- Tony Bowen for the ending description for Mario Golf (GBC)
- Orlando for the ending description for Mario Golf (N64)
- Pazza for the ending description for Mario Tennis
- James Paine for the ending description for Mario party 2
- Sammie Spitz for the ending description for Mario Party 3
- Nate for the ending description for Super Mario 64
- Behonkiss for the ending description for Paper Mario
- hellcat023@... for the ending description for Dr. Mario
and Donkey
   Knog jr.
- C. Robert Meyer for the ending description for Super Mario World 2
- green_magic_cat@... for the ending description for Mario
party 4
- Jigglypuff for the ending description for Super Smash Bros.
- ricksk_3@... for the better ending info for Super Mario RPG
- KrazyGamerHead of gamefaqs for the ending info for Super Mario
Brothers 3
- heartburnkid@... for the ending info for Vs. Super Mario
Brothers,
   Super Mario All-Star version, The Lost Levels and the ending
description for
   Wario Ware
- crackhouse69@... for the info for Super Mario Brothers 3
(GBA)
- KnucklesIronKnux@... for the ending descriptions for Super
Mario Advance
   and Mario Party 5
- LEWENT of gamefaqs for the additional info on Donkey Kong (Gameboy)
- RedRoy90 of gamefaqs for the ending descriptions for Mario's Time
machine
   (SNES) and the Final Ending description for Mario Party 4
- supersonic2003@... for the corrections to the ending
description
   for Mario Kart: Double Dash!!
- firstchild@... for the ending descriptions and additional
info for
   Super Mario Bros. (Commodore 64 and Amiga) and Super Mario Bros.
III
   (Commodore 64)
- dsmckenna@... for the Tennis, Pinball and Mairo Bros.
info
- violet_yoshi@... for the Mario Hotel, Mario Teaches
Typing and
   Super Mario All-Stars + Super Mario World info
- hypertails86@... for the Wario Wear: Mega Party Game$
ending
   description
- screamingshadows@... for the Yoshi Story ending
description
- james_meller@... for the Wario World ending description
- Luke Sather at faqs@... for the proper name for Bowser's
ride in
   Super Mario World
- wallypup@... for the info on Mario Golf: Advance Tour and
   Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour
- ChainChomp of gamefaqs for the ending descriptions for Mario Golf:
Advance
   Tour and Mario Kart: Double Dash!!
- tjoeb123 of gamespot for the ending correction for Mario Kart:
Double Dash!!
   and the ending description for Classic NES Series: Super Mario
Brothers
- wallypup@... for the Mario Power Tennis ending
requirements
- Zee_pso@... for the Mario 64 DS ending description
- Eknight01 of gamefaqs for the Super Mario Bros. (Wristwatch) info

=====================================================================
=========

XII. - Other Ending FAQs
=====================================================================
=========

  Baldur's Gate II: Throne of Bhaal Endings FAQ by DSimpson

http://db.gamefaqs.com/computer/doswin/file/baldurs_gate_ii_tob_endin
gs.txt

  F-Zero GX Ending FAQ by The Blue Blur
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/gamecube/file/f_zero_gx_ending.txt

  NES Game Endings FAQ by AdamL
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/nes_game_endings.txt

  Sonic Game Endings FAQ by DJ Tigresa
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/genesis/file/sonic_endings.txt

  Kirby Series Ending Guide by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/snes/file/kirby_ending.txt

  Mega Man Series Ending FAQ by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/megaman_ending.txt

  Mega Man Series Ending FAQ by Jelly Soup:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/mega_man_endings.txt

  Mario Series Ending FAQ by Jelly Soup:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/mario_series_ending.txt

  Castlevania Series Ending FAQ by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbadvance/file/castlevania_story.txt

  Metroid Series Ending FAQ by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/nes/file/metroid_ending.txt

  Zelda Series Ending FAQ by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/snes/file/zelda_ending.txt

  Contra Series Ending FAQ by ReyVGM:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/psx/file/contra_ending.txt

  King of Fighters '94 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_94_ending.
txt

  King of Fighters '95 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_95_ending.
txt

  King of Fighters '96 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_96_endings
.txt

  King of Fighters '97 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_97_ending.
txt

  King of Fighters '97 Ending FAQ by expensivegift:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_97_endings
.txt

  King of Fighters '98 Ending FAQ by KLantis:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_98_endings
_a.txt

  King of Fighters '99 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_99_ending.
txt

  King of Fighters 2000 Ending FAQ by Hurricane Higashi:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_2000_endin
gs.txt

  King of Fighters 2003 Ending FAQ by DJ Tigresa:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/king_of_fighters_2003_endin
g.txt

  Art of Fighting Ending FAQ by Basel:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/art_of_fighting_ending.txt

  Art of Fighting 2 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/art_of_fighting_2_endings.t
xt

  Art of Fighting 3 Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/art_of_fighting_3_ending.tx
t

  Fatal Fury Ending FAQ by Basel:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/fatal_fury_ending.txt

  Fatal Fury Special Ending FAQ by Basel:

http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/fatal_fury_special_ending.t
xt

  Fatal Fury 2 Ending FAQ by Basel:
  http://db.gamefaqs.com/coinop/arcade/file/fatal_fury_2_ending.txt

=====================================================================
=========

End of Document

+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

                                Super Mario 64 DS
                                  Mini-Games FAQ
                                    by Revned

                                   Version 1.12
                              Last updated: 12/10/04

                    This document is Copyright (c)2004 Revned.

+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

===================
  Table of Contents
===================

Search for the section number in parentheses () to skip to it

1. Version History
2. Introduction
3. Yoshi's Games
4. Mario's Games
5. Luigi's Games
6. Wario's Games
7. Rabbit Information
8. Special Thanks
9. Copyright/Contact Information

+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

=======================
  (1) Version History
=======================

1.12 (12/10/04) - Fixed a mistake I made last update.

1.11 (12/08/04) - Fixed a few minor typos.

1.1 (11/30/04) - Added an introduction, added which rabbits unlock
which
                  mini-games, added more details to the game
descriptions, and
                  made a many major and minor corrections.

1.0 (11/24/04) - Added all the rest of the games and put up a list
of all the
                  rabbit locations, thanks to HyperShadow128.

0.8 (11/23/04) - Added several more of Luigi's games and a couple of
Wario's.

0.7 (11/22/04) - First version, my first FAQ too!


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

====================
  (2) Introduction
====================

One of the most entertaining aspects of Super Mario DS is the many
Touch Screen
oriented mini-games that were included. There are 36 in all, and
most of them
are very fun and challenging. They also offer a major source of
competition for
high scores on message boards.

When you first get the game, 2 games for each character are
unlocked. You must
get the rest of them in the main game by catching rabbits scattered
throughout
the castle. When you catch a rabbit, they give you a key. The key
unlocks a
mini-game in the Rec Room. Each character can find 7 rabbits, making
9 games
each, and 36 total.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

=====================
  (3) Yoshi's Games
=====================

Most of Yoshi's games are skill oriented. You have to think fast and
act
quickly to win them. These are probably among the first games you
will unlock.


Wanted!
-------
In-Game Description:
    It's easy to get lost in the crowd! Find the one who disappeared
and touch
    him. There he is!

Gameplay:
    When the game starts, you will see one of the characters' faces
on the top
    screen, and a whole bunch of little ones on the bottom. Your goal
is to find
    the face on the bottom that matches the one on top and tap it
before the
    time is up. You get a 5 second bonus when you find it, and a 10
second
    penalty if you tap the wrong one. You can have a maximum of 50
seconds. As
    you get to higher levels, it becomes much more difficult to find
them.


Loves me...?
------------
In-Game Description:
    Play this mini-game for advice on your love life! Pluck the
petals to find
    out how your crush feels about you.

Gameplay:
    Not really a game, but you tap the petals on the flower to take
them off.
    You see the old "Loves Me" and "Loves Me Not" thing on each
petal, and the
    final one is supposed to determine if your crush loves you back.
You get to
    see Yoshi plucking petals on the top screen. If you get the same
thing 3
    times in a row, it becomes either "Really Loves Me!" or "Really
Loves Me...
    Not!" The flowers range from having 21 petals to 1 petal. For
reasons
    unknown, the flower that appears after a 1 petaled one strangely
loses all
    its petals. They all just fall off, and the face is sad, but no
message is
    shown. Another fun thing to do is catch the petals after you pick
them and
    play around with them.


Hide and Boo Seek
-----------------
In-Game Description:
    Rub the Touch Screen where the Boos are hiding! For the first 15
levels, you
    get 3 seconds to find them. After that, you only get 2 seconds.

Gameplay:
    When the game starts you will see ghosts flying around on the
bottom screen.
    Then the Boo on the top screen will pull the light switch,
leaving you in
    the dark. You must quickly rub back and forth where you think the
ghosts are
    to expose them to light. They continue moving in the dark, so you
will need
    to predict where they will be. If you get them all within the
time limit,
    you go on to the next level.


Puzzle Panel
------------
In-Game Description:
    Match the Touch Screen picture to the top screen. Touch a panel
to turn over
    the surrounding panels. Harder levels will take more turns to
solve.

Gameplay:
    This puzzle game can get quite tricky. You will see two grids,
one on top
    and one on bottom. Your goal is to make the bottom match the top.
Tapping a
    square on the bottom will make it and the 8 surrounding tiles
flip over. You
    have a limited number of flips, so be sure to think it through
before you
    tap. There is only one way to solve each puzzle, and you get 3
tries per
    puzzle to find the solution. If you don't, you lose.


Boom Box
--------
In-Game Description:
    Each time you open a treasure chest, you'll hear a sound. Open 2
chests with
    the same sound. Win by matching all pairs!

Gameplay:
    This is just a matching game with sounds instead of images. Tap a
chest to
    hear a sound, then tap another one and try to get the same sound.
Once you
    get a match, they disappear. Get rid of all of them to go to the
next level.
    You can only make 3 non-matching pairs before you lose. If you
don't make
    any mistakes on a level, it says "Perfect!" Some sound effects
can be
    difficult to distinguish from one another; some even require you
to pay
    attention to which speaker it comes out of.


Tox Box Shuffle
---------------
In-Game Description:
    Oh, no! Yoshi's trapped in a Tox Box! Find which one he's in to
save him!

Gameplay:
    This is one of those classic 3-cup shuffle things. Yoshi will get
put in a
    box, and the boxes will shuffle around. You must keep track of
which one
    he's in, and tap it when they're done moving. As you get to
harder levels,
    there will be both a green and a blue Yoshi. You must remember
where both of
    them are, because it can ask you for either one. You can guess
incorrectly 2
    times per level before you lose.


Which Wiggler?
--------------
In-Game Description:
    Touch the Wiggler on the Touch Screen that matches the one on the
top
    screen. Choose carefully, though; he has a terrible temper.

Gameplay:
    All you have to do for this one is tap the Wiggler on the bottom
screen that
    is the same as the one on the top screen before the time is up.
Watch for
    the patterns on its body sections. Later levels will have many
more Wigglers
    that move all over the screen. A correct answer gets you a 5
second bonus,
    while a wrong one takes 10 seconds off the timer. If you click
the wrong
    one, they will all turn red and get angry. You can't tap them
until they
    have stopped being mad. You can have a maximum of 50 seconds. If
you click
    the wrong one, they will all turn red and get angry. You can't
tap them
    until they have stopped being mad. You lose when the timer runs
out.


Mix-a-Mug
---------
In-Game Description:
    Line up the slots on the Touch Screen to form a face. Win more
coins by
    matching the center face in the slots to the one on the top
screen.

Gameplay:
    This is a simple slot machine-like game. Tap a slider to stop it,
and try to
    line up the face that is shown on the top screen. If you get it
right, you
    get 3 coins, if not, you lose 3. You lose if you have 0 coins.
Make sure to
    complete the face on the top screen, as you will be penalized
even if you
    match up one of the other faces. My suggestion is to tap the
bottom slider
    first since it's fastest. Then you can more accurately stop the
other two.


Puzzle Panic
------------
In-Game Description:
    This mini-game takes Puzzle Panel to a whole new level. Put on
your thinking
    cap. You're going to need it.

Gameplay:
    This game is exactly like Puzzle Panel, only with a larger grid.
Your task
    is to make the bottom grid match the top one. Tapping on a square
flips it
    and the 8 surrounding tiles over. You are given a set amount of
taps when
    the level starts, so be careful and think it through before you
tap. You can
    get it wrong three times per level before you lose.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

=====================
  (4) Mario's Games
=====================

Mario's games require lots of skill. They involve falling Marios,
Koopa shells,
and lots of line drawing.


Mario's Slides
--------------
In-Game Description:
    Guide Mario down the slides to the Star. Draw lines on the Touch
Screen to
    create new routes for him. Collect 5 Stars to move up a stage.

Gameplay:
    There are 4 vertical lines when the game starts, and a few
horizontal lines
    on the top. Mario's head will go down one of the lines, and it
will take
    every horizontal line it comes to. Try to guide him to the star
by drawing
    lines between the main 4 on the bottom. Your lines stay there for
5 levels,
    so don't make it to crazy or you won't be able to finish the next
levels.
    Your lines disappear at the end of the 5th level. Then the level
gets harder
    with either more lines on top, quicker speeds, or multiple Mario
heads to
    guide. Hit the arrows on the side to make Mario fall faster. You
lose when
    Mario lands in a Piranha Plant.


Bounce and Pounce
-----------------
In-Game Description:
    Mario's in free fall, but he can bounce back if you touch him.
Stomp the Fly
    Guys, but make sure he doesn't fall off the Touch Screen.

Gameplay:
    3 Marios will fly up on screen, and you must make them fall on
top of the
    Fly Guys on the bottom. Tap on the Marios to make them spring
into the air.
    You can sort of steer them by tapping on their sides to make them
go in the
    other direction. After you defeat the Fly Guys, you will get to
the next
    level with more of them in harder positions. They can even get
smaller,
    making them difficult to hit. You lose after you drop 3 Marios.
High Scores
    are counted as the highest level you got to.


Sort or 'Splode
---------------
In-Game Description:
    Guide Bob-ombs to the black carpet and Bob-omb Buddies to the red
carpet. If
    you bring in a wrong colored Bob-omb, it will blow up!

Gameplay:
    This game is very intense. You will see a red box on the left and
a black
    one on the right. You must drag the Bob-ombs that come out of the
top and
    bottom doors into the boxes of the same color. They will not blow
up if they
    are in their own boxes. If you don't drag one into its box fast
enough or
    if you put one in the wrong box, it will blow up. It will also
destroy the
    other Bob-ombs in the area. After one blows up, it will count up
your score
    as the number of Bob-ombs that are safe in their box. If you fill
a box with
    40 Bob-ombs, it will empty them out and add them to your score,
and you can
    continue playing. Also note that the Bob-ombs can't walk into the
boxes, so
    you don't have to worry too much about them wandering into the
opposite
    colored box.


Trampoline Time
---------------
In-Game Description:
    Draw a line on the Touch Screen to turn it into a trampoline. You
can draw
    up to 3 lines at a time. Help Mario bounce to safety!

Gameplay:
    Several Marios will drop down from the top left, and you must
guide them to
    the door on the right that is lit up. Draw lines on the Touch
Screen, and
    they will turn into trampolines. You can angle them to make Mario
bounce a
    different direction. Bounce him into the correct doorway to get
more points.
    If he gets near the ledge beneath the door, he will grab on and
climb up.
    The big trampoline at the bottom only lasts 3 bounces. After
that, you have
    to be very careful not to let any fall. You can miss 3 Marios
before you
    lose. Your score is the number of Marios that made it to the door.


Shuffle Shell
-------------
In-Game Description:
    Use the paddle to push the Koopa shells to the target. The closer
the shells
    land to the center of the target, the more points you will earn.

Gameplay:
    This game is just like shuffleboard. Drag the paddle at the
bottom into the
    shell above it to knock it towards the target. You get points
depending on
    how close to the middle you were. If it doesn't land on the
target, you get
    none. You get 5 shells, and the total score is added up after all
of them
    have been hit. Be careful not to knock your good shots off the
target!
    Here are the values of the rings:
       Blue         -   100 Points
       Outer White  -   300 Points
       Red          -   500 Points
       Center White -   1000 Points


Bounce and Trounce
------------------
In-Game Description:
    Mario's surrounded by Fly Guys to trounce. Touch him on his left,
right, or
    center to make him bounce in that direction.

Gameplay:
    This game is very similar to Bounce and Pounce, except it is
point based and
    not level based. Three Marios will fly up on screen, and you must
make them
    fall on top of the Fly Guys. You get a point for every one you
land on. Tap
    on a Mario to make him bounce into the air. Tapping on his left
will make
    him fly up and to the right, and vice versa. After you land on a
Fly Guy,
    more will come. They come in all different sizes and move around
the bottom
    screen. You can drop 3 Marios before you lose.


Connect the Characters
----------------------
In-Game Description:
    Draw lines to match the characters' heads to their bodies.
Press "GO!" when
    you're finished to see how you fared!

Gameplay:
    You will see four heads at the top of the screen, and your goal
is to make
    them fall to the correct bodies. Draw lines between the four main
ones to
    create different paths. Each head will take every horizontal path
it comes
    to. After you're finished placing lines and are confident they
will fall
    correctly, press go to see if they make it. If they do, the heads
will go
    back to the top in a different order, and you have to do it
again. Notice
    that your old lines are still there, so it can get pretty
complicated after
    a few turns. Make sure when you are placing lines that fixing a
line for one
    head won't mess it up for the others. Every 5 turns your lines
are cleared
    away, and it gets more difficult. There might be different
characters'
    heads, or pre-drawn lines on the top screen.


Shell Smash
-----------
In-Game Description:
    Hit Koopa shells together to score points. Hit many in a row for
even more
    points. Score even higher points by smashing green shells
together.

Gameplay:
    This game is quite crazy and entertaining. Smash the green shell
as hard as
    you can with the paddle. It should hit the other shells at the
top, and they
    will go flying. They will bounce all over the place, and you get
points
    every time they hit each other. The score between the shells
increases
    depending on how many times the shell has hit another. Green
shells give you
    massive points if they hit, up to 2400. A whole bunch of green
shell
    collisions can easily raise your score by tens of thousands of
points. You
    get five shells, and your score is added up at the end.


Trampoline Terror
-----------------
In-Game Description:
    Only players with superb stylus skills will be able to make Mario
bounce
    through the rings!

Gameplay:
    Draw line on the touch screen and they will turn into
trampolines. Put them
    where Mario will fall, and he will bounce up off of them. Try to
angle them
    so that he will go through the rings. You get extra points if you
go through
    multiple rings in one jump. After all rings are gone, more will
appear in
    different patterns. Pretty soon, more Marios will come also. This
adds to
    the confusion as you must make sure none of them fall. The big
trampoline at
    the bottom only lasts 3 bounces. After that, you have to be extra
careful
    not to let Mario fall.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

=====================
  (5) Luigi's Games
=====================

All of Luigi's games are gambling games, mostly cards. Some of the
games can go
on for a very long time. Note that you only get a high score if you
quit while
you're ahead. If you do quit without losing, you can also come back
later and
continue with the same number of coins.


Memory Match
------------
In-Game Description:
    Pick two matching cards to make them disappear. Clear all cards
to win.

Gameplay:
    You are presented with several cards, and you must match all
pairs to win.
    Tap them and they will flip over. If the two you tapped match,
they will
    disappear. Otherwise, you lose one of your 3 coins you can bet
per turn. Try
    to remember which cards are where so you can make matches. If you
finish a
    level, you get 6 times the remaining coins you bet. You lose a
star if you
    miss 3 times, and you gain one if you finish the level. The more
stars you
    have, the more successful you have been. They do not add to your
score,
    though. You lose when you run out of coins.


Pair-a-Gone
-----------
In-Game Description:
    Touch 2 identical cards that are connected vertically,
horizontally, or
    diagonally to make them disappear. Clear them all to win!

Gameplay:
    The game starts with a lot of cards with symbols on them. If you
see two
    identical ones that are touching on the side or diagonally, tap
them to make
    them disappear. After they disappear, the rest of the cards will
shift up to
    cover their space. If the cards get moved in such a way that no
more matches
    are possible, you lose as many coins as there are cards still on
the table,
    then Luigi deals again. If you manage to get rid of all the
cards, you get 5
    coins. After the first level, Luigi has more cards to deal to
you, making it
    longer and harder. The stars keep track of how many levels you
have
    finished. You lose after you run out of coins.


Picture Poker
-------------
In-Game Description:
    Get a better hand than Luigi to win! If you're confident your
hand is best,
    increase your bet!

Gameplay:
    Luigi will deal you 5 cards. Your goal is to get a better hand
than him. Do
    this by getting combinations of groups of the same card. Look up
at the
    chart in the top left screen to see the different combinations
and their
    multiplier values. The symbols in the chart do NOT correspond
with the ones
    on the cards, however. You could get five mushrooms and still get
a 16x
    multiplier. Anyway, look at your cards and see if you have any
matches. If
    you have any cards that don't match, you might want to get rid of
them and
    get some new cards. First, adjust your bet by tapping the bet
thing in the
    upper left of the Touch screen. Then tap the cards you don't want
anymore
    (optional). Click Hit/Hold and you will get new cards and Luigi
will compare
    his hand to yours. If you have a better combination, you will get
your bet
    times the multiplier coins back. If not, you just lose the ones
you bet. In
    the case of a tie, the symbols on your cards are judged on the
value scale
    on the bottom left. Whichever person has the highest valued cards
wins the
    hand. You lose if you run out of money. The stars on bottom of
the top
    screen represent the ratio of winning to losing hands you've had.
If you
    have any stars, it means that you've one that many more hands
than you have
    lost. If you have none, it means that you've lost more hands than
you have
    won.


Mushroom Roulette
-----------------
In-Game Description:
    Guess where the ball will land on the roulette wheel. Guess
correctly to win
    coins!

Gameplay:
    The game starts with a ball spinning in the roulette wheel, and
you have 5
    coins on the table. If you want to bet on where the ball will
stop, drag the
    coins onto the square of your choice. You can choose from the 12
red or
    black symbols, or put them on the colored diamonds. If you get
the correct
    symbol, you get 12x the number of coins you bet on that square.
If you bet
    on the diamond, you get 2x your bet back if it lands on that
color. You can
    put up to 5 coins on a single square. You can also put coins on
the lines
    between squares. If either of the squares it's touching wins, you
get 6x
    your bet back. Putting coins between 4 squares gets you 3x your
bet. You
    lose when you run out of coins.


Mario Slot
----------
In-Game Description:
    Touch the spinning slots to stop them. Get 3 items in a row to
earn coins!
    The Superstar is wild.

Gameplay:
    This slot machine features great classic Mario artwork. First,
you can
    adjust your bid at the bottom of the screen. Then tap a spinning
wheel to
    make it stop, and do the same with the other two. If you get any
of the
    combinations listed on top, you get the number next to it
multiplied by your
    bet. The Super Star acts as a wild card, so if you get it and two
of the
    same thing, you get rewarded for three of that symbol AND the
single star
    multiplier. They do not compound, however. You get rewarded for
each of them
    separately.


Lucky Stars
-----------
In-Game Description:
    From a pair of cards, pick the one with more Stars to win coins.
Beat Luigi
    at his own game!

Gameplay:
    Luigi will deal 2 cards, and you want to choose the one with more
stars.
    First adjust your bet with the counter in the upper left of the
Touch
    Screen, then tap a card. If yours has more stars, you get double
your bet
    back. If not, you lose your bet. You lose when you run out of
coins. You get
    a star on the top screen whenever you win. They keep track of how
many more
    times you have won than Luigi has.


Pair-a-Gone And On
------------------
In-Game Description:
    This game of Pair-a-Gone goes on forever! Test your skill and see
how many
    cards you can clear. Go for the record!

Gameplay:
    This game is just like Pair-a-Gone without the levels. Luigi will
deal 20
    cards, and you must get rid of them by tapping two adjacent or
diagonal
    cards with the same picture. After you tap them, they will
disappear and the
    rest of the cards will shift up to take their place. Luigi will
keep dealing
    more cards until their are no more matches possible. Unlike
Luigi's other
    games, the you do not have to quit to get a High Score.


Memory Master
-------------
In-Game Description:
    If Memory Match was a piece of cake for you, try out this harder
version.
    You now have more cards to play with.

Gameplay:
    This is just like Memory Match, except you have more cards and 5
chances.
    It also reveals some of the cards to you at the beginning. Tap
two cards to
    flip them over. If they match, they disappear. If not, you lose a
coin. You
    have 5 coins, and you lose when they're all gone. You get 5 coins
if you get
    all matches. Try to remember the locations of the cards so you
can make more
    matches and not rely on luck. Each time you finish a level you
get a star,
    and you lose one if you don't. They tell you how many times more
you have
    won than you have lost.


Super Mario Slot
----------------
In-Game Description:
    Touch the spinning slots to stop them. Get 3 items in a row to
earn coins!
    The Superstar is wild. Are you feeling super lucky?

Gameplay:
    This game plays exactly like Mario Slot. Exactly. The only
difference is
    that you have a much higher chance of winning. First, adjust your
bid at the
    bottom of the screen. Then tap a spinning wheel to make it stop,
and do the
    same with the other two. If you get any of the combinations
listed on top,
    you get the number next to it multiplied by your bet. The Super
Star acts as
    a wild card, so if you get it and two of the same thing, you get
rewarded
    for three of that symbol AND the single star multiplier. They do
not
    compound, however. You get rewarded for each of them separately.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

=====================
  (6) Wario's Games
=====================

Wario's games are pretty random - and fun. They can get pretty crazy
at times,
so keep focused!


Bob-omb Squad
-------------
In-Game Description:
    The parachuting Bob-ombs are destroying your flowers! Use your
slingshot to
    knock them out of the air. Hit Lakitu to blow them all up.

Gameplay:
    This game is very popular. Your goal is to protect your 4 flowers
at the
    bottom from the falling Bob-ombs. Drag the slingshot with your
stylus to
    pull it back and then let go. A rock will fly up, destroying all
the
    Bob-ombs in its path. The farther you pull it back, the higher it
will go.
    If you hit Lakitu at the top, all the Bob-ombs on screen will be
destroyed.
    Each Bob-omb can destroy one flower if it makes it to the ground,
so you
    have four chances. If you start to miss a few, you can even pull
the
    slingshot up and shoot downwards to get them.


Snowball Slalom
---------------
In-Game Description:
    Rub the Touch Screen to roll the snowman's head to the goal
before time runs
    out! Rocks will slow you down, as will touching his head!

Gameplay:
    This game can be very difficult. Take your stylus and move it up
and down
    next to the snowman's head. Do not make contact with the screen
on the way
    down, because it will slow you down. The faster you do it, the
faster the
    snowman will go. Rubbing more to the right will make him roll to
the right,
    and vice versa. Try to avoid the rocks. Watch for them on the top
screen and
    steer out of their path. It you hit one, you will stop and lose a
lot of
    time. Do not touch the snowman's head, as it will also slow him
down. If you
    make it to the finish line, it will display your time. The lowest
times make
    it to the High-Score list.


Bingo Ball
----------
In-Game Description:
    Launch a ball into a numbered slot on the Touch Screen. That
number will
    light up in the top screen. Get 3 numbers in a row to score!

Gameplay:
    In this game you are given 12 balls, and you must launch them up
into the
    pegs. Drag the plunger down, and let go when the ball rolls on.
It will go
    up, and bounce down into one of the slots. The number of the slot
will light
    up on the grid at the top. Scoring is as follows: 100 points for
every
    number that is lit up, 500 for every row of three that is lit up,
10000 if
    you fill every number, and 2000 for every ball you have left if
you fill all
    the slots. The highest possible score is 20900.


Coincentration
--------------
In-Game Description:
    Pay attention to where the falling coins land. Touch the blocks
to retrieve
    the coins. But if you choose the wrong block, your game will end.

Gameplay:
    The game starts when Wario tosses up a Coin Purse, and then tons
of coins
    cascade down to the bottom screen. You need to keep track of
which blocks
    end up with coins on them, then tap them after they're done
falling. If you
    get one with coins, it adds them to your score. If it is empty,
you lose.
    If you get every coin (40 in all), it says "Perfect!" and adds
you to the
    High Score list.


Psyche Out!
-----------
In-Game Description:
    Are you psychic? Can you guess what's on the card's other side?
Maybe if you
    stare at it long enough, a vision will come to you.

Gameplay:
    This game has a trick to it. You will see a card on the top
screen, and you
    have to use your "psychic" abilities to see it. What you really
have to do
    is look carefully at the card, and you can see an outline of the
shape on
    the other side. Tap the one it matches on the bottom. It gets
harder to see
    as the game moves on, and some objects, like the cloud, can be
very hard to
    make out. After 5 levels it will tell you you're lucky, then you
will
    have more cards to choose from.


Slots Shot
----------
In-Game Description:
    The bars swing open when a ball goes in a Piranha Plant. Sink the
ball into
    the pipe to trigger the slots Switch. Get 3 items in a row for a
bonus!

Gameplay:
    This game is a cross between pinball and a slot machine. You have
9 balls to
    start with. Pull back the plunger and let go when a ball rolls
on. It will
    shoot up, and bounce around. The mushrooms act as bumpers, and
the green
    ones disappear for awhile if they get hit. If a ball lands in a
Piranha
    Plant, the gates on the pipe will open. If one land s in the
other one, the
    curved blue thing that blocks the pipe will disappear. Then, if a
ball goes
    down it, it will hit the button and start the slot machine. If
you get 3 in
    a row, you get a special bonus. The holes near the bottom return
any balls
    that land in them back to the beginning, letting you shoot them
again. After
    a ball goes in one of them, it closes up for the rest of the
game. Scoring
    is as follows: 300 points for every mushroom that was hit, 3000
for every
    ball that went in the pipe, 2000 for every ball that went in one
of the
    holes, and up to 10000 points, depending on the symbols, for
every time you
    won the slots.


Lakitu Launch
-------------
In-Game Description:
    Shoot as many balls as you can into the tubs within the allotted
time.

Gameplay:
    Your goal is to launch ball into the shells being carried by the
Lakitus.
    Pull back on the slingshot with your stylus and let go to launch
the balls.
    The farther you pull back, the higher it will go. Try to aim it
so it will
    fall into one of the moving shells. At the end of the 30 seconds,
it will
    count up how many you made. You have unlimited balls, so feel
free to shoot
    tons of them aimlessly. After the Lakitus catch a few of them,
they will
    fall under the weight for a couple seconds. They usually catch a
few of the
    falling balls when they do this.


Intense Coincentration
----------------------
In-Game Description:
    There aren't as many falling coins this time around, but that
won't stop
    Wario. Watch the coins carefully!

Gameplay:
    This is a harder version of Coincentration. There are fewer
coins, leaving
    less room for guessing. Wario will toss a Coin Purse up, and
several coins
    will fall down. Try to remember which blocks they land in, and
tap them
    after they're done falling. If the block has coins in it, they
are added to
    your score. If not, you lose. If you get every coin (there are
16), it says
    "Perfect!" and adds you to the High Score list.


Giant Snowball Slalom
---------------------
In-Game Description:
    Roll the snowball over a longer course! As before, avoid rocks
because
    they'll slow you down.

Gameplay:
    This is a harder and longer version of Snowball Slalom. You must
rub your
    stylus up next to the Snowman's head, and it will roll. It will
begin to
    build up speed, and you must avoid the penguins and rocks.
Hitting a penguin
    makes the snowball smaller, which may be helpful near the end.
You must make
    it to the end in 40 seconds to win. You can see how far you are
on the scale
    on the right of the screen.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

==========================
  (7) Rabbit Information
==========================

To unlock the mini-games, you must catch the rabbits that hold their
key. Each
character in the main game can find 7 of them. IMPORTANT - You must
talk to
Toad in the mini-game room (past the character switching room) to
get the
rabbits to first appear. If you don't, you will not find any around
the castle.

Here is a list of all the rabbit locations and the mini-games they
unlock.

Yoshi
--------
Unlocked by Default:
    Wanted!
    Love me...?

Outside:
    Hide and Boo Seek ...... In front of the bridge to the castle.
    Puzzle Panel ........... In front of the bridge to the castle.
    Boom Box ............... In front of the bridge to the castle.
    Tox Box Shuffle ........ To the right of the castle entrance.
It's in a
                             flower patch across the wooden bridge.
    Puzzle Panic ........... In front of the door to the basement,
after
                             draining the moat.
    Which Wiggler? ......... In the hedge maze to the left of where
the game
                             started.

Basement:
    Mix-a-Mug .............. In front of the Lethal Lava Land picture.


Mario
--------
Unlocked by Default:
    Mario's Slides
    Bounce and Pounce

Outside:
    Sort or 'Splode ........ Near the ledge overlooking the waterfall.
    Shell Smash ............ Under the bridge to the castle, after
draining the
                             moat.

1st Floor:
    Trampoline Time ........ In the room with Jolly Roger Bay.

Basement:
    Bounce and Trounce ..... In front of the Lethal Lava Land picture.
    Connect the Characters . In front of the Lethal Lava Land picture.

2nd Floor:
    Trampoline Terror ...... In the main circular room with Wet Dry
World.
    Shuffle Shell .......... In the mirrored room with the SnowmanÕs
Land
                             picture.


Luigi
--------
Unlocked by Default:
    Memory Match
    Pair-a-Gone

Outside:
    Pair-a-Gone And On ..... In the hedge maze to the left of where
the game
                             started.
    Super Mario Slot ....... On top of the castle. You must have 150
stars to
                             get there.

1st Floor:
    Lucky Stars ............ In the room with the Bob-omb Battlefield
picture.
    Mario Slot ............. In the room with the Mario painting.
    Picture Poker .......... In an alcove above the entrance to the
courtyard.
                             Backflip twice after entering to reach
it.

Basement:
    Mushroom Roulette ...... In the depression near the columns that
drains the
                             moat.

2nd Floor:
    Memory Master .......... In the main circular room with Wet Dry
World.


Wario
--------
Unlocked by Default:
    Bob-omb Squad
    Snowball Slalom

Outside:
    Bingo Ball ............. Over the bridge to the left of the
castle as you
                             leave it. It is by one of the farthest
trees.

1st Floor:
    Coincentration ......... In the room with the WhompÕs Fortress
picture.
    Slots Shot ............. In the courtyard.

Basement:
    Psyche Out! ............ In the dead-end corridor where Toad is.

2nd Floor:
    Lakitu Launch .......... In the room with the Tiny-Huge Island
pictures.

3rd Floor:
    Intense Coincentration . In front of Tick Tock Clock.
    Giant Snowball Slalom .. In the left alcove from where you enter.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

======================
  (8) Special Thanks
======================

I'd like to thank the following people for their help with this FAQ:

HyperShadow128 for the list of rabbit locations.
SilentNinja9292 for the in-game description of Super Mario Slot.
docdude316 for the list of which mini-games the rabbits unlock.
$teVen for telling me about a typo in the rabbit guide.
Halo824 for some info on "Loves me...?"


I'd also like to recognize the following people who I know wrote
guides that
were not accepted at GameFAQs:

Squit100
Logan "LogGamer" Mohs
and several others...

They worked hard on FAQs too, but unfortunately for them, mine was
posted
first.


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+
=====================================
  (9) Copyright/Contact Information
=====================================

This document is Copyright (C)2004 Revned.
Mario and everything else related to the game are Copyright (C)2004
Nintendo.

This FAQ may not be posted anywhere without my permission. The ONLY
sites that
have my permission right now are:

www.gamefaqs.com
www.neoseeker.com

If you find it posted anywhere else, please inform me.


If you have any questions, comments, or concerns, please email me at:
revned (-at-) gmail (-dot-) com


+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
+-+-+-+-+-+

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
                    O                  111                 O
                   O                  1111                  O
                  O                  11 11                   O
                 O                  11  11                    O
                O                  11   11                     O
               O                  11    11                      O
              O                  11     11                       O
             O                  11      11                        O
            O                  11       11                         O
           O                            11                          O
           O                            11                          O
            O                           11                         O
             O                          11                        O
              O                         11                       O
               O                        11                      O
                O                       11                     O
                 O                      11                    O
                  O                     11                   O
                   O                    11                  O
                    O                11111111              O
                     OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

~100 Coins Stars Guide~
~Written by Deathborn 668~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------

~Test~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
As a note to myself, this is 79 characters. If you can read this,
your fine:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                               ~WARNING!!!
~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
In an attempt to avoid mass plagerism and selling ad profit of my
FAQ's, I
add in pointless (not really in the long run) spaces during normal
skipped
lines. For proof, highlight this following line:

See that? Yep. Now, try and copy and paste this into an E-Mail. It
got quite
****ed up didn't it? Don't bother coping and pasting my FAQ's. It
just
won't work.
Note:These spaces will have NO effect when viewed from GameFAQ's, or
any
other site directly linking to this FAQ.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~Introduction~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Hello there! I'm Deathborn 668 on the message boards, and this is my
first
In-Depth Guide evar. I've been kicked out of many oppertunities
before, but
I finally found the perfect way to make
one.

In case you didn't know, 1/10th of the game's Stars come from....the
100
Coins Stars. Not to mention, these Stars are typically put at the
bottom of
the checklist in a typical run through of the game. Why you may ask?
They
are hard, long, teadius, annoying, frustrating when dying with only
a few
Coins left, and really hard. So I decided to make an FAQ devoted
just
about the collection of all 100 Coins in each course :).
Note:These are the EXACT same
descriptions from my Walkthrough Guide of this game, but this makes
it so
much easier for people to simply click this guide and find the
Course's 100
Coin Star. I personally think it makes it easier for people.

If you see any information that's wrong, or that I haven't put in
here yet,
please E-Mail me at deathborn668@...

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~Version History~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Final-Finished everything

1.0-Finished Courses 9-12

.5-Finished 100 Coins Stars in Courses 1-8

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                           ~Table of Contents~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
=============================================
I.Disclaimer
=============================================
II.100 Coin Stars Guide

II A.Bob-omb Battlefield 100 Coins Star

II B.Whomp's Fortress 100 Coins Star

II C.Jolly Rodger Bay 100 Coins Star

II D.Cool, Cool Mountain 100 Coins Star

II E.Big Boo's Haunt 100 Coins Star

II F.Hazy Maze Cave 100 Coins Star

II G.Lethal Lava Land 100 Coins Star

II H.Shifting Sands Land 100 Coins Star

II I.Dire Dire Docks 100 Coins Star

II J.Snowman's Land 100 Coins Star

II K.Wet-Dry World's 100 Coins Star

II L.Tall, Tall Mountain 100 Coins Star

II M.Tiny-Huge Island 100 Coins Star

II N.Tick-Tock Clock 100 Coins Star

II O.Rainbow Ride 100 Coins Star
=============================================
III.FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)
=============================================
IV.Closing Comments
=============================================
V.Credits
=============================================

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~I.Disclaimer~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
This FAQ IS NOT to be used in any way other than for refrence. The
only sites
allowed to host this FAQ is GameFAQ's, Gamespot, IGN, and
GameInformer. That
is it. Feel free to print this out and use it as a quick and handy
guide for
yourself. I don't really care if you do so.
DO'S
-Print his guide for your own useage
-Host this guide on another site (If you want to please E-Mail me
for
permission)
-Give this guide to other people PROVIDED you don't use it for profit

DONT'S
-Sell this guide on EBay/Any other site for profit
-Take this guide and call it your own
-Plagerize and not give me credit

Thank you for following these guidelines. It's appreciated.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                          ~II.100 Coin Stars Guide~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
And now its the moment you've been waiting for! All 15 Courses and
their 100
Coins Star are explained with high details, and everything about the
course
is covered, right down to the last enemy.
Enjoy!

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                  ~II A.Bob-omb Battlefield 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

This is your first 100 Coins collecting challenge! This isn't
exactly a
selected Star from the menu.....you just choose whatever Star you
want, don't
even bother doing it but actually go for collecting 100 Coins. The
Star will
appear right above the 100th coin you recieve. So, let's get
cracking! As
we all know, go straight from where you start up the path and when
you reach
the bridge for like the umpteenth time, go around and under it. You
will find
five Yellow Coins to your pleasure. Now, head left from under the
bridge to a
whole area of Bob-ombs in this dirt area. Pick up and throw all of
them to
have them explode and give up a Coin. They will quickly regenrate
(Meaning
they will reappear in the same place again) but won't give up
another Coin.
Bu now, we should have around 12-15 Coins or so. Oh yeah....I almost
forgot.
Back near where we started was a brick. Punch it to reveal a few
Coins. Um,
head over the bridge now, killing the few Goombas that are on it for
a few
extra Coins. Keep going until you reach Chain Chomp. Before Chain
Chomp and
to the left was that rotating platforms right? Grab the Red Coin at
the top
for two more Coins to your
total.

At this time we should have around 20 Coins, that is very good. Head
to
Chain Chomp but this time head towards the field to the right of
him. In this
field that we have commonly gone to in our travels lies a lot of
Goombas, so
kill them all and collect the Coins that they spit out. Also, if you
choose
Stars 3-7, a Koopa Troopa will be wondering around in this field
too. Jump
on him to kick him out of his shell, then stomp on the actual Koopa
that's
running around in embarassment to kill him, and he will give up a
Blue
Coin! It is worth five Yellow Coins, so you BETTER get it! After
killing all
of the Goombas and Koopa in this area, your Coin total should be
around
30-35 ish. Now, it is time to REALLY start getting a ton of Coins,
and being
Mario is absolutely neccassary for this mission. But before we
should go to
"Coin Heaven" as I like to call it, head over to kind little Chain
Chomp, but
grab a Bob-omb that is pretty close to him. Pick it up and run over
to Chain
Chomp and throw the bomb into his face. Chain Chomp will fly high
for a few
seconds, so get to the post he is attached to and run around it 3
times.
After you have run around it a few times, five Yellow Coins will pop
out.
Don't forget to jump up and grab the Red Coin for another two Coins
to your
total!


Great! We have 40-45 Coins by this point! Let's get a ton more. Head
back to
the field that was to the right of Chain Chomp. Head up that ol'
small hill
into the Cannon, then launch yourself to the Floating Island. This
is where
being Mario comes in BIG handy! Grab the Wings from the Red Block
and the
head into the cannon on the Island, but before that get the Red Coin
at the
top of the tree. Head inside the cannon and launch yourself into the
first
Coin in the middle of the circle of coins. Secrets Coins also count
as 1
Coin too! You should grab all five secrets, but don't grab the Star
that'll
appear of course! Continue to shot yourself out of the cannon to fly
into
the Coin Circles and collect their Coins! After around 10 loops you
will
have probably collected most of the Coin Circles' Coins. At this
time right
now, you should have around 70 or so Coins! Wow....just around
thrity or so
by now left! You can continue to shoot yourself out of the cannon,
but there
are 5 Coin Circles, 9 Coins per circle so there is only 45 Coins to
be
collected there. 30 is enough. Anyways, jump off of the island,
making sure
to ground pound before landing on the ground to not lose any health.
The
last few Coins are easily, easily
gotten.

Head onto the dirt path and follow it past Chain Chomp and over the
tilting
bridge of doomyness, and continue along up the stairs. In the
large
battlefield, you can easily kill 5 or so Bob-ombs walking around in
the field
for one Yellow Coin each. Continue along, not going through the
giant gate
until you reach some flower patches. One of the flower patches has a
string
of eight coins going around it. Collect them all (No big fat duh is
needed
for you to do that right?). Head back to the tilting bridge, but
take a right
(If your facing away from it, it's a right) until you reach the
small area
with two Red Coins. Collect them. There are also four or five posts
stuck in
the ground too. Run around each post several times to have five
Yellow Coins
pop out of each one. Pretty damn awesome right? That is another 20
to 25 more
coins for your total! By now, if you have followed everything, you
should
have at least 100 Coins by now. If you don't, circle around the
mountain
where you will find a few Goombas and a few strings of 5 Coins. If
you
STILL don't have enough, there are the leftover Red Coins and Coins
in the
sky.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                   ~II B.Whomp's Fortress 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Whomp's Fortress is literally LOADED with Coins! EVERYWHERE!
However, you
are gonna need to Punch and Kick and Ground Pound your way to most
of them,
so Yoshi won't be much help here. Start off by turning around when
you start
and kill the Pirhana Plant in the flower patch for a Blue Coin,
worth five
big Yellow Coins! Next, don't go up the hills just yet. Keep heading
along
at the bottom section of Whomp's Fortress where you will see some
Goombas
and a circle of coins that are....circling a flower patch.
Killing
everything here will net you another ten coins. By now we should
have
around 15. Not bad for a start. Head to the fence and jump over it
making
sure to land on....the land. Break the nearby four brick boxes to
collect
three coins out of most of them. Head up the ledge to a few more
flower
patches. Two Pirhana Plants will spring up, so keep your distance
until they
fall asleep. Then, tiptoe and kill both of them for another two Blue
Coins,
which is the same as ten more Yellow Coins. Run around the post that
is
nearby a few times until five more Yellow Coins pop out of it. So
far, we
have only explored one area of the fortress and we should have 30-40
Coins
by now. Awesome
start.

Now, head back to where you started the course and head up the hill
to those
things that pop out of the wall at random times....again. You'll
find a red
Coin that we collected before, worth two Yellow Coins so of course,
collect
it. Now, head across the moving platforms again and up the stairs
where the
Thwomps are located and avoid them. When you get past the second
one, wait
for it to stomp the ground, then jump on top of him. At the apex of
the
Thwomp's rise there will be another red Coin, worth two more Yellow
Coins so
of course, grab it. Now, head off and continue to the top of the
stairs.
Instead of going right to the Pirhana Plant, go straight and follow
the ramp
down. On the ramp are five more Yellow Coins. After those coins jump
into
the shallow pool of water and collect the circle of eight Yellow
Coins
perched near a wall. Go over near the cannon where another string of
five
more Yellow Coins waits for you to collect. Hop into the cannon and
blast to
the pole like we did a few Stars ago and go up to the next platform
for
another circle of eight Yellow Coins. Jump off onto the ground and
find a
Blue Coins Switch. These switches, once Ground Pounded, make a few
Blue
Coins appear nearby for a limited time. Activate the switch and
collect the
four Blue Coins nearby for another twenty Yellow Coins. At this
point, we
should have around 60 Coins. Time to find the rest of them
easily.

Now, head back to the grey ramp that we came down forth earlier and
climb
back up it. Head to the left to where the Pirhana Plant is sleeping
like a
baby, tip toe up to him and kill him wit' a Punch for another 5
Coins. Also,
you should collect the Red Coin that is lying nearby. Now, don't go
through
the collapsing bridge. Instead, cross the narrom ledge that contains
another
Red Coin nearby. Right after you collect that Red Coin you will be
near
another Pirhana Plant. Kill him with a Punch and collect his Blue
Coin. Now,
wait until the rotating platform comes to you then run to the
middle. When
the platform stops at the other side, get onto the middle of the
walkway of
the platform, and wait for it to take you around and collect four
Yellow
Coins and a Red Coins. By this point, you should have around 80
Coins. Now,
actually cross the platform to the other side and wait for the Whomp
to fall
down on you (But make sure you get away just in time). Then, jump on
him
five times. Each time you jump on him you get one Yellow Coin. After
five
jumps, do a Ground Pound to actually kill him, for another five
Coins. You
should also do this same technique for the Whomp around the corner.
By now,
you should have 100 Coins and the Star should appear. If you don't
have 100
Coins yet, go up the elevator and punch down the board and collect
about 20
or 25 Coins that are on the Floating Islands. That should get you
your
missing Coins.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                   ~II C.Jolly Rodger Bay 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

There aren't too many Coins stuck inside Jolly Roger Bay. Infact, I
estimate
about 110 Coins. You better be quick at collecting coins from
enemies because
they can mean everything. However, there are a ton of Blue Coins in
the
beginning to make up for the lack of Yellow Coins. Start off by
turning to
your right and killing the few Goombas that are wondering nearby.
Now, go
over to the 2 brick blocks. Destroy the one that was closest to you
when you
started the world. It will spit out 3 Yellow Coins. Now, Ground
Pound the
nearby Blue Coin Switch to make a massive amount of Blue Coins
appear on the
surface of the water. Quickly break the other block to reveal a
Koopa shell.
Ride it quickly over the water to collect all of the Blue Coins
before they
all disappear. There are eight freakin Blue Coins. A hefty sum
indeed. We
have just started the level, and by now, you should have at least
Fourty
Coins. That didn't take to long to
collect.....

To save time, ride the Koopa Shell all the way back to the beginning
of the
level and crash into the wall. It will break and you won't be riding
it
anymore. Anyways, jump into the water and start swimming down. There
will be
a tiny thingy...I don't really know what it is but anyways there are
eight
Yellow Coins circling around the little pointy thingy. After
collecting all
eight keep goin until you see a clam. One clam has a Koopa Shell
that you can
ride for a few seconds underwater, but it is really pointless. The
other clam
shell nearby has a Red Coin inside of it, so grab that. By this
point in time
you should have at least Fifty Coins. Were doing damn good! Come
back to the
surface for air if you need it, and prepare to dive right back down
again.

Keep swimming on the surface now until you reach those tall pillars
sticking
out from the water that we have passed on practically.....every Star
we have
done already and around one of those pillars is another circle of
eight
Yellow Coins. Awesome.....by now you should have at least Sixty
Coins or more
if you have done some exploring on your own. Head back to the
surface if you
haven't already and swim to the far right side of the level now and
hop on
top of the platform in the water and head to the right, then jump on
top of
the pole there and climb to the top to find a Red Coin. You just can
not
argue with an easy two Coins. Now, head back to the left across the
platform
in the water and head up onto the adjacent platform with a ! Switch
and a
? Red Block on it. Activate the ! Switch to create a temporary
pathway
between the platforms infront of you. There are a total of five
Coins on
each of the platforms that lie infront of you, so collect all
fifteen Yellow
Coins. At this point in time you should have at least Seventy Five
or even
more Coins. Not too bad.....

Continue along the platforms however and board the risen ship
again.........
Grab the three Red Coins that are hanging above the ship. If you
can't reach
them easily, wait for the tilt of the ship to rock the ship high so
you can
easily jump into the three suspended Red Coins. Now, jump into the
water and
start swimming torwards the very bottom of the lagoon here. You
should find
another clam which contains another Red Coin, perfect for the
taking. Also,
you can find some of the character Caps neat many strings of Coins.
I can't
say for sure how many strings of Coins there are exactly, but there
are a
few. Also, head for the Ocean Cave entrance and collect the circle
of coins
underwater near it. By now, if you have followed everything, you
should have
at least One Hundered Yellow Coins. Your shiny Star should appear.
If you
don't have 100 Coins just yet, go into the ocean cave and kill all
the
enemies there and collect the coins near the walls of the cave. If
you STILL
don't have enough then there are still a few Red Coins that I didn't
cover
yet. If you don't have 100 Coins at that point, I don't think it is
very
possible to get the Star. Exit the level and come back to retry this
annoying
challenge for the rare Coins! Remember, there may be a few Goombas
somewhere
in the level you may not have killed yet....they just might have you
missing
Coin
(s)!


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                  ~II D.Cool, Cool Mountain 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Yoshi

Ah yes....the dreaded Collect 100 freaking Coins challenge that
perils
everyone in every course. Fortunately, Cool, Cool Mountain has
plenty of
Coins, and then some. In fact there are around 150 Coins or so, that
is if
you do everything perfectly and don't miss anything. There isn't
anything
Yoshi can't do on this level, so he's your man. (You need his fire
breath to
destroy some blocks!!!)

First off, anyone who has played this level before should know that
there are
tons, and I mean TONS of freakin Coins on the Frosty Slide itself
alone. Yep.
.....that is a ton of coins indeed if you have ever been down there.
Start
off as usual, jump onto the chimney and grab all five Yellow Coins
that
lead inside it. Ninety five more to go! (lol). Are you ready to
round up a
ton of Coins? Good. Head down the slide. A Blue Coin is quickly
running down
the slide too, so as you are quickly making it down, you should grab
it. A
few Yellow Coins come before that Blue Coin too. By now we should
have at
least ten Coins. Head around the next turn and there are five more
Coins
before that little "Jump" you always make. There are five more Coins
above
the jump, so jump before the Jump (o_O too many jumps....) to
collect those
too. Now as you enter the winding right turn follwed by the sharper
left turn
there are a few more coins placed on the slide. Get them. Now, there
are five
Coins leading into the wall "Shortcut". Try to get them, but avoid
the
shortcut. Keep going as the slide goes striaght into those big bad
turns. The
giant hairpin turn has a few Coins on it, risk it if you want too,
but a few
Coins won't make much of a difference. Keep going along the track,
but stay
in the middle. You will go down the gap, with a HUGE string of about
20-30
Coins in it. Easy cash. As you head through the final tunnel stay in
the
middle again as you go along the thin ice bridge. Another 20-30 or
so Coins
lie on this bridge as well! Now you have crossed the finish line,
but who
cares? Exit the cabin, but don't get the Blue Star that appears from
the
door
opening.


By now you should have at least 50 to 70 Coins. If you don't have
that much I
suggest you head to the top and do the slide over again. Head to the
right of
where you exited and where you will find two Goombas. Kill them both
for the
Coins they give out. Head along and over the nearby bridge and
collect the
coin on the island. Head back, and farther to the right and collect
the other
Red Coin there at the very corner of the mountain. Head all the way
back,
past Mother Penguin and to the tree that is right next to the
cannon. Do a
Handstand at the top of the tree to collec another Red Coin. (sorry
if I
sound like me in the find the Red Coins Star....every Red Coin is
another 2
Coins after all!). After this head all the way back again to those
two
bidges that are connected to the small island. Stay at the end of
the second
bridge to get warped all the way back to the beginning of the
course. Now,
instead of ging into the chimmney, head down the path until you
start sliding
down the mountain. There are a string of five Coins coming up.
Around the
next corner of this mountain is another five coins. Soon enough you
will see
the path your sliding on take a 180-Degree turn. To the right of
this turn is
a ledge, so while sliding Jump up to this ledge, where a Blue Coin
Switch
awaits its duties. Pound it for a measly two Blue Coins that appear
nearby.
If you don't have 100 Coins by now.....head down the next ledge and
long jump
across the broken bridge, and kill the enemies nearby, as well as
the coins
just lying on the ground. If not STILL by now, head back for the
Frosty
Slide. You are obviously missing a lot of coins on that, because
I've covered
the whole mountain. However, there is still the matter of a few Red
Coins...
so get those
too.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                   ~II E.Big Boo's Haunt 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

This place is chuck FULL of freakin Coins! There are eleven Boo's,
each one
contains a Blue Coin. Not to mention, many Mr. I's, Blue Coin
Switch, and
normal enemies, this Star is rather simple. Just irritating if you
fall down
to the basement all that often. As you start, there should be a
spider or
2 nearby. Kill him for three Coins. To the left of where you
started, there
should be a small box hoppning up and down a few inches off the
ground. Grab
the box, and it will spring into the air three times, going higher
and higher
each time. After the thrid time, when it hits the ground it will
break open.
Out will pop out five Yellow Coins. Meh....that's chip change but
it'll do
for
now.


Now that there aren't anymore Coins infront of the Mansion, head
over to the
left and look at the haunted shed. Wait...don't look-go inside! We
have been
here many times before. I'm sure we have seen the Mr. I staring at
you
plenty of times. Run around him three times. Make sure his eyeball
(Wait...
he IS an eyeball) is actually staring at you as you run around.
After you
succesfully run around him a few times, he will spin in defeat, and
hand over
a Blue
Coin.

We will get to Big Boo's Merry Go ROund later (Where it is
convienent) so for
now, head out of the shed. We aren't going to go inside the Mansion
just
yet. Head to the back of the Mansion like we have done a few times
before.
You will see two Spiders crawling around on the ground. Kill both,
for three
Yellow Coins from each one, for a total of 6. Then, there are a few
more
Coins stored inside the nearby ! Yellow Block, so break it for some
more.
Now, head inside the back door of the Mansion nearby. You are in a
small room
and there are two Boo's floating around inside, most likely floating
towards
YOU now. Run around them and Punch them from behind, or if you want
to,
Ground Pound both of them. They will each give up a Blue Coin. By
now, we
should have at least 25
Coins.

Now there aren't anymore Coins around the perimeter of the Mansion.
No real
choice but to go inside. Inside the main room of the Mansion, head
towards
the room at the far wall, leftern door. Inside of this room is
another Boo.
To make it less annoying, use a Ground Pound on him quickly to kill
it and
claim his Blue Coin because another Mr. I is in this room too. You
know the
drill. Run around him like a little pansy, making sure his pupil is
watching
your every move until he spins around and around and dies, where he
gives you
another Blue
Coin.

Leave this room now and head back to the main lobby. Go into the
room on the
rightern side of the back wall this time around, pretty close to
your current
location. Walk around the short pathway until you reach the
collapsing bridge
again. Quickly (But of course to make things less annoying,
carefully) run
across the bridge to the other side. The camera controls are HORRID
in this
room. It is pretty hard to coordnate yourself to kill the Boo that
rests on
the other side of the bridge. Killing him with a Ground Pound is
your best
option. Now that you should have at least 40 Coins, head through the
door to
the next
room.

In this next, but familar room, there are thin pathways along the
wall, with
no railings at all. Slowly cross the dreaded pathway, hugging the
wall the
whole time until you reach a jutted out piece of platform. There is
a Red
Coin here, so grab it for 2 more Coins. Also, a Boo should be
floating
towards you as well. Kill the Boo when he is entirely over the
platform you
are on. You don't want the precious Blue Coin to fall down into the
basement
where it is impossible to retrieve. That's around 45-50 Coins so
far. Not
bad at all. Much more left. Keep hugging the wall until you reach a
door
leading to the main
lobby.

Head straight across the room to the door on the other side. Enter
it and
you will be in the dreaded Mad Piano Room. Ohes noes!!! Quickly
swing around
the Mad Piano and grab the Red Coin resting behind it. Exit from the
door
on the wall, not the one however leading to the main lobby. In this
next room
is another 2 bookshelves and a table, Boo painting in fright, and a
few
chairs. Get on top of both bookshelves with a Double Jump. On top of
each
bookshelf is another Red Coin. We should have at least 50 Coins by
this point
in
time.


That is all the Coins on the first floor of the Mansion. Head up to
the
second floor, where even more Coins await. Head into the door on the
right of
the backern wall. Inside lies another Mr. I. Run around him a few
times, as
long as he is watching you, until he spins in defeat. Collect the
Blue Coin
then leave the
room.

Head into the door on the right wall. Inside, avoid the giant books
and goto
the other side of the room onto the tilting floor. Hit the ! Yellow
Block
over the floor for a few more Coins. Now, head for the Red Coin and
get it,
then get onto the platform with the Red ? Block. As Mario, you can
grab it
and then float to the door on the hidden ledge. As Luigi, you can
easily
backflip up there. As Wario, get ontop of the ? Red Block, then make
a
backflip to reach the attic door. Head inside the door. You should
be inside
the
attic.


Near the stairs in the attic leading towards the doors for Big Boo's
Balcony
lies a Blue Coin Switch. Ground Pound it (What else???). 4 Blue
Coins will
appear, 2 to the left of the stairs, and 2 to the right of the
stairs.
Collect them all for 20 more Coins. Now, head over to the Boo-in-
fight
painting. Keep your back to the painting and wait a few seconds for
a Boo to
pop out of the painting. Kill him with a Ground Pound as he
approaches you
for another Blue Coin. By now, we should have at least 70 Coins,
even 90 if
you
can.


Head up the short stairs to Big Boo's Balcony. We have no business
with Big
Boo (depending on the Star you choose to enter the level, he may be
there or
not). If you are Mario, head behind him and hit the ? Red Block for
a Power
Flower, then float to the roof of the Mansion. If you are Luigi or
Wario,
head to a Long Jump to the sides of the roof, then climb the wall of
the roof
to the very flat section at he very top. Walk carefully along it-
there are 6
more Yellow Coins up here for the taking. Afterwards, jump off the
roof,
Ground Pound before
landing.

Now, if you haven't recieved the Power Star for 100 Coins yet, there
is one
last place to check. On the ground, head for the haunted shed.
Inside, take
the elevator downwards until you reach the bottom, then run through
the
winding path, knee deep in water until you reach a door. Go into the
door and
cross the long hallway until you reach another door. In this next
room, head
up onto the platform and enter the door (Lots'a doors ins't it?) for
Big
Boo's Merry Go Round. Head around it until you find the painting
that is
spitting out Boo's. There are a total of 5 Boo's that come out of
the
painting before the actual Big Boo arrives. Kill all the Boo's. Each
one
contains a Blue Coin. By this point, you should have at least 100
Coins, so
collect your Power Star. If you don't have 100 Coins....you must
have missed
a few enemies.......go back into the Mansion and find them (Or Red
Coins I
missed).

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                    ~II F.Hazy Maze Cave 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:****/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi

Its that time again! Find the....100 Coins lurking in this god
forsaken world
wOOt! The Hazy maze Cave is VERY complex, and there are mutiple ways
of
accoplishing this Star. The difference is.....dun dun dun:The order
you
collect the Coins in. Hazy Maze Cave ISN'T a gold mine or
anything....your
gonna have to kill everything to reach 100 Coins...but barely. Its
very hard
cause death is everywhere. I'll cover the cave in my personal order,
not hard
to
understand.


But why 4/5 difficulty? I already said. Its a race. Killing almost
every
enemy findable and getting their coin(s)...not easy at all. You,
most likely,
will be taking several trips into the actual Hazy Maze to hoard all
of the
Coins that are in there. Anyways, Luigi has the speed, the jump, and
the
Power Flower Abilitiy to survive everything in the level, so no need
to worry
with the man in green around. Ahem. Start off by taking the path to
the
right. We'll get to the leftern path later. Near a pit coming up a
spider
will jump out. Kill him for an easy 3 Coins. Next, is the lovely
pair of 2
Goombas. Kill them both for another Coin each. Near where the
Goombas were
is a thin ledge, with 5 Coins on it. Carefully get on the ledge and
grab the
Coins and walk back onto wide ground, away from death. Now, after
the fire
shooters stop coming from the pit infront of you, jump across the
gap and
enter the
door.

You'll be in the common large room again, on a high platform. Yay.
Head down
the nearby pole and land on the bottom. Head straight along the
wall, not
turning onto any of the paths. There are a few Spiders in this room,
along
with a few Goombas. That's about 10 more Coins to your total. Chip
change
really....how sad. Now, head over to the bottom left corner of this
room,
where the large stairs are. Jump up to the top and get onboard the
Work
Elevator. I'll give you directions based on the fact your back
should be
facing the wall behind you. Get the elevator in motion, heading
forwards.
Then, make it go left until you either hit a platform, in which case
go up,
then left once you clear it. After that, head forwards once you are
lined up
with a brick box. Heading forward, break it once your able to. It'll
have a
Red Coin inside. Keep heading forward, then taking a right once you
meet the
platform with the Mr. I on it. Head to the right, then back up. A
box is near
you to break, but nothing is in it. Keep heading forwards until
another brick
box is lined up with you on the left, then head left and break the
box for
another Red Coin. Keep going until you reach the corner platform,
where
another Red Coin lies. Get it, and hop back on the elevator. Head
backwards,
moving to the right as well until your on the Mr. I platform. Run
around Mr.
I not falling off until he spins in defeat. He will give up a Red
Coin once
you kill him. Now, jump off and go back to the stairs. Climb back up
to the
top
again.


Once at the top, get on the Work Elevator and Long Jump to the
nearby
platform with a Star Sphere. Once there, climb up the purple pole to
the top,
then walk across the brick to the Automatic Elevator. As it moves by
itself,
punch the brick when it comes nearby, and grab the Red Coin it was
hiding.
Then, the Elevator will pass you through another Red Coin. Then, it
will go
under a platform, and over that same platform is a Red Coin. Just
ride the
elevator to the final platform with 2 more Red Coins. The Star will
appear,
but that's not the one we want. Hop off, and pound the ground before
you
hit it. Walk over to the middle of the room and turn left through
the
walkway, then enter the door there. Walk along the pathway and
collect the
nearby 5
Coins.

Prepare yourself as Luigi. Mad-dashes all about! Enter the hole
nearby to
appear in the Hazy Maze. You'll fall into the toxic gas, so quickly
get to
dry land. Kill the nearby Sniffits for 2 Coins each. Now, grab the
Power
Flower inside the nearby ? Red Block. After getting it, quickly run
right
and onto the ledge. A Blue Coin Switch is there. Activate it, then
run behind
you and follow the trail of telltale Blue Coins. Quickly run through
the maze
and collect them. Double Jump to reach the set of 3 Blue Coins in
the air.
That's about an additional 40 or so Coins. Your Invisiblilty Power
by now
is probably running out. Don't fret though. Suck it up like a man.
Keep
heading deeper into the maze. Many Swoopers and Sniffits will find
you before
reaching dry land again. kill them all for Coins. Now, at this
section of
land you should take a left, and follow the path for some more giant
stairs.
Climb them then go down the slide to be back in the giant room
again. By now
you should have 70+
Coins.

If you don't, head back into the Hazy Maze and kill more enemies.
Now, head
right from where you exited. Go one hallway past where the Hazy Maze
entrance
door is, then take a right and go down the long hallway. You'll come
to an
elevator. Ride it up all the way to the top, then exit out through
the door
there. Your in the Black Hole Room now. Take a left and kill the
Spiders
there for more Coins. Head back to the right and follow the boulder
path
upwards. You'll find an additional 5 Coins to the side as well. Go
through
the door to the right when you get to it. When you enter the next
room, get
the circle of 8 Coins around a block, then head down the elevator.
At the
bottom, kill the nearby Goombas for a few Coins. Then, swim out into
the
lagoon and to the center island and collect the Coins that rest
there. By now
you should have atleast 100 Coins. If not, check back for enemies
you might
have
missed.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                   ~II G.Lethal Lava Land 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Wario

Y halo thar folks! It's-a me! The 100 Coin [stupid] Star! Whoopee!
*Lays
Coin minions all over the world*.....ok....You can easily get 100
Coins
before even setting 1 foot inside the volcano, so I won't bother
covering
the volcano section. However, 50 free and easy Coins can only be
accessed
by Wario so starting out as him is highly reccommended (And needed
for the
job...).


As soon as you start, begin running forward as usual. Your gonna
have to
Long Jump across the small gap between platforms unless you want
Wario's
ass to be extra crispy. lol. Continue heading forwards, going past
the
small archway, onto the platform with the ol' ! Block, and a Brick
Black
Block.


Firstly, we want to break open the Black Brick. 3 Coins will pop out
so grab
them unless they are in the lava. The Block proved to be hiding
something...
a Blue Coin Switch. Don't be crazy and activate it now though....so
Jump up
and hit the ! Block for the famous Koopa Shell to fall down. Now, go
crazy
and Ground Pound the Blue Coin Switch. Hop on the Shell quickly as
there
isn't much
time.

Ride the shell away from the nearby sign, into the lava. You should
see a
Blue Coin as soon as you enter the lava. Hurry along now at full
speed. The
Blue Coins keep going and going and going....they will take a tight
turn
through the little gap near where you started. The Blue Coin trail
keeps
going still! Time of course is running out. The Blue Coins head
under the
drawbridge, so take you chances and rush it. Then, after that the
final Blue
Coin is midway up the large half-circle nearby. That's already 50
freakin
Coin in only a minute practically! Head back to where you got the
Koopa Shell
and press
R.

Now we are back quite roughly where we started. Time for an easy 50
Coin hunt
don't you think? Head back near the starting position from where you
are
right now, then take a right and go under the archway. There are 3
Coin
just lying on the ground. Head up the stairs, and a Bully will be
waiting for
you. Head to the left from where he used to be, and cross the
drawbridge
quickly while its down. After that a Mr. I will be on the grating
area. Run
around him a few times to make him die, then grab the Blue Coin that
appears
nearby.


Keep heading towards the left. The platform gets a bit wider, then
you can
see a tilting platform in the lava, with a few Coins in it. Grab the
Coins
once you jump on it. Continue forwards along the path until you
reach the
15-Piece Puzzle. There are 8 Red Coins lying in plain view on top of
the
puzzle. Carefully grab them without falling into the lava thanks to
moving
pieces. Also, many more Coins are here too. You may find that
after
collecting a Red Coin or 2 many Yellow Coins will appear on top of
the puzzle
top. Quickly grab all of them before they dissappear, which happens
in only a
few
seconds.


After you have collected all of the 8 Red Coins on the puzzle, the
Star will
appear for it, but since we already have that Star don't bother
retrieveing
it. Keep going forward along the path and up the next ramp where you
will
find 2 Bullies and a few Coins on the ground. Kill the Bullies
before getting
pushed into the lava too much, then collect the Coins they give.
Then,
grab all of the Coins on the ground, then walk forward and jump onto
the next
platform.


On this next platform there are a few Coins lying on it...however.
There are
2 flame lines on both sides of the spinning platform, and they move
pretty
fast. Quickly run around the platform and collect the 4 Coins. Then
jump to
the right onto a few wooden blocks. Jump onto the next platform that
is
nearby.


There are a few Coins that are lying on this platform. Grab them all
of
course you idiot. Follow the tilting platform, constantly dipping in
lava
until you see another platform. Jump up ontop of it. Big Bully is on
this
platform from wayyyyy before, but we aren't here to kill him or
anything. A
few Coins lie on this platform, so quickly grab all of them before
it is
too late. Nearby this platform is a small mesh platform in the lava.
Jump
onto it, and it will take you to another platform lying not that far
away. A
circle of 8 Coins are on this platform as well, so grab them. 3
Bullies
reside here too, kill them for their Coins. Big Bully will appear
again, but
don't bother
fighting.

Nearby this platform are a series of 4 platforms in the lava, all in
sync
with eachother sinking and...not sinking. You can easily jump to
them from
where you are. Only do so though when they are nearly fully out of
the lava.
That way you have a better chance of landing on them. At the peak of
each
platform is another Coin. Grab all 4 of them. Another long, twisty
platform
should be nearby also. There are a few Coins on this path as well.
Grab them
all. Nearby, is where the Koopa Shell ! Block is. Head over
following the
easy to see path and grab the Shell. Head along forward, going to
the right
when the gate wall ends, then reach the edge of the level, then make
a left.
A Mr. I on a small island should easily be spotted. There are a few
Coins
around him, grab them. Then on your shell, spin around him a few
times until
he spins around in defeat as usual. Grab the Blue Coin that follow
Mr. I's
death.


By now, if you don't have over 120 Coins you must really suck. Heck,
I got
180 Coins from all of the abover descriptions....so if you haven't
even
crossed the 100 Coin barrier yet, exit the level and try again,
unless you
skipped the Blue Coin Switch part in which case a lot of money can
easily
be made there. Also, if you are short a few Coins, head into the
volcano in
the middle of the level. There is around 15-20 Coins lying around
the Volcano
so I suppose its up to you to find them....of course they are easily
on a
direct path from the start of the volcano so you can't possible miss
them.
This was one of the easier Collect 100 Coins challenges...but there
are much
harder
ones.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                  ~II H.Shifting Sands Land 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Great. We have the annoying and daunting task of once again
collecting all
100 Coins, any we can find to retrieve this Power Star. Sadly,
Shifting
Sands Land doesn't contain a bazillion Coins like some levels do.
Around 120-
130 is about how many Coins this place has, assuming you grab
everything.
Start off by running behind you, and keep going as the path gets
much thinner
and you will soon and eventually come to a Red Coin. 98 Coins down!
Head back
to
Start.


Infront of you should be the bouncning "Crazy" Box. Grab it, and
hold the
opposite direction your bouncing in. This will prevent you from
bouncing
straight into quicksand, death, sand pit, something bad. Collect the
5 Coins
that pop out after the third bounce. Nearby (Hopefully if you are
still
alive) are 2 Bob-ombs, and a Fly Guy. Kill everything for a total of
5 more
Coins. Head to the pavillion, but we have no business on the roof so
don't
bother. Nearby is a Pokey. Eat his body (Or his head to make things
easier)
(Punching is fine too) until his head is dead/swallowed. You will
recieve a
Blue Coin after doing so. Head to the pavillion and kill the 2
Goombas that
are acting stupid in it. 2 more Coins. Nearby are some bricks and
boxes.
Destroy bricks with Punches for a few Coins from each one, and throw
the
boxes at a wall to break them for some more Coins. Head forward, out
of the
pavillion.


Another Pokey will slowly be making his way around in the hot sand.
Gobble
up/Punch his head off to recieve another Blue Coin. By now you
should have
at least 20 Coins. Head into the Tox Box Maze. Avoid the giant Tox
Boxes and
look everywhere in the Maze. There is a Red Coin near where the
entrance is,
you can break the Black Brick if you want to for a few Coins. Some
Coins are
also just placed on the path in the Tox Box Maze. After draining out
all of
the cash flow inside the Maze (Wonder if their happy about that...)
exit the
maze to the
oasis.

Jump into the small pool to the right of the exit from the Tox Box
Maze. Get
the Red Coin there. Head to the left now and go past the pillar to
find 5
Coin lying on the ground. Nearby is a Pokey, so kill off his head to
make him
give up another Blue Coin. Nearby is another Crazy Box, but be
careful of
where it goes! Head to the base of the pyramid. As Mario, you can
grab the
Wings from the ? Red Block, and collect the floating Red Coins
around the
pyramid. That isn't neccessary, but makes the job easier. Or, you
can go
right into the pyramid
now.

Before heading to the pyramid, have at least 35 Coins, so its
easily
possible to reach 100 Coins. Head along the pathway until the left
wall ends,
then follow the left wall around the corner to find a Blue Coin
Switch. Head
up ontop of the Blue Coin Switch and Ground Pound it to have it
activated.
4 Blue Coins will appear...but they aren't easily found. They are
behind you
leading down into the quicksand. They stack ontop of each other, so
you
collect all 4 in like a
second.

Now that we got all the possible Blue Coins, head to the route to
the right.
You will eventually come to a trio of Goombas. Kill them all to
hoard their
Coins. Continue along the path to the left. Don't take the shortcut
up the
Mummified Thwomp, instead pass under him and continue along the path
killing
any Goombas you
find.

You will eventually come around a corner. Turn to the left and their
are some
gaps with quicksand between them in the pathway. On each of the non-
pit
segments is 1 Yellow Coin. Jump across them because jumping out of
the
quicksand is annoying. Continue to the other side where you will
find some
stairs. Go up
them.

Once you are safely on the second floor, make your way to the right
until you
find an Amp circling around under wire mesh area. On the net (Or
should I say
below it) are a circle of 8 Coins. Grab them all. Once you have them
all
climb back onto solid land. Continue along the pathway to the right,
jump
over the gap when the Thwomp is down, and kill the Goombas for
Coins. Head up
the
pole.


Now we are on the third floor. Nearby the pole is another wire net
we have to
cross to the other side. There are 5 Coins you can easily collect
when
climbing the net, so do get them. There are a few stairs after the
net, 4 to
be exact. On each one is another Yellow Coin. Grab them all, and
jump to the
fourth
floor.

Now that we are on the fourth floor, jump over, or hide in the wall
until the
Mummified Rolling Thwomp has passes you. Continue along, passing the
corner
until you reach a series of small platforms rising up and down.
There are
a few Coins above each platform. Collect them all, then jump to the
sixth
floor.


Now that we are on the sixth and final floor, make your way forward
until the
pathway ends, but a small bridge lies to the left. Another Mummified
Thwomp
is jumping up and down back and forth on this bridge. When you get
the chance
run under him and jump up the small ledge. To the right is a small
hill with
about 10 Coins on it, then another 5 Coins in the air nearby. That's
it. No
more Coins can be found in the pyramid. If you haven't gotten the
100 Coin
Star yet...start the level over and try to get some more Coins from
outside
first.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~II I. Dire Dire Docks 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:*****/*****
Recommended Character:Start as Wario, Switch to Mario later

Dire Dire Docks has an EXTREMLY low shortage of Coins. That...poses
a
problem. That's about....115 Coins in all. However, 15 Coins need to
be
gotten quickly or they dissappear, and 30 of your Coinage comes from
a kind
Blue Coin Switch. Like I said, start off as Wario. If not, you can
always
return to this step later. As Wario (If not skip the next few
sentences),
head to the right and head until you go upon shore, with the Black
Brick
Blocks we used in the previous Star a few Stars ago. Break all of
the Black
Bricks for 3 Coins out of each one. Go onto the Star Switch if a
Coin or 2 is
on it, because the Star Switch is of no value right now. After
collecting the
few Coins there, head onto the surface of the water, but no need
for
swimming down yet. You should see some Skeeters (Blue spiders incase
you
don't understand) skating on the waters surface every few seconds,
stopping
and skating etc. Get next to one then jump out of the water onto it.
It will
die, and 3 Coin will pop out...but start sinking underwater. They
will
dissappear very quickly however. Swim down quickly and get as many
as you can
get. Do this for every Skeeter. Don't worry-If you have at least 20
Coins
after killing all of the Skeeters you are in good shape for the
Collect 100
Coins
Star.

Now, pretty much the next 35 or so Coins are located underwater, so
don't
worry. Swim towards the right or left, and start simming downwards
until you
reach a string of 5 Coins coming up from the ground. As any "DUH"
would say,
collect them, then follow the trail of Coins on the ground around
the base of
the whirlpool. The suction is strong, so you want to be swimming as
fast as
you can at all times. Once there are no more Coins at the base of
the
whirlpool, start heading for the opening in the wall the leads to
the
Submarine Port. Before heading in there exactly, you should easily
notice the
circle of Coins leading inside the hole in the wall. There are 2
strings
very close to the whirlpool, and 3 more inside the hole. Without
getting
sucked into the whirlpool (That'd suck..no pun intended) head in a
circle of
swimming to collect those circle of Coins. You may not get them all
in 1 go,
so keep trying until you get them all. Then head inside the hole in
the wall
and simply repeat the process. Once you have hoarded all 40 Coins,
your Coin
totals should represent at least 60. If you haven't broken 60 yet,
there's
still plenty of Coins left to make up for that. Head through the
tunnel,
making sure to surface for more air when you need it. Keep going
until you
are close to the Submarine Port. Before getting out of the hole in
the wall,
get another 2 Coin Rings for 16 more Coins. Easy stuff really...get
the Mario
Cap
nearby.


The Mario Cap, if you can't find it, its at the bottom of the area
in the
Submarine Port. Nearby is a circle of 8 Coins....on the bottom and
not
floating vertically. Grab them easily...no problem there. Surface on
top of
the water from where you are and head left. Another 5 Coins are just
lying
on the ground so collect them. Head to the left some more now, and
go past
the ! Switch. Go straight, then jump over the mesh walls with Mario.
Jump
past both mesh walls to be on a platform near walls with a ? Red
Block on the
platform.


You need Mario for this part...can't stress this enough. Grab the
Power
Flower after hitting the block. Start floating quickly as Mario,
there isn't
much time. During the Red Coin Challenge you must have seen a
platform with
a Blue Coin Switch on it. Head for it. Its dead behind you from
the ? Red
Block (If you were facing the wall that is). Head for it, quickly
tapping B
to gain height, then using it to float quickly forwards. Ground
Pound to land
on the small platform. Pound the Blue Coin Switch once you are in
position.
6 Blue Coins will appear, but you need to jump to reach all of them.
They are
all on the edges of the platform. You have about....8 seconds. If
you fall
off the platform, but have more than 84 Coins at that point don't
worry. If
you don't have 84 Coins if you fell off....reset the level.
Heck...after
collecting all of the Blue Coins you shold easily have gotten 100
Coins by
now. If you haven't...don't worry. There are still the matter of the
8 Red
Coins in this room still. Float/Poley your way to all of them, then
claim
your
Star.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~II J. Snowman's Land 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Another 100 Coins challenge it appears....why must it always be this
way.
Good for you though, Snowman's Land is chuck full of Coins, so you
shouldn't
have any trouble reaching 100 in a few minutes. Seriously. Just a
few
minutes. From where you start head right until a Mr. Blizzard comes
from the
ground. Run around him a few times until he dies where he will then
spit out
3 Coins. Head back to the left now, towards the ice sculpture. Head
right of
the sculpture, and you will see 3 Coins on the ground. The first 2
are normal
but when you get near the third it will transform into a Money Bag.
It will
hop around a little bit, so Jump on it for him to die, and spit out
5 more
Coins. Turn around and head for the wall. A few Flowergirl's are
lined up
against the wall, so Ground Pound them all for another three Yellow
Coins
each.


Now, head back to where you started, but keep on heading forward.
Keep
heading up the hill until you reach another Flowergirl. Kill her for
3 more
Coins. Jump off the small cliff you are on now onto the windy valley
below.
When you have the chance, kill the nearby Fly Guy for more Coins.
Head to the
left after the wind sweeps you out of the valley. Eventually you
will come
up upon a campsite. 3 Goombas are wondering around in there, all
with Caps on
then. Kill all 3 for 3 more Coins, then kill the nearby Flowergirl
for
another 3
Coins.

After you have hoarded all 6 Coins in this small section, head left,
but stay
to the right of the rampway that leads to Ice Bully. Once you pass
the Ice
Bully and the Freezing Pond, you will be in another small section
of
Snowman's Land. Here, walk to the left and Mr. Blizzard will pop out
of the
ground. Run around him several times to kill him and make him squirt
out
several Coins. Nearby is a Coin on the ground, which will morph into
a Money
Bag when you come near it. Jump on it for a few Coins. Near where
the Money
Bag was, is another Flowergirl. Kill the Flowergirl to recieve 3
more Coins
to your
totals.

Now, head to the Freezing Lake to the left now. There will be
another
Flowergirl on the way there, so kill her and collect her 3 Coins
left behind.
When you reach the Freezing Lake, jump over the small area to the
island
platform. Another Flowergirl will slowly be approaching you, so kill
here
once she comes near. Head out into the Freezing Lake and kill the
Flowergirl
closest to the wall and collect here 3 Coins that sink to the bottom
of the
lake.


After you do that, head back to the middle island. A Flowergirl
nearby in the
water will just..be there. Jump ontop of her to get a high whirl,
and start
to spin slowly towards the ground. Keep heading towards the area
with the
Whirl from the Freezing Pond Star. Once you reach over there, break
the ! Box
for a Koopa
Shell.

Once you have the Koopa Shell and are riding it, head back over the
cliff
into the Freezing Lake. Head towards the tall slope near the ice
maker
machine. There is a trail of Coins leading up the hill, so grab them
as your
Shell makes its way up there (You may need to Jump once or twice).
Once at
the top, break the shell then crawl into the Igloo. If you haven't
gotten 100
Coins yet (I doubt you have now) then the remaining 40 or so Coins
rest
inside the Igloo. Whether in the air or uner water, the Coins, not
to mention
Red Coins worth 2 Coins are in here. There are around a dozen or
so
Flowergirl's, so another 36 Coins will be added to your totals
there. If you
still don't have 100 Coins....your pretty shkrewed. Not much more
left to say
for this
course.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~II K. Wet-Dry World 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Once again, the task of reaching our shiny prize at 100 Coins annoys
us once
again. Deal wit' it. Wet-Dry World is full of Coins like Snowman's
Land, and
if you collect everything in the uptown area, there is no need to
actually
head to downtown. Unless you run out of Coins. No big deal really.
Start off
by killing the Skeeter that always is near you at the start of the
level.
Collect his 3 Coins, then head right to an area with a few brick
blocks.
Smash them all with Punches to reveal 3 Coins that comes out of all
of them.
Head back the way you came, and onto the raised platform. Kill the
nearby
Skeeter and collect his 3 Coins. Nearby where you killed him is a
Blue Coin
Switch. Activate it, and collect the 6 Blue Coins along the edge of
the
platform.


Head over to the corner of the level, where we found a secret a few
Stars a
while back. Move the giant block until the shadow of the ! Block can
be seen,
then jump ontop of the box and break the ! Block. 10 Coins will pop
out so
quickly retrieve all of them. Head over to the Diamond Water Raiser
closest
to the bottom of the level, and activate it. Then climb up the
platform with
the Amp circling around it, and activate the Diamond Water Raiser.
Head onto
a nearby wooden long platform. On it is another ! Block with 3 Coins
in it.
Hit the ! Switch to make another path leading upwards to another
Diamond
Water Raiser. Hit
it.

By now, you should have the water level raised high enough to reach
the
highest area of the level. Swim over to the rised black bridge like
structure
and run up it to the top of the level. Head over to a platform an
Amp is
circling around constantly. There are a circle of 8 Coins around
this
platform so grab them all. Jump up onto the raised structre and
break the !
Block for an additional 10
Coins.

Head over to the cage that contains the Star for Express Elevator-
Hurry Up!!
and activate the ! Switch to make a stairway of blocks. Jump up on
the blocks
to reach the top of that cage. There is a ! Block here that contains
10
Yellow Coins (Not to mention a secret...you may have all 5 now but
don't
bother with that Star)
Coins.

From the top of the cage, Long Jump over to the little section of
platform
sticking out of the wall with a Goomba wearing a Wario Cap. Get over
there
and head to the right and activate the Diamond Water Raiser. Kill
the Goomba
for another Coin. Head up to the left and jump up the nearby
platforms to
reach a platform with a Chuck-Ya on it. When you have the chance to,
run
behind him/her/it and pick it up, then chuck it anywhere (Not at the
water
because that ruins the point of this) to make him break, and to
reveal 5 more
Coins.


From here, head onto the long wooden platform to the Star Top O' the
Town and
collect the Coins along that platform, and the spinnign platform up
ahead. If
you don't have 100 Coins yet, head towards the cage the leads all
the way
to downtown. Once in Downtown, drain the water level, then collect
the Coin
Circles in front of the "Church" and get all the Red Coins. There
are also
many Coins on rooftops too. This place holds and easy 100 Coins
Star. Not too
hard at
all.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                    ~II L. Tall Tall Mountain 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:****/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Another 100 Coins collecting task....I know I know...were all sick
and tired
of doing this lame type of Star..XD. Tall Tall Mountain has 105-ish
Coins
without the neccesity of heading into the Mysterious Mountainside.
Good thing
too. If you get your 100th Coin on that slide, no friggin way your
gonna be
able to reach the Star. Simple geomerty and speed really.
Anyways...you going
to have to venture over death A LOT during this Star, and if you
die, feel
free to throw your DS at the closest wall and curse in anger. I do
that too.
Mario is able to collect nearly everything, so it is best to start
out as
him...his Cap is near the top of the mountain, I I ain't wasting
room to tell
you how to get
THERE.

As we start off our Mountain Trek, head to the right and down the
slope
instead of up the slope with the trio of Goombas. Eventually you
will come to
the bottom of the slope and reach the wall of a gap. There is a
circle of
Coins nearby, so collect all 8 of them. Also, a Crazy Box is
here...but it is
highly likely to bounce you right off the level, so I advise you not
to take
the box. Head back up the mountain slope you just came from, back to
where
you
started.


Once you are back on the main path of the world, continue heading
forwards
until you get close to the gap. The trio of Goombas we saw before
are just
waddling around here, so kill them all and take the 3 Coins that
they give
out kindly. Head forward and Long Jump over the gap. Then Long Jump
over the
next gap that shortly follows. The Scary 'Shrooms are infront of you
now.
Jump ontop of the first one and collect the Red Coin on it. Nearby
this
Mushroom is another Mushroom with another Red Coin so collect that
as well.
Head over the next few small and tiny Mushrooms carefully and
collect the Red
Coin on the smallest one, then jump over a few more to get the
fourth Red
Coin on a medium sized Mushroom. By now, you should have over 20
Coins. Jump
back to solid
land.

Head along on the path continuing to the left. Eventually you will
come upon
the area with a ton of Monty Mole Holes. Avoid those damned rock
throwing
moles and head to the left. You should see a ledge shortly to the
left. Jump
up ontop of it. You will see another Red Coin here. Double Jump or
Backflip
onto the next ledge, and take the Red Coin there. Jump across the
precarious
platforms using Backflips mostly to get to the top section. Head to
the left
for another Red Coin. Head onto the green mesh grating for the last
Red Coin.
The Red Coin Star will appear, but we don't need it. Head back
carefully to
the bottom area with the Monty Mole's. Head forwards and to the left
once you
are back down
there.

Once you are past all of the Monty Mole's, you will pass another
corner, and
3 Bob-ombs will be walking around on the ground. Pick them up and
throw them
all at the wall for them all to explode. Take the single Coin they
each spit
out after their death. Continue along the path around the next
corner until
a Chuck-Ya is in view, circling around the platform as the little
*****
always does. Stand a little ways away from him, then when he comes
to try and
grab you, Backflip over him, then grab him from behind and chuck him
to the
side, then collect the 5 Yellow Coins that pop out once he
goes 'splodes on
the
ground.


After collecting his Coins, head continually to the left and over
the very
narrow bridge. There are 5 Coins on this bridge so grab them all.
Jump over
to the next ledge, then jump up the small hill to the middle portion
of the
mountain. A Ukiki and a Fly Guy are in this section. Kill the Fly
Guy with
a Ground Pound and collect the 2 Coins that come out of him. After
that,
jump onto the giant log and run to the right (Not to much...) to
make the log
start rolling to the left. Once you are close enough, jump over to
the next
ledge.


Ground Pound the log into the ground. A Mushroom will soon appear.
Grab the
Mushroom to grow super sized! Bulldoze your way through this next
section,
easily killing any bowling balls along the way. Pass the next
corner, head up
the bowling alley, slide down the hill and you will see another trio
of
Goombas. When you are supersized, and plow over Goombas, they each
give 2
Coins instead of one. Easily kill them all for another 6 Coins. By
this time
you should have shrunken back again. Keep heading forward until you
reach the
large gap by the waterfall. Long Jump your way across it, then
continue along
the path and past the blowing Lakitu cloud. Nearby are a trail of
Coins
leading inside the Mysterious Mountainside. Collect the Coins, but
don't
enter the Mountainslide (get it?). Head along the path some more
until you
pass over a green grass section with 4 Goombas. Because your jumping
is
hindered in this section, Punch all 4 Goombas for their Coins. Get
out of the
thick underbrush and continue along the path. There will soon be a
thin
bridge leading across the waterfall, with 5 Coins on it. DON'T GET
THE COINS!
We want to save them for last to make this easy. Jump over the 5
Coins and
jump to the next ledge. Back flip up for the next 5 Coins, then
continue to
the top of the
mountain.

As Mario, a ? Red Block will be waiting here. Grab it for the Wings
to fall.
Incase you don't remember, 5 Coins circles, each with 9 Coins in
them are
around the top of the mountain. Triple Jump into flight and circle
the top
of the mountain for about 15 seconds and collect as many Coins as
you can
(After about 15 seconds you will be too low to get anymore Coins).
Fly back
to the summit of the mountain and get another Wings. Repeat this
process.
Whatever you do, don't get the 100th Coin while flying. Just don't.
Stop
collecting the Coins in the circles when you have 95-99
Coins...guess what
now? Head back down the mountain and to the bridge overlooking the
beautiful
waterfall. There are the last 5 Coins...collect them. That's every
Coin in
the world I covered...sorta. You can always risk heading to the
Mountainslide
for the remaining few Coins if you can't find anymore. Hard time
GETTING the
Star though. Good luck!

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                     ~II M. Tiny-Huge Island 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Once again, we are on the chase for 100 more Coins hidden around the
level.
Tiny-Huge Island has its secrets for Coins...and we are gonna need
to exploit
them all to reach 100. Start off by entering the large painting,
making you
tiny. The large Goombas? Couldn't be happier that they are huge.
When you
Ground Pound a huge Goomba, it doesn't spit out 1 or 2 Coins. But
rather a
Blue Coin. This happens for every large Goomba. Shweet right? Start
off by
Ground Pounding all 3 Goombas that are near you from the start for
15 quick
Coins. Head near the hole in the wall and pound the pole into the
ground.
Collect the Coins that pop onto land quickly, then jump into the
water if any
fall in there and collect them. After that, head through the hole in
the wall
and swim to the sandy
beach.

Once you have made it to the sandy beach, head to the top of it and
collect
the 2 Coins up there. Kill the nearby Fly Guy for 2 more Coins, then
kill
the pesty Lakitu for another 5 Coins. With Yoshi, you can constantly
eat and
kill Spinies (The things Lakitu throws at you) for a Coin. Wanna
wait for a
while? Heh....anyways, nearby where Lakitu was on the beach should
be a Koopa
Troopa. Kill him after knocking him out of his shell and take his
Blue Coin.
Get on the Shell, and surf over to the nearby shoreline with the
cannon...or
cannon cover if you haven't unlocked it yet...Kill the Fly Guy as he
is a
big pain for 2 Coins, then kill the nearby large Goomba for another
Blue
Coin.


Now that you have recieved the large Goomba's Blue Coin, we are
ready to
climb higher in the mountain. Head forwards and you should see the
gap
infront of you right? Get back a little ways, then start running
towards it.
Once you are close to it do a Long Jump to the floating platform a
little
distance aways. If you are Wario, get a different Cap. Wario's Long
Jump
isn't enough to clear the gap. You don't wanna die right
now...that's
annoying and frustrating. Once you are on the floating platform head
forwards
and fall off the platform. The wind gusts will start flowing you
upwards so
aim yourself for the ledge that is sticking out of the wall. Its
hard to miss
really....


Connected to the platform you are on, and slightly lodged in the
wall is a
very narrow wooden plank for a platform, with 5 Yellow Coins on it
connected
to more land. Carefully cross it, mainly by hugging the wall for
safety. Once
you reach the other side a large Goomba will be near you. Ground
Pound him
for a Blue
Coin.

Head to the left now and make your way across another wooden bridge.
Its
slightly wider this time around, but it has no walls near it, not to
mention
a strong wind gust is blowing on the bridge so you have to avoid
plowing off
the left side of it. After you cross the windy valley you will see a
series
of ledges getting progressively higher and higher. Bowling balls are
plowing
down these ledges, so stick to the wall and you will avoid
everything. Keep
heading to the top most ledge and keep following the path. You will
see a
green Warp Pipe, but we have no business with it yet. Head past the
bowling
ball creator and follow the path southern. You will see 4 Coins
lying on the
ground. Collect them and keep going. Soon you will come to a small
field
with 3 more large Goombas. Do a Ground Pound on each of the Goombas
to
recieve a Blue Coin. After that head back towards the green Warp
Pipe and
jump inside
it.

Once you exit the Warp Pipe, you will rule as a giant on Tiny
Island. We need
to head back to where we were before so head down the small now
slope near
the bowling ball creator and head towards the small fence we saw
before.
In the semi-large open field, a Koopa will be there...but he's puh-
thetically
tiny. Heh. Kill him with a simple jump and take away the Blue Coin
he leaves
behind.


Head back the way you came towards the green Warp Pipe again, up the
slope
and past the bowling ball creator. Jump up the tiny ledges avoiding
the green
Warp Pipe for now. A Goomba is at the top, stomp on him for a Coin.
Head
along the edge of the mountain carefully. There are 5 Coins placed
on this
ledge.


Now, skip this step if you already unlocked the cannon. Head back to
the spot
where the cannon is when you are tiny. Along the lake's shoreline.
The cannon
is too tiny for you to squeeze into, but a normal sized Bob-omb
Buddy will
be there waiting. Talk to it to activate the cannon. We don't see
the
animation because...its too
tiny?

As your large character still, head for the sandy beach. Your
soooooo big
you can easily jump up to the land nearby. Do so (The land on the
left that
is...) and you will be in that small open field we were in a while
ago. Head
up the slope and past the bowling ball creator. Jump inside the
green Warp
Pipe.


Head up the now large ledges that are close to you. At the top is an
annoying
Chuck-Ya. If your Yoshi, don't bother with this. If your not, run
behind him
and pick him up, then throw him towards the wall of the mountain to
have him
break into 5 Coins. Collect them all. Head onto the small wooden
bridge close
to you for another 5
Coins.

Now from your current position on the high point of the tall
mountain, look
towards the sandy beach a longggggg ways down. Pretty far isn't it.
Jump.
That's right. Jump off of the mountain and start falling towards the
sandy
beach. Don't worry about a Ground Pound because you'll just fall
into teh
sand...which won't hurt at all. Aiming for the water isn't a great
idea
because you may land too closeto Bubba and....risk dying. Not good
at all.
Start to swim towards the shoreline with the cannon, then once you
are on it
hop inside the cannon. Once inside the cannon aim towards the right
for a
tree, then aim north 1 full crosshair. Shoot and you will hopefully
crash
into the mountain wall or land on a tree. Once there, Ground Pound a
nearby
large Goomba for a Blue
Coin.

(lol..if you happened to defeat the Goomba while being shot out of
the cannon
he would have given up the Blue Coin that way as well...cool and
funny isn't
it?). Near where you killed the Goomba and the tree is a small
wooden path.
Walk along this path collecting the Coins along the way as well
until you
enter a hole. In Wiggler's cavern, jump from precarious platform
to
precarious platform, collecting the Red Coins as you go along. They
will
continue to add to your total....and by now you might have 100
Coins. Near
a flame creator and another Red Coin is a Blue Coin Switch. Activate
it for
2 Blue Coins. If you don't have 100 Coins, head back along the path
and exit
the
cavern.


You have 2 ways to get Coins right now...if you have at least
85...wait...
there is only 1 main way to get Coins now anyways. After exiting the
cavern
make your way around the mountain by swimming towards the cannon
shoreline,
jumping across the gap then using the updraft of wind to reach the
higher
area, then run across the windy bridge and up the large cliffs and
avoid
bowling balls until you finally reach a green Warp Pipe. Jump inside
to turn
giant and the course tiny again. Head along the ledges and do a
Backflip to
reach the top of the mountain. Do a Ground Pound to drain the pool
of water,
then jump back down into the green Warp Pipe to turn the course huge
and you
tiny once more. Head up the now large ledges and past Chuck-Ya
(Unless he is
already dead) and head along the wooden bridge. Head up the steep
hill to the
very top of the mountain, then fall into the hole there to be in
Wiggler's
Home. There re some sccattered Coins in here. You must have gotten
the Star
by
now.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~II N. Tick-Tock Clock 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:*****/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

It isn't the fact that you can die. It isn't the fact there aren't a
lot of
Coins in this level. Oh wait...yeah it is. Exactly there is a
shortage of
Coins in this level. Only 1 area holds half your Coins....and the
other half
is scattered everywhere. I will follow the path in my special order,
which
in my opinion is comfortable to me. You will want the clock stopped
for this
Star
though.


Once you start off, turn around and head towards the cage on an area
dipped
below. There is a ! Block there with a fast and easy 10 Coins
inside. Once
you get those Coins head onto the first non-spinning platform. Jump
up to the
next one nearby it. A Red Coin is floating there. Grab it and turn
around.
Another platform higher is there, so Double Jump up to it and
another Red
Coin will be there. Also, a Red Coin was near the first non-spinning
platform
in case you missed. Jump up to the next platform, then jump higher
to another
nearby platform. There are 2 Red Coins here. Jump up even higher to
another
non-spinning platform and take the Red Coin on it. Jump a little
higher for
the final Red Coin. The Red Coin Star will appear, but don't grab
it. Fall to
the bottom
now.

Once you have those Coins head to where you started and continue
forwards
and jump over the small pit near the pendulam. Head up the wire
grating path
until you reach a big yellow block. Jump up on it and grab the 2
Coins
floating just above it. Head over the next pit near a larger
pendulam and
then follow the path around the dge of the clock. Eventually you
will come to
the large mesh grating field with a ! Block. Inside this block are
another 3
Coins.


Head along forwards again now and over the tuna can-like platforms
(lol).
Double Jump over the big cage fit for Luigi, and continue along the
rising
path. Eventually you will come to a platform that isn't moving up
and down.
Double Jump up to the higher ledge. There is an Amp circling a pole.
Grab the
5 Coins that are sitting near the pole. Now, climb up the pole and
jump to
the
left.


In this next area, a Heave-Ho! is constantly moving around at you
trying to
lift you away...possibly into death if he gets you. Bad thoughts!
There are
2 ! Blocks in this area, each one containing 3 Coins. Lure the Heave-
Ho!
away from the boxes, then quickly break them both and collect their
prizes
inside. Also, 2 Goombas (Wearing a Mario Cap is one of them) are
nearby so
kill them both for a Coin. Jump across the tuna shaped platform and
to the
other side where another Goomba is waiting. Jump back to the other
side
again and Ground Pound the Blue Coin Switch. Jump across the
platform and
to the other side and you will see a triangle of Blue Coins. There
are 7,
so hurry up and collect them all. Your Coin totals should be over 55
by this
time.


Head back the way you came until you reach the pole, but don't go
down it.
Instead, keep going towards the platform a bit raised off the
ground. Jump
on it, then Backflip up to a higher platform. Walk off nearby onto a
large
grating. There is another ! Block here, with 3 more Coins inside it.
Nearby
is a black brick block reached by the moving bars. ABove all of
the
moing bars is another Coin, so grab them. Get back onto the other
raised
platform and Backflip onto the highest platform. Backflip or Double
Jump to
another nearby ledge leading to more platform on the edge of the
clock.
Follow the pathway past the Wario Hat and past 4 moving/unmoving
bars. Jump
inside the cage once you find the chance. There is a ! Block here
that
contains 10 more
Coins.

Now for the final Coins. By now the Star should be your...but incase
you
haven't gotten it, a few more Coins are still available. Head along
the path
now until it starts winding around, where another ! Block lies with
3 more
Coins inside. Nearby this area should be a circular wire floating
island.
When you get the nearest chance Jump to it and break the ! Block for
10 more
Coins. Jump back to the mainland and contnue your way up through the
clock
to the very top, and near a fire shooter is the last ! Block with 10
Coins.
The Star should be yours by
now.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~II O. Rainbow Ride 100 Coins Star~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Difficulty:******/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

That's-a right! 6 out of 5 Stars. There are enough and plenty of
Coins in
Rainbow Ride. But there is 1 quick mad dash for a hoard of Blue
Coins.....
but is that the problem? NO. Its the matter of getting nervous in
this
challenge and falling off into a bottomless pit and losing. All that
time
wasted getting Coins. This Course is a living hell. Good luck with
this
Star!


Once you start, don't bother with the pole behind you and Long
Jumping to it
unless you want to miss some Coins. Take the first carpet and ride
it until
a small block blocks you and you must jump over it. Jump ontop of it
and jump
to the circular platform with an Amp on it. There is an 8-Coin
circle, so
grab them quickly, then head back onto the carpet. Ride it until a
fire
emmitter start spewing fire on the carpet. Jump over the flames and
land back
on the carpet, then jump off on the circular platforms. There are 2
platforms
out of these 4 that have a circle of 8 Coins on them. Grab them
easily. Then,
there is a Lakitu in this area who is a pest. Stay in the middle of
one of
the platforms and jump up to hit Lakitu when he is over you, then
take his
5 Coins before they fall off the edge of the level. After you get
these Coins
head to the Red Coin
Maze.

Once on the platform at the bottom of the maze, head past it until
you reach
a spinning heart......and a Blue Coin Switch! Practice first as
Mario Wall
Kicking your way up the wall as fast as you can. Fall back to the
bottom then
activate the switch. Grab the first Blue Coin near where the switch
was then
start Wall Kicking as fast as you possibly can. At the top there is
a row
of 5 more Blue Coins, for a total of 30 Coins in this area. Once you
have all
of the Blue Coins head back to the bottom of the maze. Double Jump
and grab
onto the ledge to the left for the first Red Coin. Long Jump to the
other
side and traverse the nearby platform for another Red Coin, and
another just
above it. Another Red Coin is a Long Jump away near a fire emmitter,
and
another needs a Double Jump to reach. The last you will need to
lunge out to
reach. The Red Coin Star will appear, but we have no need for it.
Head back
to the spinning
platforms.

Head on to the spinning platforms, and to the right. ou will
eventually come
to the pole we always use to head down to the lower area from the
start.
Get onto it and slide down it. There are a string of 5 Coins here
and a Fly
Guy. Kill the Fly Guy for 2 Coins and get the 5 Coins on the ground.
On the
tilting platform head right and jump to the next ledge. On the
swinging
platform you should get on you will encounter 5 Coins in the air.
Grab them
all. Continue the ride to the next platform, leading to another
tilting
platform and then donut blocks. Quickly jump from one level of donut
blocks
to the next until you reach solid ground. Collect the Coins on the
blocks
when you can. On solid ground, jump the gap to the next donut blocks
then
wait for a platform to come near you. Jump on it to the other side,
then
climb up the wooden planks to the swinging platform that leads to
Swingin'
In the Breeze Star. In the air above the platform are 5 Coins. Get
them then
head back to the platform you were on. Head down the wooden planks
and to the
right some more. Jump across a small gap to another donut blocks and
a small
ramp with 5 Coins on it. Get them, then head allllll the way back to
the
spinning
platforms.

Once back on these platforms head across them to the other side and
then
get on the carpet that takes you further away. Ride it around,
collecting
the few Coins that come across your path, jumping over
platforms...and just
plain waiting around for the oppertunity to switch carpets. Once it
comes,
you have 2 options. Take the left carpet to the flying ship. The
ship has
a ring of 8 Coins, a Lakitu for 5 Coins, and a Bob-omb for 14 Coins.
Or...
you can take the right carpet to the Big House in the sky with 5
Coins inside
and 5 Coins in the air, and 5 on another platform. Its your choice.
Do
whichever. The Coins, like I just described, are in plain view. Get
there
then claim the Star.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                     ~III.FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Q:I'm missing a few Coins! I don't want to restart the level but any
tips?

A:Enemies regenerate once you leave their area, so it seems
pointless to kill
enemies twice and it is. But you may mistake an enemy you haven't
killed for
an enemy you already killed. Also, check all crates, and some Coins
can only
be acceessed by certain characters.

Q:Who's best for each Coin challenge?

A:Its dependent on course. Sometimes Mario is best to get Coins
while on
another Luigi is best.

Q:Is 100 Coins only possible on the 15 Courses? Or can it be
accessed
elsewhere too?

A:100 Coins is of course possible on the first 15 Courses. In the
Bowser
battles, after Bowser's fire breath leaves, some Coins are left
behind.
Even after getting 100 no Star appears, and the tally for Coins
stops at
255.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                            ~IV.Closing Comments~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
That's every course! I hope this FAQ helps you all in getting every
single
Star. Have fun!

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                ~V.Credits~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Me-Wrote this FAQ

Jeff "CJayC" Veasey-Created GameFAQ's, and hosts this FAQ

You-You read the FAQ...unless you a ghost >_<

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

Super Mario 64 DS
Castle Secret Stars FAQ
by Mother Shabubu

Version 1.1
First Version

FAQ is Copyrighted by Mother Shabubu (C) 2004 Mother Shabubu

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-
+++++++++++++++++
Table of Contents
+++++++++++++++++

1. Version History
2. Introduction
3. Main Hall Secrets
4. Basement Secrets
5. 3rd Floor/ Clock Tower Secrets and The Toads
6. Special Thanks
7. Copyright/ Contact Information

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

+++++++++++++++++++
(1) Version History
+++++++++++++++++++

Version 1.0  (12/6/04)  First Version, Introduction, 1st Floor
Secrets,
                         Basement Secrets, Upstairs Secrets
                         and the Toads, Special Thanks, Copyright/
Contact
                         Information. All 30 Secret Stars Listed

Version 1.1  (12/11/04) Made some minor changes in some sections,
added a
                         little more detail.

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

++++++++++++++++
(2) Introduction
++++++++++++++++

Hello. Thanks for checking out my FAQ for the Secret Stars. I got
stumped
on trying to find all 30 secret stars and at that time, there was no
FAQ
to help me, I found what I can find and I'm giving you the chance to
know
what I know in hopes of making your struggle for the big 150 a little
easier. Enjoy and I hope this FAQ gives you the Information you
need. Also,
I have already collected all 150 stars and unlocked all the
minigames, if
you get stuck and none of the listed FAQs help you, go ahead and e-
mail me
your question.

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

+++++++++++++++++++++
(3) Main Hall Secrets
+++++++++++++++++++++

The Secret Aquarium - 1 Star, Located in the Jolly Roger Bay
Painting Room,
Look up at the wall to your left as soon as you enter, there will be
a hole
in the wall, simple jump up into it.

? Switch - 1 Star, When You Unlock Mario you'll notice a Beam of
light
shining down in the Castles Main Hall, Look up into it to enter the
level,
You also Unlock the ? Boxes this way.

The Princess's Secret Slide - 2 Stars, First one you get by just
completing
the Slide, It'll be in the yellow box, The second one you get by
Completing
the slide in under 21 seconds.

Sunshine Isle - 1 Star, Located in the Rec Room, The Painting of a
Beach,
Just Collect the 5 Silver stars to get the gold star.

Empty Room/Glowing Rabbit Key - 1 Star, The Silver Lined Door in the
Character
Switch Room. Catch all 8 glowring Rabits to get, the key for this
door. I
cought the rabits as Mario in the Basement, they just randomly
appear.

Goomboss Battle - 2 Stars, You need To have Un Locked All the
Characters or
Have Access to all the Hats to get these stars, The First one is an
8 Red
Coin Star, The Second Is a Switch Star, To do the Switch Star, You
need
Mario, Hit the Switch then go Inside a Cage tower lookin thing and
wall
jump from side to side till you get to the top, the star will be
there
for only a limited amount of time.

Bowser in the Dark World - 2 Stars, One of the stars is a 8 Red Coin
Star,
The Second is a Switch Star, The Switch is Located towards the End
of the
Level.

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

++++++++++++++++++++
(4) Basement Secrets
++++++++++++++++++++

Fountain Courtyard - 1 Star, This Star is a 8 Red Coin Star, Just
Kill the
Boo's and Collect the Coins.

The Secret of Battle Fort - 1 Star, Located Under The Red Brick
Blocks in
the Fountain Courtyard where the Boo's Are, Break the Blocks and
Drop in,
Collect the 5 Silver Stars to Get the gold Star.

Big Boo Battle - 2 Stars, Luigi's Painting, Located in Big Boo's
Haunt,
AKA Boo's Mansion, Go Up to the Second Floor, and go through the
Second
door to your right, walk straight to the Platform, If your Mario you
can
get the Flower in the Red ? block and puff your way up, or you can
Hop on
the block and back flip up, then go through the Door and you'll see
Luigi's
Painting. The 2 Stars are here, a 8 red Coin Star which you'll need
Wario's
Cap for one of the Coins, The Other is a Hidden Star Which you need
Luigi,
Just become Invisible Luigi and Jump the Boo Picture at the End of
the Stage.

Behind the Waterfall - 2 Stars, Located In Hazy Maze Cave down with
Lochness,
One is Easy to get, Just get to the end and hit the Red ? Block,
become
Puffy Mario and float up to the Star, the other is a 8 Red Coin Star
which
is easiest to do with Wario

The Secret Under the Moat - 2 Stars, Under the Black Blocks when you
drain
the Moat, Break them with Warrio then hop in, once inside, Collect
the
8 Red coins. The other you'll need Puffy Mario, Check your map and
you'll
a slab od concrete of in the Bottom Left corner that has no path to
it,
use Puffy Mario and float over there, Hit the switch and puff your
way to
the top, The Slab provides some Red ? boxes so dont be crazy and use
the
puff that got you over there and try to get to the Top.

Bowser in the Fire Sea - 2 Stars, First one is a 8 Red Coin Star,
the Other
is a Switch Star, Located Towards the end of the stage.

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
(5) 3rd Floor/ Clock Tower Secrets and the Toads
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Behind the Mirror - 1 Star, In the Mirror Room where you can find
Snowmans
Land and Warios Painting, Go through the door after you use Luigi's
Invisibility and go through the mirror, you'll end up in a solid
white room
with a Star in the middle of it.

Chief Chilly Challenge - 2 Stars, Warios Painting Located in the
Mirror Room,
First Star is a 8 Red Coin star which you'll need Mario and Luigi to
get, The
Second star is a Hidden Star Inside some Black Brick Blocks, Use
Wario, Get
the flower to become Metal Wario and run along the Windy path till
you come
to Black Brick Blocks, punch them to free the star.

Over the Rainbows - 2 Stars, As Mario, Fly from cloud to cloud
Collecting
the 8 red coins. The other Star is Located under the Black Brick
Block,
ou'll need the Wario Cap Accessed, Fly around and Locate the Black
Brick
Block the fly to the Wario cap, Get the cap the use the cannon to
blast
yourself to the cloud the black brick block is on.

Bowser in the Sky - 2 Stars, Final Bowser Stage of the Game, First
star is
a 8 Red coin star, Which Appears behind the Warp Pipe to Bowser, The
second
is a Switch star Located About little over halfway through the
stage, Hit
the Switch and run back as fast as you can.

Toad - 3 Stars, Just talk to the Toads, One is Located at the
Enterence to
Hazy Maze Cave, Another is located near the Tall, Tall mountain
Painting,
and the last one is near the Tick Tock Clock.


-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

++++++++++++++++++
(6) Special Thanks
++++++++++++++++++

I'd Like to Thank Nintendo for Making The DS and Super Mario 64 DS.
If it
wasn't for them and the time I spent at work playing this game, this
FAQ
would not have been made. I also want to thank you, The Readers, for
using
my hard earned information to make your lives easier.

So Far, No one has helped me on this FAQ, when someone does, They'll
be
listed here.

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
(7) Copyright/ Contact Information
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

This document is Copyright (C) 2004 Mother Shabubu.
Mario and everything else related to the game is a Copyright
(C) 2004 Nintendo

This FAQ May NOT be published anywhere else without my Permission.
The Only Sites that have my permission to post this FAQ are:

www.gamefaqs.com

If you find this FAQ posted at any other site, please inform me
immediately.

If you have any Question, comments or concerns, or wish to provide
Information to be included in this FAQ, or find any errors I have
Made,
e-mail me:

DragonFrost01@...
Please Put the Subject as "Mario 64 DS FAQ"

-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-=-=-

SUPER MARIO 64 DS

/-Red Coin FAQ-\

----------------

Those pesky red coins, eh? Well, you've come to the right place.
I'll help you
with every red coin in this wonderful Nintendo DS game. This is my
first FAQ,
and in my opinion, it`s a good one to start on. Note that I'll be
updating
constantly until I have them all myself. I'll also help with small
additional
stars you might easily be able to get along the course of collecting
red coins
too, some of which are easy to miss.

Also, the sections are numbered, so you can use CTRL+F to easily
skip to a
section. For instance, to get to the "Jolly Roger Bay" section of
this FAQ,
search for -3-. Put the - character in too so you don't have to skip
through
a ton of the Red Coins with similar numbers.

SECTIONS

1. INTRODUCTION

-I- Recent Updates
-II- Frequently Asked Questions

2. RED COINS

-1- Bob-Omb Battlefield
-2- Whomp's Fortress
-3- Jolly Roger Bay
-4- Cool, Cool Mountain
-5- Big Boo's Haunt
-6- Hazy Maze Cave
-7- Lethal Lava Land
-8- Shifting Sand Land
-9- Dire, Dire Docks
-10- Snowman's Land
-11- Wet-Dry World
-12- Tall, Tall Mountain
-13- Tiny-Huge Island
-14- Tick-Tock Clock
-15- Rainbow Ride

3. SECRET LEVEL COINS

-1S- Goomboss Battle
-2S- Big Boo Battle
-3S- Chief Chilly Challenge
-4S- ? Switch
-5S- The Secret Aquarium
-6S- The Secret Under the Moat
-7S- Behind the Waterfall
-8S- Over the Rainbow

4. BOWSER LEVEL COINS

-1B- Bowser in the Dark World
-2B- Bowser in the Fire Sea
-3B- Bowser in the Sky

5. OPTIONAL RED COIN MISSIONS

-1O- Boos in the Castle Courtyard
-2O- If I Don't Get Them

6. ENDING

-1E- Copyrights
-2E- Suck Up Section (AKA the "Thank Yous")
-3E- Contact
-4E- Closing

Now, onto the FAQ, shall we?

1.
-------Introduction-------

-I- Recent Updates

Right now this is just a "log" of what I did before submitting this.
Once this (hopefully) gets through, the section will really have
updates included. :P

12/18/04 - Started this FAQ. I have a feeling I'll have fun doing
this. I
actually started this on 12/11, if it matters, and my computer went a
little wonky on me temporarily, but I have a good deal done. But it's
never enough! Currently working on Tall, Tall Mountain and Big Boo's
Haunt.
(Dang piano)

12/26/04 - I've added Tall, Tall Mountain and Chief Chilly
Challenge, as
well as fixed a handful of grammatical errors. Merry Christmas,
everyone!

01/04/05 - GameFAQs understandably rejected the FAQ for
incompleteness
around December 30th. Understandable, of course. I'm going to try to
fix this FAQ up the best I can so I don't have to deal with
any "manual conversions". I've also added in Behind the Waterfall,
finishing up the Secret Level section, as well as doing
the Shifting Sand Land, Snowman's Land, Tiny-Huge Island,
Big Boo's Haunt and Hazy Maze Cave coins. I plan to
finish this today and (hopefully) submit it and get it through...

-II- Frequently Asked Questions

To think I wanted to put an "About Me" section here. Heh. Here's a
few things you may want to know about the FAQ or whatever. This
currently contains a few questions I expect to have to
answer.

Q: Why make a FAQ? Bob-Omb Buddies tell you where the red coins
are!
A: They're not very in depth, though. For example, take the
level "Bowser in the Sky". The Bob-Omb Buddy's location makes
one coin appear to be floating out in an unreachable space out in the
middle of nowhere, when really it's just on a different floor.
Another example is on Bob-Omb Battlefield, with the coin on the
floating island. Although anyone with common sense would assume
they'd put it in a more difficult place such as the said island, but
you'd be surprised when I say I looked around under the island for a
coin for a few hours.. (I'm just that stupid.) They don't tell you
how to get right to them either, so that`s exactly what I plan to do.
I'm also covering other stars you could possibly get on the course of
collecting them.

Q: How do I--
A: Stop there. If it has to do with red coins, it's here or will be
here. If not, check the other wonderful FAQs here. To unlock Luigi,
go to Big Boo's Haunt, second floor, check the door on the right
with Mario, use the balloon power flower to float to a door,
go through the door, and there's Luigi's painting. Wario's painting
has to be acsessed with Luigi. Go to the Mirror Room where Snowman's
Land is, take a Power Flower for invisibility, go through the Mirror
and jump to Wario's painting. For a walkthrough on the coins for
the Luigi and Wario painting levels, check those respective sections
of the FAQ.

Q: I want to contribute to your FAQ, can I?
A: Depends what it is. Don't contribute something unrelated, like
rabbit locations here, of course. If you have hints for getting coins
or something, I'll put it in and credit you.

Q: How can I contact you?
A: My email address is below in the "Contact" section, but my evil
spam blockers filter out everything BUT spam most of the time. Also,
I don't care for hate mail. I'll accept all praise I can get though,
selfish old me. :P Also, if you've noticed a mistake, I'm fine with
it, but if you act like a jerk, I'm just going to report your e-mail
as spam, most likely.

Q: How do I get to "Behind the Waterfall"?
A: Go to the dinosaur's room in Hazy Maze Cave. Climb on top of the
dinosaur guy and direct him off to the metal doors you`ll soon see.
Go onto the platform before the said door. Walk through and into a
whirlpool, which leads you to this obscurely-placed level.

Q: What's with that "Optional Star" thing?
A: Check out the "If I Don't Get It" part of Section 5 for the
lowdown on this weird Red Coin star.

Anywho, I'm ready for a FAQ, what about you?

2.
-------Red Coins-------

-1- Bob-Omb Battlefield

This level's coins are pretty spread out, but never fear, I'M
HERE! There's no character absolutely needed for this mission.
I like Luigi for this because he makes Red Coin 6 pretty easy.

RED COIN 1: If you're Luigi, skip down to Red Coin 6. Otherwise,
run up the bridge past those stupid Goombas. After making a left
on the dirt path, you'll see some moving platforms with a Red
Coin at its peak. Grab the coin!

RED COIN 2: From Red Coin 1, run past the big sign to a rock with
a Red Coin on top.

RED COIN 3: Slide down the rock and head back to where the first
coin was. You'll notice a
Chain Chomp. On the stake keeping him chained, there's a coin.
Watch out for him though; he's pretty lethal.

So I said I'd give you extra stars, that didn't require Red Coins,
right? Ground Pound the stake Red Coin 3 is on to free the Chain
Chomp. If you're still in the middle of collecting
coins, this will make them all go away, like all other Red Coin
missions in the actual levels, and send you out of the painting.
In some Secret Levels and the Bowser Levels, you can still get
the other stars I may list.

RED COIN 4: After escaping/freeing the Chomp, run onto what looks
like a bridge. IT ISN'T! *Insert scary music here* It's a big
tilty planky thing. Go right from there to a small "yard" with a
bunch of stakes and two Goombas. Here's your coin You'll also see...

RED COIN 5: Right next to Red Coin 4. Also, that shadowy star?
That's where our Red Coin Star will pop up. Remember that.

RED COIN 6: If you're Luigi, grab the Power Flower near the
bridge at the beginning and head left. Go through the gate
and there's the coin. Pretty useless, but it's easier to find this
way and orient yourself with where it is.

If you're following normally, go to the gate near the mountain and
go down the sneaky hole to the left. The coin inside the gate is
there. Head up.

RED COIN 7: Enter past the gate. Run up the hill (And I mean run)
and you'll getthe coin easy. Keep running to the top.

RED COIN 8: Continue from there to the right up the path. Jump some
gaps and you'll see a cannon shooting bombs. Walk across a plank to
a cannon hole to jump in. Shoot to the island, climb the tree,
BOOM. The star's yours, right by Red Coins 4 & 5.

-2- Whomp's Fortress

No character needed at all here, though punching will be invaluable
to get past piranhas. There's a sneaky shortcut near the beginning
to really save time, but we end up kind of doing this backwards.

RED COIN 1: See that tree, by the Bob-omb Buddy, with the coin at
the top? It isn't red, but climb it. An owl will come out. Do as
he says and grab on him for a ride. Turn right and you'll notice
a bunch of rotating green platforms. Let go when to reach the
second one down for a Red Coin. The topmost one has a star,
but we don't need it right now.

RED COIN 2: Three platforms down from Red Coin 1.

RED COIN 3: If you keep following this path, you'll be near the
conveyor belt to the top of the fortress. Run past the two Whomps
and you'll be at the rotating plank. Go on it when it comes to
you and wait for it to rotate to the Red Coin.

RED COIN 4: Punch out the piranha and walk across the thin ledge
for the next Red Coin.

RED COIN 5: Punch the next piranha and snag the coin.

RED COIN 6: See this first Thwomp here? Jump on his head after
he comes down and you can reach the 6th Red Coin.

RED COIN 7: Pass down to some platforms that are sliding in and out.
Go across them quickly and to some blocks that are sliding out to
push you. Jump on the middle block here for a 7th Red Coin.

RED COIN 8: We're back at the beginning. If you want to save some
time, jump on the owl again. Fly left in a sort of diagonal way,
past the arrow platform near Red Coin 2's location. When you
notice two small flower patches, drop down, dodge the piranhas
and snag Red Coin 8. Now go ALL THE WAY BACK TO THE BEGINNING for
our Star. To get there, run backwards from the coin and
just follow the path back to the beginning.

-3- Jolly Roger Bay

No problem here. Just make sure you've at least beaten the first
mission, because you can't get the coins until then. Why? After
Mission 1, the pirate ship emerges from the water, and some coins
will pop up there.

RED COIN 1: There's a set of platforms to the right of your
starting position (Out in the water). Swim out to them. Near the
first
platform is a giant rock sticking out. Climb it for good
old Coin #1.

RED COIN 2: Let's dive in the water, shall we? There's a ring of
coins, and to the left of it is a shell. This one has a coin. The
right-hand
one doesn't.

RED COIN 3: Swim near the ledge to the Eel's hole. The shell over
there has
a Red Coin.

RED COIN 4: Now dive to the big hole where the eel swims around in.
Right
in front of the ledge once you dive down is a shell with a coin. You
may
emerge now.

RED COIN 5: Go back to the platform near Red Coin 1's pole. Dive to
the left
of the wooden barge for a shell with a Red Coin. Get back on the
barge now.

RED COIN 6: Jump up and hit the big red switch. It'll make boxes
appear that
serve as platforms. Use them to cross the planks. Hop off to the
ship. Wait
for the front to tilt close enough to the coin, then jump to grab it.

RED COIN 7: Run to the back of the ship now. Jump for one of the two
adjacentcoins.

RED COIN 8: Right next to number 7.

-4- Cool, Cool Mountain

Yoshi is required for this mission. You'll see why.

RED COIN 1: Go on top of the chimney (Not down it) and jump up. Go
left to
the fireplace. Grab it with your tongue and jump up again, then
flame down
the big ice cube for our coin.

RED COIN 2: Go right from here and down the bridge. The slope will
take you
to more cubes. Flame the bottom one for our coin.

RED COIN 3: Slide down to where Mr. Snowman is. Jump down a ledge
below him.
Run to the right (Not off the cliff) until you see the suspension
for the
lift. Slowly jump to the suspension's ledge for the coin.

RED COIN 4: Return to the Snowman. Cross the bridge with the
bouncing snowmen
guys. Continue it until you get to a ledge you can jump. Follow that
up to a
broken bridge. On our side is the coin. Now jump across the bridge.

RED COIN 5: Over here's where the star shows up. Yippee skippee.
Now, pass the
ledge here and jump to the slide that'll take you back to the stupid
snowman
guy. In a nearby corner after dismounting the slope, there's a Bob-
omb Buddy.
Next to him is a coin. YAY!

RED COIN 6: Cross the bridge with the snowmen. Taking it all the way
down this
time. Jump off the side after the bridge ends to land on top of the
lodge. Run
to the left of the lodge, and climb a tree for the coin. An owl pops
out, so
you can have him take you back up the hill if needed.

RED COIN 7: Run to the right of the lodge now. There's a bridge next
to the
lodge leading to a floating ice island with a coin on it.

RED COIN 8: Leave the bridge then go down the snowy path. There's a
red coin
brilliantly concealed in a corner to the left. Now use that owl from
before to
get to the star.

-5- Big Boo's Haunt

This isn't too difficult, but this mission requires you to be
creeped out by the
evil piano that kept me from doing this section for a while. Go as
Mario.

RED COIN 1: Alright, alright, let's get this over with...*Gulp*
Enter the mansion
and go through the first door on the right. Take the coin near the
piano AND RUN
LIKE HELL into a door on the piano's left.

RED COIN 2: In this room, chairs will fly, Poltergeist-style.
Creepy. BUT NOT AS
CREEPY AS THAT PIANO! Go to the back of the room and jump on top of
the bookcase
for a coin.

RED COIN 3: It's on the other bookcase.

RED COIN 4: Get out of the room now and into the mansion lobby. Go
to the door on
the right of the stairs. Cross the collapsing platform and pass the
Boo into a
door. Sidle across the small ledge to a bigger area with a coin and
a Boo.

RED COIN 5: Cross to the other side and exit into the lobby again.
There's
nothingleft on the first floor, so climb the stairs. Enter the door
on the
left closest to you when you climb the stairs. Walk straight across
the
catwalk up here andjump to another ledge for the coin. Jump back and
exit
through the door.

RED COIN 6: Go to the door to the right, closest to the door you
just exited.
Beat the eyeball by running around him, then enter a creepy room
with some
coffins. Run to the first one on the right and it'll lift itself up,
revealing a coin under it. Quickly get the coin before it crashes
down.

RED COIN 7: Go through the door farthest to the right, as if you
were going
to Big Boo's Battle. Run around the bookcase, and you'll see the
coin.
Watch out for the floor here though, it mayswing around and land you
somewhere else. Get the coin and go through the door here.

RED COIN 8: Why did we need Mario? Here's your answer. We need him
here
so we can float out to the coin in the lobby using the Power Flower
we
obtain here. And the Star is on the other side of the second floor.

-6- Hazy Maze Cave

This is the last section I did and probably will do, unless someone
requests the need for one and/or I find the reason to do so. Anywho,
umm,
yeah, this is Hazy Maze Cave. let's get this over with quick, shall
we?
Oh, and no Yoshi; we have to punch boxes.

RED COIN 1: Head right and cross the chasm to a door, and slide down
a
pole. Head right from here to some stairs and a Bob-Omb Buddy. Use
the
platform to go forward and cross, and then climb up the purple pole.
There's a cage surrounding the door we just came in through, but if
you need to go back for any reason, jump off the pole to get there.
For the coins, however, go to the platform on the other side.
Take the checkered lift out a bit, and it'll come to a box. Break
the box and you'll collect the coin as you go along.

RED COIN 2: Keep on the platform and it'll take you right to the
coin.

RED COIN 3: Eventually it'll lead you to a floating platform that the
lift can go under, but youwill have to jump on to, a classic gimmick
in games. The coin's on top of the platform.

RED COIN 4: Continuing on the lift, it'll come next to another
floating
ledge where you can grab this coin.

RED COIN 5: This is on the same ledge as Coin 4.

RED COIN 6: Now the platform is right back at the beginning again.
Let's hop off now. Go to the elevator we used to get to the purple
pole. Press it to go right, until we come to a giant rock in the
way. Facing the rock, move the platform right again until it can
fit in-between the rock and the wall. When you get to the grassy
ledge, move left. Steer the platform to a floating box if you need
some coins, but to get the red coin, go out to the ledge in the
corner for the coin.

RED COIN 7: Move it left from here. Eventually you'll come to
another rocky wall in the center. Facing the said wall, there's an
eyeball monster thing on the left. Go to it. Steer the platform
under the pipe and jump the pipe as the platform moves. Behind him
is a box. Break it and there's the coin.

RED COIN 8: Now to the right of the eyeball platform is another box
with the last coin! Now jump off suicidally and you'll be next
to the star!

-7- Lethal Lava Land

Not too hard. You can take anyone for this.

RED COIN 1: From the beginning jump the gap in front of you to the
other brick walkway, then go left to the place with the small Bully.
From him, go left across a draw bridge. Pass the eyeball, jump on
the tilting roof and follow it right to the first red coin in front
of you, on a bunch of sliding puzzle pieces.

RED COIN 2: The next coin is to the right. Hopefully all the puzzle
pieces are in an order where you don't have to jump a gap to it.

RED COIN 3: The next one is in the lower-right corner of the puzzle.
Just keep going on past Red Coin 2, no prob.

RED COIN 4: Run forward up to the next one. You may start
experiencing the puzzle's evilness now, so hold on and hope
it doesn't slide away and leave you in the lava.

RED COIN 5: It's diagonally across from number 4. In between
the two is the shadow star, so remember where it is.

RED COIN 6: To the left of number 5, all the way in the
top-left corner.

RED COIN 7: Move down from number 6 to this. This one makes a ton of
coins appear once you get it, and everything stops sliding,
it seems. O_o

RED COIN 8: To the left of Red Coin 7. Yay, now just go back to the
corner for the star.

-8- Shifting Sand Land

I hate this level. Not just the coins, I mean, on a whole. Mario is
needed for his wingness, so grab a cap ASAP.

RED COIN 1: From the beginning, go allllllllllllll the way out to the
left. It's on a thin, sandy ledge.

RED COIN 2: Go back and head right from the starting point now. Grab
a
cap from the Goomba under this pavillion here if needed, then break
the
box near him (On the the side opposite of the small quicksand pit
near
the beginning). The coin is in there.

RED COIN 3: Jump on top of the pavillion now. There's a Wing Box here
for Mario. Fly towards the big gate, near the giant quicksand pit.
There's a coin in-between the gate and a pillar.

RED COIN 4: Fly around to the back of the pyramid, next to the
entrance into it. There's a coin there too, near the pillar.
You may wanna renew your wings by now, too, by the way.

RED COIN 5: It's in another corner of the pyramid, near a small
oasis.

RED COIN 6: The final corner of the pyramid has our coin.

RED COIN 7: Land now. Remember the oasis? There's a coin there.

RED COIN 8: From the oasis, enter the Tox Box Maze. Crap, this looks
bad.
Hang left until you can go forwards, and hopefully avoid the Tox Box
if
it's there. Go right, then up, then left, then up, and you should
see the
coin by now. Go right, then up, then left, and right to the coin. Now
return to the pavillion. Tada.

-9- Dire, Dire Docks

This one's annoying. Once you've beaten the first two missions you
can
(Or rather, have to, since it's Mission 3) tackle this. Bowser's sub
obstructs the coins, but disappears after the first two, I think.
Go to where it used to be and there's now a ton of poles everywhere.
You need to use these for our Red Coins. Anyone can do this, I
believe.
Mario's balloon ability really helps though, for the record.

RED COIN 1: After returning to where Bowser's sub was, surface
immediately after entering the docks and swim to the right to a
platform.
Continue right until we see a big red switch. Hit it and two sets of
stairs (Made of boxes) will materialize. There's one in front of
you, but
head back a little bit for the set we want. Climb these and grab our
first coin.

RED COIN 2: There's a pole in front of us, but we'll get it later.
Grab
the one on the left when it comes to you, grab it and climb to the
top
immediately and the pole will take you to the coin.

RED COIN 3: Slide down a bit for the next one.

RED COIN 4: There's a platform at the end. Slide down to it for the
next coin when the pole reaches the end of the line. Climb back up on
the pole and take it back to where Red Coin 1 was (As if there's
anywhere else to go).

RED COIN 5: Take the other pole on this platform (The one we didn't
take, duh) and it'll bring us to another floating platform.There's
another pole in front of us, but we'll (once again) get to that
later.
Notice the shadowy star. That obviously tells us the star is going to
pop up here. Anyway, take the left-hand pole to a platform with a
blue
coin switch. Another pole comes to thisplatform, to the left of the
switch. Take it to a caged-in platform with a red coin. Take the two
poles back now.

RED COIN 6: There's a pole on the left once we come back, we saw it
before. Have your character face the pole, then jump on it and turn
him
so he's on the pole's left side. This'll prime us to jump to another
pole which will take us to ANOTHER PLATFORM, but don't jump off for
it
just yet. Take the pole to the end of the line, then slide down a bit
for the next coin. NOW go to the platform we passed.

RED COIN 7: After jumping down, there's a small caged-in area with a
pole running through it. Go in here, and wait for the pole to pass
to the
right before jumping, so we can get both of these coins in one fell
swoop.
Slide down a bit for the next coin, then stay there. (Coin 8 is on
about
the same level as Coin 7.)

RED COIN 8: Just keep on the pole and we snag our coin. Now return
to the
second platform for the star. Yippee.

-10- Snowman's Land

We don't need anyone, but I recomend Luigi for easyness. Do you know
where
the igloo is? If not, go to the tree next to the Goomba pen near
where
you start. Standing under it WARPS YOU SOMEHWHERE ELSE! *Dun dun
dun* This
is where Luigi comes in handy: Jump to the T-shaped island thing. Go
to
the far end and do a backwards somersault to a ledge with a shell.
Hop on
the shell and go into the water. Go around the island. Now you see
the
coins going up that little trail? Follow them and crawl into the
igloo
over the fence.

RED COIN 1: Gee, they sure spread these REAAAAALLY far apart. Jump
to an
island with a flower head thingy in front of it on the left near the
start,
then backwards somersault for the first coin.

RED COIN 2: Now jump to an ice block on the right. Make a tight jump
forward
for the next coin in the air.

RED COIN 3: Navigate to the end of this platform to the next coin,
in the
back of the room.

RED COIN 4: Run back a bit from coin 3 to the corner. Dive under the
water
quick for the coin. Note that the water will hurt you if you're in
too long,
so be quick about it. It puts on the pain pretty quick.

RED COIN 5: Run right from the aformentioned corner. With Luigi
facing the
wall, you'll notice the shadowy star on the right. The coin is in-
between the
star's platform and another one with a decent cache of coins. Go to
the star's
platform, then jump. Luigi's backwards somersault should do it.

RED COIN 6: After landing on the L-shaped platform, you'll see the
coin near
the corner of the room. Backwards somersault, then hot-tail it out
of the
freezing water.

RED COIN 7: Jump back to Red Coin 3's jagged, icy block, then across
to a
small, L-shaped island with a ! block on it. Jump across to another
island.
Backwards somersault again to snag to coin in the middle.

RED COIN 8: Jump back from here to another, taller L-shaped island
with an
? block. Dive quickly into the watery gap in-between the island and
the wall
for the final coin.

-11- Wet-Dry World

Well, we need to get to the flooded town in the bottom. Usually if
you're
going down there you'd want Luigi, but let's go in as Mario. Yes,
Mario.
Get a Power Flower and float OVER the gate to the bottom instead of
going
through it as Luigi to get to the lower floor. Mario's balloon
ability is
invaluable in this level. I'm sure it's possible without him, but I
perfer
him.

RED COIN 1: After falling down and exiting the pipe to "downtown",
GO FOR
AIR. Once you do that, look for a switch to drain the water at the
bottom.
It's right under the pipe, to be exact. Go right from the pipe once
everything's drained. A box will appear for you to climb up to the
house.
Break the box on the house for our Red Coin. Now jump off.

RED COIN 2: Ok, that was easy, now let's get a few harder coins. In
front
of the house is a plaza, and there are some boxes placed on the thin
wall
surrounding it. Do a backwards somersault up to the left wall. Break
the
box for a coin.

RED COIN 3: The other box on the right now.

RED COIN 4: Jump off the wall and go straight to a ledge. Jump to the
ledge and break the box for the Coin #4.

RED COIN 5: There's a sort of "steeple" behind the box. Jump onto it
for Coin 5.

RED COIN 6: Climb to pole on the steeple's top if you want to flood
the
place again for any reason at all, but if you`re doing it to try to
get
to the surface, be warned that you can`t get out once you`re in. Just
jump down to the right of the steeple for a Power Flower. Float to
the
house on the right and break the box.

RED COIN 7: Make a running jump to the house to the right of the one
you're on and break the box there.

RED COIN 8: There's just one more box left to break, and it's a long
shot. Ready? Grab the Power Flower and float all the way to the white
house on the left. Break the box. Tada! Return to the steeple for the
star.

-12- Tall, Tall Mountain

This is actually pretty easy. Any character can be used for this, so
don't sweat it.

RED COIN 1: Run up the path past the Goombas, and jump over the gap
past the Bob-Omb Buddy. Now jump another gap, and jump to the
mushroom here for an easy coin.

RED COIN 2: There's the obvious path here to just go forward two
mushrooms to the coin. Whee, how easy.

RED COIN 3: Make a running jump to the adjacent shroom with a coin.

RED COIN 4: Jump to the big mushroom with another coin...

RED COIN 5: After that, get back on the path and past the black
boxes.
Avoid the gopher holes and make a sharp right to a wooden block. Use
it
as a stepping stool to jump to a higher platform, where you can jump
to another coin on the right.

RED COIN 6: From Coin 5, head back down to the second block, then do
a
backwards somersault to a ledge with Coin 6.

RED COIN 7: Jump up to the right from here and continue down that
way.
You can jump to another ledge with our next coin.

RED COIN 8: Do a backward somersault to the right. You can notice the
final coin on a ledge aboveour head here, but how to get it? Simple,
just do another backwards somersault. Nab the coin and descend the
rocky wall to the gopher area, then jump to the shroom with our star!

-13- Tiny-Huge Island

Oh boy, this one's fun...Go through the left-hand painting in the
Tiny-Huge Island enterance room to be big, meaning everything else is
small and you're "huge" in comparison. Long jump to the island on the
left of the start point to a tree. Climb it and jump on the ledge to
the right. If you haven't gotten Bob-omb Buddy to open the cannon,
now's the time time to do so, so go to where Koopa the Quick was and
jump off into some water. Swim forward to go see Bob-Omb Buddy and
open the cannon, then jump up the ledge behind him with the ant-sized
Goomba. Jump up another ledge and you'll be straight across from
where
we dropped off. Use the rocky...ledge...thingy...to go out farther
and
you can backwards somersault to the edge. Now go down the pipe to be
tiny...

RED COIN 1: After becoming Tiny Tim, well, Mario, or Luigi, or Yoshi,
or Wario. You get the idea. I'm making a pun, there isn't a secret
character behind the white door named Tim. ...Or is there? Anywho,
you're tiny now. Go to where the Bob-omb Buddy was and take the
cannon.
Watch out for the gigantic Cheep-Cheep when you're swimming that way.
He can kill you in one fell swoop like the fink-rat you are. Anyways,
get into the cannon, and aim high, specifically, remember the
platform
we had to get to to get back to the Koopa the Quick area and into the
pipe? That's wherewe're headed. Cross the
rocky...ledge...thingy...again,
this time all the way across it and into a cave. The coin is right
next to
Bob-Omb Buddy as you enter.

RED COIN 2: Jump to a platform to the right of the enterance, and
lookie
there, the coin!

RED COIN 3: It's on a platform right in front of number 2.

RED COIN 4: On another platform in front of number 3...

RED COIN 5: This one's still right in front of Red Coin 4, but it's
lower
down.

RED COIN 6: Jump up from here to a longer ledge with a Red Coin near
the
wall.

RED COIN 7: Jump up higher to the next coin.

RED COIN 8: There's a wire net above you, if you haven't noticed.
Use it
here to get the final coin, perched atop a rocky platform. Simple
enough.
Drop down into a small crevase for the star.

-14- Tick Tock Clock

Pfft. Easy. You don't need anyone special for this pathetic set of
Red
Coins. Freeze time by jumping in at 12. Just turn around from the
start and
you'll see some knobs.

RED COIN 1: Backwards somersault to it from the ground. It's on the
knob
closest to the ground.

RED COIN 2: In the air, to the left of coin 1. Jump for it and onto
another knob.

RED COIN 3: On the knob to the right from here.

RED COIN 4: From here, just jump left to another knob and get it.
It's in
plain sight and easy.

RED COIN 5: After 4, you'll land on a knob that's exactly level with
another
knob. Jump in-between and there's the coin.

RED COIN 6: Keep going until the second knobs edge for the next Red
Coin.

RED COIN 7: From coin 6, cross back to the other knob and jump right.
There's our coin.

RED COIN 8: Jump left to the final knob for the final coin. How
appropriate.
Now go back down to the bottom for our Star.

-15- Rainbow Ride

GASP!!! Can "easy level" and "Rainbow Ride" be said in the same
sentence?
They can now. Anyone's good for this mission, but Mario`s wall jump
helps a
lot.. Take the carpet to the spinny thingies and go straight ahead
from there.
Well, not literally. You'd probably fall and die. You know what I
mean.

RED COIN 1: Crossing the sliding plank after that, and you'll be
right in the
maze. Go ahead until you see the coin across the gap, and the
shadowy star at
the bottom. (That's where our reward shows up, so remember.) Go down
to it and
do a backwards somersault (Hold R then A) and you'll reach the first
coin.

RED COIN 2: Go back to the other ledge from the shadowy star where
we came from.
Jump to the ledge on the right, then to the platform on the left.
The coin's at
the end, there.

REC COIN 3: Wall jump in a gap near Red Coin 2 for this. It's in
plain sight.

RED COIN 4: After getting up here, pass under a coin o a ledge to an
easier one.
Backwards somersault to this.

RED COIN 5: Jump left to the next coin.

RED COIN 6: Do a quick double jump from number 5 to here.

RED COIN 7: From where number 4 was, jump up a ledge and you'll see
coin 7.
Jump for it. If missed, backwards somersault on a ledge to the right.

RED COIN 8: On said ledge, it's to the right on a smaller ledge.
It's in plain
sight. Now go back to the Shadowy star.

After this, you have no more levels to achieve coin-ness on! But
there's still
the Secret Levels for some Castle Stars...

3.
-------Secret Level Coins-------

-1S- Goomboss Battle

You can only go in as Wario to get this set. You'll be waiting a
loooooong time
for this. The use of other caps is invaluable here. If you need to
know where
this is, get 8 Stars and go past the Mini-Game room to the princess'
room.
Jump in the gigantic Mario painting.

RED COIN 1: Go down the slide and proceed to the path on the left.
Jump on the
logs, watching out for when they submerge into poison, and you'll
notice a
sliding platform to the left. Jump when it's near you and take it
over to another
platform, which leads you to a Wario Brick. Punch it for our first
Red Coin.

RED COIN 2: Take the platforms back to the "mainland". Go forward,
punch the
Goomba and go right to a wire platform. Jump and hold B to hang on,
then keep
going down the path for a Red Coin. Take the wire platform to the
other side.

RED COIN 3: Kill the piranha and jump to the platform in front of
you. Go
straight ahead, then jump up to the log with a pole in it. Go right
and the
coin is on the floating platform in the center.

RED COIN 4: Kill the Goomba with the Mario hat and grab it. From
Coin 3 You'll
notice similar floating platforms in front of you. Cross them
carefully. Grab
the Power Flower and float to the right. There's a big tree. Get to
the top,
nab to coin, then make a long fall to the bottom.

RED COIN 5: After falling in front of the tree, grab the Goomba's
Luigi cap
and make it back to the Power Flower to go invisible. Quickly return
to
where you got your Luigi cap, and backwards somersault into the cage
inside
the tree. Since you're invisible, you can pass through the cage for
our next
coin.

RED COIN 6: If you will, please return to where you got the Mario
cap. From
the platform in the center, go left and jump over the fog to a
platform. Go to
the piranha and kill it. Notice the shadowy star on the large log
behind it.
The star will show up here when we get our coins, as per usual. But
right now,
pass up to the other logs that are moving up and down. Go all the
way to
the last one, kill the piranha and snag the coin. Go back to the log
with the
star now.

RED COIN 7: Jump to the platform on the right of the star. There's
another
moving log nearby with our next Red Coin at the top. Go forward on
the thin,
checkered path and right up to our log. If you're Wario, you'll have
to make a
double-jump for it.

RED COIN 8: Get off the log and go forward. You may notice a tree
with a vine
going up. I bet you see where I'm going with this. Climb the vine
(watching out
for the dang Lakitu) and get to the top. There's a small ledge
sticking out with
a coin on it. Get it and go back to the Star.

-2S- Big Boo Battle

To get to this cleverly hidden bonus stage, take Mario to the second
floor of
Big Boo's Haunt. Go to the rightmost door (The one in a little
corner of its own)
and go through. Grab the Power Flower, and head up to a door at the
ceiling.
You can get up there with the others by triple jumping, but we need
Mario, and
this is the easiest way anyways. Go through the door, and jump in
the Luigi
painting. A Big Boo with a horribly evil laugh and not to mention a
crown
(Making me think he's King Boo himself, and actually, Nintendo Power
even called
him King Boo) is waiting inside, but first we must get collect the
coinage.
You need Wario unlocked for at least his cap.He can just barely
triple jump to
the door to the attic. Once again there's going to be a good amount
of hat
switching, Wario or not. This section was written as if you were
playing as Mario
though, so just remember to switch caps when Mario's abilites are
mentioned
(If you're someone else).

RED COIN 1: UGH, that laugh! THAT CRUEL, TORMENTING
LAUGH! ...Anyways. Umm. The
coin's right in front of you in a door's alcove. DON'T GO IN THAT
DOOR though.
The one we want is to the right of the starting point. If you have
surround sound
on, we can easily find the correct door by listening to the evil
laugh.

RED COIN 2: Next we must cross a collapsing bridge. RUN ACROSS,
DUMMY. The Red
Coin is to the left of the bridge.

RED COIN 3: From the right of #2 is a bridge. Cross it for the coin,
then turn
the camera around so the bridge rematerializes. Cross the bridge and
go to the
bridge we're now facing.

RED COIN 4: Jump over to the wooden platform and grab the box for a
Power Flower.
Quickly, though, the floor underneath the box is unstable. Using our
balloon-y
powers, we must float to the top-right corner of the room for the
coin. Now quickly
float back to the wooden platform, and avoid the spinning block in
the center.

RED COIN 5: This one is simple, but I left it around as a marker. Go
to the
right-most ledge for the coin, and go through the door behind it.

RED COIN 6: This room is easy. Take the platform in front of you,
and it'll slide
right to our next coin. Now go to the ledge it takes you to, but not
through the
door.

RED COIN 7: Take the next sliding block to another ledge. Grab the
Wario cap here,
then take the third sliding block to our coin, and go through the
door on this
ledge.

RED COIN 8: Use our new WARIO POWER to break a block on the right
for our final
coin. The star surfaces on the right of this ledge.

-3S- Chief Chilly Challenge

I haven't gotten the coins yet here, but I CAN tell you how to get
there. Go to
the Snowman's Land room on floor 2 of the castle as Luigi, grab a
Power Flower
on the pedestal, and go through the mirror. If you go through the
door in the
back, you get a Star, but that's not what we want. Go to the Wario
painting on
the right side of the Mirror room.

RED COIN 1: Slide down the slide. Easy enough. You'll be saved by
and updraft.
Ignore the bullies here and go left. Maneuver across the grey ledges
and after
crossing them, there's a small lift running on the right here that
will take you
to your coin.

RED COIN 2: Head right and jump off the cliff, yes, jump off. The
wind god
rewards your suicidal thinking and saves you with an updraft that
will lead us
to our coin!

RED COIN 3: You'll land in freezing water. You'll get hurt if you
stay in too
long, so quickly nab the coin in the pond. Too bad we can't use
Luigi's
Jesus-like powers to run out across the water and nab the coin...

RED COIN 4: Across from the pond is a giant pen full of bullies.
Quickly get the
coin and escape to the other side before all heck breaks lose.

RED COIN 5: Oh great. Just when we escape the Bully pen, we have a
moving block
puzzle to finish. And add to it, THEY'RE ICY AND EASY TO SLIDE OFF
OF. Joy.
Quickly get to the second platform and snag this coin, lying in the
center of
its path.

RED COIN 6: If you can, get to the block in front of Coin 5's, which
moves up
and down. From here get to the next block and get the coin in the
center.

RED COIN 7: Cross the final block to get to solid ground, FINALLY!
There's a
jail cell here with this coin, so get a Power Flower and go through
with
Luigi's ultra invisible powers to snag it. After navigating some
less-lethal
blocks you can get to an ? Box at the second-to-last ledge, so from
there just
jump off to the gate.

RED COIN 8: Grab the Mario cap on the lowest level, climb to the
Power Flower
again and grab it. Now that we're Mario, we can float like an eagle
to the
frozen lake in the distance for our coin. Now return to where you
got Mario's
cap (Float back, of course) and we'll grab the star!

-4S- ? Switch

Get 15 stars and go to the lobby of the castle as Mario. Stand in
the sun icon
and look up at the sun shining in.

Now, you'll land on a platform. Unless you're not Mario, then you
PLUMMET TO
YOUR DOOOOOOM! If you haven't hit the switch to activate the Red ?
Boxes, do
that, then exit and come back. You'll automatically have a Wing Cap
on. I
used to think this was hard. Ha ha ha. It's pathetic. Go right and
we can
start. (I always used to go left to try and beat this. I was
frustrated to
death until I figured to go right instead. XD)

RED COIN 1: Go down a bit to the right, and you'll eventually notice
a coin
path leading to a giant coin ring where your first Red coin is
inside.
(That's a lot of coins.)

RED COIN 2: Inside the same ring.

RED COIN 3: Keep following the path afterwards, going downwards.
Your next
two coins are in the next ring.

RED COIN 4: See above.

RED COIN 5: Just keep following to the next ring.

RED COIN 6: Well, yeah, same coin ring.

RED COIN 7: Keep following the path onto the final coin ring.

RED COIN 8: Yup, same as Coin 7. That was easy, huh? Just land on
the tower thingy in the center for your star.

-5S- The Secret Aquarium

In the Jolly Roger Bay room, you may notice holes in the walls.
Back-flip to the one on the right for a secret level! It's similar
to the ? Switch level in the fact that you're constantly turning
right into rings of coins except you're swimming and a few aren't
in rings this time, but it`s still pretty straightforward.

RED COIN 1: Turn right and swim towards a ring of coins, with a Red
Coin in the center.

RED COIN 2: Swim right again to another ring and another red coin.

RED COIN 3: Keep turning in the same direction to another ring.

RED COIN 4: In another ring. *Sings* Just keep swimming, just keep
swimming...

RED COIN 5: Now swim to the bottom immediately after exiting Red
Coin 4`s ring.
The next one's in the bottom corner near a pillar.

RED COIN 6: Turn right to another pillar with another coin.

RED COIN 7: Gee, this is getting repetitive...I'm sure you can guess
this
one's location. Just turn right to a pillar. You know the drill.

RED COIN 8: It's in front of the final pillar. Tada, here's our
star, in
the center of the aquarium.

-6S- The Secret Under The Moat

Drain the moat, then go to the end near the waterfall as Wario.
Punch the
black brick open and jump into this somewhat annoying stage that
this FAQ
unfortunately must force me into doing again...

RED COIN 1: Pay attention to your map. You'll notice some little
ledges
on the ground down the slide in front of you, so slide down so that
you
go down to the left-most ledge. Our first coin's there.

RED COIN 2: Jump down to the middle ledge for the next coin.

RED COIN 3: Jump to the right-most ledge for a block. Yippee. Aim the
camera so you can see the other platforms. Aim your slide to the
middle
platform in the bottom row.

RED COIN 4: Jump to the right from here onto another platform with
another coin.

RED COIN 5: Slide all the way to the bottom, then head around the
corner
to the right. Run up those evil planks of death (Making sure you're
high
enough to reach the platform) and grab the Mario cap, if not for
jumping
convenience. Head on the elevator chain to the right when one's close
enough to you. Jump off to the next big evil plank. The coin is
close to
where you'll end up landing.

RED COIN 6: The next coin is at the other end of the plank, grab it,
make sure the plank is high enough to reach the next elevator chain
and jump on one.

RED COIN 7: When the platform you're on is high enough so you can
jump
to an elevator on its way down, jump on the elevator and when it's
far
down enough, you can reach another elevator set. Take this one high
enough to reach a higher set of elevators. On your jump to this set,
you can grab the coin.

RED COIN 8: Take this elevator chain to the top, and we can finally
get
to solid ground. Grab the Luigi cap for later and get our final coin,
in front of a cage. The star is inside this cage, so grab the nearby
Power
Flower for invisibility and run through to our star.

-7S- Behind the Waterfall

I explained how to get here in the FAQ, so read through that if you
need
to know. Anywho, we're gonna need Wario for his Metal-ness.

RED COIN 1: AGG! As soon as we enter, we're greeted by a Snifit
blasting
who knows what that stuff is at us! Run awaaay! Run down the hallway,
and jump across two ledges over the waterfall. Cross a bridge on the
second ledge to get to the righthand side. There's an alcove here
with
two red coins.

RED COIN 2: In the same alcove as Coin 1.

RED COIN 3: Exit the alcove and head forward to the waterfall. Kill
the Goomba here if you need the Wario cap. Now jump ahead of you to
another rock with two coins.

RED COIN 4: Right next to Coin 3.

RED COIN 5: Grab the Power Flower to go metal. We can now walk under
the water, so jump off to the left and grab the coin.

RED COIN 6: It's right under the waterfall, part of a ring of coins
surrounding a certain shadowy
star. I wonder what'll show up there...?

RED COIN 7: Keep running around the platform in the clockwise
direction we're in to snag the coin, directly behing the platform.

RED COIN 8: This is in the gap between the big platform and the
Goomba's platform. Get it and return to coin 6. We did it! Now
do a Dora the Explorer dance and let's hot-tail it out of the
Metal Cavern.

-8S- Over the Rainbow

*Shudders* This is hard. Go as Mario. In the 3rd floor, go up
the shaft to the left and we'll start this baby. The key is
flying straight and steady here.

RED COIN 1: Right in front of you when you start.

RED COIN 2: Grab a Wing Cap. Go to where Coin 1 was and there's a
ring. Triple jump to start flying and go through the ring. After
the ring is a rainbow. Follow it to a cloud. You may want to
approach the cloud from a side angle so you have more room to land.
The coin's here.

RED COIN 3: Renew your Wing Cap here if needed, then start off
again by triple jumping. Go off to behind the red box and you'll
notice two clouds, one above the other. The higher one seems to have
poles. We're too low to even reach the bottom one, so make a left
from here and land on a cannon platform. Have the Bob-omb Buddy
prepare it for you. Shoot to the top cloud and aim as high as
possible. Get the coin here.

RED COIN 4: On the same exact cloud up here. Now take the wing cap
out
of the box and fly back to the cannon.

RED COIN 5: ...Actually, you don't have to, really. The one I go for
now is the one on the cloud under you. You could fly down to it or
use the cannon, but I personally suggest returning to the main cloud
and fly from there.

RED COIN 6: NOW fly to the cannon. Shoot for the poles, and fly of to
the middle one. Get the coin at the bottom of it.

RED COIN 7: Fly to a platform with a Wario cap marked on it on the
map.
Fly there and get the coin.

RED COIN 8: Go in the cannon here to get to a cloud with a Wario
Brick.
The coin's here. But geez, they placed the star all the way back at
the main cloud...Fuel up with one more Wing Cap before this trip,
even
if you don't need it. Fly back to the cannon and aim as high as
possible.
If needed, fly to the other cannon. You can definitely reach it from
there.

4.
-------Bowser Level Coins-------

-1B- Bowser in the Dark World

Get twelve stars and approach the door in the lobby as Mario. Once
opened,
Yoshi can go in too if you want. His jump is good for these coins,
but if
you're going after Bowser, it's harder (But more fun) since it's
required
to get the caps Bowser spits at you sometimes to grab him and fling
him
into a bomb. But that's not what this FAQ is for; here's your coin
walkthrough.

RED COIN 1: Go up to the fire-spitting thing ahead. Trip the switch
to make
a box appear. Wait for the fire to spout again, then quickly nab the
coin.

RED COIN 2: Wait for the switch to stop, then hit it again. Go back
to the
start and get the coin off the cliff there. If you have a Power
Flower and
you're Mario, take the shortcut up to the brown Goomba platform and
cut
some time off this. If not, navigate the platforms to the said brown
platform.

RED COIN 3: From the Goomba place, hit the block for a 1-Up Shroom,
then
continue up the bridge, onto the rock and avoid the sparkly guys.
What
are their names again? Umm...Well, the coin's right here.

RED COIN 4: Continue up the bridge to the yellow block expanding
towards you.
Jump on it, cross it to the grey platform, and go to the other
yellow platform
for the next coin. Cross it to the rotating blocks of death!

RED COIN 5: Wait for the red platform of death to pass by it. Stand
in the
lower-left corner of the platform you're on to get it.

RED COIN 6: Cross the other platforms to the gray block ahead.
There's a thin
blue strip to walk across for the next coin at the edge.

RED COIN 7: Cross the blue planks. On the second one, jump off to
the thin gray
strip over to the left. It's there. You can cross to the other side
to the
Goomba.

RED COIN 8: Go up the wooden panels to the big switch. No need to
step on it,
just jump to the purplish platform. The last one is the Red Coin's.

-2B- Bowser in the Fire Sea

One of my least favorite coin levels, for some reason. Ugh. Anywho,
well, I
did this as Luigi, but I suppose anyone will do. The door still must
be
opened by Mario, and you have to have beaten Star 1 of Dire, Dire
Docks. So
here we go, good luck.

RED COIN 1: Go on the grate up ahead and jump on the other platforms
as it
goes under the lava. When you're at the other side, cross what look
like roofs.
To avoid getting dunked into the lava while on the roof platforms,
just stand
near the tops. Now go to the platform with the Bully. Ignore this
bugger
(If possible) and go up the wire path to the left. Once at the top.
Jump over
the gap for our coin.

RED COIN 2: Go back down the wire platform, pass the Goombas and
grab the pole
on the grate ahead. When it's at the top, jump to a platform across
from the
Bob-omb Buddy. It's unstable. OH NOES. Grab the coin on the right-
hand side
and quickly cross to the other tilting platform and up the pole.

RED COIN 3: Climb the pole to go up to a cage. Ugh, bad camera
angles ahoy!
Turn the camera to the left and you'll notice a coin in the back
corner.

RED COIN 4: There's an elevator in here. Start it up by going on it,
then
go off, back into the cage. Drop down through the empty hole created
by
the elevator and you'll get Coin 4.

RED COIN 5: Now go back and take the elevator this time. After
getting to
the next floor, climb up the blue slide in front of you and slowly
walk up
to the yellow walkway. At the top is a bully and a Red Coin.

RED COIN 6: Drop down and cross the platforms sliding across the
lava. Watch
out for these bullies and climb the walkway. After climbing to the
third
floor of the walkway, wait in the corner until the coin is close
enough to grab with a jump.

RED COIN 7: At the top of the stairs, a walkway will eventually fall
to you.
Climb it, cross the roof-like platforms, and at the second fire-
spitting
thingy, the coin will be in front of it on the roof. Make sure the
flames
have stopped before going for it.

RED COIN 8: After crossing the roofs, heal at the heart thing if
needed
and jump to the pole on the platform. Go down the next pole that'll
pop
up ahead, and land on it's platform. Make sure the platform isn't
under
lava though. Cross the solid brick walkway to another pole. Climb the
pole, and when the pole is at its peak, handstand for the final coin.
Backtrack to the other pole, and when it comes up to the brown grate,
do a backwards somersault to get to the right-hand platform, then
jump to the left ledge to get the star.

-3B- Bowser in the Sky

Well, still pretty hard here, but not as hard as the Fire Sea, at
least in my opinion. You have no choice but to go as Mario, who is
the only one who can climb the endless stairs, that is, once you
have 80 stars.

Also, appreciate the fact that I wrote this on paper while doing
the level, lit only by the little amount of light my TV would
give off when showing Family Guy. APPRECIATE ME, DAMN YOU!

RED COIN 1: Jump straight across these platforms,watching
out for the purple block. Jump on it and up to a platform with a
box on it. You'll notice the coin behind you. Turn to a side angle
so you can see the purple block, then do a backwards somersault
for the coin when the block is out, to limit the chance you plunge
to your doom.

RED COIN 2: Just run up the wall from here, and simply pass a few
Goombas and cross a spinning platform to the coin in the corner of
the block. You can't miss it. Or maybe you can, but it's not hidden
or anything.

RED COIN 3: From coin 2,  run below the large plank we've come to
know over the course of the FAQ. Now turn so Mario is facing the far
edge, and turn the camera to his back. You may notice a coin to your
right.
(Adjacent to the line of yellow coins) CAREFULLY walk down and grab
it.

Also, if you go to the far end, you can hit a switch and get a
pathetically easy star. (Easier the Fire Sea's Switch Star in my
opinion) Work your way back up to the plank and go to the platform
with the weird purple Bob-omb. (According to Paper Mario, that could
would make him a Bob-ulk, I believe.)

RED COIN 4: Hit the switch on the other end, away from Mr. Bob-ulk.
Climb these stairs to more vertical walls we must walk up.
Listen for the fire, and dash once you hear it's turned off. At the
top is our coin.

RED COIN 5: Now run down the other vertical wall to a checkered
platform. Watch for the piranha who somehow escaped Tiny-Huge Island.
Now, you'll see an arrow platform. Get ready for a ride. Heal, you'll
need it on the "off chance" you fall getting this coin. Change to a
side view and you'll see the coin perched atop a diamond-like
platform. Jump on one of the lower, flat platforms, run up and get
ready to fall. You should survive, but you'll be a far way down. Go
back up and complete the ride if you haven't already.

RED COIN 6: It's on the first spinny platform after your ride on the
arrow platform, in plain sight.

RED COIN 7: Climb the pole on the other rotating block and kill the
Goombas. More stupid purple platforms ahead...And our coin! Jump for
the pole when the platform is extended far enough, then handstand
on the pole for the coin. Jump off to the other purple block at the
other side.

RED COIN 8: This is it! After continuing up the simple path here,
go for the rotating platforms and arrange the camera so you can
easily see the platforms. You'll notice another set of platforms
rotating around above the set you're on. Jump to those and you can
reach the final floor of the level. DO NOT JUMP TO THE PATH
WITH THE PILLARS YET. It has a strong gust you must run against.
So if you feel like you need to, lure the Goombas up there to you,
then kick them to clear the path. Now RUN. Heal at the hear, too.
After making it on the stairs, slowly walk off the first step,
left or right. It doesn't matter. There's a thin path down here.
The coin is cleverly hidden under the stairs.

Now, THAT'S FINALLY IT! You're done! And I can stop abusing the
word "platform"! ...I hope. Good luck with Bowser, you'll need it.
But there's still a final section for me to cover...

5.
-------Optional Red Coins-------

-1O- Boos in the Castle Courtyard

You must have a mustached hero for this. Yoshi's ground pounds
won't effect the Boos you need to kill for this star.

Anywho, when you're ready, go to the Basement. There's a Boo
down there who'll run away after seeing you. Chase him to the
courtyard.

RED COIN 1: There's a Boo right in front of you, but if you
look at him, he turns invisible and impossible to kill. So
face away from him and wait for him to come at you. When he's
about to touch your back, jump and pound the coin out of him.

RED COIN 2: There's another one in the fountain right now,
I believe, or at least he'll run in there eventually.
This is a little harder due to the fact he's inside of the
fountain, but the same rule applies. You can lure him out
using back-facing tactics.

RED COIN 3-8: Well, they're really just scattered around now.
I don't even know why I bothered to write this all out.
It's not too hard, unless, of course, the Red Coins aren't in
them, which I will explain in our next section:

-2O- If I Don't Get Them

The coins in the Boos will turn into yellow, normal coins if you
put off this task for long. So, that means you can't get any
more than 149 Stars if you don't do this, right?

Wrong.

Nintendo was aware of this little mess-up, and they found a way
of fixing it. If you didn't get this star, you have to talk to
one of the Toads in the entrances to Hazy Maze Cave, Tall, Tall
Mountain or Tick-Tock Clock. They'll give you this star if you
missed it and already got the star from them that they normally
give you. Just go in their level and get a star, even if you
already beat that star's challenge. After coming out, Toad will
give you the other star.

"What causes this to happen?"

It's not really known. Basically, one can say there's a timer in
every game until this star disappears, or so the assumption is.
This timer seems to be random, as one guy claims to have gotten
to 149 stars before he got the red coins. I got the star from
the Boos myself and used another file and claims from other
people to come to the conclusion I made on this strange glitch.

I hope that clears something up for you. I'm sorry that was so
be so complicated.

6.
-------Ending-------

-1E- Copyrights
The legal crap. You know.

Mario, the Nintendo DS and this game (Super Mario 64 DS) are
NOT owned by me. Surprising. Mario is copyrighted by Nintendo.
...But technically, I OWN a Nintendo DS, but I don't have the
copyrights and blah. Nintendo does.

GameFAQs isn't owned by me either. It's owned by CJayC. Wow.

This FAQ, however, is MINE. You can't use it on your site
unless your site is GameFAQs. THEY can use it. ...Or you could
use it if you ask for permission. That works too.

-2E- Suck-Up Section

Thanks, GameFAQs, for being an awesome site and hopefully
accepting this FAQ.

Thanks, Nintendo, for making the wonderful Nintendo DS,
this game and helping me through many a boring car ride
with your portable systems.

Thank you, Coca-Cola, for without your wonderful soda,
I wouldn't have had the pep in me to write this monstrosity.

Thank you, Batotaur, for having the skills to survive.

Thanks, 390494. (I used a secret code to hide it!)

Thanks to anyone who understood the previous two statements,
AKA my true pals and all those who've stuck by me.

My lava lamp, for mesmerizing me every time I try to write this.
...Wait, I don't wanna thank something that distracts me. Gyah.

Thanks, to me, for writing this, then going back and editing it
a million times after it got rejected, as well as having to
constantly indent everything to conform to the "80 characters
a sentence" rule at GameFAQS. I guess I know for next time. :P

And thanks, everyone who encouraged me to write this FAQ.
It's my first, you know. ...As if I didn't say that
enough.

-3E- Contact

My e-mail is Evanbean7@.... Spam/flame me and you will die.
You can also contact me via AIM at the same address.

-4E- Closing

Well, that's it. My first FAQ is done. I'd be lucky if I didn't get
arthritis when I'm old, crotchety and hating whippersnappers now,
between the games I play and the typing I do. But now I can add
"FAQ Writer" to my already hefty resume of nerdiness, including
"fanfic writer", "Gaming Nerd" and...I dunno what else I do
besides that. Sad.

So thanks for reading. If I helped you, well, all the better.
Making someone happy is always a plus to my day. See you some
other time.

-Evan George (Yes, I have a weird last name. ONOS.)

SSSSSS   U  U   PPPP  EEEEE  RRRR     MM MM      A     RRR   IIIII
OOOOO
S        U  U   P  P  E      R  R     M M M     A A    R R     I
O   O
SSSSSS   U  U   PPPP  EEEEE  RRRR     M   M    AAAAA   RRR     I
O   O
      S   U  U   P     E      R   R    M   M   A     A  R  R    I
O   O
SSSSSS   UUUU   P     EEEEE  R    R   M   M  A       A R   R IIIII
OOOOO
6           44        DDDDDDD  SSSSSSS
6           4 4       D     D  S
6           4  4      D     D  S
6   66      4   4     D     D  SSSSSSS
6  6  6     44444     D     D        S
6 6   6     4         DDDDDDD        S
66     6    4                  SSSSSSS
66666666    4
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------

~Test~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
As a note to myself, this is 79 characters. If you can read this,
your fine:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAA

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                               ~WARNING!!!
~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
In an attempt to avoid mass plagerism and selling ad profit of my
FAQ's, I
add in pointless (not really in the long run) spaces during normal
skipped
lines. For proof, highlight this following line:

See that? Yep. Now, try and copy and paste this into an E-Mail. It
got quite
****ed up didn't it? Don't bother coping and pasting my FAQ's. It
just
won't work.
Note:These spaces will have NO effect when viewed from GameFAQ's, or
any
other site directly linking to this FAQ.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~Introduction~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Hello! You might know me as Deathborn 668 on the message boards and
I
decided to write this FAQ for Super Mario 64 DS because....well....I
enjoy
writing FAQ's. What more must I say? I absolutely loved the orginal,
and upon
hearing of the arrival of this game, I nearly 'sploded from
excitement. After
getting it the controls took some time to getting used to, but this
game
delivers so much the orginal had and more. Anyways....

If you see any information that's wrong, or that I haven't put in
here yet,
please E-Mail me at deathborn668@...

About the FAQ....I repeat the description for Stars. Why do I do
this? It
helps both people using this FAQ. During the normal Walkthrough I
will list
most Secret Stars as we pass them, useful for people following step
by step,
reading this FAQ as they play the game in order. I also cover some
things in
a seperate section, so those people who just want to look at a
particular
thing not in a jumbled mess of other Stars can look their easily.
Thanks for
understanding.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~Version History~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Version 1.7-Finished World 10

Version 1.6-Finished with World 9, and all 100 Coins Stars

Version 1.5-Finsihed with World 8

Version 1.25-Halfway through World 7

Version 1.2-Nearly finished with World 6

Version 1.1-Finished midway through World 5. Added every Star name,
and
secret Star name...just yet to add their proper information.

Version 1.0-Finished Worlds 3 and 4

Version .8-Finished worlds 1 and 2

Version .6-Got the first....3 Stars done lol. I just want this put
on
GameFAQ's now for easy and quick updates.

Version .5-Started another FAQ. Gotta make FAQ's for the games you
love I
always say....got through the basics, few levels...

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                           ~Table of Contents~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
=============================================
I.Disclaimer
=============================================
II.Story
=============================================
III.The Cast of Characters

III A.Mario

III B.Luigi

III C.Yoshi

III D.Wario

III E.Princess Peach

III F.Toads

III G.Bowser
=============================================
IV.Controls

IV A.Standard Mode, Touch Mode, Dual-Hand Mode

IV B.Basic button controls

IV C.Moves for every character

IV D.Character specific moves

IV E.Items in the Game
=============================================
V.Adventure Mode

V A.Course 1:Bob-omb Battlefield
  -Getting access to the Castle
  -Big Bob-omb on the Summit
  -Footrace with Koopa the Quick
  -5 Silver Stars!
  -Big Bob-omb's Revenge
  -Mario Wings to the Sky
  -Find the 8 Red Coins
  -Behind Chain-Chomp's Gate
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle.....

V B.Course 2:Whomp's Fortress
  -Chip off Whomp's Block
  -To the Top of the Fortress
  -Shoot into the Wild Blue
  -Red Coins on the Floating Isle
  -Fall onto the Caged Island
  -Blast Away the Wall
  -Switch Star of the Fortress
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle.....

V C.Course 3:Jolly Rodger Bay
  -Plunder in the Sunken Ship
  -Can the Eel Come Out to Play?
  -Treasure in the Ocean Cave
  -Blast to the Stone Pillar
  -Red Coins on the Ship Afloat
  -Switch Star of the Bay
  -Through the Jet Stream
  -100 Coins Star
  -The Secret Aquarium
  -Back to the Castle.....

V D.Course 4:Cool, Cool Mountain
  -Slip Slidin' Away
  -Li'l Penguin Lost
  -Big Penguin Race
  -Frosty Slide for 8 Red Coins
  -Snowman Lost His Head
  -Mario's Super Wall Kick
  -Switch Star of Cool, Cool Mountain
  -100 Coins Star

V E.Goomboss's Chamber
  -Princess's Secret Slide
  -Looking at the Character Doors
  -Sunshine Isles
  -Red Coins in Goomboss's Area
  -Wall Kick Switch Star in Goomboss's Area
  -Goomboss Battle

V F.Bowser in the Dark World
  -Red Coins
  -Switch Star
  -Facing Bowser
  -? Switch Level
  -Back in the Castle

V G.Course 5:Big Boo's Haunt
  -Red Coins in the Courtyard
  -Go on a Ghost Hunt
  -Ride Big Boo's Merry-Go-Round
  -Secret of the Haunted Books
  -Seek the 8 Red Coins
  -Big Boo's Balcony
  -Eye to Eye in the Secret Room
  -Switch Star in the Basement
  -100 Coins Star
  -Getting Luigi
    A.Red Coins
    B.Quick Dash Whilst Invisible
    C.Facing King Boo
  -Back in the Castle....

V H.Course 6:Hazy Maze Cave
  -Swimming Beast in the Cavern
  -Elevate for 8 Red Coins
  -Metal-head Wario Can Move
  -Navigating the Toxic Maze
  -A-Maze-Ing Emergency Exit
  -Watch for Falling Rocks
  -Underground Switch Star
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back in the Castle.....

V I.Course 7:Lethal Lava Land
  -Boil the Big Bully
  -Bully the Bullies
  -8-Coin Puzzle with 15 Pieces
  -Red-Hot Log Rolling
  -Hot-Foot-It Into the Volcano
  -Inside the Volcano
  -Flaming Silver Stars
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back in the Castle.....

V J.Course 8:Shifting Sands Land
  -In the Talons of the Big Bird
  -Shining Atop the Pyramid
  -Inside the Ancient Pyramid
  -Stand Tall on the Four Pillars
  -Tox Box Switch Star
  -Pyramid Puzzle
  -Free Flying for 8 Red Coins
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back in the Castle.....

V K.Course 9:Dire Dire Docks
  -Board Bowser's Sub
  -Chests in the Current
  -Pole-Jumping for Red Coins
  -Through the Jet Stream
  -Koopa Surfin' Switch Star
  -Inside the Cage
  -The Manta Ray's Reward
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back in the Castle....


V L.Bowser in the Fire Sea
  -Red Coins
  -Switch Star
  -Facing Bowser

V M.Course 10:Snowman's Land
  -Snowman's Big Head
  -Chill with the Bully
  -Yoshi's Ice Sculpture
  -Whirl from the Freezing Pond
  -Snowman's Silver Star
  -Into the Igloo
  -Red Coins in the House
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle....
   A.Getting inside the Wario Painting
   B.Red Coins
   C.Blown Away Star
   D.Cheif Chilly Battle

V N.Course 11:Wet-Dry Land
  -Shocking Arrow Lifts!
  -Top O' The Town
  -5 Secrets in the Shallows & Sky
  -Express Elevator--Hurry Up!
  -Go to Town for Red Coins
  -Quick Race Through Downtown!
  -Soaked Silver Stars
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle....

V O.Course 12:Tall, Tall Mountain
  -Scale the Mountain
  -Mystery of the Monkey Cage
  -Scary 'Shrooms, Red Coins
  -Mysterious Mountainside
  -Blast to the Lonely Mushroom
  -5 Secrets of the Mountain
  -Breathtaking View from the Bridge
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle......

V P.Course 13:Tiny-Huge Island
  -Pluck the Pirhana Flower
  -The Tip Top of the Huge Island
  -Rematch with Koopa the Quick
  -Klepto the Condor
  -Wiggler's Red Coins
  -Make Wiggler Squirm
  -Switch Star on the Island
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle....

V Q.Course 14:Tick-Tock Clock
  -Luigi in the Cage
  -The Pendulum Switch Star
  -Get a Hand
  -Stomp on the Thwomp
  -Timed Jumps on Moving Bars
  -Stop Time for Red Coins
  -Tick Tock Silver Stars
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle....

V R.Course 15:Rainbow Ride
  -Cruiser Crossing the Rainbow
  -The Big House in the Sky
  -Coins Amassed in a Maze
  -Swingin' in the Breeze
  -Tricky Triangles!
  -Somewhere Over the Rainbow
  -Switch Star of the Manor
  -100 Coins Star
  -Back to the Castle....

V S.Bowser in the Sky
  -Red Coins
  -Switch Star
  -Facing the Final Bowser

V T.All of the Castle's Secret Stars

V U.Unlocking Characters

V V.Bowser Battles
=============================================
VI.Mini-Games

VI A.Yoshi's Minigames

VI B.Mario's Minigames

VI C.Luigi's Minigames

VI D.Wario's Minigames

VI E.Rabbits locations for Minigames
=============================================
VII.FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)
=============================================
VIII.Enemy List
=============================================
IX.Signs and Plaques List
=============================================
X.Fun Things To Do In the Game
=============================================
XI.Closing Comments
=============================================
XII.Credits
=============================================

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                              ~I.Disclaimer~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
This FAQ IS NOT to be used in any way other than for refrence. The
only sites
allowed to host this FAQ is GameFAQ's, Gamespot, IGN, and
GameInformer. That
is it. Feel free to print this out and use it as a quick and handy
guide for
yourself. I don't really care if you do so.
DO'S
-Print his guide for your own useage
-Host this guide on another site (If you want to please E-Mail me
for
permission)
-Give this guide to other people PROVIDED you don't use it for profit

DONT'S
-Sell this guide on EBay/Any other site for profit
-Take this guide and call it your own
-Plagerize and not give me credit

Thank you for following these guidelines. It's appreciated.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                ~II.Story~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
It was a quiet and boring day as usual for Princess Peach. Bowser
was quite
being expected to kidnap her for like the bazillinth time, so Peach
decided
to invite Mario over for cake....again. Mario arives along with
Luigi and
Wario, ready to crash the party (Having cake is classified as a
party?). The
three enter he castle....but they never come back out. Yoshi is seen
sleeping
on the roof and Lakitu notices as well that the three never came
out. Lakitu
tries to wake Yoshi up (Stupidly, the cutscene shows him on the
ground now
sleeping. WTF?) and Lakitu tells Yoshi what happened. Yoshi soon
finds out
that Mario, Luigi, and Wario have been trapped inside the castle
walls, along
with Princess Peach (Again) and 150 Power Stars. It's up to Yoshi to
rescue
his friends and save Peach from the evil badness, AKA Bowser.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                         ~III.The Cast of Characters~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Mario-Mario is the main character of the game. I still don't know
why
though </Sarcasm>. Mario is, of course, worldly famous for his
classic Jump,
his personality, and above all, saving Princess Peach hundreds
upon
hundreds of times. Of course, Mario didn't start out with Peach. He
started
way back over 20 years ago in Donkey Kong trying to sav his
girlfriend
Pauline from the nastiness of Donkey Kong. Nobody knows whether they
broke
up, or Pauline is the new Princess Peach. It'll never be said. Mario
is
quite a well balanced character in this game, and his speed and
jumps will
serve you well.

Luigi-The brother of the world famous Mario is finally playable
again! Ever
since his experence at Luigi's Mansion, Luigi hasn't done a
lot...for quite
a while. He's back with his trademark high jump and kick in the air
to keep
him suspended up their longer. Luigi is sadly quite weak...but that
doesn't
make any difference for te brother that has laid in the shadows of
his
brother for like....a really long time. Everyone comes to love Luigi
at some
point in playing Mario games, and the fact he can walk on water is
no
exception.

Yoshi-How does anyone NOT know cute Yoshi? You start out as Yoshi,
and I do
believe this is his first 3-D platformer that he can play in. Yoshi
has had
a REALLY long history, dating back nearly 15 years ago when he first
popped
out of an egg and greeted Mario. Ever since then they have been best
friends
....yeah. I can't think of any other useless information on Yoshi
now...but
his flutter kick jump makes him easily the best jumper in the game.
Not to
mention, he can swallow many enemies and turn them into eggs to
throw at
other enemies. Yoshi rocks. You need a jumper, Yoshi's your man!

Wario-Wario is brute strength and all stupid. I'd enjoy to see at
least ONE
smart decision he had. Don't give me Wario Ware Inc., it said that
business
failed to get him money (Although he game PWNed). Wario is power
bulk, greedy
and...greedy. All adjectives that are in the dictionary
under "Wario". I'm
not quite sure where Wario first came from.....I believe it was way
back 20
years ago in Wario's Woods where Toad was trying to steal Wario's
gold (That
was a great game). Wario=Power. Wario can't jump for crap though, so
don't
go jumping over huge chasms with him hoping to survive.

Princess Peach-Also famous for being the damsel in distress, Peach
has been
trapped inside the castle walls by her mortal enemy-Bowser. Peach
has had a
really long relationship with Peach for.....a long time. Isn't that
nice?
Not much is known about Peach's life, but perhaps it will be soon
thanks to
the upcoming release of Super Princess Peach. Maybe secrets will
finally be
revealed about this princess' life....

Toads-Toads have always been friendly and helpful to Mario and his
friends
and love to have fun......and they are also easily frightened.
However, the
hostile takeover of this castle doesn't stop many Toads (Or
supposedly just
1 warping all over the place) from helping Mario on his quest to
kill Bowser.
3 Toads will kindly hand over Power Stars when talked to.

Bowser-How does ANYONE not know Bowser? He's been Mario's rival for
like 25
freakin years! Bowser is stupidly doing what he did...8 years ago.
Steal all
the Power Stars of the castle, hide them, get some baddies, trap
Mario,
Luigi, Wario, and hope to god Yoshi doesn't find out. That's what
Bowser
did. Yay. Bowser has been a good guy like...once in Super Mario
RPG...but
that's like it.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                ~IV.Controls~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Every game hasta have controls! There are 3 different control types
in this
game so you can go ahead and choose which one fits you best.

Standard Mode-In Standard Mode you use the D-Pad to Move around,
holding Y
to run, B to jump, A to Grab objects (Or do other moves seen a few
sections
below) and X to change the camera angles.

Touch Mode-In Touch Mode you use the Thumbstrap that should have
come in your
DS's box to touch the screen and move around. The strap goes on your
left
thumb, the X, B, A, and Y buttons are the same as in Standard Mode.

Dual Hand Mode-In Dual Hand Mode you can use the Thunbstrap or pen
in either
hand. X, B, A, and Y buttons have the same actions if you use the
left hand
for the Thumbstrap or stylus pen, but if you use the right, the D-
Pad works
like the X B A Y buttons. Up=X, Down=B, Left=Y, Right=A.

IV B.Basic Button Controls:

Here are the buttons you need to push to do some things....
Y (Hold)-Run
D-Pad-Move around
L-Center camera aroud players' shoulder (Camera will buzz if an
object is
blocking the rotation of the camera)
R-Hold to crouch down, while in air push to make a Ground Pound
B-Jump
A-Grab an object
X-Change camera view to far away, your characters head (Player can
move, but
can manuver the camera to get better views), or back to normal view
Select-Choose which mode you want (Dual Hand, Standard, Touch)
Start-Pause the game
Power-Turn your DS on and off

IV C.Moves for Every Character
Each character has these following moves:
Walking-Use the D-Pad without holding Y to walk. If you walk for a
few
seconds without stoping you will start to fast walk.

Dashing-While walking hold the Y button to make your character dash
around.
You can hold Y without moving until your character is jogging in
place. When
you move when they are doing this you will have a quick dash for a
few
seconds.

Jump-Simply push B to jump into the air. If you land on enemies with
a jump,
they will be killed (Unless they are an unkillable enemy, or
something that
can't be jumped on). If you jump near a ledge, you will grab onto it.

Double Jump-Like the normal jump, push the B button after you land
from your
first jump to jump again, but higher. You can grab onto ledges and
kill
enemies, etc. just like the first jump.

Triple Jump-After landing from a double jump, push B one more time
to jump
really high into the air and spin a lot (It doesn't effect the jump
at all).
What you can do with the Triple Jump has the same effects as normal
jumps,
but you can rach higher ledges. You MUST be moving to do a Triple
Jump.

Ground Pound-Push the "R" Button while jumping to fall "ass first"
onto the
ground and pound it. This is useful for killing those annoying
enemies you
can never seem to get jumped on. This technique is also useful for
pounding
many switches that can only be activated by using a Ground Pound.
You can
also use it before hitting the ground from a high fall to not take
any
damage.

Side Somersault-This is one of the most useful moves to reach high
places in
an incredibly fast amount of time, and if you have little room.
First, you
need to be running (By holding Y) and then quickly tilt the D-Pad,
Thumb
Strap, etc. in the opposite direction you are currently running and
while
your character is mid-way through changing directions, Jump. You
will flip
sideways in the air, and get a LOT of height. As I already said,
this move is
VERY useful later in the game. All four characters are able to
utilize this
excellant move. Use it well (You need some room to pull this move
off
however....)

Long Jump-This is, by far, the numbuh one most USEFUL move in the
entire
game. You will be using it...a lot. To cover long distance quickly,
get your
ass across large gaps, and so much more. Simple. Start running with
Y of
course, the Crouch with R, then quickly push B. Your character will
jump low,
bu very far. Like I already said, you will be using this move
everywhere
before you know it. The best place to practice this awesome move is
outside
of the castle.

Punch-The punch is a useful move when you are right next to an enemy
that
you are trying to kill. Simple push the A button to lunge a fist at
the
enemy, killing it (If the enemy can be killed >_>). As a little
note, Yoshi
CAN NOT Punch. Instead of Punching, he gobbles enemies into his
mouth (This
information is covered later). You can also puch away other objects,
walls,
boxes, etc.

Pick Up an Object-If you are standing right next to a box, or some
other
Pick-up-able object then simple push the A button to grab the object
in your
arms and carry it around. As with Punching, Yoshi can't grab boxes
and stuff
like that. He can however, devour small boxes into square eggs
(lol).

Throw Object-While you are holding an object in your arms simply
push the
A button again to throw the object. Depending on the object, Coin
(s)
may come out of it. Isn't that just wonderful?

Crouch-Push the R button while not walking at all to Crouch down,
with your
head between your knees. It's pretty much ducking really from
objects that
are passing above you. While Crouching, you can use the D-Pad, etc.
to move
around slowly, so you can pass through small tunnels. All of the
characters
can pull off this stunt.

Swim-You'll be swimming very often in this game. When you jump into
a body of
deep water, your character will stay in the water and the Power
Meter will
appear. Push Y or B at an even rate to gain speed in swimming. Use
the D-Pad
to steer, pushing Up to dive under and Down to swim up (It's
impossible to
Dive/Surface with the Thumbstrap/Touch Screen). Your Power Meter is
like your
Air Meter underwater. Every 6 or so seconds you will lose 1 bar of
health
from Air. When you surface you will gain back all of your Air, then
you can
keep going. At the surface of water, hold down and push B to jump
out of the
water. That's all there really is to swimming.....

Kick-Yoshi cannot perform this move because he can't Punch. Simply
Punch
three times. On your thrid Punch you will Kick instead. I don't see
much of
a big deal out of Kicking, so you don't need to worry about this
move.

Jump Kick-You will rarely find the use for this move....only when
you need to
knock something down or kill an airborne enemy. Anyways, while
Jumping, push
A to make a Kick while in the air for a Jump Kick. Because Yoshi
can't Kick,
he can't perform this move.

Slide Kick-This is a pretty cool attack, but one that can easily get
out of
control. While you are dashing, push R to Crouch (So you're
Crouching, and
moving on the ground a little (sliding)), then push the A button.
You will
put your foot out and slide across the ground, destroying all in
your
path....assuming you don't die from a fall into a pit before then >_>

Slide Attack-While your dashing, push the A button to leap far ahead
face
first. You can bump into enemies and kill them, as well as grab
objects that
you ram into while in the air, or sliding on the ground.

Side Step-If and when you stand next to a wall, your character will
start to
do a pose like their hugging the wall. You can move left and right
slowly
while hugging the wall to cross narrow pathways without the threat
of
falling off.

Crawl-While you are Crouching (with the R button), you can move
around to
easily crawl underneath things. Other than that there isn't much
point to
this move.

Climb Poles-When you are near a pole, jump onto it to grab onto it.
This
doesn't work just for poles though. You can grab onto trees too. You
can
press B to jump off in the direction the back of your character is
facing.
Hold Up to climb up the pole, and hold down slide down it. Hold Left
or
Right to rotate your body around the pole.

Handstand-Climb to the top of the pole. Stop, then hold up again,
and your
character will be doing a handstand at the top of the pole/tree. You
can
Jump really high and far when you jump from a Handstand position,
but your
character will jump in the direction they are facing, however.

Climb-When you get close to a ledge, your character will grab onto
it instead
of falling. While they are hanging on you can push Down to make them
let go
and fall (Possibly to their death). Press Up to have them Climb Up
onto the
ledge they were dangling from. If you hold B or Y while climbing Up,
they
will climb faster.

Climb Poles Quickly-Whenever you are hanging on a pole, simply hold
the Y
button to quickly pull your little ass up that pole/tree. This is
useful if
you are...impetiant...lol.

Wire Nets Hanging-If you see a mesh net above you, jump and HOLD the
B
button to grab onto the net. While on the net use the D-Pad,
Thumbstrap, etc.
to move around on the net. Release the B Button when you want to
drop from
the mesh net.

IV D.Character Specific Moves
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                  ~Mario~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Power:**
Speed:**
Jump:**

Mario is an extremly balanced character. All of his stats are great,
perfect
for beginners....if he was availble at the start anyways......He has
some
intresting moves so he's useful in many situations.

Normal Moves:
Wall Kick:When Mario gets on a wall he will slowly slide down it.
You can
push B to kick off of that wall and gain a lot of height. You know
Mario is
sliding down the wall when dust is coming from his feet on the wall.
The
Wall Kick is useful when needing to reach high places with 2 walls
between
you.

Power Flower Boxes:
Wing Cap:Certain Power Flower Boxes will contain a wing when Mario
hits them.
Mario will then grow wings on his cap after gaining them. He needs
to
Triple Jump to start Flying through the air (Or basically, jump 3
times in
succession, you don't need to be running). While flying, push Up to
fly
down, and then push Down to gain more alitude from that quick speed.
It's
best to shoot Mario out of a cannon with the Wing Cap, that will
give you
plenty of speed, and enough altitude.

Floating Power:When you get a Power Flower Mario will bloat up like
a balloon
for about 15-20 seconds. In this time you can keep pushing B to make
Mario
float higher and higher in the air. When you want to quickly end
your
floating Power, simply push the R button and Mario will revert to
normal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                  ~Luigi~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Power:*
Speed:**
Jump:***

The man in green is finally playable again since.....well for quite
a while.
Luigi is quite basically the best character in the game because of
his
insanely awesome abilities that are as follows...

Normal Moves:
Walk On Water:Hold the Y button then walk onto water (Jumping onto
it will
NOT work) and Luigi will run on it for a few seconds, then he will
start to
swim like the other characters.

Scuttle Walk:If you hold the B button you will slowly walk. This can
also be
done in the air too. Not much purpose actually.

Copter Somersault-If you do a backwards somersault with Luigi, after
reaching
the apex of his jump he will go into a helicopter motion (spinning
around)
and he will fall slowly, so controlling his fall is much easier.

Power Flower Ability:
Invisibility:When Luigi gets a Power Flower, he becomes invisible
for around
20 or so seconds. In this time, the can walk through walls and he
can easily
bypass all enemies and not get hurt (or noticed for that matter). He
still
has all of his normal moves while invisible like jumping and stuff,
and he
can still kill enemies while invisible too.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                  ~Yoshi~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Power:
Speed:**
Jump:***

Mario's best and most loyal companion. Yoshi is the most adorable
EVAR! You
HAVE to agree with me right? I know you do....Yoshi is really
good....he may
be lacking in the Power department but that makes no difference. He
can
easily eat enemies and make them eggs as weapons :)

Normal Moves:
Swallow:Push A to stick out Yoshi's tounge and grab enemies (And
even some
boxes!) into his mouth. If he eats enemies they will be swallowed a
few
seconds after being inside his mouth.

Lay Egg:While you have an enemy, or a box inside Yoshi's mouth, you
can
push the R button to lay an egg. You can then push the A button to
throw the
egg at nearby enemies. The egg will continue to combo hit enemies as
well,
and after being killed you get Coins that he been earned from the
killings
you have done.

Flutter Kick:While you are jumping hold B to have Yoshi do his
classic
Flutter Kick, which will keep him in the air longer and have him
gain a
little more height. This can only be done on the Normal Jumps and
Double
Jump's only however.

Power Flower Ability:
Inferno Yoshi-After getting a Power Flower, Yoshi will be able to
spit out
fire by pushing A button for the next 25 seconds or so. This
can
instantly kill most enemies and melt ice. Very cool (lol....hot
really) power
and has awesome music to it.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                  ~Wario~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Power:***
Speed:*
Jump:*

Hey Hey Hey! It's....Wario! Your greedy little pig is back for
action in a
real platformer.....(Has Wario ever actually BEEN in one before???).
Ah
well. The guy packs a punch, if only he had the smarts.....

Normal Moves:
Wario Super Punch:Push the A button to punch. Super ain't it? But,
Wario is
SO strong he is able to break the super solid Black Bricks you may
have been
seeing from time to time.

Swing n' Fling:This can only be done in VS Mode. Get near an enemy
and push
the A button to grab them. Now, you can spin them like Bowser,
faster and
faster and faster, then fling them away. lol, this attack is so cool
to pull
off.

Power Flower Ability:
Metal Head Wario:After getting a Power Flower, Wario has the effects
of the
old Metal Cap. He will turn insanely heavy. He will be able to walk
and not
get effected by high winds. He can instantly kill enemies by walking
into
them also. He can walk underwater too! Just don't attempt any high
jumps
while metal...lol

IV E.Items in the Game
Coin-A yellow Coin. It is worth 1 Coin

Blue Coin-These coins are rare, but can easily be found in groups
for a
short time after activating a Blue Coin Switch. Worth 5 Coins

Red Coin-These Coins come in groups of eight, scattered throughout
the level.
Collecting them all earns you a Star. They are worth 2 Coins.

1-Up Mushroom-Collect these green mystical Mushrooms for an extra
life.

Mushroom-If you find one of these rare Mushrooms, your character
will grow
SUPER big, and will be able to bulldoze their way through
literally
anything! Signs, bowling balls, posts, if you hit it when super
sized, it
will be knocked off and a number appears 1-7 just adds, but after
your 8th
kill you will get an extra life for everything killed after 8. I
love
killing stuff.....its fun :)

Spinning Heart-On some world's you may find a slowly spinning heart.
If you
walk through it, some of your health will be recovered. The faster
you run
through it, the more health that will be recovered.

? Switch-If you hit this large, bulbous red switch, all red blocks
that have
been in levels will become solid, and can finally be opened. They
will
reveal Power Flowers when hit.

? Block-Once you hit this block after the ? Switch has been
activated, a
Power Flower will float down and you can pick it up. If you are
Mario, some
? Blocks will reveal Wings for you to get.

Block-Just a normal red brick. Nothing to much to get excited about.
A simple
punch destroys the crate.

Black Brick-A very hard and solid brick. Only the power of Wario's
punch is
able to break this heavy brick.

Mario's Cap-If you grab a character's Cap inside a level, you will
transform
into that character. You still have the voice of your orginal
character, but
you gain all of their abilities for the level (You look like
them...).
However, if you are hurt by an enemy, you will lose the Cap. It will
run on
the ground for a few seconds, then dissappear if you don't get it
again.
The hat will reappear somewhere else inside the level.

Luigi's Cap-Transform your character into Luigi.

Wario's Cap-Transform your character into Yoshi.....ok Wario....

"!" Block-These orange blocks usually contain Coins, but sometimes
other
various items.

Koopa Shell-If you are able to find one of these rare shells, hop on
it and
cruise around the level. You will instantly kill any kill-able
enemies you
shred over. However, if you run into a brick, wall, unkillable
enemy, etc.
your shell will break and your back to running around again. What
could be
more fun than Koopa Surfin'?

Cannon-Not really an item...but a helpful device. By talking to a
certain
Bob-omb Buddy in the world, it will unlock the Cannon in the level.
You can
hop in the cannon and move the crosshair around to where you want to
go. Push
B to shoot out of the cannon.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                             ~V.Adventure Mode~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
This is finally it. The main mode of the game. Your mission is to
retrieve
all 150 Power Stars. Let's get on with the Walkthrough!

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                     ~V A.Course 1:Bob-omb Battlefield~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Mission:Getting access to the Castle

Well, you've finally started the game! You'll be shown the picture
of Peach
to the side with her reciting the shown letter on the screen for
her
inviting Mario for cake.....again. Anyways, Lakitu is shown with his
camera
on his fishing pole as he zooms around the castle a few times
(Notice Yoshi
sleeping like a baby on the top of the castle). The camera zooms far
away
from the castle like in the original and a Warp Pipe appears. Mario
jumps out
but suddenly, 2 more Warp Pipes appear and Wario and Luigi come out!
All
three of them have a fight and then enter the castle, the camera
high above
the castle looking at them, with Yoshi in view again. After a while
Lakitu
notices the three of them haven't come back yet. Lakitu attempts at
waking
Yoshi up (Who is sleeping on the ground now....who knows how?) and
Yoshi
wakes up, looking tired. You now have control over Yoshi, so head
over to
the Castle and try to go through the doors. Bowser's voice appears,
and you
are greeted with the message "You need a key to open this door!"
Turn back
across the drawbridge and Lakitu will tell you he saw a rabbit with
a Key in
his mouth. So now, head over to the headge maze which was right near
where
you first started and find the rabbit. Chase him around and when you
get
close to him push A to stick out Yoshi's tounge and gobble him. The
rabbit
will plea for mercy, and you will let him go, and he will hand over
the
Castle Key! Go inside the Castle now. Bowser's voice appears again
with
"Go Away! Nobody's home!" Head to the left and go through the door
without
a number on the Star on it, and then jump through the Painting of
Bob-ombs,
and get ready for your first world!

Star 1:Big Bob-omb On the Summit
Difficulty:*/*****
Recomended Character:Anybody

Welcome to Bob-omb Battlefield! Currently as you enter, the Pink Bob-
ombs are
at war with the Black Bob-ombs! Anyways, proceed straight up the
hill and
across the bridge, following the dirt path to the right, and up
ahead you
will see a huge Chain Chomp! He'll be playing in his little pen,
safely
connected to his post, just don't go too close to him or you will
risk
getting bitten by him and losing 3 bars of health. Anyways, continue
along
the path until you reach a tilting bridge. Jump to keep it from
tilting too
much and proceed up the stairs to an open field. Manuver your way
through
the Bob-ombs and exploding bubbles to a large gate with an opening
in it,
which leads to the Mountain. Go right making sure to avoid those
bowling
balls rolling back in forth in that small pit. Across that you'll
see a
white slide, but DON'T go down it. Continue staying on the dirt
path. As you
go higher and higher up onto the mountain the path will get thinner
and
you'll see more bowling balls, at faster speeds. Eventually you will
see a
little hole in the side of the mountain. Jump into it and you will
be warped
to a spot that is higher on the mountain, effectively saving time.
Continue
your last few steps to the top where you will see a big Bob-omb. Get
near
King Bob-omb to engage a conversation, which will begin the fight!
King
Bob-omb will throw Bob-ombs at you, and your job is to pick them up
in
Yoshi's mouth, get close to King Bob-omb and spit them back out at
him (With
the A button again). King Bob-omb will begin bouncing around the
arena for a
few seconds. You don't need to worry. Simply avoid him. He'll throw
Bob-ombs
again at you so just repeat this simple drill and he'll bounce some
more
again. Hit him in this same process one more time and he will
concede. He'll
break open, and the first Power Star is yours for the taking!

Star 2-Footrace With Koopa the Quick
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, if not get the Mario Cap

Start off the course by looking for the giant Koopa, also known as,
Koopa
the Quick. He really wants to challenge Mario badly, and refuses to
race
anybody else. If your not Mario, we need to take a little detour.
Head
straight up the path and over the bridge, then before meeting Chain
Chomp go
right into the large field with a Bob-omb, and a lot of Goombas. A
Goomba
near the top right area of this field is wearing the Mario Cap. Kill
the
Goomba and quickly grab the hat before it dissappears. Now, head
back to
Koopa the Quick and talk to him and agree to his proposal to race to
where
King Bob-omb was before-At the top of the mountain. As soon as Koopa
the
Quick starts running you gotta get your ass to the top of the
mountain. Like
we have already done before simply go straight up the path and over
the
bridge and to the left, past Chain Chomp. To save time and cover
distance
faster keep Long Jumping. Head over the tilting bridge and over the
stairs
and then go through the field, dodging and falling crap and stupid
Bombs in
this area. After passing "Mountain Toll Booth" (That big gate) run
up the
hill to the left of the bowling ball pit. This little shortcut saves
some
time. Anyway, once your back on flat land continue your ascent
around the
mountain, jumping over any bowling balls that decide to get in your
way.
Once you reach that hole in the wall take the warp up the mountain.
After
getting out of the hole do a Backflip up to the top of the mountain
and
touch the flagpole to stop the timer. If you beat Koopa the Quick
(And my
god I'm sure you did) it's just a matter of waiting until he arrives
at the
finsih line to congradulate you, and then he will hand over his Star
to you.

Star 3-5 Silver Stars!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

This is your first searching Star! Here, the object is to find 5
Silver Stars
that are hidden through the level! That's pretty simple right?
Actually.....
that IS very simple. The locations of all the Stars appear on the
Touch
Screen map below, so you have an easy refrence if you need it. But
if your
looking here, your at the right place. From your starting position
go
forward until you see a tree that lies the infront of the bridge.
Climb to
the top of it and do a Handstand Jump to collect the first Silver
Star that
was waiting at the top of that tree. That's Silver Star Number 1!

Now, as you have done in the previous two Stars continue straight
along the
path and over the bridge. Go into the large field you will be
surprised to
see that Chain Chomp has escaped and is running freely IN THIS
FIELD. He
won't be chasing you, however. He is programmed to continue circling
the
exact same path around the field over and over and over again. The
second
Silver Star is bouncing on the end of his chain. Chase that bad
Chain Chomp
around, or if you just can not get it very easily, memorize the path
Chain
Chomp takes around the field. Then, get in his path and intercept
him (Not
literally like take him down, but to the side so you can get to his
Chain)
and then you will have finally grabbed Silver Star Number 2!

With two Silver Stars in our possesion, keep going along the dirt
path as if
this was one of the Stars we already have gotten. Go past the pen
where
Chain Chomp used to be, and across that annoying tilting bridge.
When you
reach the stairs that we normally take up to the large, giant field,
take a
left turn to reach a small area with some trees, 5 or so posts stuck
into
the ground, and a few Goombas wondering around aimlessly. One of
those
Goombas is the holder of a Silver Star, so jump (Or if Yoshi,
swallow) all
of them until one of the Goombas releases a Silver Star when it has
been
killed. The Silver Star will start to bounce around the field, and
if your
unlucky will start to make a path going to start, so to avoid the
trouble of
going up the bridge and all that stuff again I suggest that you
quickly
retrieve that Silver Star before any such foolishness happens to it.
That is
Silver Star Number 3!

Now, after retrieving Silver Star Number Three, make your way across
that
giant field by going up those stairs as usual, and go near the giant
gate
like we have done every time so far. Make your way across the field,
avoiding
all of the falling junk and evil Bob-ombs that litter the field
until you
come across a few flower patches. One of these flower patches has
the
Silver Star lying right in the middle of it! The catch? There is
none! Go
up to it and easily claim Silver Star Number 4!

Great, we already have four Silver Stars in our possesion! Now it is
just a
simple matter of finding the last and final Silver Star! As usual,
like in
the previous few Stars, head up through the giant gate and take the
path to
the left of the bowling ball pit. Quickly run up it, or if you feel
like you
can do it much faster, run around the base of the mountain until you
reach
a little streach of land with a tree and two Goombas. One of those
two
Goombas holds the final and last Silver Star, so kill it and collect
the
fleeing Silver Star before it jumps away to annoying places. Now
that you
have all 5 Silver Stars, do you remember that Glass Dome near the
beginning
of the course? The Power Star will appear in that dome. Run over to
it (It
IS just a short hop, skip, and jump away) and bash into the glass
dome to
break it, and retrieve your next Power Star.

Star 4-Big Bob-ombs Revenge
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, get Mario Cap if anyone else

It seems that King Bob-omb is quite.......pissed over his previous
defeat,
so he now calls out Mario to the ring and he wishes to destroy
him!

Whether you are Mario or not start heading up the path like we have
done
every single time so far in this course. Butm before you do talk to
the
Bob-omb Buddies (The Pink Bob-ombs) and one of them will open all of
the
cannons on the course. Isn't that nice? Anyways, continue straight
through
the path and over the bridge. If you aren't Mario, take a right
(Like we
have done before) before the Chain Chomp and head into the open
field.
In the small array of Goombas the are wondering around looking like
total
idiots, one Goomba, like before, has a Mario Cap on him.
Kill/Swallow that
damn Goomba to make him drop hit Mario Cap, and grab it if you
haven't
already done so. (Note:The Mario Cap here WON'T appear until you
have
unlocked
Mario!)

Anyways, head straight along the dirt path as usual, being sure to
dodge the
rampaging and angry Chain Chomp trying to bite your head off like he
has done
almost every time so far in this course....lol. Continue your trek
by
heading across the tilting bridge and going up the stairs to the
large
battlefield. Manuver your way through the Bob-ombs and falling
water
cannonballs. If a Bob-omb sees you, RUN AWAY. Of course, if you are
caught
in its explosion, I highly doubt one bar of health is gonna make you
lose....
lol. Continue through the field until you pass through the opening
in the
gate, and head across the pit of bowling balls. Continue walking
around
the mountain, making sure not to fall off of its narrow paths, or
worse, get
hurt by a raging bowling ball. If you do, you will lose your Cap (If
you
weren't Mario to begin with) and you will need to quickly retrieve
it before
it gets teleported automatically back to the field near the Chain
Chomp. That
is a long way back my
friend.

Anyways, continue heading up the mountain until you reach the
commonly-
sighted hole in the wall, so jump in like we have done before and
prepare to
get warped to the top of the mountain. Continue along the now larger
path to
reach the top of the mountain as Mario, where King Bob-omb will
greet you,
only this time he wants his revenge on Mario. As you may remember
before,
Yoshi had to spit Bob-ombs at King Bob-omb to make him lose three
times to
earn victory. This time around, you will need to avoid him
walking.........
slowly at you, then run behind him and pick him up with the A
button. Then
release him to throw him on the ground with the A button again. He
will get
up, and start to walk a little faster. Continue doing this until you
have
thrown him three times, in which case he will concede defeat.
(Note:If you
throw King Bob-omb off of the mountain arena, he will lecture you on
NOT
being allowed to throw the King out of teh Ring. You will start the
battle
anew if you do this). After his three hits, King Bob-omb finally
decides
to not mess with you anymore, and leaves behind another Power Star
for you.

Star 5-Mario Wings to the Sky
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommmended Character:Mario, possible with others but takes MUCH
longer

NOTE:This Star is VERY frustrating to complete without Mario! If
you
wanna be Mario for this Level, you will need to Wings to collect all
of the
secrets. In order to get the Wings, you will need to have gone to
the
Wing Cap ? Towers and have pounded the ? Red Switch, which will make
every
Red Floating Ghost Block solid, so you will be able to hit them.
Mario can
hit the Red Block on the Floating Island for the Wings, which will
make this
Star much
easier.

Mario won't really be flying to the sky, he'll be flying around in
it! The
object of this mission is introducing you to "Secrets". They are
special
coins that when gotten, give you a number and the secret sound.
After finding
all five secrets, a Star will appear. There are several "Collect the
Secrets"
levels, and not all of the secrets are coins!

Anyways, if you haven't talked to the Bob-omb Buddy that is standing
next to
the Cannon Cover, you must do so now. That way, you will have access
to all
of the cannons inside Bob-omb Battlefield, and we will be able to
goto our
destination. Go into close up camera view and look around until you
see a
floating island in the sky. That's where we are going.

Head straight through the dirt path as usual and go over the bridge,
as
usual. When you reach Chain Chomp, take a right to the open field
with the
Goombas wondering around with nothing in their minds (If they have
any.....).
Head up a small grey hill in this field and you will enter the
cannon that
lies on top of it. Look around until you spot the Floating Island,
then move
the crosshair to the point of the Island that is closest to you,
then aim the
cannon as far high as you can possibly go. Now, push B to fire the
Cannon!
After a few seconds of flying through the air you will finally
have
landed on, face first, on the Floating Island! As Mario, grab the
Wings
inside the Red ? Box and hop inside the Cannon on the Island that
is
located just near the tree (You can't possibly miss the hole in the
ground).

Now that you are inside the cannon, you have the right of knowing
this:When
you launch yourself out a cannon with the Wing Cap, you will gain a
lot of
altitude after being shot out, very useful for high areas. Anyways,
look
around with the crosshair of the cannon until you see a circle of
coins. You
can't miss it. Aim for the center of that circle of coins and push B
to shoot
yourself outta that cannon. After flying through the coin in the
center of
the circle, you get the first secret! Now, Mario will start to fly
upwards
for a few seconds. He may get a few more secrets in this flight too.
(There
are five circles of Coins, and each one has a center, which is the
secret.).
Now, if you missed any secrets, and odds are you probably did, fly
back to
the island while still in the air, grab the Wing Cap again, and hop
inside
the Island's Cannon. Aim the cannon higher this time. If you see the
secret,
but you miss it, then fly back to the Island, adjust the crosshairs,
and
fire again. Continue to fire until you have collected all five
secrets. The
Star will appear in the small field to the left of the stairs which
are past
that darn tilting bridge. Fly down and land on the ground, and then
you
should....I dunno.....collect your Star and get out of the
course.

Star 6-Find the 8 Red Coins!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

This should be your first red coin challenge! The object is simple.
Locate
and collect all eight red Coins scattered throughout teh level.
After you
have found all eight shining beauties, a Power Star will appear.
It's
location is always the same-Above a blue star on the ground. Simple
enough.
Let's get started. Head straight as usual when you start, up the
dirt path.
But, before crossing the bridge go to the left and you should see
2
platforms going up and down in a continuous circuit. When one of
the
platforms reach near the ground, jump on it and ride it to the top.
Before
the platform rotates and you (likely) fall off, a Red Coin should be
seen
above it. Jump and grab it, and still in the air while jumping, move
to the
ground infront of you. Now, continue along the dirt path until you
reach
Chain Chomp (Not too far away) and head into the commonly-gone-into
field to
the right of his pen. To the left of the hill the cannon is located
on is
another hill, which looks quite uneven and isn't very tall. Your
next red
Coin is on the top of this hill, so run up it and grab the coin, the
slide
back down that short hill. All right! Two Red Coins down! Six more
to find!

Great, we have two red Coins in our possesion. No cheering yet
though. There
is a lot more left to find. Get out of the field you are in and
continue
going along the dirt path until you enter Chain Chomp's pen again.
If
you haven't noticed, Chain Chomp is connected blatantly to the small
post
that is lodged in the ground. Floating above that post happens to
be........
another Red Coin. Get near Chain Chomp, but not too close so he hits
you. Get
close enough to be out of reach, and then when he lunges at you but
fails,
use the time he plays around for a few seconds to get atop the post
and
jump for your third Red Coin. Now, continue along the dirt path and
past the
tilting bridge to those common stairs. Remember the field to the
left of the
stairs as we will be coming back to it. Head through the large
battlefeild
until you reach the giant gate....again. Don't go through the door,
but face
it and move left until you reach a little portion of land that is
underground
and hidden from view. Inside is a Bob-omb, a switch that opens a
giant gate
infront of you, and extra life, and your fourth Red Coin. Halfway
there!

That's four Red Coins in our possesion! Just another four left to
get. Now,
head through the giant gate (Not the one opened by the switch, but
the one
that we always use to head towards the mountain). Instead of going
through
the bowling ball pit, run up the large hill to the left of it.
Convienently
placed on the hill about halfway up or so happens to be....another
Red Coin!
Continue making your way around the mountain until you reach a
cannon. (There
are two cannons on the mountain however. Use the one that is closest
to the
top of the mountain). Once you have gotten inside of the cannon, aim
for the
floating Island as we did before, but aim for the tree that is
sticking out
of it. Aim above it (Not too above it, but somewhat above it) and
fire away.
Your character will start to lose altitude of course, but you should
grab
onto the tree, or even land on the island. Anyways, climb to the top
of the
tree and do a Handstand so your feet collect the sixth Red Coin!
Just 2 left!

Now we have six Red Coins! Where on earth could the last two
possible be?
Well, they are stuck in the easiest to find spot evar. All you need
to do
is jump off of the Island and ground pound before you hit the ground
(I
don't want you taking a suicide fall). Then, make your way back to
the dirt
path again and pass Chain Chomp's pen again, and you will reach
the
tilting bridge and the stairs, again. I said before, remember the
area to the
left. Simply, head to the left where you should see a few posts in
the ground
and a few Goombas. Oh, and your shiny last two Red Coins are also
nicely
there. Nintendo probably couldn't think of any better locations. Oh
well....
It is best to save these last two Red Coins for last because the
Star will
appear...........just a few feet away from the last Red Coin in this
small
field. Isn't that very conveinent? You gotta agree with
me.................
Anyways, grab the Power Star, and get ready for the next Star of
this course!

Star 7-Behind Chain Chomp's Gate
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi for easiest way, but anybody else works
too

I'm sure we have seen a Chain Chomp in the course somewhere.....does
anybody
here remember where exactly? lol...Anyways, head straight along the
dirt path
and go over the bridge, having no intention of stopping at all until
you
reach that dreaded Chain Chomp....again *sigh*. It's about time we
helped the
poor beast right? Get just outside of his lungeing range and wait
for him too
.....lunge at you. When he does and fails, quickly run to the post
he is
connected to and Ground Pound it. Quickly get off and to safety
before
Chain Chomp decides to lunge at you again. When he does lunge again,
repeat
that exact same process, jump off. Now, just like before, wait for
the lunge,
then make the final Ground Pound on the post to make if pounded all
the way
into the ground. Chain Chomp will bounce around for a few seconds in
joy. He
will then ram into a gate near his pen and break it, which gives you
easy
access to the Star that was once hiding behind it. Not too hard was
that?

However, if you want an easy way out of doing this Star, enter as
Luigi. Now,
head straight along the path until you reach the bridge and go to
the right
of it. A Red Bloxk is there, so hit it for the Power Flower inside.
Luigi
will now become invisible! At this time, mad dash your way to Chain
Chomp and
simply WALK through the gate and collect your golden prize. Either
way you
choose to tackle this Star makes no difference, use whichever you
prefer....

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

This is your first 100 Coins collecting challenge! This isn't
exactly a
selected Star from the menu.....you just choose whatever Star you
want, don't
even bother doing it but actually go for collecting 100 Coins. The
Star will
appear right above the 100th coin you recieve. So, let's get
cracking! As
we all know, go straight from where you start up the path and when
you reach
the bridge for like the umpteenth time, go around and under it. You
will find
five Yellow Coins to your pleasure. Now, head left from under the
bridge to a
whole area of Bob-ombs in this dirt area. Pick up and throw all of
them to
have them explode and give up a Coin. They will quickly regenrate
(Meaning
they will reappear in the same place again) but won't give up
another Coin.
Bu now, we should have around 12-15 Coins or so. Oh yeah....I almost
forgot.
Back near where we started was a brick. Punch it to reveal a few
Coins. Um,
head over the bridge now, killing the few Goombas that are on it for
a few
extra Coins. Keep going until you reach Chain Chomp. Before Chain
Chomp and
to the left was that rotating platforms right? Grab the Red Coin at
the top
for two more Coins to your
total.

At this time we should have around 20 Coins, that is very good. Head
to
Chain Chomp but this time head towards the field to the right of
him. In this
field that we have commonly gone to in our travels lies a lot of
Goombas, so
kill them all and collect the Coins that they spit out. Also, if you
choose
Stars 3-7, a Koopa Troopa will be wondering around in this field
too. Jump
on him to kick him out of his shell, then stomp on the actual Koopa
that's
running around in embarassment to kill him, and he will give up a
Blue
Coin! It is worth five Yellow Coins, so you BETTER get it! After
killing all
of the Goombas and Koopa in this area, your Coin total should be
around
30-35 ish. Now, it is time to REALLY start getting a ton of Coins,
and being
Mario is absolutely neccassary for this mission. But before we
should go to
"Coin Heaven" as I like to call it, head over to kind little Chain
Chomp, but
grab a Bob-omb that is pretty close to him. Pick it up and run over
to Chain
Chomp and throw the bomb into his face. Chain Chomp will fly high
for a few
seconds, so get to the post he is attached to and run around it 3
times.
After you have run around it a few times, five Yellow Coins will pop
out.
Don't forget to jump up and grab the Red Coin for another two Coins
to your
total!


Great! We have 40-45 Coins by this point! Let's get a ton more. Head
back to
the field that was to the right of Chain Chomp. Head up that ol'
small hill
into the Cannon, then launch yourself to the Floating Island. This
is where
being Mario comes in BIG handy! Grab the Wings from the Red Block
and the
head into the cannon on the Island, but before that get the Red Coin
at the
top of the tree. Head inside the cannon and launch yourself into the
first
Coin in the middle of the circle of coins. Secrets Coins also count
as 1
Coin too! You should grab all five secrets, but don't grab the Star
that'll
appear of course! Continue to shot yourself out of the cannon to fly
into
the Coin Circles and collect their Coins! After around 10 loops you
will
have probably collected most of the Coin Circles' Coins. At this
time right
now, you should have around 70 or so Coins! Wow....just around
thrity or so
by now left! You can continue to shoot yourself out of the cannon,
but there
are 5 Coin Circles, 9 Coins per circle so there is only 45 Coins to
be
collected there. 30 is enough. Anyways, jump off of the island,
making sure
to ground pound before landing on the ground to not lose any health.
The
last few Coins are easily, easily
gotten.

Head onto the dirt path and follow it past Chain Chomp and over the
tilting
bridge of doomyness, and continue along up the stairs. In the
large
battlefield, you can easily kill 5 or so Bob-ombs walking around in
the field
for one Yellow Coin each. Continue along, not going through the
giant gate
until you reach some flower patches. One of the flower patches has a
string
of eight coins going around it. Collect them all (No big fat duh is
needed
for you to do that right?). Head back to the tilting bridge, but
take a right
(If your facing away from it, it's a right) until you reach the
small area
with two Red Coins. Collect them. There are also four or five posts
stuck in
the ground too. Run around each post several times to have five
Yellow Coins
pop out of each one. Pretty damn awesome right? That is another 20
to 25 more
coins for your total! By now, if you have followed everything, you
should
have at least 100 Coins by now. If you don't, circle around the
mountain
where you will find a few Goombas and a few strings of 5 Coins. If
you
STILL don't have enough, there are the leftover Red Coins and Coins
in the
sky.


~Back to the Castle.....~
After getting your first Star from Bob-omb Battlefield you will get
a
message saying you can open any door on the first floor with a "1"
on it.
If you did many Stars in Bob-omb Battlefield, you will also get a
message
saying you canopen the doors with a "3" on them too. The hunt for
Mario and
his pals continues! Head towards the right side of the lobby and
enter the
room with a 1 on it. Head into the painting.....

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V B.Course 2:Whomp's Fortress~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Inside of the Lobby, head to the right and inside the Star with
a "1" marked
on it. Inside the room you will find another painting. It shows of a
large
tower, like a fortress. Whatever YOU make out of it, it is the
second world,
so get the B button ready and jump into Whomp's
Fortress!

Star 1-Chip Off Whomp's Block
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

As like in Bob-omb Battlefield, you start off this world with
another Boss
Battle...this one just requires you to push teh R button. Isn't that
hard?
I thought so. Start off by jumping onto the ledge that is right next
to where
you start, and make your way up the small dirt path like hill until
you see
three....things that are jutting out from the wall, then retracting
back in,
then jutting out again, etc. If one of them pushes you off of the
edge of the
pathway you are on, you will fall onto a small piece of land, where
you will
need to work your way around back to this point again. CAREFULLY get
your ass
past these things, where their only intention is to push you off.
After you
get past the three of them you will find a series of 4 platforms. 2
of them
are retracing into the wall and coming out again. You can wait until
they are
fully out and use that as the path, or you can simply jump across
the small
gap easily. If you fall into the hole, you will be near the same
place as if
you had fallen off from those wall things you just passed, so simply
make
your way back to this point. Make your way forward until you come
across a
series of stairs with Thwomps on some of
them.

Now...there are two large Thwomps moving up and then smashing down,
both at
even intervals. When the massive pieces of stone are moving up,
quickly
move up the stairs before the first can come crashing on top of you.
You
need to also repeat this same (but easy) feat for the second Thwomp.
Now,
take the path to your right and you will reach a Pirhana Plant
sleeping and
blowing a nose bubble. Walk slowly (The touch screen is the best way
to tip-
toe silently) and Punch it when you are close (If you are Yoshi you
can
easily run past it, or jump over it, or you can do that anyways to
save time)
.....and now that you have gotten past that, you will see a grey
bridge in
front of you. Quickly dash across it because it is divided into
segements
(They are easy to see) and once stepped upon, fall down to the
earth. After
that quick mad dash you will see another Pirhana Plant, so kill it
or ignore
it, makes no difference. Infront of you is a rotating platform. When
the
platform stops at your side where you are, walk across it to the
middle, and
wait for it to stop at the other side of the fortress, then walk off
of it.
You will come around a bend, and should see a slow moving Whomp,
with that
stupid look in his eyes. Pass him, and continue on the path, where
you will
find another Whomp so pass him too. Behind the second Whomp is a
platform
that goes up and down (Like in Bob-omb Battlefield) so ride the
platform to
the top, and talk to the Whomp King to engage in
battle!

The Whomp King will complain and complain how that they are used
merely as
stepping stones and pavement and all that crap (o_O That is what a
Whomp is?
I had the wrong idea....) and will get really pissed off and you two
will
begin fighting! Like I said at the beginning of the level, if you
can push
the R button, this fight is very easy. Simply, get near him and when
he stops
moving for about half a second, GET THE CRAP OUT OF HIS WAY! He will
fall
down with a slam, and if you weren't in his path, he will be lying
on the
ground for a few seconds. At this time, jump onto his back and then
you need
to execute a Ground Pound. That will damage him. The Whomp King
won't be
pleased by this, and he will quickly get up and chase you around
again, and
when he gets the chance he will try to smash you. As long as you
avoid him
and do another Ground Pound, he doesn't get much harder. After that,
he will
get right back up and try to smash you AGAIN. Make him miss and do
one last
Ground Pound to beat him. He will make a stupid pun (All puns are
stupid
aren't they?) and he will explode and a Star will pop out. Nice
reward......

Star 2-To the Top of the Fortress
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

The very top of Whomp's Fortress has been replaced from a fighting
arena to a
large lookout tower (For what? There's nothing there really....).
Whatever
the reason, start off again by making your way up the first hill
until you
reach those stupid wall blockers. Jump over them and jump over the
gaps
between you and the moving platforms if they are in the wall.
Continue
around and up the stairs again, making sure to NOT get smashed by
the
Thwomp, because that is three bars of health right down the drain.
Continue
up those stairs, and up another series of tiny stairs with the
sleeping
Pirhana Plant. As before, you can easily jump over it or run past it
and not
get hurt. Next, you got the collapsing bridge, so quickly dash
across the
bridge to avoid falling into a little pond below (where you will
need to get
ALL the way back here again...). As before, make your way across the
smaller
bridge, and next to another sleeping Pirhana Plant. Wait for the
rotating
platform to get to you then run over to its center, and wait for it
to
rotate around back to the other
side.

Now that we are on the other side, continue along the path. If you
need coins
badly (I doubt you will now but whatever) you can kill the Whomp's
that are
on this path. Continue to circle around this small area until you
reach the
rotating platform elevator. Wait for it to come down, then hop on
and get
onto the top of the fortress. You will see the new additions to the
top right
away (I hope). Nearby is a Bullet Bill Blaster, which will launch
unkillable
Bullet Bills at you. They are VERY easy to avoid however, no
worries. Go
around the tower until you see a platform near the floor. Hop on it,
and the
next platform on the tower is moving into the wall, and back out.
Hop onto
it, then hop onto the next platform, and every other platform, for
your
information, is retreating into the wall and then back out. The last
platform that is revolving around the tower (You are tecnically....)
will be
an elevator when stepped on and will take you to the top of the
fortress,
where another Star lies for the
taking!

Star 3-Shoot into the Wild Blue
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody, Luigi can make this easy

Another Star that utilizes the importance of cannons! YAY! When you
first
start off, face away from the grey wall and do a backflip up there.
You
should now be standing inside a pool (Or should I say, a pond) of
shallow
water. Head to the right where you should find a string of five
Coins, a
Cannon Cover, a nice Bob-omb Buddy that is standing right next to it
(Now
that is convienent....like it always should be). After you have
talked to the
Bob-omb Buddy, hop inside the Cannon for a short ride to the Star.
Look
around with the crosshairs once you are inside the cannon for a
pole. Don't
look for a pole that is tall and pretty high-that is the WRONG pole
you are
aiming for. Instead, bring down the crosshairs until you can see a
pole with
a platform below it and above it. Move the crosshairs just barely
above this
pole and FIRE away! If you aimed the crosshairs perfectly, your
character
should grab onto the pole, and at that point, climb up onto the
platform
above you and grab that Star. That wasn't too
hard....however...............

There is a secondary way you can grab this Star if you are
absolutely HORRID
at controlling the Cannon. Go past the Bob-omb Buddy and you will be
at a
slanting down pathway. You can go into Close-Up Camera Mode to view
the
platform the Star is on. Not very far up hih is that? Go near the
cannon and
start a running dash towards that platform. Get the Jump ready, then
do a
Double Jump, and after that, a Triple Jump. If you did everything
just so
perfectly, your Triple Jump will have gone high enough for your
character to
grab onto the platform above which contains the Star! However.....

There is a THIRD way of conquering this Star also. Personally, I
find it
(Actually, it is) the easiest way and the quickest and the most
effeicient
way of getting the Star. The only thing is you need to be Luigi. Get
pretty
close to being to the side of the high platform that contains the
Star to
Shoot into the Wild Blue. Simply do a Backflip, and Luigi's Copter
Move
after the backflip and you should be on the platform with the Star
on it. Of
course, there are NO Luigi Caps in the level until you have rescued
Luigi
which I will cover later in this FAQ. Use whichever of these three
methods to
claim your shiny
prize.

Star 4-Red Coins on the Floating Island
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

All right. We are about to start our second Red Coin collecting
challenge!
Sounds fun doesn't it??? I know it sounds fun. That's because it
ISN'T fun.
Nobody should like collecting crap.....but oh well. It is a
challenge none
the less. As always, start off the level by going up the first hill
until
you reach the things that are moving in and out of the stupid
wall.........
again. Above the thing in the middle is a pretty Red Coin. Wait
until the
thing is retracted out, and then you should jump on top of it and
collect
your first Red Coin. That is only number one however.....we have
seven more
left to go, but the rest aren't that
hard.

After collecting your first red Coin, continue on your merry way and
keep
jumping across the gaps made by the platforms that keep going in and
out of
the wall. Continue and make the turn as you head up the large stairs
with the
even larger Thwomp smashing up and down. Avoid him, and his brother
that is
a few stairs away from him. However, after you pass the second
Thwomp, don't
keep going. Instead, wait for that same second Thwomp to come down,
and then
you need to jump on top of him. Don't worry-the spikes on him won't
affect
you at all. At the apex of the Thwomp's rise, a Red Coin is visble.
Jump up
to reach it before the Thwomp comes down with a mighty fall again.
That is
two Red Coins down....not too hard is
it?

Now, we are in a convienent position. Fall down off the wall and you
will
land in that large section below Whomp's Fortress. Follow the path
around,
dodging Goombas, Pirhana Plants, boxes, and other junk until you
reach a
small section with three Pirhana Plants and two flower patches.
Lying above
one of these flower patches lies the third Red Coin. To avoid
getting killed
before we reach that Coin, it is best to tip toe and kill (or really
Punch)
the Pirhana Plant heads to kill them. Once all three of the Pirhana
Plants
are killed, nothing should stop you from getting the third Red
Coin.
The only thing you need to worry about before you were to actually
get this
Red Coin is how you fall from your previous position. If you fall to
fast or
high, then odds are you are gonna go crashing out of the level. You
can also
take the safe, long path around if you aren't feeling very great
about
jumping a long jump to an easy position.

Now that we finally have three Red Coins in our possesion, make your
way back
very carefully to the Thwomp we passed a Red Coin or two ago. After
passing
both Thwomp Bros., continue along the path until you reach some
brownish
black stairs and another sleeping Pirhana Plant. Kill him, or tip
toe past
behind him, because the Red Coin he guards is behind him. Use
either
strategy then quickly run away from him, but stop before passing
the
collapsing
bridge.

Now we have four Red Coins in our possesion, let's head to number
five.
Actually, we barely have to head anywhere to actually recieve it.
Before the
collapsing bridge is a very narrow ledge. On that ledge lies your
fifth Red
Coin. Go up and collect it. After collecting it slowly make your way
to the
Pirhana Plant and Punch him in the mouth, which makes easy access to
the
rotating platform ahead of
you.

Past the Pirhana Plant that is not there any more...we should see
the
rotating platform...again. Wait for the platform to reach your side
then get
onto it and head for the center. When it reaches the other side get
onto the
stick that is attacked to the middle of the rotating platform and
stand on
the middle of it. Now, when the platform rotates it's way around
back to
where we started again, you will pass through a string of Coins,
with a Red
Coin being one of them. Now, get back to the center of the rotating
platform
and wait for it to swing around to the other side again. Now it is
just a
matter of finding those last two naughty Red
Coins!
...however. There are two optional ways of getting up to those last
few
Red Coins.....if you are Yoshi you must take one of the options, the
other is
impossible for him. Anyways, here are the following options you have
to take:

You can always continue up the fortress after getting off the
rotating
platform again. Avoid the Whomp's and avoid the other Whomp as you
board the
orange elevator up to the top arena. Near the actual tower, is a
large wooden
plank. All you need to do is punch and Jump Kick the board to make
it fall
over. After it has fallen over, simply walk across it to the other
side where
you will find a series of Islands for you to cross. The first island
is only
an arrow, so jump to the next Island which contains your Seventh Red
Coin.
Then, jump onto the next smaller Island carefully for your eigth and
final
Red Coin. This will make the Power Star appear at the very bottom of
the
level.
Great.

However, if you are Yoshi you should know that it is impossible for
the
little dino to punch so we must use the alternative plan to reach
the
Floating Islands. Simply, go back all the way to where you started
the
level. Wayyyyyyyyyy back there. Now, go onto the tree and climb to
the top
and jump off. An owl should pop out. The owl will say he will take
you
anyplace you wanna be taken by grabbing onto him and holding the B
button.
Do so. He'll soar high into the sky, and then you will have control
of him.
Manuver the owl until you can see your shadow over the Floating
Islands,
then release B. Hop over the two Islands to collect your last and
final Red
Coins to make the Star appear way back at the very bottom of the
level.

Now, head down off the Floating Islands CAREFULLY, making sure you
don't fall
into an empty abiss and die..that would be very very very very very
bad I
do believe. Continue making your way down the tower and fortress,
skipping
the rotating platform and simply sliding down the hill to the spot
near the
cannon. Then, head through the water back to where you started. Head
to the
left like we did earlier to collect your third Red Coin, and above
the Blue
spinning star will be your next Power Star! Awesome job....that
wasn't too
hard was it? Get ready to exit the level and prepare to enter for
more Stars!
Oh
boy!


Star 5-Fall Onto the Caged Island
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

You may have noticed while flying around in the previous challenge
that there
was another Floating Island with a cage on it. In that cage is
another
Star. Oh boy! Start off by climbing your way to the tippy top of the
tree
right near where you start. An owl will pop out and excaim that he
has been
sleeping, but he is happy to take you whereever you want to go right
now.
Simply jump up to him and hold the B button. The owl will fly sky
high into
the air. Your objective now is to manuver the owl and drop down onto
the
Caged Island. However, the owl at first is fly much higher than the
Caged
Island, so it is nearly impossible to find your shadow on the Caged
Island...
and remember, your shadow is your friend when knowing where to drop
down
onto that darned island.
However.......

There is actually a simple way of landing on the Island safely and
there
aren't very many risks (ok none) involved. Simply circle around the
island
over and over again with the owl. The owl starts to fly lower and
lower as
time goes on....so eventually you will be so low that you are only a
few
feet off of the ground on the Caged Island. At this point, it is
pretty
simple to let go of the B button to drop down. Then, enter the cage
and
retrieve your prize. Another Power
Star.

Star 6-Blast Away the Wall
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

This is, in my opinion, a really clever Star to get, not to mention
it is
pretty cool what you have to do to get the Star. After you start
take the
usual path up the hill and carefully past those stupid wall-pushers
(Hey....
that is a pretty good name for them :) ) and cross over the gaps
between you
and those moving platforms. Make your way up the stairs of doomyness
by being
careful to avoid those irritating Thwomps that possible cause you so
much
trouble. Once you reach the top of the stairs, go down the white
ramp and
jump into the shallow water and make your way forth to the cannon
located on
the other side of the pool (You know by now where it is genius).
Now, the
fun
begins.


Once you are in the cannon move he crosshair around and you can view
two
corners of a wall. One corner is close to the cannon and the other
is.......
not that close to the cannon. Look for the pointed wall that is
further away
from the cannon and aim just barely above it. Fire the cannon and
when your
character plows into the wall head first, it will shatter and
another Power
Star will be revealed. Now, make your way up the white ramp again
and jump
past the sleeping stupid Pirhana Plant. Now, quickly get across
the
collapsing bridge where you will find the corner of the wall, the
Power Star
is just lying there on top of that wall that was broken away, so
grab that
Power Star and get out of the
course.

Star 7-Switch Star of the Fortress
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody except Yoshi

I love mad dashes! Anyways, this is your first Switch Star. A Switch
Star
is where you must locate a yellow Star shaped switch, and then step
on it.
A Star will appear inside a glass dome somewhere else inside the
level, and
you must get the Star before time runs out. Otherwise, the Star
will
dissappear and you must hit the switch again to make the Star appear
to
restart the chase for the Gold. Anyways, As long as your not Yoshi,
head to
the right of where you start and make your way across the meadow,
avoiding
stupid Goombas in your way, then jump over the fence connecting the
two areas
together. Now, there should be a box nearby, so punch it and it will
reveal
a Star Switch. Hit it to make the Star appear inside the glass dome
in the
level. Let's
run!

Start running forward, past the group of three Pirhana Plants and a
few
Goombas and plenty of posts. Now, jump over the fence and over the
crates
that are blocking you. Jump over the small gap and use the crates
that lie
infront of you as stairs to reach the next section of land. Make a
turn, and
the Glass Dome that contains the Star should be in perfect view.
Hurry up
and get it before time runs out. This Star wasn't too hard really.
But Switch
Stars in the end later require more creative thinking and harder mad
dashes
to reach the Glass Dome before the Power Star dissappears.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Whomp's Fortress is literally LOADED with Coins! EVERYWHERE!
However, you
are gonna need to Punch and Kick and Ground Pound your way to most
of them,
so Yoshi won't be much help here. Start off by turning around when
you start
and kill the Pirhana Plant in the flower patch for a Blue Coin,
worth five
big Yellow Coins! Next, don't go up the hills just yet. Keep heading
along
at the bottom section of Whomp's Fortress where you will see some
Goombas
and a circle of coins that are....circling a flower patch.
Killing
everything here will net you another ten coins. By now we should
have
around 15. Not bad for a start. Head to the fence and jump over it
making
sure to land on....the land. Break the nearby four brick boxes to
collect
three coins out of most of them. Head up the ledge to a few more
flower
patches. Two Pirhana Plants will spring up, so keep your distance
until they
fall asleep. Then, tiptoe and kill both of them for another two Blue
Coins,
which is the same as ten more Yellow Coins. Run around the post that
is
nearby a few times until five more Yellow Coins pop out of it. So
far, we
have only explored one area of the fortress and we should have 30-40
Coins
by now. Awesome
start.

Now, head back to where you started the course and head up the hill
to those
things that pop out of the wall at random times....again. You'll
find a red
Coin that we collected before, worth two Yellow Coins so of course,
collect
it. Now, head across the moving platforms again and up the stairs
where the
Thwomps are located and avoid them. When you get past the second
one, wait
for it to stomp the ground, then jump on top of him. At the apex of
the
Thwomp's rise there will be another red Coin, worth two more Yellow
Coins so
of course, grab it. Now, head off and continue to the top of the
stairs.
Instead of going right to the Pirhana Plant, go straight and follow
the ramp
down. On the ramp are five more Yellow Coins. After those coins jump
into
the shallow pool of water and collect the circle of eight Yellow
Coins
perched near a wall. Go over near the cannon where another string of
five
more Yellow Coins waits for you to collect. Hop into the cannon and
blast to
the pole like we did a few Stars ago and go up to the next platform
for
another circle of eight Yellow Coins. Jump off onto the ground and
find a
Blue Coins Switch. These switches, once Ground Pounded, make a few
Blue
Coins appear nearby for a limited time. Activate the switch and
collect the
four Blue Coins nearby for another twenty Yellow Coins. At this
point, we
should have around 60 Coins. Time to find the rest of them
easily.

Now, head back to the grey ramp that we came down forth earlier and
climb
back up it. Head to the left to where the Pirhana Plant is sleeping
like a
baby, tip toe up to him and kill him wit' a Punch for another 5
Coins. Also,
you should collect the Red Coin that is lying nearby. Now, don't go
through
the collapsing bridge. Instead, cross the narrom ledge that contains
another
Red Coin nearby. Right after you collect that Red Coin you will be
near
another Pirhana Plant. Kill him with a Punch and collect his Blue
Coin. Now,
wait until the rotating platform comes to you then run to the
middle. When
the platform stops at the other side, get onto the middle of the
walkway of
the platform, and wait for it to take you around and collect four
Yellow
Coins and a Red Coins. By this point, you should have around 80
Coins. Now,
actually cross the platform to the other side and wait for the Whomp
to fall
down on you (But make sure you get away just in time). Then, jump on
him
five times. Each time you jump on him you get one Yellow Coin. After
five
jumps, do a Ground Pound to actually kill him, for another five
Coins. You
should also do this same technique for the Whomp around the corner.
By now,
you should have 100 Coins and the Star should appear. If you don't
have 100
Coins yet, go up the elevator and punch down the board and collect
about 20
or 25 Coins that are on the Floating Islands. That should get you
your
missing Coins.

~-Back to the Castle.....~
Back inside Peach's Castle, if you already have gotten 3 Stars and
opened up
all the doors nothing new has happened. If you already have eight or
more
Power Stars you can now go and rescue Mario...which is covered
later. For
now though, head to the right of Whomp's Fortress and enter the 3
Star door
there and enter the painting for our next world....

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V C.Course 3:Jolly Roger Bay~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
At the far left side of the main lobby of the Castle is a door with
a 3 on
it. This door leads to Jolly Roger Bay, your first water based
level. Many
new things are going to happen within this very level, so sit tight
and keep
reading for the strategies on the next 8 Stars and a Castle Secret
Star.

Star 1-Plunder in the Sunken Ship
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Welcome to Jolly Roger Bay! The whole land is 5% Land and 94% Water.
The 1%
is the amount of spacce your character is taking up (lol). Anyways,
in this
Star the object is to raise the sunken ship far below the surface of
the
water, by entering it and opening a special treasure chest. Sounds
fun
doesn't it? Anyways, you will start on a tiny beach of land, so
start off by
walking into the water infront of you. Incase you have forgotten how
to swim,
keep pushing Y at even intervals to keep swimming. You can push B
and hold
Down on the surface to jump from the water. Anyways....swim on the
surface of
the water until you come up to some large sticks popping up out of
the ground
really high. After this you should be in a large area of water. Now,
start
swimming down into the depths of the ocean here. Keep swimming down
(Holding
Up on the D-Pad) until the sunken ship comes into view. Now, keep
going until
you are swimming on the deck of the ship. Try to swim around and
find a giant
eel that is lodged inside the window on the deck of the ship. He
will pop his
head out once of twice. Now, head back up to the surface for air to
restore
your Power Meter. Now, head back down to the ship and to the same
window the
eel just was. He is out of the window now, so swim inside it to
appear in the
ship.


You are now inside of the sunken ship. Swim around until you see a
treasure
chest. Swim up to it, and when it opens, start swimming like a mad
man
towards to bow of the ship. Why? The ship is rising, and the water
is flowing
out of the ship. Keep swimming higher until you can't swim higher
anymore.
If you are close to the top (And you should be) just carefully make
a few
jumps to the very top platform where the Star lies inside a ! Box.
However,
if you are stuck down pretty far down the ship, you are gonna have
to make
a lot of careful jumps to reach the top of the ship. Alternatively,
you can
crouch down and climb the wall THAT way, but it is faster if you can
jump
good. If not, start climbing the wall because you don't have any
other
options if you choose not to. Like I said, hit the ! Box at the top
to
recieve your shiny
reward.

Star 2-Can the Eel Come Out to Play?
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

lol...what a funny title. Yep....do you really want a giant eel to
come out
and play with you? Not to mention he might just eat you (He doesn't
in the
game but...). Of course, he has a Star attached to the end of his
tail, so
that peaks out intrest into getting him into coming out to play with
us. So,
start off as usual by swimming into the waters. Keep going straight
and
straight, past the two large poles from the water until you reach
the wall
on the far end side. Now, start to swim down and down and
down....but DON'T
swim right up at the wall. Keep a little distance between you and
the wall.
Eventually you will come across a hole in the wall, which is the
eel's home.
He is still there, so stay beneith him as he pops his head out in
rage.

After a few seconds of roaring, he will slowly come out of his home
in the
seaweed and he will start to swim around in the ocean of about
thrity seconds
before he goes back to his home in the seaweed. The Star is attached
to the
very end of his tail. While he is coming out of his home you can
easily touch
the Star there, otherwise you gonna half to swim around for him to
get it.
Once you touch the Star on his tail it will float over to a location
that is
right near his home, so go get your reward for playing with that
*****.

Star 3-Treasure in the Ocean Cave
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Just as the title of the Star suggests, you will be out hunting
treasure that
is located somewhere in an ocean cave. Start out, as usual, by
jumping
into the water ahead of you and swimming past those same two
pillars, every
time, and heading for the now risen ship. When you reach that
floating
ship, start to dive under the water and keep moving to the left.
Eventually,
you will come across a cirlce of coins under the water, with a cave
opening
right behind it. How convienent can you possibly get....If you are
having
any trouble finding the exact location of the entrance to the ocean
cave,
remember that the overhead map on the Touch Screen shows to location
of the
Star so you should find the entrance near that too. Once you have
swum into
the entrance you will finally be on dry land again. However, in this
ol'
pirates cave, some old Cap'n has set off plenty of booby traps,
along with a
few Goombas, to protect his
treasure.

Now that you are finally in the Ocean Cave, start to walk forward.
You will
hear a strange sound, and may see a giant pillar falling towards
you! This
was the booby trap I was telling you about earlier. Somebody set up
a lot of
pillars around the Ocean Cave and made them set off when any
unwelcomed
visitor walked in. Oh boy...some people these days. Walk around the
Ocean
Cave being sure to not get smashed by those falling pillars. If you
do, it's
your health on the line after all XP. When you reach the end of the
Ocean
Cave you will see a group of four treasure chests. This is the
treasure.
However, there is a riddle....you have to open all four chests in a
certain
order to collect your Star. I am going to give you the correct
combonation
for opening the Treasure Chests. I am going to assume you are
standing in
front of the first one, facing their keyholes. Anyways, open the
chest to the
very far back most. After touching it's lock, it will open up, and
the number
one will be revealed. Next, touch the treasure chest in the far left
and
touch its lock to open it up, revealing the number two. Now, open
the chest
in the far right and touch its lock again to have it open. The
number three
will appear. Now, open the final chest in the front. It will open
when you
touch its lock and a Star will appear, yours for the
taking.

Star 4-Blast to the Stone Pillar
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

There are two different ways you can use to tackle this Star. It is
your
option which path you want to take. It makes no difference which.
The goal
is the same-to reach a small piece of land jutting from the wall of
the
world and break the ! Box to reveal a Star. Simple. Ok, here's the
longer
but more loyal path. See infront of where you start in the water is
a small
grey hill with a cannon cover? Remember that....we will be coming
back to
that shortly. Start swimming towards the right side of the level
until you
reach a platform and some land. Jump onto the platform on the water
and use
that as a booster to get to the land on the right side of it. Right
there is
the Bob-omb Buddy that we are looking for. Talk to him and he will
open up
the Cannon Cover. Now, easily swim all the way back to the cannon
near the
start. Hop inside the cannon at the top of that tiny grey hill. Once
inside
manuver the crosshairs until you find those pillars sticking up from
the
water that we have passed like on every previous Star. Aim a little
above the
very top of the pillar and fire away! You should grab onto the
pillar (Your
character CANNOT grab onto the fat part of the pillar!). Now, have
your back
facing the little platform near the pillar and jump. Break open the
box there
and claim the Star. If that is too hard for your liking....try
this..........

You need to be Mario to do this technique. At start head to the
right near
those dumb wondering Goombas. They are standing near a Red ! Box.
Break open
the box with Mario for a Power Flower to make him inflated like a
balloon.
Keep pushing B to make Mario gain height, and manuver his way over
to that
piece of land that has the Star in the box on it. You have to be
quick
though, you won't have much time to get over to that island.
However, this
way is much faster and easier than taking the cannon....however it
is faster
to take the cannon if already unlocked. Mistakes are easy to make in
each
option, and it is a LONG swim back to try
again!

Star 5-Red Coins on the Ship Afloat
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Oh boy! You know what time it is! That's right! Tool T- I mean Red
Coin
Collecting Time! *Confetti and balloons fall in joy*.....ok let us
all not
get that excited for another lame collecting challenge. You will
have to look
high and low for all eight Red Coins. Half of them are actually
hidden from
view, and if you can't find them, you have come to the right place
to look
where their locations just might be. Let's get started!

First start off by jumping into the water like we have done
in..............
every single Star so far. Repetitive isn't it? Swim down, but not
too far
where you will see two clams right near each other. One of the
clams, when
you get close to them, contains a Koopa Shell. It is VERY pointless
to ride
underwater as it just makes you swim a little faster for about 10
seconds.
Go near the clam that is close to that one and he will open up to
reveal our
first Red Coin. Awesome....one red Coin down and just seven more to
go!

Now, you should surface for more air unless that previous Red Coin
gave you
your Air back, in which case we should keep on swimming under water.
Swim
down into the next section whihc is deeper than the clam we just
found. Keep
going until you see two clams on the left and one on the right. Go
to the one
on the right and get close to him. He will open up and he will
reveal Red
Coin number two, simply sitting there just waiting to be taken. Grab
it duh!

Now, it is off to finding Red Coin numbuh three! Actually.....it is
right
next to Red Coin Number Two. I said before to choose the clam on the
left
didn't I? Now, go back a few feet and choose the clam on the right
and wait
for him to open up, and he will reveal another Red Coin, just lying
there
BEGGING to be taken by you. That's three
down!

Now, keep swimming forward, going way way way way way way WAY to the
very
bottom of the level, where another clam is perched.....I do believe
that we
from sheer common sense can deduce what lies inside. Yep! Pizza!
Ok.......
seriously, your fourth Red Coin lies inside that stupiud clam. But
don't
worry, there aren't anymore Red Coins that can be found inside clams
(Not
like that is hard or anything, just
repetitve).

Now, swim back to the surface quickly so we avoid the risk of
running out
or air and suffering a horrible death....yeah. Do any of you
remember where
that Bob-omb Buddy was that we (Should have) talked to a few Stars
ago? Swim
to the surface and swim to the right side of the level and then jump
onto
the platform floating in the water. Then, jump onto the platform the
Bob-omb
Buddy is happily trotting on. Right next to the platform you are
currently
standing on is another large, tall pillar sticking up from the
water. Climb
this pillar all the way to the top. Do a Handstand (There is no
neccessity to
jump) and you will have collected your fifth Red Coin. Now we are
about to
enter the home streach for wrapping up this Star! Let's keep going
and stay
focused!

Go back to the platform that is on the water then go to the other
side and
jump on that large platform there. There is no need to hit the ? Red
Block
there unless.....wait there is NO reason to do so. Activate the !
Switch by
stepping over it, then carefully going over the next few platforms
that lead
to the risen ship. They are very thin, so don't do any dashing
unless falling
off doesn't bother you whatsoever. (....you could use Mario's
floating powers
to reach the ship also...lol). Once you reach the end of the path,
wait for
the ship to tilt close to you, then jump aboard. Stay near the bow
of the
ship (Sailor's talk for the front, genius) and wait for the front of
the ship
to tilt upwards. It will reach high enough for your next Red Coin to
come
into view, so quickly jump and reach it for Red Coin Number
Six!
However, likewise I already said, it is easier to use Mario's
Balloon Power
from a Power Flower to quickly and easily reach the ship, and even
better,
reach the Red Coin that is on the bow even if the ship is tilting
away
from
it!

Now, head for the stern of the ship, or for you moron's, the back of
the
ship. You will need to use a Triple Jump to get over the wall and
onto the
back of the ship. Fortunately, there is plenty of deck space to pull
a quick
and easy Triple Jump together to reach the back of the ship. Once
you are on
the back of the ship you should easily see the blue star marker,
signifying
that is where the Power Star will appear after getting these last
two Red
Coins. Wait for the back of the ship to tilt upwards, and those last
two
final Red Coins will finally come into view. Quickly catch both of
them
before the ship tilts away from them and you have to wait for the
back-tilt
again just to reach them. The Power Star will, like I already said,
appear
just a few inches away from you, so easily grab it to clear this
Star!

Star 6-Switch Star of the Bay
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi needed

Oh boy! This is your second Switch Star. If you read what I said at
the end
of the Switch Star star in Whomp's Fortress I clearly said "You
won't always
be just running to the Star...". That is true now. As Luigi, start
swimming
and keep going past those pillars for the umpteenth time, and as you
reach
the middle of the rather large lagoon, start swimming into the
depths of this
ocean. Like we did before, locate the entrance to the Ocean Cave. It
is
easily marked by those circlce of coins, so you can't miss it. Once
you have
surfaced inside the cave, you should find a Goomba wearing a Luigi
Cap nearby
if you aren't Luigi already. Anyways, I hope you get ready for some
fun!

We are, of course, inside the wonderous Ocean Cave. As Luigi (or at
least
wearing his Cap) Hit the Red ? Block nearby, and grab the Power
Flower. Luigi
will turn invisible. This is his Flower Power (lol). he can walk
through
walls and enemies and not get detected....at least for a short time.
Try the
cap out on those falling pillars. They go right though you don't
they. Go
near Goombas and they won't notice you (You can easily see yourself,
but they
can't). After you have finished looking at the cool stuff with this
power,
hit the Red ? Block again to get another Power Flower to turn
invisible.
Hurry along and stay near the right side of the Ocean Cave's wall
until you
find the Star Switch. Hit
it!

To your surprise, the Star will appear in a Glass Dome behind a gate
wall.
Oh boy. The timer is ticking down for the Switch Star, and your
Flower Power
is going to wear off soon. There isn't much time. Quickly start long
jumping
your way to the gate, then run through it while invisible. Just one
of the
powers of being invisible-walking through walls. Break the Glass
Dome for
your Power Star
reward!

Star 7-Through the Jet Stream
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

I'm sure that this whole time in the lagoon we have surely seen a
Power
Star just sitting in a pile of bubbles. If you tried to get it you
would have
found it to be imposssible because the rapid air is pushing you in
an
upward motion. Ok....enough science lessons...lol. You need to be
Wario,
the fat lard ass in this game (I hate Wario...oh well) so start your
swimming
trek over to the floating platform in the water on the far right
side of the
level that we have been to a few times previously. Once you have
jumped on
just cross over to the platform that is to the left of it (With the
switch
that leads to the floating ship. That platform :)) Once you are
finally
on that stupid platform as Wario, and not anybody else, hit the
Red ? Block
for a Power Flower. It will turn Wario all metallic. He has awesome
powers
because he is
metallic!

For one thing, you don't have to breathe. Period. Oh boy....Next,
you can
simply bulldoze your way through crap just by touching it. Enemies
instantly
die and give up their coins once touched in your metallic form.
Also, you
can't swim. You walk underwater. That final trait is what is gonna
help us
retrieve this Power Star in the Jet Stream. Once ou are Metal Wario,
quickly
jump off of the platform into the deep deep lagoon. Wario will be
falling to
the very bottom and once you are at the bottom you can control his
walking
again. Walk over to the Jet Stream, which can't push you anywhere
because you
are so heavy. Just simply jump to claim your shiny Star as a
prize.

Star 8-100 Coins Star
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

There aren't too many Coins stuck inside Jolly Roger Bay. Infact, I
estimate
about 110 Coins. You better be quick at collecting coins from
enemies because
they can mean everything. However, there are a ton of Blue Coins in
the
beginning to make up for the lack of Yellow Coins. Start off by
turning to
your right and killing the few Goombas that are wondering nearby.
Now, go
over to the 2 brick blocks. Destroy the one that was closest to you
when you
started the world. It will spit out 3 Yellow Coins. Now, Ground
Pound the
nearby Blue Coin Switch to make a massive amount of Blue Coins
appear on the
surface of the water. Quickly break the other block to reveal a
Koopa shell.
Ride it quickly over the water to collect all of the Blue Coins
before they
all disappear. There are eight freakin Blue Coins. A hefty sum
indeed. We
have just started the level, and by now, you should have at least
Fourty
Coins. That didn't take to long to
collect.....

To save time, ride the Koopa Shell all the way back to the beginning
of the
level and crash into the wall. It will break and you won't be riding
it
anymore. Anyways, jump into the water and start swimming down. There
will be
a tiny thingy...I don't really know what it is but anyways there are
eight
Yellow Coins circling around the little pointy thingy. After
collecting all
eight keep goin until you see a clam. One clam has a Koopa Shell
that you can
ride for a few seconds underwater, but it is really pointless. The
other clam
shell nearby has a Red Coin inside of it, so grab that. By this
point in time
you should have at least Fifty Coins. Were doing damn good! Come
back to the
surface for air if you need it, and prepare to dive right back down
again.

Keep swimming on the surface now until you reach those tall pillars
sticking
out from the water that we have passed on practically.....every Star
we have
done already and around one of those pillars is another circle of
eight
Yellow Coins. Awesome.....by now you should have at least Sixty
Coins or more
if you have done some exploring on your own. Head back to the
surface if you
haven't already and swim to the far right side of the level now and
hop on
top of the platform in the water and head to the right, then jump on
top of
the pole there and climb to the top to find a Red Coin. You just can
not
argue with an easy two Coins. Now, head back to the left across the
platform
in the water and head up onto the adjacent platform with a ! Switch
and a
? Red Block on it. Activate the ! Switch to create a temporary
pathway
between the platforms infront of you. There are a total of five
Coins on
each of the platforms that lie infront of you, so collect all
fifteen Yellow
Coins. At this point in time you should have at least Seventy Five
or even
more Coins. Not too bad.....

Continue along the platforms however and board the risen ship
again.........
Grab the three Red Coins that are hanging above the ship. If you
can't reach
them easily, wait for the tilt of the ship to rock the ship high so
you can
easily jump into the three suspended Red Coins. Now, jump into the
water and
start swimming torwards the very bottom of the lagoon here. You
should find
another clam which contains another Red Coin, perfect for the
taking. Also,
you can find some of the character Caps neat many strings of Coins.
I can't
say for sure how many strings of Coins there are exactly, but there
are a
few. Also, head for the Ocean Cave entrance and collect the circle
of coins
underwater near it. By now, if you have followed everything, you
should have
at least One Hundered Yellow Coins. Your shiny Star should appear.
If you
don't have 100 Coins just yet, go into the ocean cave and kill all
the
enemies there and collect the coins near the walls of the cave. If
you STILL
don't have enough then there are still a few Red Coins that I didn't
cover
yet. If you don't have 100 Coins at that point, I don't think it is
very
possible to get the Star. Exit the level and come back to retry this
annoying
challenge for the rare Coins! Remember, there may be a few Goombas
somewhere
in the level you may not have killed yet....they just might have you
missing
Coin
(s)!


~The Secret Aquarium~
Near the door that leads back to the lobby from Jolly Roger Bay is a
little
hole in the wall. Jump inside it for a seret Star challenge. You are
inside
a giant aquarium! There is NO way of getting any air. The object is
to
collect all eight Red Coins. Pretty simple really. No detailed
explainations
are needed. Simply, there are four circles or coins in the upper
half of the
aquarium. In the center of all four of these coin circles lies a Red
Coin.
After you have easily collected four Red Coins, swim down to the
bottom of
the aquarium. There are another four Red Coins down here. There is
one Red
Coin in each corner of the room. After you have collected all eight
of the
Red Coins, your Star will appear in the bottom, center of the room.
This is
a very difficult, nearly  impossible challenge. Good freakin luck.
(Ok.....
just kidding. This challenge is wayyyyy to easy. If you lose you
must suck.)

~Back to the Castle.....~
By now you should have access to every door in the lobby except the
Big Star
Door. Let's continue to the left side of the lobby and enter the 3
Star Door
there too, and get ready to enter the next painting of
Snowballs............

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~V D.Course 4:Cool, Cool Mountain~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
You have finally made it to your first snow-themed world! Cool,
Cool
Mountain! The paths are all slippery I warn you, and evil snowmen
are you to
whack you with their mighty snowballs of doom! Ok......death IS all
around
you everywhere. The danger of falling off the mountain is always
there, so
take it easy unless in a race. You can enter this course by entering
the
door on the bottom left side of the lobby with a "3" marked on its
Star.
Have fun....snow levels are funner (Is that a word?) then you think.

Star 1-Slip Slidin' Away
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Ever felt the need for speed while sliding on your ass on a giant
slide made
of ice? Well....I'm sure you haven't but that is exactly your
mission today!
As soon as you enter Cool, Cool Mountain, you will get a message
saying to
enter the cabin that lies only a few feet in front of you. Heh...lol
there
ISN'T a door. However, a nearby sign kindly tells you yo act like
Santa. So,
how onto the roof of the cabin and jump into the chimney. Oh boy,
what fun!
You will appear at the top of a huge slide, as you can easily tell
by your
trusty map on the Touch Screen. Get ready to race down this here
slide
kiddies! Ahem. Start off by running for the slide, and you will
instantly
be sitting on your butt sliding down it. The controls for sliding
are pretty
simple. Hold Up to slide faster, hold Down to slow down, and move
left and
right (You don't move very quickly though). Keep on sliding down at
whatever
pace is safest for you and carefully turn right around the first
turn. In a
few seconds you will pass over a small gap, but at whatever speed
the hill
of the slide makes you cross over. Now, you will take a quick right
turn,
followed by a very sharp left turn. Now, you have two choices on the
path
you want to
take.

You can now take the shortcut path, or the real path. You can take
the
shortcut if you don't wanna easily die. However, you are gonna be
doing this
course again, in a race, with no shortcuts allowed! It's your
choice. Anyways
for the shortcut, right after that sharp left turn you will find a
string of
five Yellow Coins leading into a wall. lol....pretty obvious. Follow
the
coins into the wall and you will pass through the wall into a super
secret
shortcut. Your in a big tunnel, no way to possible die. Isn't that
great?
Just hold up to quickly pass through the tunnel easily and you will
be spit
out inside the ending cabin, the finish line. (I'll discuss what
happens
next
soon.)


However, if you want practice (And I HIGHLY suggest you do!) then
instead of
following the coin path, follow the slide to another right turn. The
path
will slowly curve to the left, only to bring you to TWO Ninety
Degree turns!
This is the hardest part of the trac. The slide is tilting toward
the edge,
so I suggest staying near the inside of the track, close to the
edge. Why?
The track doesn't tilt THERE. You WILL need speed to pass through
these
tight curves without falling off. After passing through Dead Man's
Curves
you will go into a small hill, then the path will tilt in a circle
inside a
tunnel to the right. Then for the finale, you will go over a thin
ice
bridge (Non collapsing) and pass the finish line. Which ever path
you took
makes no difference. Either way, head out of the cabin door to the
left and
out comes your Star....so go ahead and claim yur bounty.

Star 2-Li'l Penguin Lost
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Ah yes. I hope you aren't a mugger or something because in this
mission you
are required to act like the good guy and help return a lost baby
penguiun to
its mother. Doesn't that just sound marvoleous? Start off the course
again by
jumping up to the chimney, but don't go into it. Instead, jump up to
the next
ledge above you. You should be able to easily see a baby penguin
waddling
around up here and crying...a lot. If you are Yoshi, you can't grab
and the
penguin will freak out if put into your mouth. Then you will spit
him out no
matter what. Grab him with Mario, Luigi, Wario and prepare for a
frosty
slide! Go back to where you pretty much started and turn around and
walk on
the short path until you reach a bridge that is broken. Look
downwards. You
should see a giant side of the mountain with a giant ice block on
land far
below. Walk off the edge of the bridge and slide down the side of
the
mountain but make sure you jump before you reach the land at the end
of it!
Otherwise, with your speed you will keep going, and off the side you
will
plummet to your
doom!

Now you should see that giant ice block. It can't be missed...unless
your
blind (Why would you be playing or reading this?). Continue to the
left and
when you reach the edge of this little platform you should go into
close-up
Camera View and look down to make sure you see a ledge. Now,
continue forward
and if you look to your left, you should see a giant bridge....with
the
middle collapsed. Save that memory for later however. Contine
following the
dirt path until you reach a hill going down shortly afterwards. A
Mr.
Blizzard (The evil snowmen I was talking about) will pop up in the
middle of
this hill. Avoid him, and reach the resting point with another
enemy. Avoid
all enemies because if hit, you drop the dumb penguin. Now, follow
the wooden
ramp down to the very bottom of the mountain where the giant Mother
Penguin
lies. Bring the penguin up to her and she will talk to you and you
will be
awarded with a
Star.

However, if you wanna play a funny joke on the Mother Penguin, goto
the tree
that lies right near Mother Penguin. Get on a Handstand at the very
top of
it and jump to the top of the cabin (The one you exit from in Star
1). There
will be another penguin crying on this roof. Go ahead and bring it
to the
Mother Penguin. Mother Penguin will cry that it isn't her baby and
then she
will throw you off the mountain...ok seriously, you just
automatically let
go of the penguin and nothing else happens but that funny
conversation.

Star 3-Big Penguin Race
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Like you did in Star 1, head into the chimney of the nearby cabin.
Instead of
absolutely nothing blocking your way to the frosty slide, a big
penguin
(Father Penguin?) is standing there. Get near him and he will
challenge you
to a race to the bottom of the slide. First one there wins (duh).
Start off
quickly, holding Up the whole time. Get past the calm first right
turn and
don't lose focus when you jump over the following gap. Keep your
speed steady
as you make your way through the tight right turn, folowed by an
even
tighter left turn. Now, DON'T take the shortcut! If you do, once you
and the
penguin reach the finish he will accuse you of a cheater (the
*****!) Now,
you are gonna quickly approach the two big hairpin turns. Stay at
the inside
of the track, keep your speed pretty high, and just....turn! You
will then
find yourself heading into the final phase of the slide (again) by
going down
a short but pretty big hill, then circle around in a tunnel all the
while
gaining speed, make sure to keep yourself in the MIDDLE of the
track! Now,
you will go across a thin ice bridge in the middle of the track, and
then
cross the finish line. If you beat the big penguin (And you should
have done
so with ease) then just wait in the cabin for the big penguin to
cross the
finish line. He will waddle around for a few seconds and then give
you the
Star for crushing his record (There is no timer....how did he have a
record
at all?).

Star 4-Frosty Slide for 8 Red Coins
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Yoshi needed

Whoopee! Another frantic chase for another eight shiny Red Coins.
This time
around we have to search everywhere on the mountain just to find all
of them.
This sounds fun doesn't it? Just so you know you will be finding a
few Red
Coins inside large blocks of ice, which can only be melted and
accessed by
Yoshi. So, here we go! Start off as usual by jumping on top of the
chimney
but not falling down. Jump up to the ledge above you and walk to the
right,
down a little slope until you reach a campfire....which should be
extingished
by now but whatever. Have Yoshi eat the campfire (That's gonna hurt
tomorrow)
and walk back up that same slope until you reach an ice block near
that
penguin that somehow got lost again. Have Yoshi spit out the fire
(With the
A button again) which will melt that dumb ice block which will
reveal....a
Red
Coin.


Now we have one Red Coin in our posssion...that's good..very
good....now,
from where you are standing now go back to where you started and go
to the
broken bridge that is behind where you first started. Run off the
bridge and
start quickly sliding down the mountain for a few seconds. When the
land
gets flat again at that little section, jump and make a Ground Poind
so you
don't go sliding off the edge. Death=BAD. Once you are on this
little
section of land you should see another ice block. Walk around the
ice block
and you should see another campfire. Awesome. Like we just did a few
seconds
ago, gobble up the campfire and unleash the breath on the ice block,
which
will promptly melt away into nothing. The ice block will leave a Red
Coin
behind, Number Two it
is!

Now after collecting your Second Red Coin, turn around, and continue
to walk
until you walk off the edge onto the ground of the mountain again.
You will
know if you are in the right place if you see a giant snowball's
head infront
of you. If that Snowball is there, head to the right and stay along
the
mountainside. Eventually you will come upto a Bob-omb Buddy, who
when talked
to will show you the locations of all the Red Coins on your Touch
Map (But
only for as long as you talk to it). Anyways, after finishing
that
conversation, you will easily find your third Red Coin
lying....right next to
where the Bob-omb Buddy is. Pretty convienent
eh?

The fourth Red Coin, fortunately, isn't far away at all. Simply turn
around
from where you were from getting the previous Red Coin, and head
back towards
the bodyless Snowman. Head to the right and you should fall down a
short
ledge, and be near the edge of the world. Head to the left,
following the
path until you fall into ANOTHER little ledge, which is the top stop
for the
gondola ride. Here, is where you Fourth Red Coin awaits. Not too
bad, halfway
there!


Jump back up two levels so you are even on the path with the giant
snowball
head and the long bridge, which should be at this point right next
to you.
Head across that long bridge. However, there are two Mr. Blizzards
that are
kindly hopping back and forth on it. If you get hurt you will be
bumped back,
and possibly off the edge of the world. That's not good. When the
Mr.
Blizzard in front of you is in the air, quickly run under him and
repeat that
same process for the next one that guards your path. Afer that
bridge you
will find a wooden pathway leading downwards, and another ledge to
the left
of you. Jump up onto that ledge. The only thing here is another
bridge, but
the middle of it is broken and missing. On the remaining side
closest to you,
however, lies another thing. Your Fifth Red Coin. Grab the Coin, and
prepare
to move
on.

Awesome, now were almost there. The remaining few Coins are easily
gotten.
Head back off the ledge again, and onto the wooden pathway. Follow
it down
and you will start to slide down on the snowy path ahead of you for
a second
or two, and then be back on another wooden pathway. Follow the next
pathway
down to the every bottom of Cool, Cool Mountain. Once you are off
the wooden
path and on snow, head to the right near the cannon, but don't go
inside it.
You should see a tree that is right next to the cannon. I wonder
what could
be at the top of this tree.....so quickly jump onto it and climb to
the top,
and push Up until you do a Handstand. The Handstand is high enough
for you to
grab the Sixth Red Coin. Now, cimb back down the
tree.

From where you are now (at the bottom of that tree), head over to
the right,
stopping (or not) to visit Mother Penguin. Soon enough you will
reach another
wooden bridge that is extending out way over an empty abiss, and
connects to
a small island....where ANOTHER wooden bridge is connected to that,
but ends
so you would just (lol) walk right off if you did. If you were to
stand on
the end of that second bridge you would be warped back to start.
Anyways, you
will easily find your Seventh Red Coin on that small island that
both bridges
are connected
to.

Now it is time to find the last and final Red Coin. The position of
the last
Coin usually stumps about 73% of the players that first did this
level.
Isn't that funny? And come to think of it, the Red Coin lies a few
feet from
where Coin Seven was. Simply head back away from the previous
bridges and
farther to the right. You will eventually reach the end of the
mountain. Heh,
and wouldn't you know? There is your last Red Coin, tucked away at
the very
corner of the wall, right next to doom ness. Walk very carefully to
make sure
you don't fall off the edge. That is bad........very bad like it is.
This
makes the Power Star appear
(yay).

Remember that broken bridge near Red Coin Five? The Power Star
happens to
appear on the other end of that same bridge. However, it is pretty
simple to
make your way back up there again. Head all the way back to the
left, left
and left some more, past Mother Penguin until you reach the Gondala
Ride.
Get your ass on it, and the gondala will automatically start moving
and it
will make its way up the mountain to the very spot where we saw our
fourth
Red Coin, right near the long bridge. Head across the long bridge,
making
sure to avoid those nasty Mr. Blizzards and head up the ledge to the
broken
bridge. You have two options of making it across with Yoshi. You can
either
take a step back and quickly run forward and before you reach the
end of your
section of bridge, make a long jump and you hopefully aimed corectly
at the
other side. Or, you can double jump with Yoshi, and use his Flutter
Kick to
make it over to the other side. Either way, whichever path you
choose,
collect your Power
Star.

Star 5-Snowman's Lost His Head
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

I'm sure that by now we have all encountered the large bodyless
Snowman that
lies near the bridge with the hopping Mr. Blizzards right? I'm sure
we all
(almost) felt sorry for him, but now is the time to finally help him
turn
that frown upside down with his new body! From where you start head
up over
the chimmney and onto the ledge above it where that stupid baby
penguin is
still crying. Head down the little hill to the left and you will see
a tiny
snowball on a tiny platform. Walk up to the snowball and it will
explain its
situation. You see, the snowball is without a body (Gee....how
cliche.......
its a snowball. Does it go ontop of cheesecake?) and he wishes to
find a head
to connect to. Gee..isn't this ironic. Don't we know someone who
could use a
good
body?


Yep....that snow-head near the midpoint of the mountain. After you
finish
talking to the snowball, agree into leading him towards his new
home. He will
stand still on the platform for a few seconds, use this time to jump
off of
the wooden area you are currently on, and start sliding down the
mountain
as fast as you possibly can. The snowball will follow your path. It
will grow
bigger and bigger, rolling faster and faster too. Hurry along
through the
mountain, past that really hard 180-Degree turn. By now the giant
snowball
is possibly in view! Oh my! There isn't too much time too lose! Keep
sliding
unsil the land comes flat again. Then jump to be back on your feet
again, and
now it is time to run like hell to our final destination before the
snowball
comes 'round the bend!

Our final destination is, of course, the snowman's head himself. Run
over
to it as quickly as you can and get near him to talk to him. The sad
snowball
head will look gloomly at you and ask you to find a body for him.
Heh....it
should be coming right on cue. Stay there to the side of the snowman
and
quickly manuver the camera until you can see the giant snowball
rolling
quickly at you. You MUST be facing it to roll towards you, otherwise
it will
just roll of the mountainside...right before it hits you, dodge out
of its
way, and it will hopefully crash into the snow-heads head. The
fully
completed snowman will be very delighted with his new body, and he
will hand
over a
Star.

Star 6-Mario's Super Wall Kick
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario (Go figure)

Yep...enter the world as Wario! Hahaha...lol go as Mario. The
freakin Star is
NAMED after him! If your not Mario, you can easily find his Cap
elsewhere in
the level. Mario does have a special Wall Kick doesn't he? Well, it
now is
time to put that famous Wall Kick of his to the test. Start off by
turning
around from where you start and head onto the broken bridge. Wait at
the end
of it for a few seconds to get warped down to the very bottom of
the
mountain.


Awesome....we are at the very bottom of the mountain. The position
that we
need to be in. Great...head across the bridges that you are standing
on, and
go back to solid ground...err snow. Head all the way to the left,
and even
past Mother Penguin until you see a cannon cover on the ground, with
that
old tree right next to it. Right near the cannon cover is the
easiest way
too suicide-fall off the level. However, near the cannon too is a
small
gondala. Oh
boy!

Simply jump onto the gondala, and within a few seconds of you doing
so it
will start moving slowly up the side of the mountain on its chains.
There is
no need to worry about cliche stuff, the rope won't break or
anything. In the
middle of your ride you will see a floating island with a Switch
Star Button,
a tree, and the most important factor for this Star, the Bob-omb
Buddy. Jump
off of the gondala ride and carefully get onto the island and then
talk to
the Bob-omb Buddy. She will kindly and promptly open the cannon for
you to
use to reach our next destination. Now...more of the waiting game
(Oh the
humanity...)

Wait for the stupid gondala to slowly make its way back to your
position.
When it finally gets to you, jumpback onto it and ride it all the
way back to
the bottom of the mountain. Now, with your newly opened Cannon,
simply jump
into it and prepare to fire away at out destination. Look around for
a tree
that is across a LARGE gap and is pretty even in elevation to where
you are
looking. Obviously, if you were to aim right at the tree, the laws
of physics
would say "Gravity pulls Mario downwards". Same here...he would be
fired and
start falling. You are going to need to shoot pretty high. Shoot up
at the
mountainside's roof (As I call it) but not too high....then fire
away! If
you were lucky enough and choose the right position for the cannon
you will
hopefully grab onto the tree in the distance. However, a shot aimed
too high
will cause Mario to hit his head on the wall and fall to his death.
Too low,
you won't even make it close to that tree. DEATH. Not low, but not
that high,
Mario will overshoot the tree (That's fun to do actually...)

Now, slide down off the tree, and you will be greeted with a thin,
not to
mention long ledge with a few enemies wondering aimlessly on it. Oh
what fun
this is going to give us. Walk along the path, that simply continues
to get
narrower and narrower, punching the Flower-like enemies that are
currently
occupiing the ledge at that same time too. Clear the way, and cross
the bend
to another portion of the mountain. Here, you will be greeted with a
large
gap. But I'm sure that by now we know just how to handle things like
this.
In case you've forgotten (shame if you did), it is the Long
Jump
technique. Get across the long gap. Pass through the heart there if
you lost
any health so
far.

You should be on a slanted hill right now, with another hill right
near you.
Get on that hill, which will continue to slowly rise and then you
will come
to a wall. Don't we all just love walls? Stand back, and get a good
running
start. Before hitting the wall, perform a Double Jump, and then when
you hit
the wall, Mario will start sliding down it. You can push B again to
make him
do hi famous Wall Jump during this time, which will propel you
higher from
the boost from the wall. Now we are on a higher piece of land, here
comes the
final
streach!

Now that we are on this higher piece of land, start dashing, and
keep the
camera behind Mario for the best view as to know when to execute
your jumps.
Eventually, you will see a large gap. Stop there and look at the
wall.
Pretty un-even wall isn't it right there? There isn't much choice
right now.
Head back a little ways, then start running. Perform a Triple Jump
into the
wall, with your final Jump at the very edge of the platform you are
on right
now. If you did it successfully, you will start sliding down the
wall, so
Wall Kick onto the final platform. If you missed, you'll be back at
the
Spinning Heart to recover any damage taken, so you need to do your
Wall Kicks
all over again. The final platform is simple. Carefully cross the
bridge of
ice and on the platform that comes afterword, your shining Power
Star is
waiting.


Star 7-Switch Star of Cool, Cool Mountain
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

We have had some experience with Switch Stars before, and like I
said again
and again, its never just running towards that Star in a Dome.
Anyways,
whoever you are, start off again like before be turning around and
following
the path to that broken bridge again. Wait on the end of it for a
few seconds
to get transported to the very bottom of Cool, Cool Mountain. Here,
I hope
you are prepared, because the actual switching, and the actual
Starring are
coming
up!

If you aren't Wario yet, grab the Wario Cap a stupid Goomba is
wearing right
near where you are on the bridges. Finally, when you are Wario, head
over to
Mother Penguin and go to her frozen waddling pool. Go into close up
Shoulder
Camera view, and look down. You can see the glass dome under the
ice! We
shall worry about this later. For now, head over to the cannon, past
it
really and head over and hop onto the gondala for a short ride to
our good
ol pal-The
Switch.

About halfway through the Gondala Ride you will see that floating
island with
the lonely tree and the Bob-omb Buddy on it...doing nothing to pass
the time
away. However, there also happens to be a Switch on this island too
(I'm sure
by now from previous Stars that you must have noticed it too). So go
ahead
and walk on the Switch to activate it. You will find out the Star is
in that
glass dome under Mother Penguin's frozen pool. Lucky us? There isn't
any time
to wait for the gondala to come back and take us to solid land
again
however. Our solution is quick, easy, and seemingly suicidal. Long
Jump off
of the island towards land where Mother Penguin is. You won't make
it.
However, wind will gut out from under you, and you still have
complete
control of yourself in the air, so float on over to solid land
again. Hurry
up and run to Mother Penguin's little pond and stand on it. Make a
Ground
Pound and the ice will shatter (Was it thin ice or has Wario gained
weight?)
and you will drop down to the Glass Dome, should break it open, and
claim the
Star.


Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Yoshi

Ah yes....the dreaded Collect 100 freaking Coins challenge that
perils
everyone in every course. Fortunately, Cool, Cool Mountain has
plenty of
Coins, and then some. In fact there are around 150 Coins or so, that
is if
you do everything perfectly and don't miss anything. There isn't
anything
Yoshi can't do on this level, so he's your man. (You need his fire
breath to
destroy some blocks!!!)

First off, anyone who has played this level before should know that
there are
tons, and I mean TONS of freakin Coins on the Frosty Slide itself
alone. Yep.
.....that is a ton of coins indeed if you have ever been down there.
Start
off as usual, jump onto the chimney and grab all five Yellow Coins
that
lead inside it. Ninety five more to go! (lol). Are you ready to
round up a
ton of Coins? Good. Head down the slide. A Blue Coin is quickly
running down
the slide too, so as you are quickly making it down, you should grab
it. A
few Yellow Coins come before that Blue Coin too. By now we should
have at
least ten Coins. Head around the next turn and there are five more
Coins
before that little "Jump" you always make. There are five more Coins
above
the jump, so jump before the Jump (o_O too many jumps....) to
collect those
too. Now as you enter the winding right turn follwed by the sharper
left turn
there are a few more coins placed on the slide. Get them. Now, there
are five
Coins leading into the wall "Shortcut". Try to get them, but avoid
the
shortcut. Keep going as the slide goes striaght into those big bad
turns. The
giant hairpin turn has a few Coins on it, risk it if you want too,
but a few
Coins won't make much of a difference. Keep going along the track,
but stay
in the middle. You will go down the gap, with a HUGE string of about
20-30
Coins in it. Easy cash. As you head through the final tunnel stay in
the
middle again as you go along the thin ice bridge. Another 20-30 or
so Coins
lie on this bridge as well! Now you have crossed the finish line,
but who
cares? Exit the cabin, but don't get the Blue Star that appears from
the
door
opening.


By now you should have at least 50 to 70 Coins. If you don't have
that much I
suggest you head to the top and do the slide over again. Head to the
right of
where you exited and where you will find two Goombas. Kill them both
for the
Coins they give out. Head along and over the nearby bridge and
collect the
coin on the island. Head back, and farther to the right and collect
the other
Red Coin there at the very corner of the mountain. Head all the way
back,
past Mother Penguin and to the tree that is right next to the
cannon. Do a
Handstand at the top of the tree to collec another Red Coin. (sorry
if I
sound like me in the find the Red Coins Star....every Red Coin is
another 2
Coins after all!). After this head all the way back again to those
two
bidges that are connected to the small island. Stay at the end of
the second
bridge to get warped all the way back to the beginning of the
course. Now,
instead of ging into the chimmney, head down the path until you
start sliding
down the mountain. There are a string of five Coins coming up.
Around the
next corner of this mountain is another five coins. Soon enough you
will see
the path your sliding on take a 180-Degree turn. To the right of
this turn is
a ledge, so while sliding Jump up to this ledge, where a Blue Coin
Switch
awaits its duties. Pound it for a measly two Blue Coins that appear
nearby.
If you don't have 100 Coins by now.....head down the next ledge and
long jump
across the broken bridge, and kill the enemies nearby, as well as
the coins
just lying on the ground. If not STILL by now, head back for the
Frosty
Slide. You are obviously missing a lot of coins on that, because
I've covered
the whole mountain. However, there is still the matter of a few Red
Coins...
so get those
too.

~Back in the Castle.....~
Well, that is it for the first four worlds...and currently the ONLY
ones you
can access. Well...since we have nothing else better to do right
now, I do
believe it is high time that we saved Mario right about now...don't
you?
Of course, there are a few Secret Stars I'm gonna tell you how to
get on the
way their of course...so that's pretty useful. Mario is
close...don't lose
focus!


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                            ~V E.Goomboss's Chamber~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Like I just stated above, we have done almost everything we can in
the Castle
so far. The exception is a few Castle Secret Stars that we can
obtain, and a
look at the future. Buckle up, because it is finally time that we
rescued
glorious
Mario.

~Princess's Secret Slide~
This Star is pretty easy to obtain. Go forward in the lobby to the
second
floor of the lobby, and head to the rightr and enter the 1 Star
Door. Upon
entering this door, head to the right and you will see a picture of
Princess
Peach looking sideways holding flowers. Jump into that stained glass
painting
for a secret level. In this secret level, you will find yourself
sitting at
the top of a rather large slide. Damn that sounds cool doesn't it?
Remind you
of something? *coughcoolcoolmountaincough* so I think we have had
enough
practice on these stunts. Head down the first ramp, and you should
notice the
timer in the top right corner of the screen. Don't worry about that
until
later.....go around the first left sharp turn, about 270-Degrees or
so until
the wall dissappears and there...aren't any walls. You will slide
down a
rather large hill, followed by a 180-Degree right turn, where you
will pass
through a lot of coin strings and a series of mini-hills. Then, you
will pass
through a quick left turn, then a right turn, then another left
turn, and
then it is a quick straight slide to the finish line. After crossing
the
finish line, jump up onto the platform and break the ! Box to open
the Star,
claim
it.

~Looking at the Character Doors~
After clearing the Secret Slide you will appear back in the Castle
Lobby
again, so make it back to the second floor and enter the 1 Star door
again.
This time, we are going to look at those Character Doors. There are
four
doors. One of them has a red M over it, one has a green L over it,
another
has a yellow W over it, and the fourth door has...nothing over it.
Walk over
to the three doors with letters on them. You will get the message
that
someone is calling for help on the other side of the door. The
fourth door
you will find out has only silence on the other side....did someone
die? Heh,
that would be funny...but no. Obviously, Mario, Luigi, and Wario are
stuck
trapped behind those doors with their corrosponding letters. We need
to find
their keys keys so that we can unlock them to play as them! Head
into the
middle door
now...

~Sunshine Isles~
You should be inside the middle door now. You will see that your in
some sort
of playroom....lol. Talk to the Toad inside and he will explain
his
situation. This room is actually the Princess' Playroom. She has had
these
games ever since she was a little kid (....my the years pass...) and
that
he has lost all of the keys that open the drawers to access those
games. He
will ask you to find them....but we will worry about finding those
stupid
keys
later.


Anyways, it is time to actually go to Sunshine Isles. Isle Delfino,
anyone?
Inside of the Princess's Game Room, to the left of the Toad is a
painting of
what seems like a resort island....hmmm.....well, anyways jump into
it for
a Mini-
World.

There is only one Power Star to be found in this region though...but
no
matter. You will start off on a small island, with the Star Sphere
right
near you. Let's get those Silver Stars! Start off by heading to the
left onto
the nearby small island. Then, head straight until you are upon a
tiny sand
bar. It is upon this sand bar you will find your first Silver Star.
Now, from
your location on the sand bar another island, that is short though,
should be
pretty close to you. It also has a palm tree on it. Walk in the
water over to
that palm tree island. Once you are on that island, climb up the
palm tree
until you are at the very top. It is here, you shall find your
second Silver
Star. Our next Silver Star from your location is currently NEVER in
an
exact location. Klepto the Vulture is flying around with the Silver
Star
clawed firmly. It is best advisible to just stay in one place and
wait for
him to fly over to where you are. When he comes near jump up and him
Klepto.
He will get like all freaked out and drop the Silver Star, which
will start
to bounce around Sunshine Isles. Grab it before....it gets annoying
to
catch, and that will be Silver Star number three. Now, the last two
Silver
Stars are pretty close nearby, fortunately. Head to the center and
tall
island, and jump up the the very top of it. It is here, bouncing
hapily up
and down, where your fourth Silver Star lies. Now, jump off of the
island
into the water, and start circling around the center islands base
until you
find a tiny alcove in the bottom of it. This is where your fifth and
final
Star lies. Now, the Power Star appears in the Star Sphere near where
we
began. From this point, head....just back a few feet and you should
be there.
Claim the
Star.

~Red Coins in Goomboss's Area~
This secret Star lies only in.....Goomboss's Area. Wow...what a
surprise
THAT was to find out eh? Start off in the lobby, and head to the
second floor
of it and enter the One Star Door on the far right side. Once
inside, head
straight through the middle door into the Princess's Play room. Head
to the
right of the bouncing Toad, and through the 8 Star Door. In this
next tiny
room we gonna see some tables and chairs, not to mention a nearby
Mario
painting. WHAT? Um....yeah. I think you know the drill with
paintings. Jump
inside it,
genius.

Awesome....we now, once again, have the glorious not to mention,
daunting
task of searching frantically for another set of eight Red Coins.
Many of
them are hidden well, and you are gonna need to use every character
for the
job. Wario to break some bricks, Mario to float up high, Luigi to
mad dash
while invisible, and Yoshi for.....nothing really. Just useful
when
traversing the many gaps inside Goomboss's Area. Start off as usual
by
sliding down to log and moving around to the left. Kill that Goomba
if he is
in your
way.

After you pass the above part, keep heading straight until you find
the
giant log stump platforms moving up and down. They subcede into the
water,
then come back up onto dry land. Jump onto the first moving platform
as it is
going up. Then, jump onto the second platform as it is receding
down, now
quickly jump onto the third platform. If you can't, keep yourself in
the air
to avoid falling onto the stump which is in the poisonous water.
After
getting past the third log, jump onto solid land for our next task,
and Red
Coin!


All right. We are away from the daunting water of doom. What now?
Look to
your left and you should see a small platform going back and forth
to where
near you are standing now, and into the empty abiss. When that
small
platform comes back to you, jump onto it and wait until it takes you
over
the abiss. Now, another platform is coming your way too. When it is
right
next to your platform jump onto it carefully, and ride it over to a
small
tree stump with a lone Goomba and a black brick. The Goomba standing
around
there will be wearing a Wario Cap, if you aren't Wario right now.
Grab the
Cap and destroy the black brick for our first Red Coin. Seeming
daunty task
now
right?


Carefully head back over the platforms, making sure not to fall off
into El
Doomo. When you get back to solid land, head straight until you see
a
sleeping Pirhana Plant to your right, and a wire mesh net right
behind it.
Grab onto the wire net and hand over hand, move all the way over to
the other
side.....however, along the way in the middle of the net you will
find your
second Red Coin. Collect it, and go back to where we came. (The spot
before
you jumped for the wire
net.)

That's two Red Coins already!  Now, head straight along the path,
killing the
Pirhana Plant along the way if you feel like it if you need health.
Climb up
the very tall pole. There will be a Lakitu circling around you
now..........
but you can simply ignore him because he can't do anything while you
are
climbing the tall pole. Climb quickly (By holding Y and climbing the
pole)
until you reach the very top. Pretty damn great view isn't it? On
this
circular log is a small branch extending out (Not the wooden bridge
you may
see!). At the tip of this branch lies your third Red Coin. After
you
retrieve this Red Coin, go back to the pole and slide all the way
back down
the pole back to the log where the Pirhana Plant used to be. More
Red Coins
coming
up!

Now that we are on this log, jump back to the checkered-colored
pathways and
head towards the left, and the pathway will quickly become narrow.
Destroy
any annoying boxes that may get in your way, and keep following the
path
until there are two directions to go-Left or Right. Choose to go
left and
continue following the path, still getting rid of useless boxes that
may
block your path. Follow the path some more and it will appear as to
come to
a dead end. However, the seemingly "wall" that signifies the dead
end is
actually a big tree stump moving up and down. When it stops at the
bottom
for a second or two, jump onto it and ride it to the top. At the
apex of the
stump's travels, you will find the fourth Red Coin in mid air. You
can jump
to get it, but a Backflip is the best way to ensure you grab it.
That's four
down!


After retrieving your fourth Red Coin, head back onto the tree stump
and
wait for it to reach ground level again, then hop off of it. Now, it
is a bit
of a long path to out fifth Red Coin. Follow the pathway, to the
right
instead of left when you get to the fork again. Keep following the
winding
pathway, with moving platforms to add to the annoyence until you
come across
a wide section of platform. Head to the left, where you will see a
sleeping
Pirhana Plant. Kill it if you feel like it, then head behind it and
you will
see te Blue Star Marker, and that's where the Star will appear after
the
eight Red Coins are found. Head behind it to find five logs that are
moving
up and down, and go way out over the pit of emptiness. Carefully
navigate
over all five logs and you will be on the last platform, with
another
sleeping Pirhana Plant (...is this their home or something?). Kill
it to
easily clear the path for the prize that is behind it-your fifth Red
Coin.
Be
careful!


That's another Red Coin down! The remaining three are all in the
same area,
but require Mario and Luigi to get. Oh boy....Anyways, after
collecting your
fifth Red Coin, head across the logs again (You should notice they
are
actually in-sinc with eachother to create the path back easier).
Once you are
on the other side, take a left until you reach a pretty big gap over
the
poisonous water. Long Jump over it, until you are on a realitvely
large
platform, with a small, tilting diamond shaped platform in the
middle of it.
Jump onto the small diamond-shaped and tilting platform. You can see
the
sixth Red Coin lying just within a Jump's reach hovering above the
diamond
platform.


Nearby is a Goomba wearing a Mario Cap if you aren't already him
yet. You
need Mario for the following Red Coin. The stupid Goomba should be
within a
few feet or so of your current location on the platform. If there is
no
Mario Cap lying nearby, either you are too blind to realize your
Mario, or
you need to look at the Touch Screen Map. Easily locate the Mario
Cap, and
rush over to it and grab it. If you are sure there is NO Mario Cap
within
the level, go ahead and beat Goomboss (path is a few sections
below), that
way you can be sure a Mario Cap will appear somewhere within
Goomboss's
Area.


Anyways, from where you SHOULD be near the diamond shaped platform,
look
around and nearby you should see some more diamond-shaped tilting
platforms
all lined up, and they connect to a log far away in the distance.
Hmmm.....
so...hop aboard the tilting platform (Heh...the tilt is pointless if
you are
worried about falling off into the abiss, you can't fall off these
platforms
unless you walk off stupidly). Then jump to the next platform, and
then to
the final one, and then hop to the small log. All there is here is a
lonely
signpost and a ? Red Block. Hit the block and recive the Power
Flower that
pops out of it. Now, quickly push B to keep floating upwards. Aim
for the
very top of the gigantic tree stump that isn't moving. Once you
reach the
very tip top of the tree stump, you can't posssibly miss the Red
Coin lying
in the
middle.

Now we are only one Red Coin away from another Star! Jump off of the
giant
tree towards land, and make sure to Ground Pound before slamming
onto the
ground to not lose four Bars of Health (It is a HUGE fall...).
Anyways, turn
right near that lonely diamond shaped platform and kill the nearby
Goomba for
a Luigi Cap, which we need to earn the last Red Coin. If that Goomba
isn't
there, look at the Touch Screen Map until you find the Luigi Hat.
It's always
there even if you haven't unlocked him. Head back across those three
diamond
shaped tilting platforms. Well what do you know? You happen to be
right
back on the small log containing the Red ? Block we hit eariler. Get
ready
for a quick
race!

Hit the ? Red Block and get the Power Flower that falls from it to
recieve
the power of being invisible. You don't have very much time, only 15
or so
seconds. You need to hurry! Head quickly across those three tilting
diamond
shaped platforms again. After you do that, head to the left and keep
going
until you are at the base of the giant tree stump. Stand in the
middle of it,
then do a high Backflip. You will see a wire gate on this small
ledge you
are currently standing on. Because of the fact you are invisible,
you can,
with ease, go right through the gate and collect the last and final
and
eigth Red Coin that simply lies there. If you are trapped inside the
gate
right now (lol...that's funny) then grab the Power Flower in the
red ? block
to get
out.

Now, it is a matter of actually getting the Power Star that
appeared. It is
actually close by. We even SAW that Blue Star Marker before right?
After
jumping off of the not high up ledge, make your way to the left and
cross the
gap with a Long Jumpo when it appears. Cross along the narrow and
winding
platforms until you reach those moving up and down tree stumps
again. Your
Power Star is waiting there!

~Wall Kick Switch Star in Goomboss's Area~
This secret Star lies only in.....Goomboss's Area. Wow...what a
surprise
THAT was to find out eh? Start off in the lobby, and head to the
second floor
of it and enter the One Star Door on the far right side. Once
inside, head
straight through the middle door into the Princess's Play room. Head
to the
right of the bouncing Toad, and through the 8 Star Door. In this
next tiny
room we gonna see some tables and chairs, not to mention a nearby
Mario
painting. WHAT? Um....yeah. I think you know the drill with
paintings. Jump
inside it, genius.

You have to use Mario for this Star, obviously as the title states,
only he
can do the stupendous Wall Kick. So it is best that you enter
Goomboss's
Area as Mario to make this Star short and easy to get.
Anyways.....start out
as usual at the top of the log, so slide down it to the first
platform.
Instead of taking the path to the left as usual, go straight across
the short
gap and follow the mild path to the right. Keep going and going. By
the time
you meet back up with the main path you should see a very narrow
path that
is a hill going upwards. That hill leads to our destination,
so....wonder
what happens
now?

Walk up the freakin path you moron. By the time you reach the top,
the
platform will flatten and get a little wider. There will be a
Pirhana Plant
sleeping soundly up here. Kill it. No risk of falling off this high
platform
thanks to no more Pirhana Plants. Cross the diamond shaped
platforms
very carefully to reach another platform, quite high up above
land....
actually, technically it is floating because of the pit right past
the edge
of the platform...Anyways, head to the right when you are on this
platoform
making sure to not stupidly fall off (It is wide so that isn't a
problem....
or are you stupid?) until you reach a little bit of pathway sticking
out. It
is here, where the Star Switch of Goomboss's Area is located. Ready
for a
little
fun?

As Mario (I hope to god your Mario at this point), activate the
switch. You
will see the Star appear in what seems to be a cage....but that
isn't
Luigi's problem. After hitting the switch, run all the way to the
end of the
platform, making sure you don't bump into those Goombas to stall up
time
(How bad.....). Then, the bottom of the "cage" should be infront of
you. Jump
onto the wall infront of you, and do a wall kick to the other side
of the
cage. Keep doing this quickly, tilting in the direction you wanna go
after
each Wall Kick until you finally reach the very top of the cage.
Quickly
now, jump into the Star Sphere to break it, and claim yet another
Power
Star.


~Goomboss Battle~
Alright! I think it is about high time to find the Key for Mario's
Room and
unlock him. If you are in the lobby for any reason, head up as usual
to the
2nd Floor of the lobby, and enter the 1 Star door again. Head
through the
middle door in the room with the Character Doors, and enter the
Princess's
Playroom. To the right of the Toad in this room is a door with
an "8" on it.
I'm sure that by now at this point in the game we have at least
eight Stars
so use the Power of teh Stars to open that door to enter a pretty
small
room. There is nothing of intrest except a Mario painting....so,
jump inside
it.


Now we are inside Goomboss's Area. Our objective is to navigate this
large
complexion of platforms to find the secret hole, which warps us to
where
Goomboss is waiting. Let's roll! Begin the area by sliding down the
log
that rests infront of you at start. Kill the Goomba (or swallow him)
if he
gets in your way, and then continue onto the left to the next area,
where
another Goomba might get in your way. If he, and his contant running
around
in stupidity world annoys you just eat him and poo him out as an
egg. We'll
be needing
some.

Now, infront of you are three giant logs that are moving up and
down. Jump
onto the first one as it is moving up, then jump onto the second log
as it
is moving up from the poisionous water. Just a good mention to let
you know,
the water is poison. Every few seconds that you are in it you will
lose one
Bar of Health. Anyways, continue onto the third platform as it rises
from
the poisonous water (or jump quickly to the other side, it itsn't
far away)
onto solid
land.

Now, follow the platform forward then jump up to another platform
where a
Pirhana Plant is sleeping. I hope you made an egg earlier....if you
did
chuck it at the Pirhana Plant to kill him if its sleeping. If you
don't have
an egg, jump over him as he wakes up and onto the next platform. On
this
platform, you will find a rather tall pole, and a stupid Lakitu
flying
around and around. Climb the pole quickly to save time....then once
you reach
the top I must inform you that we are pretty damn close to Goomboss.
Head
across the very large bridge that lies infront of you, with three
Goombas
wondering on it. A thin bridge. Swallow the Goombas, and be sure to
make one
of them an egg. After passing this bridge you will see three
platforms. The
first one has a Pirhana Plant on it, so kill him with your egg. The
second
has a spinning heart on it, so use that to recover any damage you
have
recieved on your way up here. The last has a hole in it. Jump into
it to be
warped to
Goomboss.

Goomboss is a bit....wacked. His eyes just explain it. You see,
Goomboss is
quite pissed at the fact Mario continues to just stomp all over
Goombas, and
his interference has annoyed him to no end. So, he decided to lock
up Mario
in a room and take the key. Well that wasn't very nice was it? And
so, we
begin the battle! Goomboss will throw out three Goombas behind him,
and will
start slowly marching his way around the giant tree stump your on.
The middle
is all poisonous water, so be careful. Dash around the inside of the
tree
stump to catch up to Goomboss quickly. Be prepared to stop, because
as you
approach behind Goomboss, he, and his small army of Goombas, will
stop. His
Goombas will now attack you. Swallow one and transform it into an
egg. Throw
the egg. It will kill the other two Goombas, and hit the back
(Er..really his
ass) of Goomboss. Goomboss will turn around and look at you angrily,
and
then grow larger in
rage.

Now we've pissed off Goomboss once. He will throw out six Goombas
behind him
now, two rows of three. They will march FASTER around the tree
stump. You
better get your ass moving, or Goomboss will plow right into you.
When you
finally get to the back of Goomboss again, he will stop as usual and
his
army of six Goombas will attack you. Like before, swallow one and
make it
into an egg, then throw it. It will kill the other five Goombas, and
hit
Goomboss right in the rear again. Now, Goomboss will turn around to
look at
you again, and now, he will grow even bigger, and redder in terrific
rage.
He will spit out nine Goombas, three rows of three. He is now
literally
stomping his way around the tree stump. Dashing isn't nearly enough.
You will
barely be faster than Goomboss when running, so that may take a
while.
Instead, get near to front of him, then jump into the poisonous
pool, then
jump out when he and his Goombas have passed you. Sure, you take
some
damage but it speeds up the battle. Catch up to his army of Goombas
and
simply repeat the process. Swallow a Goomba and make it into an egg,
then
throw it to kill the other eight Goombas and hit Goomboss the final
time.
Goomboss will admit defeat in other ways a Goomba can be destroyed,
and then
he will grow bigger until he 'splodes into hundreds of Goombas that
fall off
the field. Then, the Mario Key is left behind. Grab it to clear the
level.
Now, go to the Mario door and open it to greet our old
superhero!

However, you can also clear the Goomboss battle as Wario, Luigi, and
even
Mario. If you enter the battle as the famous Mario, Goomboss will be
upset
and surprised. He'll say "I thought I had you locked up in a room! I
will
now stomp all over YOU!" The way to beat him with the 'Stached Three
is to go around the stump as usual, and when caught up to Goomboss,
punch a
Goomba into the back of him. Do that three times to win. Also, you
get a
different ending for winning as Mario.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                         ~V F.Bowser in the Dark World~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
After collecting Twelve Stars, and thusly freeling Mario from
Goomboss, you
will have access to the large Star Door at the top, left hand corner
inside
the Lobby of Peach's Castle. With Mario, head over to the door to
unlock the
seel Bowser put on it. Now, any character can access that door now.
Enter as
anybody (Even as Yoshi...however he will be grabbing a Cap later if
you enter
as him) and continue down the long hallway. You will see a picture
of Peach
in the distance. So close! As you get closer the painting turns from
a
picture of Peach, to a picture of Bowser. When you are a few feet
away from
the painting, a trapdoor will open underneath you (What a cliche
surprise)
and you will fall into Bowser in the Dark World (Its not really
dark) for the
first
time.


Now we are inside the Dark World. You'll be greeted by a message
from Bowser
saying "Bwahhhahahahaha! You fell right into my trap! I warn you my
friend!"
or something to that extent. Obviously, as any idiot can see, the
object of
the Dark World is to make it all the way to Bowser and fight him.
Start off
by running across the wide platform you start off on. You will go a
few
platforms down, then go across a very thin wooden bridge. After
that, and up
the next hill you will come to a Fire Breathing Statue. Wait until
after it
shoots its flames, then run past
it.

After the fire shooter, you will see two large diamond shaped
floating
platforms moving in a counterclockwise direction. Jump on one of
them, and
ride it over to the other side of the platform then jump off. On
solid ground
again, start running up the hill. You will come to a sudden U-Turn
though.
In that U-Turn happens to be another Fire Breathing Statue. How fun.
Wait for
it to stop shooting, then make the U-Turn. Then, aftr the U-Turn,
run up the
following hill. It will come to an end, and a few feet infront of
you is a
bunch of platforms moving in a circular motion. Jump on one of them
and ride
it higher to the top. When you reach a large, circular platform,
jump off the
ride.

Now that we are on the circular platform, kill the Goombas if you
feel like
it (or are running out of health). Anyways, you will see a wooden
bridge to
the north. Head on it, and then the platform will quickly take a
sudden left
turn (a guardrail here protects the stupidity of still running
forward). Now,
on this thin green pathway, there are no guardrails. There is no
need to run
like its the Olympics. Take your time. Pass the crystals in the
ground as
they do nothing. You will see a few Amps circling some crystals.
Avoid
getting shocked by them. Continue along the pathway until you reach
the end
of it. Then, you will see a platform floating in midair, with an
orange
platform going out and receding into it over and over again. While
the
platform is out, jump onto it and quickly jump onto the middle
platform. Now,
on the other side of it is the same orange platform moving in and
out. Jump
onto it then quickly get off when the next platform is
visible.

Now, infront of you is another set of two moving platforms moving in
a
counterclockwise direction. Jump on one when it passes you, then
face to the
right. You will see another pair of moving platforms, perfectly
insync with
the platform you are on. When one of them passes you, that is your
time to
jump onto it. Now, just sit tight until it passes the solid
platform. When
the moving platform passes it, jump onto it. Now we are bck on solid
land.
This next part of the Dark World is a bit tricky...so kill the
nearby Goomba
that may hinder
us.

Turn to your letf to view the large tilting platforms. Remember that
tilting
bridge in Bob-omb Battlefield? This one (and the following one) is
just like
that...just much bigger and more...tiltier. (lol) Jump onto the
first
tilting platform and keep running. Your weight will shift the
platform up, so
you will start running slow for a second as it begin evening out
again. As
the next platform is in view, get near it and jump. It is quite an
easy jump
if the first tilting platform is tilted up while you jump. At the
end of this
platform is the final platform. Jump onto it, then fall down a short
way to
another platform with some Goombas on it. Kill them so they won't
bother us.
Climb up the few platforms to the right and you will find a ! Red
Switch.
Activate it to make the large ramp infront of you form into stairs.
Climb
up the stairs before time runs out. Then, a pipe will be infront of
you. Jump
in to fight
Bowser.

You'll fall onto a large, blue, octogon-ial platform, then the
camera will
shift towards Bowser. He'll say he trapped you friends behind the
castle
walls, took the Power Stars, all that lovely garbage. I think it is
time we
kicked his freakin ass. Bowser will slowly stomp towards you during
the whole
match. He will stop around every 10 or so seconds to breath fire at
a low
range. Most of the flames leave Coins behind, pick them up for
health. Now,
to the real fighting. You see the 8 Big Black Bombs lined up around
the
corners of the stage? Your object is to throw Bowser into one of
them to win.
To do so, you need to run around Bowser, and grab his tail. If you
are Yoshi,
wait until Bowser breathes fire breath, and a random Cap will be
left behind
so you can kill Bowser. Anyways, once you have grabbed onto his
tail, you
need to triwl him around. Rotate the D-Pad in which ever direction
you want.
Or, you can use the Touch Screen to swing him around too. The faster
you spin
the faster you spin in-game. Press A again to throw Bowser when you
have
lined up his flight with a Bomb. If you miss, he will be thrown over
the edge
into the bottomless pit...which Bowser just flies up from somehow
(WTF?).
Keep battling until you have thrown Bowser into a Bomb once. He will
concede
defeat, but get no Stars from him (bastard). He will evaporate into
the sky,
and leave a Key behind. Grab the Key to clear the level, and head
back to the
Castle.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~V G.Course 5:Big Boo's Haunt~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Ah yes....Big Boo's Haunt. What a creepy course with scary memories
many
years ago. this course prevented me from earning 120 Stars in SM64
(Had 118,
I was too scared to budge in there for the EASY 100 Coin Star).
So....I
hope you won't experience what I had. I am not scared
anymore....well at
night time (in real life) it gets creepy. The music is cool though.
There is
a very intresting way of entering this course. In the Lobby, head
through the
wooden doors on both sides of the first floor. Instead of going down
the
staris past the door, head down the long hallway where a Boo will be
waiting,
then run off in fear of seeing you. It is a tiny Boo you should see,
the
normal sized ones. After getting 15 or so Stars, (and hitting the ?
Switch I
think), a Big Boo will be there, and then run off in fear. At the
end of the
long hallway is a door entering to the Courtyard. In here, many,
many Boos
float along the ground. Big Boo is waiting in a corner. Kill him
with a
Ground Pound to kill him. He will leave a birdcage type thing, with
a small
house inside. Get near the cage to be transported inside, where Big
Boo's
Haunt lies. However, Yoshi, sadly, cannot enter this level. I dunno
why the
game desginers didn't allow him. Ground Pound from him only phase
the Boo's.
And you can't eat
ghosts....

~Red Coins in the Courtyard~
Before we begin our official business entering Big Boo's Haunt,
there is an
easy Castle Secret Star we can get before entering. All around the
Courtyard
is a TON of Boo's. I mean a lot (And the Big Boo in the corner of
course).
Most of the Boo's have Yellow Coins inside them, which can only be
gotten
after Punching/Ground Pounding them to death, which they willl then
drop.
However, eight Boo's contain Red Coins instead of Yellow Coins
inside them.
This, fortunately, is such an easy Red Coin mission I don't think I
need to
explain to you how to do it. Boo's will float towards you while your
back is
turned away from them, however, you still may run into a bit of
trouble with
finding all of
them.

If you face a Boo, it will become transparent in fright. Oh boy. If
you get
hurt by a Boo in its normal state, that's 2 Health Bars ticked off.
However,
there's infinite life here. Simply, jump into the water around the
Eternal
Star statue, float at the surface, and wait for your health to be
replenished
back to full. Pretty darned simple isn't it? Anyways, right past the
door
when you enter the Courtyard a Boo will begin coming towards you
right then.
He contains Red Coin #1. There are a few Boo's in the water, none
have Red
Coins however. To the right end of the Courtyard are around 5-7
Boo's just
wondering around with no intention. Three of them have Red Coins
inside of
them, so I think you know the drill. A hop, spin, Pound. Then, head
behind
the Star Statue for another Boo with another Red Coin. Now we have
three left
to find. Head to the left side of the Courtyard for where the Big
Boo is
located, and there are another bunch of Boo's. The final three Red
Coins are
inside some of them. After collecting all 8 Red Coins, head over and
grab
the Power Star that appears behind the Star Statue (Woulda made
sense ABOVE
the
statue....).


Just as a note, it has been rumored that this Star is IMPOSSIBLE
after a
period of time. The Red Coins in the Boo's are said to dissappear
making the
Star ungettable. However, I have proven this rumor false. Go ahead
and get
this Star whenever you feel like in the game-even if Star 150 if you
want
to!


Star 1-Go on a Ghost Hunt
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

All right! We have finally entered Big Boo's Haunt for the first
time. Are
you ready? Good. Just don't ask hwo we got transported into the
birdcage on
the ground, or why the time of day is nighttime all of a sudden
(Creepy....)
Um, anyways, as the title of this Star suggests, you are going to go
on a
hunt for ghosts and kill them like you have never killed a ghost
before (Even
though in the previous Star we kiled ghosts....so enjoy that
oxymoron.....
ugh).


Aside from that stupidity, you will start off infront of Big Boo's
Mansion at
nighttime like I said. The object is to kill the five Boo's that are
roaming
around somewhere inside that Mansion. Instead of going into the main
doors
right now, we are going to save some time. Head around the Mansion
to the
very back of it. There will be a door in the back. Head inside it.
There will
be two Boo's floating around (At least they were. Now they will
start
floating towards you!), and if you have unlocked Luigi already, one
of them
will be wearing a Luigi Cap (WTF? IT'S A GHOST!). Kill the nearest
Boo to
you. You will get the message "Ghosts....don't...DIE! Can you make
it out of
here alive?". Creepy right? Kill the next Boo in this room to get
that same
message again (Kill the Boo? Ironic are my words?). Head back
outside of the
Mansion.


Anyways, you have already killed 2 of the 5 Boo's inside Big Boo's
Haunt. Now
we need to find the other three. Head around the Mansion like we did
before,
heading for the front. Head inside the front doors and you will be
inside Big
Boo's Mansion. You will see there are many doors on the first floor
and the
second floor. The second floor is in-accessable right now because
the stairs
are retracted into the ground now. We don't need the stairs
though...yet.
Head into the door at the top left corner of the first floor (On the
northern
wall, not the leftern wall). Inside of this room you will find a Mr.
I
staring at you, and another Boo. Kill the Boo there and recieve that
dumb
message
again.

Now, head of the room you are in now, and move over one door to the
right. In
here you will be in a pretty large room. There is a seemingly
bottomless pit
in this, and the following room. However, falling down takes you to
the
basement of Big Boo's Mansion. Just follow the path around, through
a few
doors, and then take the elevator back up and get back here if
neccassary.
Anyways, you just entered the door to this room. Stay along the path
railing
until you come to a collapsing bridge yet again. Quickly run across
this
bridge before falling. On the other side is your 4th Boo. Kill him,
and let's
find the last
one.

After killing that Boo, another door should be right in front of
you. Head
into it, and you will be in a smaller room with few (Ok, NO)
railings at all
and narrow pathways. Head along the pathway, hugging the wall until
you get
to a little piece of walkway that is jutted out with a Red Coin on
it. A Boo
will come towards you when your back is turned from him, so do that.
Then do
a Double Jump to get height, then Ground Pound to kill the 5th and
final Boo.
Then, a message will come up saying the Master of Terror and
Mischief has
arrived. The Big Boo! Heeheeeheeeheee....So....let's get ready to
fight the
boss!


Head into the door right past the final Boo that leads right back to
the
Lobby of the Mansion. You may not see him at first, but Big Boo is
in the
room with you. Run around him and Punch him (or Ground Pound, either
one
works fune) to make him get pushed around, and get a little smaller.
After
three hits Big Boo will dissappear. If you leave the fight at any
time and
leave the Mansion, Big Boo will be back at full health again.
Anyways, he
will put the Star on the Second Floor (figures) after his defeat.
However,
the Stairs will come out of the ground too so you can easily reach
the Star
at the top of the
stairs.

Star 2-Ride Big Boo's Merry-Go-Round
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

...the price? Your doom! Just kidding.....kind of like the previous
Star, you
will need to find (bum bum BUM) Big Boo's Merry Go Round, kill the
five Boo's
on it, then kill Big Boo himself once again. Not a very hard
mission...but
you'll see! As you start off, don't head inside the Mansion as it is
just a
waste of time. Head to the left from where you start and you should
see the
Mansion Shed next to the edge of the world. Enter that shed by its
only door.
You will find a Mr. I in there, ignore him, and hop on the red-
grated
elevator and ride it to the basement of the mansion. Head along the
narrow
path, knee deep in water. You will eventually come to a door. Can
you hear it
now? Head through the door to find another long hallway infront of
you. At
the end of this hallway you should start to here creepy and...odd
Merry-Go-
Round music that they play at carnivals. Erm. Head through the door
and in
this room, head to the left, and get back on solid ground on your
near right.
There is a door leading inside the large building thing right next
to you,
where the source of the music is. Head inside the door to be in the
next
area for the
Star.

Now, you will be inside a small room, with a Merry-Go-Round circling
around
and around, with many large pictures of Boo's on the sides, some
spitting out
flames. Watch out. Head to the other side of the ride (No rhyme
intended)
and turn your back away from the painting. A Boo will come out. Kill
him as
usual with a Ground Pound. Now, another two Boo's will appear. Kill
them both
before you get hurt by them. Then, another Boo, shortly followed by
another
Boo. Kill them both. Out of the painting the Boo's have been
spawning out of
comes Big Boo once again to steal the show. The constant rotation of
the
Merry-Go-Round and the fire spitting paintings. The Ground Pound
method is
best for defeating Big Boo. Keep trying to kill him and don't get
hurt at all
because 3 hits from either Big Boo or the fire is death for you. If
you need
health, head outside and jump into the deep water. However, you will
start
the battle with Big Boo at full health again. Keep cool, and Pound
your way
to another
Star.

Star 3-Secret of the Haunted Books
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Ah yes, the long forgotted haunted library in Big Boo's Mansion. How
fun it
seems.....librarian must have freaked then left. Anyways, the
haunted
library in the Mansion has a few "dishelved" books, and being the
nice
people that we are, we need to put them back in their proper order.
Head into
the Mansion as usual. There isn't anything of intrest on the first
floor, so
head up the stairs to the second floor. Go into the door on the left
wall,
farthest away from the window at the far end of the hallway. That
door over
there is
useless.

Now, you are in the haunted library. Two tall shelves of books line
up the
long hallway, but make a narrow path. No...nothing cliche. They
won't be
falling ontop of you when you pass them. However, when you get near
some
parts of the bookcase, flying books will fly out to the other side.
This
makes this area another Mad-Dash scene. Quickly run through the hall
of books
and even if a few hit you, its just 1 Health Bar. Keep going until
you reach
a dead
end.

Here at this dead end wall, three books are sticking out of the
wall. Oh
great. First, hit the highest book. Then, hit the lowest book to
punch it
into the wall. Then finally, hit the final book in the middle into
the
bookshelf. You will hear the "You solved the puzzle!" sound effect
and then
the bookshelf infront of you will slide out of the way revealing
another
passageway. Follow the short path to a door infront of it. This door
will
lead you to a tiny balcony above the Music Room, with your Star
within easy
reach.


Star 4-Seek the 8 Red Coins
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario,

Woohoo! It's THAT time again! *in announcer voice* YOUR favorite
game show...
COLL3CT TEH COINS THAT R SHINY RED! YAY! Er,....yeah. Another set of
8 Red
Coins are stuck in Big Boo's Mansion and it is up to us to retrieve
them. It
is always up to us to save them. Anyways, no Red Coins are in the
Basement of
the Mansion (Big Boo's Merry Go Round area is the basement genius)
so if you
fall down there, head right back up to the top of the Mansion.
Anyways, when
you start, head into the Mansion. Head inside the first door on the
far left
right near where you came in. You will see a nice Piano sitting in
the corner
and a chair. Behind the Piano is your first Red Coin. Get close to
that Piano
though, and he will start to CHOMP CHOMP CHOMP (Gotta love the sound
effects
for it though). If he touches you that's 2 Health Bars gone. Gotta
Mad-Dash
to the Red Coin, swing around the Mad Piano (The name it has gotten
for 8
years) and quickly get the hell outta the room. The Mad Piano will
start
chomping the crap out a few seconds after the chair attacks you.
That's
enough
time.

After getting out of THAT room...well actually, don't go back the
way you
came. There should be another door (Far from the Piano) on the wall,
so head
into it. There are a few bookshelves, a few chairs, a large picture
of a Boo
in fright, and some Red Coins. Near another door on the wall (That
leads back
to the Main Lobby) is a bookshelf. Double Jump up to the top and
claim you
second Red Coin. Get down, and near the door leading to the Piano is
another
bookshelf. Double Jump up there to collect your third Red Coin. Not
too hard
is
this?


Now that we are in the main Lobby, head straight across to the other
side
of the wall, and enter the door nearest to the door leading back
outside of
the Mansion. This room, again, his a Pit leading back to the Mansion
Basement
so avoid that. There is a Boo in this room. Don't take chances
wasting time
by killing him as Boo's aren't ever much of a threat. Head along the
narrow
pathway, hugging the wall until you reach a small jutted out
platform,
basking near a window under the moonlight. Your fourth Red Coin is
here. Head
back the way you came
now.

Now we have four Red Coins. Halfway there....lucky you. There aren't
anymore
Red Coins on the 1st Floor, so don't bother looking. Head up to the
second
floor instead now. There are two doors infront of the stairs on the
Second
Floor. Head inside the door to the left. You will be walking on wire
mesh
now. The whole floor isn't covered however, only some parts of it.
Sad isn't
it. Carefully make your way around the mesh, and to the other side
where a
Red Coin can be found nearly camoflauged into the grating. Collect
it.
Carefully head back around the wire mesh again and back out to the
exit of
the room. If you fall down at all, your in a room on th first floor.
No big
deal
really.

Out side back on the second floor, head into the other door on the
exact same
wall as the door you just exited. You will find a Mr. I in this
room. Kill
him if you wish, and head into the open room near him. There are 6
coffins
on the floor (Nothing comes out of them...). Get near the one at the
bottom
right corner of the room. The coffin will left up. Get the Red Coin
before
it slams down again. You can see what lies under other coffins
too....anyways
leave the
room.

Head to the far right wall, and enter either door their. If you
entered the
farthest one, longer path. Anyways, your seventh Red Coin is in
this
bookshelf room, near a piece of tilting floor. The floor is under a
Yellow !
Box. Stand on it too long, you'll tilt down all the way into the
basement.
The seventh Red Coin is here, so grab it. Exit to the farthest door
away from
this Red
Coin.

You need to be Mario for this part. The final Red Coin is now in the
top-
middle area of the lobby. The only way to reach it is using the
Power Flower
inside the ? Red Box on the platform you should be on right now.
Grab it and
float up to reach the eigth and final Red Coin. If you aren't Mario,
a Cap
for him is waiting underwater near the Merry Go Round. You can also
Triple
Jump into the Coin, however, it is very difficult to pull off. Do so
if
needed and not wanting to waste time. After uniting all 8 Red Coins,
the
Power Star will appear on the top floor, in the shine of the
moonlight. Run
up the stairs to the top floor, run to the left until you reach
another
shining
prize.

Star 5-Big Boo's Balcony
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Big Boo ACTUALLY wants to fight us again? After 2 straight
thrashings he
simply wants MORE!!!??? Wow....what a trooper. Fortunately, this is
your last
encounter with Big Boo (Unless you count unlocking Luigi's Big Boo,
but that
MUST be King Boo!). Anyways, enter the Mansion as usual and head up
the
stairs to the second floor. Head to the door on the far right wall.
Oh the
joy.


Run straight past the bookcase (Make sure not to get hurt by giant
books that
may pop out) and get onto a small platform with a ? Red Block on it.
Hit the
block and take the Power Flower that lies inside. Float up high
until you can
see a ledge with a door on it. Get onto the ledge, and inside the
door. If
you are a character other than Mario, jump onto the Red ? Block and
do a
Backflip. You will be able to go high enough and far back enough to
land on
the ledge
there.

Go through the door. On the wall you will see a painting of Luigi.
We will
worry about that picture in a later section. For now, keep going
forward
until you see double-doors on a small platform in the attic area of
the
Mansion. Go through the doors. You will be, literally, on Big Boo's
Balcony.
Great view from up here if it weren't for the fact Big Boo is trying
to
ruin the fun. He is exactly the same as all the other times we have
fought
him. Simply Ground Pound him or Punch him while he is visible. Keep
doing
this, smaller and smaller he gets after each hit (3 times) until he
dies.
(Note:Big Boo will be at full health again if you fall off the
balcony and
re-enter the Mansion.) The Power Star will appear at the very top of
the
Mansion.


This is where being Mario comes in handy. Its quite a long way
around, if it
weren't for the convienent Power Flower in a ? Red Block on the
balcony.
Double Jump to hit the block. Get the Power Flower and float up to
the top
of the Mansion and claim your prize. If you aren't Mario, then
things are
trickier. You need to Long Jump to one side of the Mansion (The left
or
right) and land on the small flat section near the roof. Now, run or
Jump up
to the very top of the roof. The very top is pretty flat, and not
tilted like
one would expect. Now, run over to the middle of the roof until you
are
pretty much even for the area the Power Star is floating on. SLide
down the
side of the roof and get the
Star.

Star 6-Eye to Eye in the Secret Room
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi needed

Gotta love Luigi's Invisible Power! In fact, it is neccessary to
complete
this Star! If you aren't Luigi, head to the back of the Mansion, and
through
the back door there. A Boo will be wearing a Luigi Cap (I still
question HOW?
??) so kill the Boo and put on the Cap if you need to. Anyways, head
into the
Mansion like we have for almost every Star. Head up the stairs to
the second
floor, and enter the door on the right side, like we did in our
previous
Star.


Run past the bookcase again, avoid the giant chomping books that MAY
appear.
When you are on the small platform with the ? Red Block, hit it and
collect
the Power Flower to be invisble. Turn and face the wall, now do a
backflip.
Maunver Luigi's "Copter" move so you land on the small alcove above.
Enter
the door there. You shall now be in the attic of the Mansion, like
we were
before.


Now that you are in the attic, head straight away from the Luigi
painting,
past the double doors leading to the balcony, and make a left turn.
You will
see a Boo picture who is cowering in fear from being looked at I
suppose.
As Luigi, and being Invisible, you can easily walk right through
this
painting. On the other side is a small room with a single Boo in
there. Also,
there is a giant Mr. I. Run around him in circles until he spins and
dies,
where he releases the
Star.

Star 7-Switch Star in the Basment
Difficulty:****/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed, then Luigi needed

Like Mad-Dashes? Damn good. You shall be doing one in this mission.
It is
quite a hectic Switch Star. The timer for the Star is plenty, it is
just a
matter of DOING SO before you run out of invisibility power. Ahem.
We will
need to start out as Wario. Head into the Mansion and take the door
on the
right closest to the entrance doors. Remember this room? It leads
down to
Big Boo's Merry Go Round if you fell down. Heh. Fall down. Now we
are in the
basement of the Mansion (Obviously from the Star title, the Switch
MUST be
here...). If you aren't Wario, there will be a Wario Cap somewhere
underwater
near where you are now. Head into the Big Boo's Merry Go Round, but
head to
the other side simply and out that other door. As Wario, go to the
left and
you should see a black brick just sitting there. Use Wario's power
muscles to
break
it.


It will reveal the Star Switch. Activate it and you will see the
Star appear
behind a mesh wall. The timer is about 8 seconds. Wario can't reach
the Star.
We are gonna need some help for this one. Head towards the mesh
wall, and
a door is near it. Follow the one way path from the door until you
reach an
elevator, taking you back to the haunted shed. Head out to the
Mansion.
Instead of going inside, head to the back of the Mansion, and inside
the back
door there. A Boo will be wearing a Luigi Cap. Kill him and grab the
Cap.
Head back outside now and goto the front of the Mansion. Once
inside, head to
the second floor, and the door on the right side of the wall. Get
the ? Red
Block Power Flower. Here comes the Mad Dash! Head to the left of the
room.
Under a ! Yellow Block is fake floor. It tilts. Stay on the left
side and
wait for you to fall over from the floor. You will fall to the first
floor
and miss land, cause you will fall into the pit and land in the
basement
waters. Head to land, and to the left. Jump past the Star Sphere and
through
the gate while invisible and quickly activate the Star Switch. There
is
PLENTY of time to reach the Star. However, it is a matter of "Will
the
invisiblity wear off?". Quickly head for the gate and jump through
it and
break the glass dome to claim another Power Star. I don't think
there is any
other path to take for this
Star.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

This place is chuck FULL of freakin Coins! There are eleven Boo's,
each one
contains a Blue Coin. Not to mention, many Mr. I's, Blue Coin
Switch, and
normal enemies, this Star is rather simple. Just irritating if you
fall down
to the basement all that often. As you start, there should be a
spider or
2 nearby. Kill him for three Coins. To the left of where you
started, there
should be a small box hoppning up and down a few inches off the
ground. Grab
the box, and it will spring into the air three times, going higher
and higher
each time. After the thrid time, when it hits the ground it will
break open.
Out will pop out five Yellow Coins. Meh....that's chip change but
it'll do
for
now.


Now that there aren't anymore Coins infront of the Mansion, head
over to the
left and look at the haunted shed. Wait...don't look-go inside! We
have been
here many times before. I'm sure we have seen the Mr. I staring at
you
plenty of times. Run around him three times. Make sure his eyeball
(Wait...
he IS an eyeball) is actually staring at you as you run around.
After you
succesfully run around him a few times, he will spin in defeat, and
hand over
a Blue
Coin.

We will get to Big Boo's Merry Go ROund later (Where it is
convienent) so for
now, head out of the shed. We aren't going to go inside the Mansion
just
yet. Head to the back of the Mansion like we have done a few times
before.
You will see two Spiders crawling around on the ground. Kill both,
for three
Yellow Coins from each one, for a total of 6. Then, there are a few
more
Coins stored inside the nearby ! Yellow Block, so break it for some
more.
Now, head inside the back door of the Mansion nearby. You are in a
small room
and there are two Boo's floating around inside, most likely floating
towards
YOU now. Run around them and Punch them from behind, or if you want
to,
Ground Pound both of them. They will each give up a Blue Coin. By
now, we
should have at least 25
Coins.

Now there aren't anymore Coins around the perimeter of the Mansion.
No real
choice but to go inside. Inside the main room of the Mansion, head
towards
the room at the far wall, leftern door. Inside of this room is
another Boo.
To make it less annoying, use a Ground Pound on him quickly to kill
it and
claim his Blue Coin because another Mr. I is in this room too. You
know the
drill. Run around him like a little pansy, making sure his pupil is
watching
your every move until he spins around and around and dies, where he
gives you
another Blue
Coin.

Leave this room now and head back to the main lobby. Go into the
room on the
rightern side of the back wall this time around, pretty close to
your current
location. Walk around the short pathway until you reach the
collapsing bridge
again. Quickly (But of course to make things less annoying,
carefully) run
across the bridge to the other side. The camera controls are HORRID
in this
room. It is pretty hard to coordnate yourself to kill the Boo that
rests on
the other side of the bridge. Killing him with a Ground Pound is
your best
option. Now that you should have at least 40 Coins, head through the
door to
the next
room.

In this next, but familar room, there are thin pathways along the
wall, with
no railings at all. Slowly cross the dreaded pathway, hugging the
wall the
whole time until you reach a jutted out piece of platform. There is
a Red
Coin here, so grab it for 2 more Coins. Also, a Boo should be
floating
towards you as well. Kill the Boo when he is entirely over the
platform you
are on. You don't want the precious Blue Coin to fall down into the
basement
where it is impossible to retrieve. That's around 45-50 Coins so
far. Not
bad at all. Much more left. Keep hugging the wall until you reach a
door
leading to the main
lobby.

Head straight across the room to the door on the other side. Enter
it and
you will be in the dreaded Mad Piano Room. Ohes noes!!! Quickly
swing around
the Mad Piano and grab the Red Coin resting behind it. Exit from the
door
on the wall, not the one however leading to the main lobby. In this
next room
is another 2 bookshelves and a table, Boo painting in fright, and a
few
chairs. Get on top of both bookshelves with a Double Jump. On top of
each
bookshelf is another Red Coin. We should have at least 50 Coins by
this point
in
time.


That is all the Coins on the first floor of the Mansion. Head up to
the
second floor, where even more Coins await. Head into the door on the
right of
the backern wall. Inside lies another Mr. I. Run around him a few
times, as
long as he is watching you, until he spins in defeat. Collect the
Blue Coin
then leave the
room.

Head into the door on the right wall. Inside, avoid the giant books
and goto
the other side of the room onto the tilting floor. Hit the ! Yellow
Block
over the floor for a few more Coins. Now, head for the Red Coin and
get it,
then get onto the platform with the Red ? Block. As Mario, you can
grab it
and then float to the door on the hidden ledge. As Luigi, you can
easily
backflip up there. As Wario, get ontop of the ? Red Block, then make
a
backflip to reach the attic door. Head inside the door. You should
be inside
the
attic.


Near the stairs in the attic leading towards the doors for Big Boo's
Balcony
lies a Blue Coin Switch. Ground Pound it (What else???). 4 Blue
Coins will
appear, 2 to the left of the stairs, and 2 to the right of the
stairs.
Collect them all for 20 more Coins. Now, head over to the Boo-in-
fight
painting. Keep your back to the painting and wait a few seconds for
a Boo to
pop out of the painting. Kill him with a Ground Pound as he
approaches you
for another Blue Coin. By now, we should have at least 70 Coins,
even 90 if
you
can.


Head up the short stairs to Big Boo's Balcony. We have no business
with Big
Boo (depending on the Star you choose to enter the level, he may be
there or
not). If you are Mario, head behind him and hit the ? Red Block for
a Power
Flower, then float to the roof of the Mansion. If you are Luigi or
Wario,
head to a Long Jump to the sides of the roof, then climb the wall of
the roof
to the very flat section at he very top. Walk carefully along it-
there are 6
more Yellow Coins up here for the taking. Afterwards, jump off the
roof,
Ground Pound before
landing.

Now, if you haven't recieved the Power Star for 100 Coins yet, there
is one
last place to check. On the ground, head for the haunted shed.
Inside, take
the elevator downwards until you reach the bottom, then run through
the
winding path, knee deep in water until you reach a door. Go into the
door and
cross the long hallway until you reach another door. In this next
room, head
up onto the platform and enter the door (Lots'a doors ins't it?) for
Big
Boo's Merry Go Round. Head around it until you find the painting
that is
spitting out Boo's. There are a total of 5 Boo's that come out of
the
painting before the actual Big Boo arrives. Kill all the Boo's. Each
one
contains a Blue Coin. By this point, you should have at least 100
Coins, so
collect your Power Star. If you don't have 100 Coins....you must
have missed
a few enemies.......go back into the Mansion and find them (Or Red
Coins I
missed).

~Getting Luigi~
Its about time we finally unlocked poor scared Luigi. His painting,
we have
found out to be in Big Boo's Haunt. Head inside the Mansion at start
as usual
and make your way up to the second floor. Head into the door at the
the far
right wall. Grab the Power Flower inside the Red ? Block in the
platform if
Mario, otherwise Backflip up to the serect attic. Inside the Attic
is the
Luigi painting. Jump
inside.
Note:It is quite advantageous to enter as Mario, as he is faster and
can
jump better. Wario cannot do much stuff in the secret world that
Mario can
do easily. However, both heroes are neccessary for all 8 Red Coins,
covered
later!


Welcome to King Boo's area! Seems simple when you first get dropped
into a
room similar to Big Boo's Merry Go Round. there are 4 doors. Does it
matter
which one you choose? Actually...yes! It does. 3 doors are fakes.
Enter them
and you will reappear where you are now. 1 door leads to the next
room, so
keep doing that until you are in King Boo's layer. From where you
start, head
inside the door to the right and enter inside it. You will be taken
to the
next room. Just a note:If you lose all of your health, or fall in a
pit, you
will be back at start. Anyways, run across the platform to the
center
platform, avoiding the collapsing bridges tumbling. At the Mr. I
platform,
take the collapsing bridge to the left. Hurry and get across there
for a door
to the next
room.

In this next room, there is a square platform in the middle with a ?
Red
Block on it. Under the block is another tilting floor. Long Jump to
this
middle platform. Then, Long Jump to the ledge on the right and enter
the door
there to be transported to the next room. There are another 4 ledges
with
doors, but no center platform. Instead, there are sevral moving
platforms.
Look to the left, and get a running start. Long Jump over to the
platform on
the
left.


Now you will enter a rather thin but large room. There is a HUGE
chasm
infront of you, with a very long collapsing bridge across it. Get a
running
start, and start rushing across the bridge. Ignore the pesting Boo's
near
the bridge, walk into the 1-Up on the bridge and quickly cross to
the other
side. You will se a platform nearby. Jump onto it and ride it
upwards. When
you see another platform, jump onto it. It will work its way to the
right,
stopping near another platform. Jump onto it. This platform will
ride to the
very top. Now, jump off and hop into the nearby hole to be
teleported....
again.


Now, you will fall down into a rather large rectanglulat room, with
a large
mirror infront of you. Walk up to the mirror and get into the camera
mode
behind your shoulders. Keep the camera thee for a few seconds, then
you will
see your reflection turn into Luigi! Next to you appears King Boo
who will
introduce himself. (Note:I relize he introduces himself as BIG Boo,
but that
crown on him, not to mention that laughter in the entire level,
clearly
signifies he's King Boo). He will teleport himself to the other side
of the
mirror. At this point, pretend you are Luigi in that mirror. Simply
Punch
King Boo from behind. He will then get angry and teleport to your
side of
the mirror. Now, act like the character you really are now. Ground
Pound or
Punch King Boo from behind again while he is visible. Sometimes on
your side,
he will breathe a few blue flames. Avoid them. After a 2nd hit he
will
teleport back to the other side of the mirror again. As Luigi, hit
him once
more. He will give up and tell you to visit him anytime you want.
King Boo
will dissappear into the sky, and the Luigi Key will fall from the
sky. Pick
it up to clear the level.

~Back in the Castle...~
Head back to the character room and insert the Key into Luigi's
Door. You
will have successfully unlocked Luigi! Awesome. Head back to the
long hallway
where Big Boo's Haunt is, but head down the long stairs nearby. Put
the Key
we got from Bowser into the door, and head into the basement. Head
along the
path, ignoring the big Star door until you reach another door. Head
inside,
take the path to the right. Then right again, then left. Jump onto
the
platform and go into the door with a Star on it. Inside the plumbing
room
is a small tub of a silvery liquid. Jump inside to be teleported to
Hazy Maze
Cave.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~V H.Course 6:Hazy Maze Cave~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Hazy Maze Cave....many paths..one goal. Get all 8 Stars in the
world. The
actual highlight of the cave is..literally the Hazy Maze. It is a
complex
maze of toxic fumes. Every few seconds you are in the gas, you lose
1 Health
Bar. However, a few Power Flowers can fix that problem eliminating
damage
or even the need to breathe. Sea beasts, manual elevators, large
gaps,
black hole, and the actualy Hazy Maze, all combine into one gigantic
level.

Star 1-Swimming Beast in the Cavern
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

The Star title may make you have second thoughts about this Star.
But don't
worry, the swimming beasy is actually very friendly. Even though
signs around
the level MAY say otherwise. WELCOME to the Hazy Maze Cave! Many
paths, many
routes, and many Stars lie within this complex cave. At the start
there is
always 2 ways to go-Left or Right. There are elevators around the
level so
you can reach other areas if you take the wrong path. Anyways, for
this Star
you want to take the left path first. Keep running until you see a
large
gap in the ground. Long Jump your way across it and then open the
door to the
next
room.


You are now in the Black Hole Room. This room got its name for...the
gigantic
Black Hole in the middle of the room. At the other end of the room
are giant
boulders falling from the sky rolling towards the hole, then fall
into it.
Head to the right on the red grating path. There are some Swoopers
and a
Spider on the grating, so avoid them from getting pushed off of the
path into
the hole. Keep going, passing the wooden door on the right, and over
another
grating. Now you are on the path the big boulders are on. Stay close
to the
wall to avoid chances of being hit by one of these giant
painkillers. Keep
going until the path goes to the right. Follow it, then open the
door to the
next
room.


In this next small room there is a wire wall seperating you and a
Star..but
that Star is for later. In this room also is an elevator. Ride it
down
quite a long ways to the bottom. Then, follow the short path with
Goombas to
the
water.


NOW we are actually in the cavern of the swimming beast. Her name is
Dorrie.
(Looks like the Pokemon Lapras lol...). She is calmly swimming
around
piecefully around a small island in the middle of the giant pool.
Hop into
the water if you haven't yet already and swim around the cavern to
get a look
at things. There is a ! Switch and a nearby gate, also a high
platform with
double doors WAY out of reach above the water. That is for later as
well.
For now, however, swim around the cavern until you reach Dorrie who
is
swimming slowly. You may notice something she is wearing on her
head. Get
onto Dorrie's back and do a Ground Pound. She will screech and then
lower
her neck. Walk on her neck and get onto her head. You will pick up
the Wario
Cap she is wearing if you aren't already Wario. Now, on her head she
will
rise back
up.

On Dorrie's head, you are pretty much in control of her. Face the
direction
on her head to make her swim in that direction. Look around for the
small
island in the lagoon. Wait until Dorrie swims close to the island
and then
jump off of the kind sea creatures' back onto the island. Grab coins
if you
want to. There is a gigantic boulder in this island. Break it with
Wario to
reveal the
Star.

Star 2-Elevate for 8 Red Coins
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Oh how the gods love us!!! ANOTHER Red Coin hunt! What better
challenge can
they possibly think of??? Ok, enough of the stupid act. Some Red
Coins are
lying in boxes in this mission. Because of the fact Yoshi can't
punch even
with fists, he is useless for the challenge. As the title says, you
will be
using elevators to collect your Red Coins. Anyways, start off this
Star by
heading down the right path this time. Stay to the left side as you
see a
Spider jump from a bottomless pit. fter that pit, avoid a small one
on the
left, then take the wide left path around another pit. Then, you
should see
a door over a small but wide pit. 2 flame towers emerge from it
every few
seconds, so avoid that, then jump across. On the other side, go
inside the
door
there.

In this next but large room you will find yourself on a high
platform with a
cage to the right. To the left of you is a pole. Use that pole to
slide down
and touch the ground. Head to the right now and keep on running. In
the
near distance are a series of very large stairs that take a few
jumps to get
up. Jump on the first one, then the next and then the last one. Jump
onto the
platform next to
them.

Now, turn around and face to the right. You should see the metal
Work
Elevator infront of you, awaiting you commands. Jump onto the middle
of it.
The Work Elevator is 100% Manual. It operates this way. You can
clearly see
the 4 directional arrows on the elevator can't you? If you step on
an arrow,
the Work Elevator will move at an even pace in that direction. The
Work
Elevator stops motion if you get off of it. If your off for too
long, it will
dissappear in reappear in its orginal position. So as a
recap:Directional
arrows you step on to make motion. You don't to stand on it for the
button to
stay pressed. Only 1 button at a time can be pressed. If you hit a
button
while another is already pushed, the elevator starts moving in the
new
direction.


Now, the directions I am gonna give you are assumed you are facing
to the
right of the Star Sphere on a platform infront of you. Anyways, hit
the
forward button to start the elevator moving forwards slowly. Now,
before the
elevator crashes into the platform, hit the left button (Note:If the
elevator
crashes into something, the button the oppsoite will be
automatically active)
...Now, when you see a nearby platform with the Star Sphere I was
talking
about eariler, crash into it. Its no big deal. The elevator will
shake a
little. While it is shaking, hit the forward button one more. When
the
elevator is clear of the platform, hit the left button to get the
elevator to
move left now. Soon enough, a small brick block will come into view.
When
the elevator is lined up with the block (And is still moving left),
hit the
forward button. Now, just wait until the block is close enough, then
punch it
to reveal the Red
Coin.

Now, after plowing into your first Red Coin, keep on going until you
see a
large middle platform with a Mr. I on it. Once you crash into it,
activate
the right elevator button to start that motion. Soon enough another
brick
block will come into view. When the Work Elevator is lined up with
it,
activate the forward button to do that motion. When the block is
within range
Punch it. There is no Red Coin in here however. That was just to get
that
useless brick out of your way. Keep on going forward until you see a
long but
thin line of...something. It is pretty low. The elevator will slip
right
under it, but you need to jump over it. Now, keep on going forward
until
another red brick comes into view. When the elevator is lined up
with this
brick, activate the Right arrow to move the elevator in that
direction. Now,
when the brick is within range Punch it to reveal your second Red
Coin. Don't
get off the elevator just yet. Ride it over to the top right corner
of the
room (If the elevator is still moving right you are fine). On a
small
platform in this corner is another Red Coin. Grab your thrid, then
jump off
the platform to
ground.

There is no need to worry about the Work Elevator anymore. We
collected all
of the Red Coins we can from the Work Elevator alone. Now, head back
straight
from where you are off the platform until you reach the wall. Then,
head
along across the long hall towards to the right until you reach the
stairs
all the way at the other side again. Now, head up the stairs again
by jumping
as usual and get onto the upper platform. Facing the Star Sphere,
get onto
the Work Elevator and Long Jump over to it. Using the Work Elevator
works as
well.


Now, you should see a purple pole near the Star Sphere. Climb the
pole
quickly then once you reach the top jump off onto the top platform.
Now that
you are here, look to your left. You should see another tiny
platform across
a brick block. This is the Automatic Elevator. This type of elevator
is....
duh automatic! You have no control over it. It follows a preset path
until
the user jumps off of it for a few seconds, where it returns to its
original
position.


Walk onto the Automatic Elevator and face the direction it starts to
move in.
The elevator will start to move pretty quickly. Its path will put
you
directly in line for your fourth Red Coin. It is inside a crate
though, so
you need to punch it open to reveal it. Next, the elevator will
continue to
chug along its path and you will find your fifth Red Coin
just...there in
mid air. No need to move, the elevator will pass right under it and
you are
tall enough to just stand and reciver this glorious beauty. That's 5
Red
Coins
down!

Continue to stay seated/standing on the elevator. You will see a
little
platform looking like
this:
    RC
----------
|Elevator|


The Elevator travels under the small platform, the Red Coin simply
lies on
it. You need to jump over the platform, grab the Red Coin, and get
back onto
the platform rather quickly. Now, its a pretty simple ride from
here.
Eventually you will come to a large floating platform on the
elevator's right
hand side. Here, you need to jump off of the Automatic Elevator.
Hurry along
(Or take your time...no difference) and grab the nearby seventh Red
Coin.
And quite convienently nearby where the seventh Red Coin lies is
your eigth
and final Red Coin. Hurry along and grab this last Red Coin, then
jump onto
the
elevator.

The Power Star will appear in the middle of the large room you are
currently
in right now. Wait until the elevator passes where it started, then
walk off
onto the brick block. Walk to the right and slide down the purple
pole. Now,
jump off of the platform you are on right now that has the Star
Sphere. Keep
on walking now that you aren't on your platform and keep heading
towards
the middle of the room according to the map. The Power Star is
waiting for
you
there.


Star 3-Metal Head Wario Can Move
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Wario (...DUH)

We are going to be needing Wario's Power Flower ability of turning
Metal for
this particular Star. If you don't start off as Wario, head to the
right of
where you begin and keep going until you see a Goomba that is acting
stupid
with Wario's Cap. After getting the Wario Cap if neccassary, head
back to the
start of the
world.

From where we start at the beginning of the world, we as usual have
2 paths
to choose from. This time around for this Star choose the left path.
When
you get to the large gap in the ground Long Jump just as you are at
the edge.
The reason is because Wario can't jump for crap, and his Long Jump
isn't very
long.


After clearing the gap, head inside the wooden door infront of you
to enter
the Black Hole Room. Stay on the main path, heading towards the
right. Avoid
the enemies to avoid getting pushed off, especially if you are
wearing a
Wario Cap because you don't want to waste time going back to get a
new one.
Head poast the Spider and the Swooper until you are on solid
platform. Ignore
the wooden door there and keep going heading onto the wire grating
path. When
you get onto the area where the giant boulders are, they WILL knock
the Cap
off of you if you are wearing Wario's, so hug the wall carefully to
avoid
them. After getting past them, head to the right and enter the metal
door
that is
there.

We have been in this room plenty of times. That Star on the other
side of
the mesh wall is probably irritating you to get. Get onto the
elevator
waiting in the floor. Once you are on it ride it all the way to the
bottom
as usual. However, don't follow the path to the lagoon just yet. As
Wario, we
have stuff to
do.

Before heading for the path with Goombas, you should see a ? Red
Block right
near where the elevator lands at the bottom. Inside is as usual a
Power
Flower. Hit the block and grab the Power Flower to turn Wario into a
metal
machine. Head down the light brown path of Goombas, knocking them
out of the
way if you want. There isn't much time because Metal power is short
lived.
Head into the water. By now you should now you just fall and sink to
the
bottom underwater, but don't need to breathe. Underwater there is an
easily
seen light brown path compared to the rest of the ground. Follow
this path
until you come to a short wall. Jump up to the top to find a !
Switch.
Activate
it.

Nearby, 2 large mesh wire doors will swing open, allowing you access
to the
wooden door that laid behind it. Enter the wooden door there. You
will now
be in the abanded mine shaft (Gee...I can understand why). There is
a large
gap infront of you now. Getting a running start, head for the gap
and Long
Jump to the very thin platform in the middle. There isn't much
landing room
here, so you need to have a perfect Long Jump. Now, there is another
large
gap infront of you. You can't get a running start, so you will have
to make
due without it. Start running (Hardly able to though) and then Long
Jump
before the gap. You should be able to make it. Near the wall on the
other
side of this rather large gap lies another Power Star ready for the
taking.
Grab it to clear the
level.

Star 4-Navigating the Toxic Maze
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi for the non-honest shortcut path we
wanna take

Its just the plain and simple fact that there is almost always more
than 1
way to get a Star. Not to mention one of those ways can be a
bit...sneaky,
cheap, unfair, and downright ****ingly easy. As Luigi, we are gonna
abuse
his Power of being invisible. So obviously, it is most advantageous
to start
as
Luigi.


As you star the level as Luigi, head and take the left path like we
did
in the previous Star. As you approach the gap, perform a Long Jump
right
before you get to the edge of the gap. Once you are on the other
side, enter
through the
door.

Now you will be in the Black Hole Room. Make your way over the red
grating
avoiding the enemies to make sure that you don't get pushed into the
Black
Hole of doomyness. Once you make your way around the enemies, follow
the path
ignoring the wooden door as usual. Make your way across the other
red grating
bridge and to the path of the falling boulders. Avoid them by
hugging the
wall and slowly making your way northwards to avoid the giant
boulders as the
path turns to the
right.

As the path goes right, head into the door that follows it. The next
room
contains the Star we want. Behind the mesh gate lies that annoying
Star we
so much hate. Get onto the elevator that waits patiently in the
middle of
the room. Get onto it and just sit there as it slowly mkaes its way
all the
way to the bottom near the lagoon. Make sure the elevator is at the
bottom
for this
part.

If you jumped off of the elevator before it reached the ground,
that's ok.
There isn't much of a big deal there. As you or the elevator and you
reach
the bottom of the lagoon area, hit the ? Red Block narby for a Power
Flower
to come out. If the elevator hasn't reached the bottom yet, let the
Power
Flower wait on the floor until the elevator is completly at the
bottom.
Once the elevator has finally made it to the bottom and has stopped,
pick up
the Power
Flower.

Quickly hop onto the elevator. There isn't much time. It's pretty
much wait
wait....wait....wait...wait some more....did I mention WAIT? Once
the
stupidly slow elevator makes its way to the top, quickly run off of
the
elevator and, as you are still (Hopefully) invisible, run right
through the
gate. Now that you are through that annoying mesh gate, nothing
stops you
from the
Star.

Star 5-A-Maze-Ing Emergency Exit
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Wario, Luigi

Ah yes...now we actually HAVE to go into the Hazy Maze to access
this Star!
Note:I have found reports of loads of BS saying its possible to get
this
using backflips and crap. LOL. Grabage really. H4Xing to do that
maybe....
but the Star is WAYYY too high for a simple backflip to get even
close to.
Anyways, surviving the actual Hazy Maze Cave can be quite an ordeal
for....
your lungs. The noxious gas that lies inside is...toxic persae. One
whiff
and you lose 1 Health Bar. Only Luigi's and Wario's Power Flower
abilities
allow them to easily not breathe the gas, and quickly head for the A-
Maze-
Ing Exit. Start off as either one of the characters. Instead of
going left
like we have for the past while...head to the right this time. You
will see
a Spider pop out of the darkness pit unexpectdly, so be prepared and
not get
hurt. Continue along the path, avoiding the bottomless pits on both
sides.
Right here are 2 Goombas doing nothing really. If you aren't Wario,
grab the
Cap on one of their heads. If you aren't Wario or Luigi and want to
be Luigi,
don't bother with his Cap as we can get Luigi's also. Continue along
this
path until you reach a small gap, with 2 towers of flames emitting
from the
pit every few seconds. While the flames are down, jump across to the
other
side.


On the other side of this gap is a door. Enter the door to be on a
platform
high above this large room. Near where you are currently standing is
a red
and rusted pole. Get on the pole and slide down to the bottom of the
room.
If you want to be Luigi for this mission, head straight over to the
top right
corner of the room. You will find a few Goombas. One is wearing a
Mario Cap
and the other is wearing a Luigi Cap. Duh. Kill the Goomba with the
Luigi
Cap and collect it to be Luigi. Now, head back over to where we
were, under
the tall pole. To the left of where you are standing is a pathway.
Don't go
through that pathway. Keep heading straight until there is another
pathway
to the left. Head into the pathway, which is short and comes to a
door.
Enter that door. Head along the short and winding pathway until you
see a
large map on the wall, a hole in the ground, and a few coins. Jump
into the
hole.


You are now in the actual Hazy Maze. There is limited time to
survive in here
if you aren't Luigi or Wario. See the purple gas? That's the toxic
haze. In
that for every few second syou can kiss 1 Heath Bar goodbye. From
where you
land from falling from the hole into the maze, you will immediately
lose 1
Health Bar. Quickly run up to safe land. A Sniffit flies nearby.
Straight
ahead is a ? Red Block. Hit that block to become either Invisible or
Metal.
Reguardless of which form you are, you won't need to brethe the
toxic fumes
for the time the Power lasts. Quickly run to the right. When you
come to a
ledge, go to the left of it. Keep going over land until you pass a
small
piece of raised land with a Monty Mole. There is a high ledge just
past this
area. Double Jump or backflip up to it. Go throught the metal door
there.
Go along the winding path until you reach an elevator. Get onto the
elevator
and ride it to the top. Exit out through the door when you get to
it. Now,
you are high above the black hole room. Double Jump up to the Wire
Mesh Over
Hang and hang onto it. There are 2 paths to take while holding onto
the mesh.
Take the right path. Keep moving forward on the mesh path and then
the path
takes a right. Then, the path stops over a platform high high above
the
Black Hole. This platform happens to contain the Power Star, so grab
it to
clear the
level.

Star 6-Watch For Falling Rocks
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

Remember those giant boulders that were consistantly falling and
rolling into
the Black Hole? Those boulders hold a secret....that is needed to
get this
Star. If you aren't Wario right now, take the right path from the
start, and
avoid the bottomless pits until you find the typical Goomba wearing
that
darned Wario Cap. Kill the Goomba and put it on. Head back to where
you first
started.


At the beginning of the cave, take the path to the left this time
around.
Once you reach the same old gap like we have countless times before,
get a
running start if you haven't already, then Long Jump to the other
side before
running into the pit. On the other side, head into the door lying
just
infront of
you.

Now, follow the red grating path as usual, dodging the enemies to
avoid the
risk of falling into the Black Hole of doom. Ignore the wooden door
nearby
as usual. Follow the path around and go across another red grating
bridge
over a side of the Black Hole. Now, instead of going straight into
Boulder
Territory, head left until you reach a black brick. Punch it and a
Mushroom
will pop out of the block. Grab the Mushroom to become Supuh-Sized
Wario!
Time to
smash!

Head back over to the oncoming barrage of boulders. As Super Wario,
you can
simply walk into the boulders, and they will explode upon contact. A
number
will appear after the destruction of each boulder. Once you destroy
3
boulders, you Star will appear at the top of the pathway the
boulders roll
over. Also as a note, you don't need to use the Mushroom to destroy
the
boulders. A simple Punch destroys them too. But the timing for the
Punch on
the boulders is a bit harder, so I reccomend using the Mushroom.
Grab the
Star
afterwards.


Star 7-Switch Star Underground
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Wario to get Switch, then anybody

Another Star Swithc lies under another Black Brick, so we need Wario
again
for another mission. Obviously, Wario is needed to reach the switch,
but I
advise Mario or Yoshi for their high jumps after the Switch is
revealed.
Anyways, head to the path towards the right once you begin. Keep
avoiding
the spiders and the bottomless pits nearby until you reach a pair of
Goombas
just walking around aimlessly. If you aren't Wario, one of these
Goombas is
wearing a Wario Cap. Grab the Cap after killing the Goomba if you
need it.
After that, keep running past the next pit on the right, and then
you will
come to the pit with 2 flame towers coming out of nowhere. Because
Wario
can't jump even if he was paid to do good, a Long Jump is your
safest action.
Crashing into the wall on the other side won't knock you into the
pit. Enter
the door
there.

As we have been here before, you should be familar with you being at
a high
platform high above this large room. Jump onto the nearby pole and
slide down
to the bottom and touch the ground. Head along the wall straight
ahead. Keep
on going, passing the nearby enemies that won't hinder you at all.
Keep
going until you reach the the wall at the other side. Turn to the
left once
you reach this corner. You should see 2 Goombas close by this
corner. One has
a Mario Cap, and the other a Luigi Cap. Kill them both, but don't
collect the
caps.


Continue moving forward until you finally reach a black brick near
another
corner of this large room. Using Wario's immense strength, Punch the
block to
destroy it. Once the block is clear away from you, a Star Switch
will be
revealed....intresting. Before you in a motion activate the Star
Switch, your
gonna be doing a usual mad dash. Nearby the Star Switch should be
the Luigi
and Mario Caps. Collect either one as their speed is needed to grab
the Star
quickly.


Once you have either Mario or Luigi (Or lose the Wario Cap and
become Yoshi
again if you are), head over to the Star Switch. But first, manuver
the
camera to face the giant stairs aways infront of you as best as you
can.
Now, activate the Star Switch. The Star will appear in the Star
Sphere near a
purple
pole.

There isn't a lot of time so quickly start running. Keep going until
you are
remotely close to the giant stairs. First Jump. Then do a Double
Jump, and
when you are right near the stairs, pull of the Triple Jump. If you
aimed and
timed your jumps correctly, you will have quickly already be at the
top of
the stairs, which saves time. Now, head over onto the Work Elevator.
There
isn't any time to waste operating it, so Long Jump onto the next
platform.
Near this platform you jumped to is a purple pole, and the Star
Sphere. Grab
the
Star.


Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:****/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi

Its that time again! Find the....100 Coins lurking in this god
forsaken world
wOOt! The Hazy maze Cave is VERY complex, and there are mutiple ways
of
accoplishing this Star. The difference is.....dun dun dun:The order
you
collect the Coins in. Hazy Maze Cave ISN'T a gold mine or
anything....your
gonna have to kill everything to reach 100 Coins...but barely. Its
very hard
cause death is everywhere. I'll cover the cave in my personal order,
not hard
to
understand.


But why 4/5 difficulty? I already said. Its a race. Killing almost
every
enemy findable and getting their coin(s)...not easy at all. You,
most likely,
will be taking several trips into the actual Hazy Maze to hoard all
of the
Coins that are in there. Anyways, Luigi has the speed, the jump, and
the
Power Flower Abilitiy to survive everything in the level, so no need
to worry
with the man in green around. Ahem. Start off by taking the path to
the
right. We'll get to the leftern path later. Near a pit coming up a
spider
will jump out. Kill him for an easy 3 Coins. Next, is the lovely
pair of 2
Goombas. Kill them both for another Coin each. Near where the
Goombas were
is a thin ledge, with 5 Coins on it. Carefully get on the ledge and
grab the
Coins and walk back onto wide ground, away from death. Now, after
the fire
shooters stop coming from the pit infront of you, jump across the
gap and
enter the
door.

You'll be in the common large room again, on a high platform. Yay.
Head down
the nearby pole and land on the bottom. Head straight along the
wall, not
turning onto any of the paths. There are a few Spiders in this room,
along
with a few Goombas. That's about 10 more Coins to your total. Chip
change
really....how sad. Now, head over to the bottom left corner of this
room,
where the large stairs are. Jump up to the top and get onboard the
Work
Elevator. I'll give you directions based on the fact your back
should be
facing the wall behind you. Get the elevator in motion, heading
forwards.
Then, make it go left until you either hit a platform, in which case
go up,
then left once you clear it. After that, head forwards once you are
lined up
with a brick box. Heading forward, break it once your able to. It'll
have a
Red Coin inside. Keep heading forward, then taking a right once you
meet the
platform with the Mr. I on it. Head to the right, then back up. A
box is near
you to break, but nothing is in it. Keep heading forwards until
another brick
box is lined up with you on the left, then head left and break the
box for
another Red Coin. Keep going until you reach the corner platform,
where
another Red Coin lies. Get it, and hop back on the elevator. Head
backwards,
moving to the right as well until your on the Mr. I platform. Run
around Mr.
I not falling off until he spins in defeat. He will give up a Red
Coin once
you kill him. Now, jump off and go back to the stairs. Climb back up
to the
top
again.


Once at the top, get on the Work Elevator and Long Jump to the
nearby
platform with a Star Sphere. Once there, climb up the purple pole to
the top,
then walk across the brick to the Automatic Elevator. As it moves by
itself,
punch the brick when it comes nearby, and grab the Red Coin it was
hiding.
Then, the Elevator will pass you through another Red Coin. Then, it
will go
under a platform, and over that same platform is a Red Coin. Just
ride the
elevator to the final platform with 2 more Red Coins. The Star will
appear,
but that's not the one we want. Hop off, and pound the ground before
you
hit it. Walk over to the middle of the room and turn left through
the
walkway, then enter the door there. Walk along the pathway and
collect the
nearby 5
Coins.

Prepare yourself as Luigi. Mad-dashes all about! Enter the hole
nearby to
appear in the Hazy Maze. You'll fall into the toxic gas, so quickly
get to
dry land. Kill the nearby Sniffits for 2 Coins each. Now, grab the
Power
Flower inside the nearby ? Red Block. After getting it, quickly run
right
and onto the ledge. A Blue Coin Switch is there. Activate it, then
run behind
you and follow the trail of telltale Blue Coins. Quickly run through
the maze
and collect them. Double Jump to reach the set of 3 Blue Coins in
the air.
That's about an additional 40 or so Coins. Your Invisiblilty Power
by now
is probably running out. Don't fret though. Suck it up like a man.
Keep
heading deeper into the maze. Many Swoopers and Sniffits will find
you before
reaching dry land again. kill them all for Coins. Now, at this
section of
land you should take a left, and follow the path for some more giant
stairs.
Climb them then go down the slide to be back in the giant room
again. By now
you should have 70+
Coins.

If you don't, head back into the Hazy Maze and kill more enemies.
Now, head
right from where you exited. Go one hallway past where the Hazy Maze
entrance
door is, then take a right and go down the long hallway. You'll come
to an
elevator. Ride it up all the way to the top, then exit out through
the door
there. Your in the Black Hole Room now. Take a left and kill the
Spiders
there for more Coins. Head back to the right and follow the boulder
path
upwards. You'll find an additional 5 Coins to the side as well. Go
through
the door to the right when you get to it. When you enter the next
room, get
the circle of 8 Coins around a block, then head down the elevator.
At the
bottom, kill the nearby Goombas for a few Coins. Then, swim out into
the
lagoon and to the center island and collect the Coins that rest
there. By now
you should have atleast 100 Coins. If not, check back for enemies
you might
have
missed.


~Back in the Castle...~
Hazy Maze Cave has been fully completed! Head out of the room, and
back into
the main basement. Nearby should be a large picture of a fireball.
Enter that
painting.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~V I.Course 7:Lethal Lava Land~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Ah yes. Lethal Lava Land. One of my favorite courses. Let's just say
its
85% Lava, 10% Land, and 5% Volcano. Isn't that great? Lava lava
everywhere!
However, this is one of the greatest Koopa Surfin' spots, so hop on
and take
'er for a ride! Lethal Lava Land is pretty much a large series of
platforms.
Most of them moving, or sinking back into lava and coming out. Watch
your
every move because the lava ISN'T a place you want to commonly land
in..or is
suicide your
option?

Star 1-Boil the Big Bully
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

It's always best to get a Star the easiest way possible right? I'm
sure most
of you agree with me. Lethal Lava Land isn't a place to play around
in.
Touching thst hot stuff will damper your parade....so Mario and his
Wing Cap
are highly advised. When you start you will be advised to fight back
against
Bullies. A Bully is a small black ball with horns and just eyes. If
they see
you they will ram into you, trying to push you into the lava. Ground
Pound
them or Punch them into the lava first to kill them. Anyways, when
you start,
turn around. You should see an island in the distance. Long Jump to
this
island.


Now that you are on this island, jump up into the Red ? Block and
grab the
Wings that float out of it. Triple Jump to soar up and start flying.
From
where you are flying, keep going straight. To your left, you should
soon see
a spinning platform with 2 fire emitters on it, circling around.
Make sure
that's on your left so your going to the right destination. In the
distance
you will see a large brown platform infront of a very tall black
tower. Soon
the Big Bully will come into view. He is your target. Land on the
platform to
start the
battle.

Beating the Big Bully is a rather easy and simple feat. There are
MANY ways
to defeat him. Choose one of the available options (As they are the
only ways
to beat him). You can keep Punching him over and over again until he
falls
into the lava. You can also do the same thing, only with Ground
Pounds. Or,
if you are still flying with Mario, simply keep pushing him while in
the air.
Hey...it works! Another technique that makes this feat rather simple
also it
to get near the edge of the platform, and have the camera face you,
so you
can see the Big Bully. Crouch down, then when the Big Bully comes
near you,
perform a Backflip. Once behind him, quickly Punch Big Bully into
the lava.
Another alternative instead of a backflip is to simply move out of
Big
Bully's way when he comes towards you at the edge. Then a simple
Punch/Ground
Pound will push the bastard into the lava. Whatever way you choose,
the
Power Star will appear ontop of the nearby black tower. Its near
imposssible
to reach up there alone however, so a stairway bridge appears.
However, there
is a catch. It is a collapsing bridge. Quickly jump up to the top
and claim
the
Star.


Star 2-Bully the Bullies
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Hmmm...another Star involving teh uber Bullies? Don't you think
there JUST
might be a shortcut for this? Heh. There is. There almost always it.
Start
off as Mario to have the easiest time while trying to accomplish
this Star.
Turn around from where you start off and face the island not too far
away
from you. Get a running start then Long Jump over the lava to clear
it and
land on the
island.

Now, hit the Red ? Block that is on the island, and watch the Wings
float
down piecefully. Pick them up and do a Triple Jump to start flying
over
Lethal Lava Land. You want to be aiming a little bit farther right
this time
around while flying. Once the platform with the Big Bully from the
previous
Star comes into view, head right of him and keep going until another
platform
with the exact same shape is visible. 3 normal Bullies are on it.
Land on the
platform.


Beating normal Bullies is rather simple of course. A simple Ground
Pound or a
Punch will knock them back a few steps. Keep on repeating the
process until
they all fall into the scorching lava. The onyl hard part about this
feat is
that 2 or all 3 at a time might be attacking you, so aiming for one,
while
another is ramming you isn't very easy. Try to lure away one of the
Bullies
at a time away from the group, that way you can easily kill them.
Afterwards,
Big Bully will fall down.

Beating the Big Bully is a rather easy and simple feat. There are
MANY ways
to defeat him. Choose one of the available options (As they are the
only ways
to beat him). You can keep Punching him over and over again until he
falls
into the lava. You can also do the same thing, only with Ground
Pounds. Or,
if you are still flying with Mario, simply keep pushing him while in
the air.
Hey...it works! Another technique that makes this feat rather simple
also it
to get near the edge of the platform, and have the camera face you,
so you
can see the Big Bully. Crouch down, then when the Big Bully comes
near you,
perform a Backflip. Once behind him, quickly Punch Big Bully into
the lava.
Another alternative instead of a backflip is to simply move out of
Big
Bully's way when he comes towards you at the edge. Then a simple
Punch/Ground
Pound will push the bastard into the lava. Once you push him into
the lava,
the Power Star will appear nearby your position on the same
platform, so run
and get
it.

Star 3-8 Red Coin Puzzle With 15 Pieces
Difficulty:Is this a joke?/*****
Recommended Character:(Insert bad pun here)

.......once again we are on a stupid quest to collect all 8 Red
Coins. Dandy
isn't it? Nintendo probably thought the Coins would blend with teh
lava so..
they created a puzzle. A moving puzzle. Red Coins lie on top of
them. Dandy.
Anyways, start off by running forward, jumping the small gap when
you come
to it. Take a left under the archway and continue up the stairs and
to the
left. Go across the raising and falling bridge to a small caged area
with a
Mr.
I.


Get past the Mr. I. And continue along the pathway and jump onto a
triangle
shaped platform. It is sinking into the lava partially, and coming
back up,
where the other half of the platform is then dipped into the molten
hot lava.
Doesn't touching that hot stuff sound fun? Good....wait that's
bad..or so we
think
>:)

Turn to the right and you shall see the puzzle I have been talking
about for
a while. It is a large puzzle of Bowser...one of those really
annoying
puzzles where you move a piece into an empty space, and try to
complete the
picture. That's what's going on here. However, floating above 8 of
the
puzzle pieces are 8 Red Coins. Kill me now people. This couldn't be
any
easier. (Then again, Nintendo could have just GIVEN them to
you....). Maybe
it could be
easier.

Hop onto the 15-piece Puzzle of Bowser. Quickly run around, avoiding
the
"Empty Spot" revealing lava. If a piece shakes for a second, it is
about to
move into the "Empty Spot" so if your standing on the shaking piece,
jump,
then wait for another piece to fill the gap. When the picture of
Bowser is
completed (Which is done roughly every 30 seconds) no pieces will
move for
about 3 seconds. Simply keep your kool, don't panic, and quickly
retrieve
all of the 8 Red Coins. The Power Star will appear nearby, so grab
it to
clear the
level.

Star 4-Red-Hot Log Rolling
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

*sigh* The one thing about Lethal Lava Land is how there is ALWAYS
an easy
way to reach every single Star. It takes the difficulty out of
things...by
a lot. It annoys me....oh well. From where you start turn around and
face
the island situated in lava that we have been to before. Long Jump
over to
it.


Once you are on Lava Lava Island (Had to say that), hit the ? Red
Block from
below with Mario to have another set of Wings to fall from the
box....I
think by now you should know the drill. Grab the freakin wings. Wow.
What a
surprise that statement was. Triple Jump as usual into the air and
start
flying towards a giant and tall black gate past where you started.
Its
impossible, however, to fly directly at the gate and hope to god you
don't
fall into the lava, so we are gonna have to make a breif jumping
stop
firstly.


Keep flying striaght until you see a small black arch, the same one
we passed
under in the previous Star. Land on the flat surface on the top of
it. Now,
face the giant gate infront of you and make a big, tall Triple Jump.
Your
jump should be high enough even if it isn't that tall. Start flying
towards
the gate, and try most improtantly now to lose too much altitude.
You need to
fly towards safe ground, which is near the left corner of the gated
cage,
where the 2 walls of cage connect. Once you have safely flown over
the tall
gate, and are sure you are above this spot in the cage, do a Ground
Pound to
fall down. If you were too high you may lose some Health Bars, but
that isn't
a big deal with what's about to happen. Near where you are standing
now, head
down a thin pathway with arrows down to where the next Power Star
resides...
all in easy reach.

Star 5-Hot-Foot-It Into the Volcano
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

During this whole time in Lethal Lava Land you may have noticed a
small
volcano in the world's center area. That is our next destination.
The island
behind us this time around is utterly pointless, so continue to move
forward
when you start and Long Jump across the small gap when you come to
it. Just
to make getting to the Star much easier, don't bother going under
the archway
this time, but continue heading straight. You will end on a small
platform
with a brick block and a ! Block. Hit the ! Block and the jump onto
the Koopa
Shell that
falls.

Hop on the Koopa Shell for Ode to Invincibility....or at least until
you hit
a solid object like a wall...anyways, the Koopa Shell is a 1-Way
ticket to
your final destination very quickly. Enemies? Shred through them.
Walls?
Avoid them like your mother. The shell breaks after colliding with a
solid
object, so watch out! Anyways, once you hop onto the Shell, start
riding
towards the giant gate that blocked easy passage from the previous
Star.
Right before you reach the wall, take a left. Jump over any
platforms that
may be in your way because..don't wanna lose that shell. Now,
eventually to
your left you will see a large spinning platform, with a volcano in
the
middle of it. Isn't that lucky? Hop onto the spinning platform, but
avoid
getting disoriented, then try to slide up the volcano. Jump, then
aim to fall
into the middle of
it.

Now, you will fall right into the bottom of the volcano. Don't
worry, even
though there is a HUGE waterfall of lava (Lavafall?) doesn't mean
you have to
quickly escape the deadly volcano as the lava levels never actually
rise.
Take a look of your surroundings. You have 2 paths to go-The one
infront of
you and the path behind you. For this Star, we need to take the path
that
lies infront of us. Jump over to the next platform. A few Coins are
on it,
and some fireballs are constantly jumping over the platform. Cross
it then
jump to the next smaller platform. Careful of the lava, then jump to
the
platform sticking out of the
wall.

Now you are on the outer edge of the volcano, and will be here for
some time.
Keep moving forward on this relatively thin ledge. You will see a
small hole
in the wall, but don't go near it. It's actually another fire
emitter...which
may make you screaming off the edge if touched. After it blows the
flames,
run past it and jump up to the next ledge. There is a sweet...er
mean ass
Bully on this here ledge, so its best to avoid him so not to fall.
Jump to
the next
ledge.

Now, you may have noticed there are plenty of booby traps inside the
volcano
(Who the hell would EXPECT someone JUMPING into a Volcano???). The
ledge
you are standing on now has another booby trap waiting for you. Walk
forward
and part of the wall will crash to the floor. Stay still, and wait
for this
section of wall to slowly makes its way up. After it is up, jump up
to the
next
ledge.


Keep running across this next ledge until it ends. However and lucky
for you,
there a a chain of several floating islands serving as stairs
reaching up
to the next level. They are all very small, so that poses a problem.
Jump on
the first large one. Then, jump a little higher to the next one
right near
you, which is smaller. Near you is another smaller island, then once
you are
on it you need to jump to the tinyest island. Once there you can
simply jump
to the next
ledge.

Now on this next ledge, you will find a cute cuddly Bully who wants
to push
you over and make you fall down half a mile head first into boiling
lava.
What a vigorating thought right? Stay near the wall and kill the
Bully so he
doesn't interfere with this next section of the volcano. After his
fiery
death which can't be heard, head along the thin path that branched
away from
the outer wall. However, take time to see the lavafall right next to
you.
Pretty nice sight to
see.

Keep running across the thin bridge until you come to the end of it.
This is
the hardest part of the Star because of the crap they give you for
camera
angles. Ugh. Jump onto the nearby pole. Quickly now, climb up all
the way to
the top of the pole. You should see another pole nearby. Make sure
your back
is facing that pole, then jump off the pole towards it. Hopefully
you grabbed
onto it. Now, quickly climb pretty close to the top of it again.
Another pole
should be floating on an island nearby. The camera won't cooperate
with you
on this, so try to position your back as best as you can to the
pole. When
you think its perfect, jump. Now, climb to the top of the final pole
and do
a Handstand. Have your face aimed towards the Star not too far away
from you.
Once you are in the right position, jump away, land on the platform,
and grab
the
Star.


Star 6-Inside the Volcano
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Another Star inside the volcano? Figures.....main part of the level
you could
assume. Well....no matter. This Star isn't that hard anyways. The
island
behind us this time around is utterly pointless, so continue to move
forward
when you start and Long Jump across the small gap when you come to
it. Just
to make getting to the Star much easier, don't bother going under
the archway
this time, but continue heading straight. You will end on a small
platform
with a brick block and a ! Block. Hit the ! Block and the jump onto
the Koopa
Shell that
falls.

Hop on the Koopa Shell for Ode to Invincibility....or at least until
you hit
a solid object like a wall...anyways, the Koopa Shell is a 1-Way
ticket to
your final destination very quickly. Enemies? Shred through them.
Walls?
Avoid them like your mother. The shell breaks after colliding with a
solid
object, so watch out! Anyways, once you hop onto the Shell, start
riding
towards the giant gate that blocked easy passage from the previous
Star.
Right before you reach the wall, take a left. Jump over any
platforms that
may be in your way because..don't wanna lose that shell. Now,
eventually to
your left you will see a large spinning platform, with a volcano in
the
middle of it. Isn't that lucky? Hop onto the spinning platform, but
avoid
getting disoriented, then try to slide up the volcano. Jump, then
aim to fall
into the middle of
it.

Once again you fall down to the very bottom of the volcano. No
worries about
lava rising again. Last Star we went forward from where you start in
the
volcano, however, this time you need to turn around. You should see
a few
small platforms leading around behind you. Jump on each platform
taking the
Coins if you want to until you meet the dreaded Automatic Elevator.
Jump on
it to make it
start.

Ladadadadada...ride the boring Automatic Elevator for about 20 or so
seconds,
as it climbs higher around the volcano's interior. Eventually
ANOTHER
Automatic Elevator will come into view. The Elevator your standing
on will
stop for a brief second before falling when right next to the next
Elevator.
Ride this next Auto Elevator around the volcano, but you won't be
gaining as
much height as you may think. You'll eventually come to a pole in
the
distance, and the Elevator travels around it only once. In that
time, you
need to jump onto the pole and grab it. Miss, and kiss the luke warm
and hot
lava.


Once you are on this pole placed high above lava, quickly climb to
the very
top of it. Manuver yourself until your back is facing another pole
that is
a bit higher (most likely) than you current position. When you have
your back
aimed correctly, jump to the next pole. Climb quickly to the top of
this
pole as well. At the top you should see a medium sized floating
island. At
the top of the pole, jump to it. You, most likely, will overshoot
the pole,
so when you are sure (I don't see how you couldn't be) you are over
the
island, do a Ground Pound to make sure you make a safe landing on
it. Now,
nearby this island are 2 more smaller islands serving as footsteps
to the
Power Star. Grab teh uber
Star.

Star 7-Flaming Silver Stars
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

You HAVE to LOVE catching the Silver Stars! This is probably the
most fun
new types of challenges put into this game. Anyways, this mission is
mainly
going to test your Koopa Surfin' abilities, so I hope you've
polished up on
them, because it makes this Star grabbing task really....simple
actually.
Start off, again, by not taking the path behind you, but rather
heading
straight along until you reach the small gap where a simple jump
will do for
getting across. Head forward still, and ignore going under the
archway like
before.


Just past the archway is the common platform I'm sure that you have
been to
before. Nothing new here really. Just the ! Block which happens to
contain a
freshly packed sealed Koopa Shell. Hmm...why don't we hit that
block....yes.
Hit the block and of course grab the Koopa Shell that falls out of
it. Hope
your surfin is good! Face the direction you just came from, and take
the
off to the
right.

As soon as you are off the right side of the platform, start going
back
straight back the way you came, heck, even farther than where we
started. But
stay clear to the right side, yet at the same time avoiding the
walls that
will destroy the shell in an instant. Once the walls on the right
side
finally end, head over past them. An oddly shaped....moon-like
shaped
platform just barely above the lava is sitting there with out first
Silver
Star bouncing happily on top of it. Ram your shell right into the
Silver Star
to collect
it.

After collecting your first Silver Star, you are pretty much on a
direct path
for the edge of the level which will break your shell. Quickly make
a nice
and smooth U-Turn and head back the same way we just came. Take it
easy, and
watch the walls now to the left of you. Soon enough you'll see a
drawbridge.
Go under
it.

As you are heading towards the left....make sure the drawbridge is
UP before
attempting to rush under it...otherwise you'll enter a low overhang
zone....
and your a bit too tall. Push L to have the camera swing around to
behind you
to make the rest of this description easier. As soon as you pass
under the
drawbridge, you should see a large tall...half-circle shaped
structure to
your left. Head up to the top of this strucuture. You will need to
jump
though so you need to do so. Head down the other side of the
mountain, but
jump to maintain good speed. Nearby is another crecent shaped
platform, with
your second Silver
Star.

Ram your shell, as usual into the Silver Star. That's 2 down and 3
to go.
From where you are on the crecent platform, head straight to the
right. If
there are any platforms in your way, head more to the left because
you have
probably aimed a bit wrongly. Eventually you will see four platforms
shaped
like diamonds, all in the lava. Every few seconds nearly the entire
platform
is covered by lava, then the lava recedes out. Because the platforms
are
connected to the lava, you can easily surf right over them and not
lose your
shell.


A little ways in the distance of these four sinking and rising
platforms is
a small island in the lava. There is no receding tide to it, but a
lone
Mr. I resides there. A circle of Coins entangles around the Mr. I as
well...
however. Another prize lies up on this island. The third Silver
Star. Go ram
into
it.


Now, you should be on a crash course for the edge of the level.
That's not a
good thing. Quickly steer to the left, and you should see in the
distance
another half-circle shaped platforms that we saw like before. Head
over to
it and keep jumping until you reach the top section of the half-
circle
shaped platform. Along with a few Coins up here, your fourth Silver
Star is
here
too.


Ram your shell into the fourth Silver Star. Head down the steep
slope, and
then quickly steer to the left. Another tall platform looms in the
distance,
so get near the edge of the level for safety. Keep your shell speed
steady
as you make your way across to the other side of the world.
Eventually you
will finally see another crecent shaped platform. Your final Silver
Star is
here.


The Power Star will appear on a platform we have been to many times
before.
From your current location, start heading to the left to avoid
hitting some
invisible walls. Keep going until you go past the old crecent shaped
island.
Eventually you will come to the island with the Red ? Block and the
Star
Sphere for your
taking.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Wario

Y halo thar folks! It's-a me! The 100 Coin [stupid] Star! Whoopee!
*Lays
Coin minions all over the world*.....ok....You can easily get 100
Coins
before even setting 1 foot inside the volcano, so I won't bother
covering
the volcano section. However, 50 free and easy Coins can only be
accessed
by Wario so starting out as him is highly reccommended (And needed
for the
job...).


As soon as you start, begin running forward as usual. Your gonna
have to
Long Jump across the small gap between platforms unless you want
Wario's
ass to be extra crispy. lol. Continue heading forwards, going past
the
small archway, onto the platform with the ol' ! Block, and a Brick
Black
Block.


Firstly, we want to break open the Black Brick. 3 Coins will pop out
so grab
them unless they are in the lava. The Block proved to be hiding
something...
a Blue Coin Switch. Don't be crazy and activate it now though....so
Jump up
and hit the ! Block for the famous Koopa Shell to fall down. Now, go
crazy
and Ground Pound the Blue Coin Switch. Hop on the Shell quickly as
there
isn't much
time.

Ride the shell away from the nearby sign, into the lava. You should
see a
Blue Coin as soon as you enter the lava. Hurry along now at full
speed. The
Blue Coins keep going and going and going....they will take a tight
turn
through the little gap near where you started. The Blue Coin trail
keeps
going still! Time of course is running out. The Blue Coins head
under the
drawbridge, so take you chances and rush it. Then, after that the
final Blue
Coin is midway up the large half-circle nearby. That's already 50
freakin
Coin in only a minute practically! Head back to where you got the
Koopa Shell
and press
R.

Now we are back quite roughly where we started. Time for an easy 50
Coin hunt
don't you think? Head back near the starting position from where you
are
right now, then take a right and go under the archway. There are 3
Coin
just lying on the ground. Head up the stairs, and a Bully will be
waiting for
you. Head to the left from where he used to be, and cross the
drawbridge
quickly while its down. After that a Mr. I will be on the grating
area. Run
around him a few times to make him die, then grab the Blue Coin that
appears
nearby.


Keep heading towards the left. The platform gets a bit wider, then
you can
see a tilting platform in the lava, with a few Coins in it. Grab the
Coins
once you jump on it. Continue forwards along the path until you
reach the
15-Piece Puzzle. There are 8 Red Coins lying in plain view on top of
the
puzzle. Carefully grab them without falling into the lava thanks to
moving
pieces. Also, many more Coins are here too. You may find that
after
collecting a Red Coin or 2 many Yellow Coins will appear on top of
the puzzle
top. Quickly grab all of them before they dissappear, which happens
in only a
few
seconds.


After you have collected all of the 8 Red Coins on the puzzle, the
Star will
appear for it, but since we already have that Star don't bother
retrieveing
it. Keep going forward along the path and up the next ramp where you
will
find 2 Bullies and a few Coins on the ground. Kill the Bullies
before getting
pushed into the lava too much, then collect the Coins they give.
Then,
grab all of the Coins on the ground, then walk forward and jump onto
the next
platform.


On this next platform there are a few Coins lying on it...however.
There are
2 flame lines on both sides of the spinning platform, and they move
pretty
fast. Quickly run around the platform and collect the 4 Coins. Then
jump to
the right onto a few wooden blocks. Jump onto the next platform that
is
nearby.


There are a few Coins that are lying on this platform. Grab them all
of
course you idiot. Follow the tilting platform, constantly dipping in
lava
until you see another platform. Jump up ontop of it. Big Bully is on
this
platform from wayyyyy before, but we aren't here to kill him or
anything. A
few Coins lie on this platform, so quickly grab all of them before
it is
too late. Nearby this platform is a small mesh platform in the lava.
Jump
onto it, and it will take you to another platform lying not that far
away. A
circle of 8 Coins are on this platform as well, so grab them. 3
Bullies
reside here too, kill them for their Coins. Big Bully will appear
again, but
don't bother
fighting.

Nearby this platform are a series of 4 platforms in the lava, all in
sync
with eachother sinking and...not sinking. You can easily jump to
them from
where you are. Only do so though when they are nearly fully out of
the lava.
That way you have a better chance of landing on them. At the peak of
each
platform is another Coin. Grab all 4 of them. Another long, twisty
platform
should be nearby also. There are a few Coins on this path as well.
Grab them
all. Nearby, is where the Koopa Shell ! Block is. Head over
following the
easy to see path and grab the Shell. Head along forward, going to
the right
when the gate wall ends, then reach the edge of the level, then make
a left.
A Mr. I on a small island should easily be spotted. There are a few
Coins
around him, grab them. Then on your shell, spin around him a few
times until
he spins around in defeat as usual. Grab the Blue Coin that follow
Mr. I's
death.


By now, if you don't have over 120 Coins you must really suck. Heck,
I got
180 Coins from all of the abover descriptions....so if you haven't
even
crossed the 100 Coin barrier yet, exit the level and try again,
unless you
skipped the Blue Coin Switch part in which case a lot of money can
easily
be made there. Also, if you are short a few Coins, head into the
volcano in
the middle of the level. There is around 15-20 Coins lying around
the Volcano
so I suppose its up to you to find them....of course they are easily
on a
direct path from the start of the volcano so you can't possible miss
them.
This was one of the easier Collect 100 Coins challenges...but there
are much
harder
ones.

~Back in the Castle...~
Nothing else new has happened unless you've already got 30 Stars in
which
case you can head for the Large Star Door in the basement. In any
case, we
should head to World 8, Shifting Sands Land. From Lethal Lava Land
painting,
take a left and follow the path to a dead end. Jump into the dead
end to
enter the
world.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~V J.Course 8:Shifting Sands Land~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
We take a break from all of the hot lava to find..a hot desert.
Great. Not
just a desert, a desert that wants to kill you...fast. Quicksand
is
everywhere, death is everywhere, sand tornadoes are everywhere, and
the
pinnacle of your time will involve the great Pyramid in the middle,
or
traversing the maze of Tox Box's, who are contantly smashing around
their
territory.


Star 1-In the Talons of the Big Bird
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Oh boy. Klepto the Vulture has stolen a Power Star. Whatever will we
do to
the bastard. Let's hit him. That'll work......Anyways, Klepto has
stolen a
Star and we need to retrieve it. You will start off on a small
raised
platform, so just walk off into the sand. Its not quicksand, which
is a
different color so don't worry. Keep running forward until you see
what
appears to be a whirlpool of...sand. This is a sand pit. You can
enter it,
but it sucks you towards the middle so you need to keep running out.
If you
get too close to the center, your pulled under the sand and you die.
How
lucky. From the sand pit, head left, and under the little cabana.
Soon up
ahead you will come to what appears to be a large maze with large
boxes on
it.


This here is the Tox Box Maze. Tox Box's are big boxes you see with
different
expressions on them. They have a hollow interior though. They move
around
in the maze. Anyways, up ahead should be the first Tox Box. Wait on
the
second closest square to the sand. The hollow inside will protect
you. After
the Tox Box moves back, keep running forward until the path splits.
Take the
left path, and follow it around. Jump to another portion of the maze
if a Tox
Box is coming after you, then jump back when safe. Keep avoiding the
only 3
Tox Box's in the maze until you reach the end of the maze. However,
you need
to be careful of something. There is a special type of sand below
the Tox Box
Maze. It is "Insta-Kill Quicksand". If you go in it, you instantly
die. Heh..
be
careful!


Soon enough you will be out of the Tox Box Maze, and in a small
oasis. Head
to your left. There should be a relatively tall red pillar near you.
Walk up
the side of it (Yes...you can do that...) to the very top and just
wait there
until you see Klepto teh Vulture starting to fly towards you. Klepto
enjoys
only circling around the 4 pillars that are around the pyramid, and
this is
the easiest one to be at. Wait there until Klepto starts to fly
around this
pillar. While he is flying around you should notice a Power Star in
his
clutches. When he is over your head, or at the least prettty close
to you,
jump up and into him. He will be shocked, and drops the Star nearby.
Grab the
Star to clear the
level.

Star 2-Shining Atop the Pyramid
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

There are 2 different paths for completing this challenge. The
shortcut way
with Mario, or the normal way that's still not that difficult. Your
choice as
to which one you want to do. The Star is, like the title says,
shining atop
the giant Pyramid. Time to grab teh Star! Anyways, start out as
usual from
start and keep heading forward until you reach the large sand pit.
Don't
go into it you idiot. Turn to the left towards the little roofed
area. Stay
barely to the left of the roof and do a running Triple Jumpm with
Mario. In
the middle of your Triple Jump, hold right so you land on the roof.
It may
take a few tries but you should be able to do it. On top of this
roof is the
Blue Star Marker, a ! Block with a Koopa Shell inside, and a Red ?
Block. I
think its obvious
now.

Walk over to the ? Red Block and hit it to make the Wings fall down.
Grab
them, then aim for the Pyramid. Do a high flying Triple Jump to
start soaring
into the skies. Start flying for the top fo the pyramid...but not
the
very top. Just abover the middle on the pyramid's left side lies the
Star
at the very top or it. It isn't hard to get so fly right into it to
win and
earn the
Star.

However, some of us fancy a challenge. Head forward normally to the
Tox Box
Maze of Doom. Anyways, up ahead should be the first Tox Box. Wait on
the
second closest square to the sand. The hollow inside will protect
you. After
the Tox Box moves back, keep running forward until the path splits.
Take the
left path, and follow it around. Jump to another portion of the maze
if a Tox
Box is coming after you, then jump back when safe. Keep avoiding the
only 3
Tox Box's in the maze until you reach the end of the maze. However,
you need
to be careful of something. There is a special type of sand below
the Tox Box
Maze. It is "Insta-Kill Quicksand". If you go in it, you instantly
die. Heh..
be
careful!


After getting out of the maze like before, your in the oasis area of
the
level. Head past the 2 pillars on the ground to the left. We have
no
business with them. Keep heading forward now until you reach a sand
pit. Get
close to it and a tornado will form. Cool. Jump into the tornado to
lift off
the ground for a second, and start twirling down. Land on the base
of the
pyramid. Head past the entrance of the pyramid and to the edge where
you
should see a bit higher ledge. Jump up to it. Keep following the
series of
ledges, going progressively higher around the pyramid. Eventually
you will
start to see some enemies. Avoid them. It'll get thinner towards the
top,
but that's just a bit closer to the Star. Once at the top the Star
awaits so
grab
it.


Star 3-Inside the Ancient Pyramid
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

It's about high time we entered the forbidden pyramid right? Head
straight
until you reach the long seen sand pit, and head over to the left
towards
what we have been to every single Star-The Tox Box Maze of doom.
Wait on the
second closest square to the sand. The hollow inside will protect
you. After
the Tox Box moves back, keep running forward until the path splits.
Take the
left path, and follow it around. Jump to another portion of the maze
if a Tox
Box is coming after you, then jump back when safe. Keep avoiding the
only 3
Tox Box's in the maze until you reach the end of the maze. However,
you need
to be careful of something. There is a special type of sand below
the Tox Box
Maze. It is "Insta-Kill Quicksand". If you go in it, you instantly
die. Heh..
be
careful!


On the other side of the maze now, the commonly found oasis. Head
left until
you see another sand pit. Get near it and a tornado will form. Jump
into it
and while spinning in the air, move over to the base of the pyramid.
Once
there, look for the entrance that's easily found, then slide down
inside to
enter
it.

Ah...take a good look at your new surroundings....pretty odd. Very
big and
spacious pyramid compared to being outside. Start heading forwards,
then when
the wall ends take a right. Keep following the path until you reach
a group
of 3 Goombas. They pose no threat to you unless you suck at this
game so just
ignore them. Head to the left now and keep going...you'll be hearing
the
sounds of a pounding Thwomp. Stop once you see an opening on the
floor above
you. A Mummified Thwomp is pounding up and down over and over again.
While
he is pounding the ground, jump up on top of him, then ride him to
the second
floor.


Before the Thwomp crashes you into the wall, jump off to the right.
You will
come upon another group of three Goombas. If you need the health, go
ahead
and murder them. If not, go ahead and quickly climb the pole that
rests near
them.


Head to the right after jumping off the pole on the third floor.
Keep heading
towards the right until you see a mesh net attached to some nearby
poles.
Below the mesh net is a slope that dumps you out nearby onto a trail
of
quicksand...or so it appears to be. It's (what I call) the Sand
River. Just
a long river of sand that'll pull you down to waist level (You won't
go
further than that) and the sand move towards...and Sandfall at the
end.
It dumps out at the very bottom of the pyramid. Don't enter the Sand
River
unless you can quickly jump out. Jump up to the mesh overhand and
climb to
the other
side.

There are some stairs infront of you now in a zigzag formation, and
with a
few Coins on them too. Climb them to the top onto the fourth floor.
Head to
the left (Your only possible direction) and turn the camera behind
you. You
will see a Thwomp Roller. This special 1 of a kind Thwomp (The
mummified ones
though) will roll back and forth on your pathway. Keep running on
the pathway
until you see a little hole in the wall. Hide there until the Thwomp
Roller
passes you, then run out of the hole and continue on your normal
path past
him.


As you pass the next corner, heading to the right in the pyramid,
you will
see a couple of platforms that are rising up and down in a
continuous motion.
Jump onto the first one, then at the peak of the raise jump onto the
middle
platform (There's no holes, but there are 2 platforms, and if you
didn't make
it your just wasting some time). Then when the next platform is low
enough,
jump on it and ride it to the top of the peak. At the top, jump off
to the
fifth
floor.

Now we are on the fifth floor. Very close now. Head along the
pathway to the
right until you see 2 Amps come out of nowhere. They will start to
spin
around as usual, so dodge of jump over their paths to avoid being
shocked.
Keep going forward to the next corner, where the pathway then
becomes very
narrow. If you don't wanna fall a long way, sidestep while hugging
the wall.
If your feeling confident and are a steady walker, walk there. Climb
up the
nearby pole after
that.

Now we are on the sixth and final floor. Just one more enemy keeps
us from
getting the Star. Keep heading along until the pathway ends, then
look to the
right to find another walkway continuing. There are no walls on this
walkway
because....a Mummified Thwomp is jumping up and down over it. If the
Thwomp
is traveling towards you, wait for it and when he stops, jump ontop
of his
head and ride him to the other side. If he is going away from you,
head
towards the middle of the walkway and wait for the Thwomp to turn
around, and
then run under him while he is jumping. Jump up the small ledge on
the other
side. Head up the nearby hill, collecting the Coins to replenish
you
unneccassary health at this point. Double Jump to the next ledge and
grab the
Star on
it.

Star 4-Standing Tall on the Four Pillars
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Mario is gonna have a fun job in this level....oh boy! He's the best
and
makes this Star the easiest. This Star is impossible with Yoshi so
don't
bother trying. Anyways, as Mario, head forwards as usual until you
reach the
sand pit. Take the left like before, and Triple Jump onto the top of
the
pavillion.


Now that you are ontop of the pavillion, head over to the Red ?
Block. Break
it to reveal the Wings. Grab them genius. Face a tall Red Pillar in
the
distance all surrounded by quicksand (The one closest to you).
Triple Jump
and start flying towards it. Nearby is a sand pit that will spring a
tornado
when you get near it. Ignore that. Ground Pound when your shadow
from flying
is on the Pillar. Turn to the right, and face another nearby pillar.
Do a
Triple Jump and start flying torwards it. Be careful with this one.
You need
to Ground Pound it exactly. Insta-Kill Quicksand is all around the
pillar so
DON'T MISS. Pound it, then face towards the left. Another Pillar is
quite a
distance away. Do a high Triple Jump and start flying towards it. Be
careful
of Klepto the Vulture after landing on this pillar. He will lunge
for you and
try to steal your hat, which is bad. From this Pillar, face to the
left and
Triple Jump to start flying towards the last Pillar. Once you land
on it, you
should hear the familar sound signaling something is happening. Face
the top
of the pyramid. As you can see, the top part is rising off the
ground,
spinning, then explodes. Fly to the top of the pyramid, then fall
into the
revealed
hole.

You will be at the top of the pyramid...inside the pyramid that is.
You
should see the old previous Star there (A shortcut eh? You could
have used
this method before, but the other is funner). You will be in a
large, caged
elevator that will slowly make its way down. Once it reaches the
bottom of
its path is will stop, and a hole in the wall is seen. This is
extremly hard,
nearly impossible to reach without the elevator. Anyways, a brick
block is
blocking your way so easily punch it to bits. A thin passageway
(Wall are
on both sides...don't worry) is revealed. Walk down it and reach the
bottom
of
it.


You will fall into a small...well...rather large room. The problem
is that
most of the room is just...emptiness. Bottomless pit. Your on a
small
platform connected to the wall. Exciting. Infront of you appears to
be some
vases, some Egyption couch (lol), and a coffin. The Pharoh (SP!!??)
I
suppose. Jump ontop of what appears to be "The Couch" and it will
spring up
(Even though I was expecting this I was still startled) and will
form 2
Hands that were evidently fists before. The Hands are..named Eyerok.
They are
2 hands with eyes in the palms of them...ancient spirits they are.
They are
angered at you for disturbing them, and they are gonna crush you!
Prepare to
fight!


At the start of the battle both hands will be rised fists form and
starts to
pound the ground....Really hard and shaking it. Focus on the left
hand
first. After its fist shake, the left hand will open for a brief
moment,
revealing its eye. Quickly run to it and Punch it. The Hand will
fall down,
but quickly get back up. The right Hand now will have opened its eye
up to
you, so quickly run over to him and Punch him in the eye. After this
he will
repeat the process of falling down then getting right back up. Not
close to
being over
yet.

After that Punch, the left hand, again, will have its eye revealed
once more.
Quickly run over again and Punch it to have him fall down then get
back up...
See where this is going? The right hand again by now has opened up
once more
so run over and punch it. Now that you have 2 Punches on each of
them, both
hands start to go crazy. They will wildly Pound the ground with
their fists
and go into fist mode and slide across the platform randomly. Its
gets pretty
crazy. Eventually one of the hands will open up, so Punch it one
more time
and he will explode. Then simply wait for the other hand to open up,
then
Punch it to make him die too. They will give up the Star, which will
lie on
top of the
coffin.

Star 5-Tox Box Switch Star
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed, then Mario/Luigi/Yoshi

To have access to this Switch Star, Wario will be needed first off.
Mario/
Luigi/Yoshi are reccommended for their speed and Jumping powers to
reach the
actual Star quickly. If you don't enter as Wario, or Yoshi in a
Wario Cap,
then a Wario Cap is in the level somewhere (Tox Box Switch Star is
available
no matter which Star you choose) and varies from Star to Star
selection.
From where you start head forward, passing the Fly Guy and the Bob-
omb
until you reach the Sand Pit. As usual, head left. Keep going until
you reach
the Tox Box
Maze.

Wait for the first Tox Box to make its way right near where you are
standing
(Next to the first tile of the Tox Box Maze). When it comes, follow
the Tox
Box until you reach the split in the road. The Tox Box will go
right, then
stop. That's the way we need to go as well. Wait for the Tox Box to
head to
the left, then as Wario head to the right. You will soon reach a
dead end.
From here you only go 2 options. Them are 1:Either Jump and
hopefully grab
onto the platform in the middle of the quicksand or 2:Long Jump to
the
platform in the quicksand, but risk getting undershooted or
overshooting and
dying. Either way you choose death is an easy to take option so do
whichever
you are most comforatble with. Once you have grabbed onto/Long
Jumped to the
platform in the quicksand, make a Long Jump to the nearby, larger
platform,
and don't
miss!

Once on the large platform, head to the left. Don't worry, this is
a
subcluded island in the quicksand, and no Tox Boxes invade it. You
will soon
come up to a Black Brick Block in the middle of the pathway. As
Wario, you
easily have enough power in your guns to blast away the block. The
now not
there anymore Black Brick has revealed a Star Switch right there! If
you want
to beat this Star as Wario, you can, if not follow this step in the
next
paragraph.


Simply head back the way you came from the Tox Box maze, and make
your way
back to the pavillion. Here, 2 Goombas have a Mario and Luigi Caps.
You can
lose your to turn back into Yoshi if ou were Yoshi to begin with.
Grab/lose
whatever Cap you want, then head back to the Switch on the island in
the Tox
Box
Maze.


Back on the Switch Island, with your character you want to be as,
activate
the Star Switch! You'll find out the Star Sphere in near the little
pond in
the oasis...on the other side of the Tox Box Maze. This is trouble.
There is
some time, only a portion can be used for sitting around, so get
moving!
Long Jump to the platform infront of you as long as no Tox Boxes are
near
that spot. The spot ahead is wayyyy to long for a simple Long Jump
to reach,
so you need to take the normal path. When it splits, keep heading
forwards
and not to the left. Tox Boxes are nearby, so stop for safety if you
need
to. Keep going until you reach a series of mini gaps. Depending on
if you are
Wario or not, Long Jump across each one, otherwise a simple Jump
will do. Get
across the final platform and your outta the Tox Box Maze. Head
forward and
swing around the pond in the oasis. The Star Sphere is behind the
pond, so
break the dome for
it.

BranBranMB@... writes:Its easy to grab the Star with plenty of
time.
Simply walk to the opposite end of the platform the Switch Star is
on, and
you will get warped to the oasis with the Star Sphere.

Star 6-Pyramid Puzzle
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

We need to head inside the pyramid ONCE again for another Star!
Dandy right?
Heh. I ain't not gonna repeat the very long explaination on how to
reach the
pyramid, and I sure won't repeat how to actually get to the top. The
actual
way to get the Star is 10 paragraphs below this one. The following 9
are just
how to get to the top of el
pyramid.

It's about high time we entered the forbidden pyramid right? Head
straight
until you reach the long seen sand pit, and head over to the left
towards
what we have been to every single Star-The Tox Box Maze of doom.
Wait on the
second closest square to the sand. The hollow inside will protect
you. After
the Tox Box moves back, keep running forward until the path splits.
Take the
left path, and follow it around. Jump to another portion of the maze
if a Tox
Box is coming after you, then jump back when safe. Keep avoiding the
only 3
Tox Box's in the maze until you reach the end of the maze. However,
you need
to be careful of something. There is a special type of sand below
the Tox Box
Maze. It is "Insta-Kill Quicksand". If you go in it, you instantly
die. Heh..
be
careful!


On the other side of the maze now, the commonly found oasis. Head
left until
you see another sand pit. Get near it and a tornado will form. Jump
into it
and while spinning in the air, move over to the base of the pyramid.
Once
there, look for the entrance that's easily found, then slide down
inside to
enter
it.

Ah...take a good look at your new surroundings....pretty odd. Very
big and
spacious pyramid compared to being outside. Start heading forwards,
then when
the wall ends take a right. Keep following the path until you reach
a group
of 3 Goombas. They pose no threat to you unless you suck at this
game so just
ignore them. Head to the left now and keep going...you'll be hearing
the
sounds of a pounding Thwomp. Stop once you see an opening on the
floor above
you. A Mummified Thwomp is pounding up and down over and over again.
While
he is pounding the ground, jump up on top of him, then ride him to
the second
floor.


Before the Thwomp crashes you into the wall, jump off to the right.
You will
come upon another group of three Goombas. If you need the health, go
ahead
and murder them. If not, go ahead and quickly climb the pole that
rests near
them.


Head to the right after jumping off the pole on the third floor.
Keep heading
towards the right until you see a mesh net attached to some nearby
poles.
Below the mesh net is a slope that dumps you out nearby onto a trail
of
quicksand...or so it appears to be. It's (what I call) the Sand
River. Just
a long river of sand that'll pull you down to waist level (You won't
go
further than that) and the sand move towards...and Sandfall at the
end.
It dumps out at the very bottom of the pyramid. Don't enter the Sand
River
unless you can quickly jump out. Jump up to the mesh overhand and
climb to
the other
side.

There are some stairs infront of you now in a zigzag formation, and
with a
few Coins on them too. Climb them to the top onto the fourth floor.
Head to
the left (Your only possible direction) and turn the camera behind
you. You
will see a Thwomp Roller. This special 1 of a kind Thwomp (The
mummified ones
though) will roll back and forth on your pathway. Keep running on
the pathway
until you see a little hole in the wall. Hide there until the Thwomp
Roller
passes you, then run out of the hole and continue on your normal
path past
him.


As you pass the next corner, heading to the right in the pyramid,
you will
see a couple of platforms that are rising up and down in a
continuous motion.
Jump onto the first one, then at the peak of the raise jump onto the
middle
platform (There's no holes, but there are 2 platforms, and if you
didn't make
it your just wasting some time). Then when the next platform is low
enough,
jump on it and ride it to the top of the peak. At the top, jump off
to the
fifth
floor.

Now we are on the fifth floor. Very close now. Head along the
pathway to the
right until you see 2 Amps come out of nowhere. They will start to
spin
around as usual, so dodge of jump over their paths to avoid being
shocked.
Keep going forward to the next corner, where the pathway then
becomes very
narrow. If you don't wanna fall a long way, sidestep while hugging
the wall.
If your feeling confident and are a steady walker, walk there. Climb
up the
nearby pole after
that.

Now we are on the sixth and final floor. Just one more enemy keeps
us from
getting the Star. Keep heading along until the pathway ends, then
look to the
right to find another walkway continuing. There are no walls on this
walkway
because....a Mummified Thwomp is jumping up and down over it. If the
Thwomp
is traveling towards you, wait for it and when he stops, jump ontop
of his
head and ride him to the other side. If he is going away from you,
head
towards the middle of the walkway and wait for the Thwomp to turn
around, and
then run under him while he is jumping. Jump up the small ledge on
the other
side. Head up the nearby hill, collecting the Coins to replenish
your
unneccassary health at this
point.

Right near the very top is your first bouncing Silver Star. Grab it
duh!
The rest of the Silver Stars aren't too hard to reach from here.
Keep walking
forward until you see a slight hole in the wall. Face the camera as
far away
from it. Near the beginning Sandfall. The Silver Star was here, not
anymore,
fall down the
gap.

You want to actually stay against the wall though. Once you fall you
should
have fallen onto a platform with another Silver Star. If you are
having
trouble actually reaching this Star, stand above the gap
aforementioned, and
slowly walk towards it, then grab the ledge. Lightly tilt away from
it, and
you'll fall to this
platform.

The third Silver Star is just as close as the second one was. Go
into
shoulder camera view and look left of the Sandfall. There is another
platform
across it with a hopping merrily Silver Star. Turn the camera as far
away as
possible from the Sandfall and jump across it. When your character
is across
the Sandfall, do a Ground Pound to hopefull land on the platform, to
claim
the third Silver Star. If you missed...I'll just say its a LONG way
back up
again...


Now you are on a platform near the Sandfall, after getting your
third Silver
Star. Fall down behind the Sandfall to be on the large red platform,
that was
the hole to the home of Eyerok. Nearby is where the Sandfall is
dumping into-
the Sand River. Incase you've skipped everything, its a long river
of quick
sand (Not fully sinking into though) ending at another Sandfall to
fall to
the bottom of the level. Get onto the ledge of the Sand River, then
jump into
it.


Now your on the Sand River. Just sit back and enjoy the ride. You
will start
to sink into the quicksand, but you'll stop at waist level because
the River
isn't that deep. Eventually the river will cut a corner, and you
will plow
into your fourth Silver Star. The River has widened at this point,
so just
wait as it keeps on going. You will eventually come into contact
with your
fifth and final Silver Star. Awesome...the Star is at...the end of
the Sand
River? Right behind the waterfall! Now as you cut this final turn
the sand
starts to pick up speed. Your going to plow over the Sandfall.....if
only
the Star Sphere wasn't in the way of that. No worries at all. You
can easily
grab the
Star.

Star 7-Free Flying for Red Coins
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario needed

Isn't this excitering? ANOTHER Red Coin hunt. Nintendo really knows
how to
stuff 8 little Coins into a really large level....However,
fortnately, there
is no need to go inside the pyramid. No Red Coins lie inside of it.
Don't
bother. From where you start, head backwards along the path. The
left of you
is insta-kill quicksand on the edge of the level so don't go near
it.
Keep going as the path becomes narrower. You will eventually come to
the
first Red Coin at the very edge of the level thinly. Grab the Coin,
head back
to where you
started.

Keep going, past the enemies until you reach the common sand pit. No
worries,
head left, and do a Triple Jump to get ontop of the pavillion.
Before you do
however, go under the pavillion roof and punch open a brick for the
second
Red Coin. From the roof, Triple Jump to get into the skies, and aim
for the
closest red
pillar.

As you are flying, you may be able to see some Red Coins in the
disatance.
There are a total of 4 Red Coin that are positioned around the
great
pyramid. Ground Pound to land on the red pillar once you reach it.
Aim to the
left a little and do a very high Triple Jump. You will start flying
pretty
darn highly. The Red Coin should be right near where you took off,
but if
you are a little too high, start aiming lower to grab the Red Coin.
After you
fly into the third Red Coin, aim for another pillar that's a bit of
a ways
away from where you are now, but your on a direct route to it. Right
near
this next red pillar is another Red Coin. If you are too low, Ground
Pound to
land ontop of the nearby red pillar, face the Red Coin, then do a
high Triple
Jump to reach it. You should be able to do it perfectly. After
earning that
Red Coin, head right (Or left if you had to stop on the pillar) to
start
flying towards another nearby pillar. When close, land on it, then
face the
Red Coin lying nearby above it. Do a high tall Triple Jump to get
enough
height to earn the fifth Red Coin. Head towards the final pillar.
Hurry up as
the Wing Cap power probably is running out, and you don't want to
die now.
Grab the Red Coin if you are high enough, or land on the pillar to
get enough
height. Turn back and head for the oasis (The area with the small
pond). If
you are running out of Wing Cap power (Wings are flashing), you have
2
seconds or so to get to land safely, so quickly dive towards the Tox
Box Maze
and land anywhere. From there, make your way past the Tox Boxes
towards the
oasis.


Now we have 6 Red Coins, and should be in the oasis in the desert.
Hop inside
the small pond. Not for a relaxing dip though-the seventh Red
Coin
resides in that pool of water. Now, head back to the Tox Box Maze.
Search
around until you come to the entrance area again. Don't head down
the path
to where the maze starts, but continue forwards, and jump the nearby
gaps
like you did when doing the Switch Star in the Maze. Nearby the
Black Brick
Block is your final Red Coin. If you have any trouble getting to
this point,
there is a ? Red Block at the pyramids base, so use it to find the
Red Coin
from high above, then swoop down and Ground Pound to earn the final
Coin
safely.


Now we have gathered up all 8 Red Coins, all that is left to do is
to
rightfully claim our Star. The Star appears way back on...the
pavillion
rooftop. Nice. Head back through the entrance way of the Tox Box
Maze to go
back to near where you started. Triple Jump onto the rooftop (Or fly
there)
to claim the
Star.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Great. We have the annoying and daunting task of once again
collecting all
100 Coins, any we can find to retrieve this Power Star. Sadly,
Shifting
Sands Land doesn't contain a bazillion Coins like some levels do.
Around 120-
130 is about how many Coins this place has, assuming you grab
everything.
Start off by running behind you, and keep going as the path gets
much thinner
and you will soon and eventually come to a Red Coin. 98 Coins down!
Head back
to
Start.


Infront of you should be the bouncning "Crazy" Box. Grab it, and
hold the
opposite direction your bouncing in. This will prevent you from
bouncing
straight into quicksand, death, sand pit, something bad. Collect the
5 Coins
that pop out after the third bounce. Nearby (Hopefully if you are
still
alive) are 2 Bob-ombs, and a Fly Guy. Kill everything for a total of
5 more
Coins. Head to the pavillion, but we have no business on the roof so
don't
bother. Nearby is a Pokey. Eat his body (Or his head to make things
easier)
(Punching is fine too) until his head is dead/swallowed. You will
recieve a
Blue Coin after doing so. Head to the pavillion and kill the 2
Goombas that
are acting stupid in it. 2 more Coins. Nearby are some bricks and
boxes.
Destroy bricks with Punches for a few Coins from each one, and throw
the
boxes at a wall to break them for some more Coins. Head forward, out
of the
pavillion.


Another Pokey will slowly be making his way around in the hot sand.
Gobble
up/Punch his head off to recieve another Blue Coin. By now you
should have
at least 20 Coins. Head into the Tox Box Maze. Avoid the giant Tox
Boxes and
look everywhere in the Maze. There is a Red Coin near where the
entrance is,
you can break the Black Brick if you want to for a few Coins. Some
Coins are
also just placed on the path in the Tox Box Maze. After draining out
all of
the cash flow inside the Maze (Wonder if their happy about that...)
exit the
maze to the
oasis.

Jump into the small pool to the right of the exit from the Tox Box
Maze. Get
the Red Coin there. Head to the left now and go past the pillar to
find 5
Coin lying on the ground. Nearby is a Pokey, so kill off his head to
make him
give up another Blue Coin. Nearby is another Crazy Box, but be
careful of
where it goes! Head to the base of the pyramid. As Mario, you can
grab the
Wings from the ? Red Block, and collect the floating Red Coins
around the
pyramid. That isn't neccessary, but makes the job easier. Or, you
can go
right into the pyramid
now.

Before heading to the pyramid, have at least 35 Coins, so its
easily
possible to reach 100 Coins. Head along the pathway until the left
wall ends,
then follow the left wall around the corner to find a Blue Coin
Switch. Head
up ontop of the Blue Coin Switch and Ground Pound it to have it
activated.
4 Blue Coins will appear...but they aren't easily found. They are
behind you
leading down into the quicksand. They stack ontop of each other, so
you
collect all 4 in like a
second.

Now that we got all the possible Blue Coins, head to the route to
the right.
You will eventually come to a trio of Goombas. Kill them all to
hoard their
Coins. Continue along the path to the left. Don't take the shortcut
up the
Mummified Thwomp, instead pass under him and continue along the path
killing
any Goombas you
find.

You will eventually come around a corner. Turn to the left and their
are some
gaps with quicksand between them in the pathway. On each of the non-
pit
segments is 1 Yellow Coin. Jump across them because jumping out of
the
quicksand is annoying. Continue to the other side where you will
find some
stairs. Go up
them.

Once you are safely on the second floor, make your way to the right
until you
find an Amp circling around under wire mesh area. On the net (Or
should I say
below it) are a circle of 8 Coins. Grab them all. Once you have them
all
climb back onto solid land. Continue along the pathway to the right,
jump
over the gap when the Thwomp is down, and kill the Goombas for
Coins. Head up
the
pole.


Now we are on the third floor. Nearby the pole is another wire net
we have to
cross to the other side. There are 5 Coins you can easily collect
when
climbing the net, so do get them. There are a few stairs after the
net, 4 to
be exact. On each one is another Yellow Coin. Grab them all, and
jump to the
fourth
floor.

Now that we are on the fourth floor, jump over, or hide in the wall
until the
Mummified Rolling Thwomp has passes you. Continue along, passing the
corner
until you reach a series of small platforms rising up and down.
There are
a few Coins above each platform. Collect them all, then jump to the
sixth
floor.


Now that we are on the sixth and final floor, make your way forward
until the
pathway ends, but a small bridge lies to the left. Another Mummified
Thwomp
is jumping up and down back and forth on this bridge. When you get
the chance
run under him and jump up the small ledge. To the right is a small
hill with
about 10 Coins on it, then another 5 Coins in the air nearby. That's
it. No
more Coins can be found in the pyramid. If you haven't gotten the
100 Coin
Star yet...start the level over and try to get some more Coins from
outside
first.


~Back in the Castle...~
We have enough Stars to enter the Big Star Door in the basement now,
so we
can enter Bowser in the Fire Sea. To actually get to that, we must
complete
the first Star in World 9. Head to the big star door (Can't miss it
really)
and enter it. A blue bubbly wall with ripples in it will be there.
Jump in
for Dire Dire Docks.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V K.Course 9:Dire Dire Docks~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Ah...Dire Dire Docks....a great course indeed. Why so? Its a
complete water
level. 95% water really and little land you go on. Because your
spending so
much time underwater it is critical you keep getting Coins to
replenish your
air
meter.


Star 1-Board Bowser's Sub
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

I need help on this one....how did Bowser fit a large submarine in a
tiny
world? My god its weird. This is an easy Power Star if you know how
to swim
fast and avoid underwater hazards. nce you start you will be dropped
into the
water. Start swimming downwards quickly. Eventually you will see
some enemies
swimming around and a whirlpool at the bottom center of this area.
Don't. Go.
Near. It. Insta-death if you get too close because you'll be sucked
under.
Look around on the ocean floor for a hole in the wall (Look at the
Touch
Screen map if you need to). Start swimming inside it. Resurface at a
little
hole area for
air.

Once your air is back head back underwater and keep following the
arrows on
the walls. Eventually the hole ends and you will be in the second
area of
Dire Dire Docks. Here is where Bowser's Submarine lies. Keep
swimming forward
until you reach land then jump out of the water. Depending on where
you are,
look around for a ! Switch. Activate it when you do. Nearby will be
a block
staircase leading up towards the submarine. Go up them, board the
submarine
and claim the nearby
Star.

Star 2-Chests in the Current
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

At the bottom floor from the previous Star you may have noticed some
chests
just...sitting there. In this Star we will reveal the secret of
those chests.
As you start off as usual, start swimming downwards until you reach
the
whirlpool. Head either direction from it and keep swimming downwards
to the
sea floor. There are 3 chests in this local area. 1 infront of the
whirlpool
with another tangled around some seaweed, with the last near a clam.
On the
ocean floor, swim around the base of the raised area near the
whirlpool
until you find a clam. Near it is a chest. Get close to if so it
opens. An
air bubble will pop
out.

Once the first chest has been opened, get the air bubble to
completly
replenish your air supply. Keep swimming around the edge of the
whirlpool's
base area until you reach a small section with some seaweed. It is
here a
second chest lies. Get close to it for it to open, then grab the air
bubble
that comes
out.

After getting your health back you may notice that without swimming
your
getting sucked from the whirlpool. The suction is bad. Swim to the
left now
letting the suction do the work so you don't risk getting sucked
into the
whirlpool and dying. Dying=BAD. Nearby the whirlpool is the final
chest.
You may have to search around the whirlpool to actually find the
chest, but
it isn't hard to find. Get close to it and open it, then time will
freeze
and the Power Star will come out. Quickly swim away from the
whirlpool and
claim the
Star.

Star 3-Pole-Jumping for Red Coins
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Welcome to the world famous Red Coin Show! Today, jOO get to be
collecting
another set of 8 Red Coins? Think your good at jumping from poles?
Think
again! They are now moving! But no floating! *cough*. Start off as
usual in
the water, then start swimming down towards the hole in the wall.
Collect the
Coins inside to keep replenishing your health. No need to surface
really
unless you suck at swimming... Keep heading along the arrowed path
until you
come out of the tunnel in the larger area. Swim up towards land then
jump up
on
it.


Once on land search around for the ! Switch. Can't miss it. Activate
it then
run away from switch, past the stairs that once led to the
submarine. You
will see a second set of brick blocks. Climb up them to the top to
another
platform not very high above the surface of the water. The first Red
Coin is
found
here.

From the Red Coin, turn left and to the edge of the platform. In the
distance
a pole is moving back and forth towards you then to the distance.
Once the
pole is close to you Jump to it. When it takes you back there are 3
Red Coins
you will get only from this pole. You need to be high on the pole
for the
first Red Coin, pretty low for the second, then medium for the
third. Once
you have aquired the fourth Red Coin, jump off to the starting
platform once
you reach
it.

Once you are back on the starting platform again, turn towards the
left again
and walk towards the edge of the platform. Another pole is heading
back and
forth in this area. When it comes near you jump on it. Wait for a
few
seconds until it starts moving again, then when you are over the
next
platform slide off
it.

Head towards the left edge on this platform. Wait for the nearby
pole to
reach where you are then jump onto it. Once you reach the next
platform,
slide off of the pole onto the next platform. We have no use for the
Blue
Coin Switch so ignore it. Head to the right and wait for the next
pole to
come. Jump on it when that happens then ride it over to a seemingly
caged
area. Jump off of the pole and grab the nearby Red Coin. Quickly
jump back
on the
pole.

Ride this pole again back over to the platform the Blue Coin Switch
is on.
Slide off the pole once you are there, then head to the left and
jump onto
the pole there when it comes back to you. Jump onto it when its
above the
platform.


Ride it back to the central platform, then head left and wait for
the next
pole there. This part is pretty hard from crap camera angles so be
careful.
Jump onto this pole then ride it over to the corner. Another pole
will meet
up with you to the left at this corner. Move around you your
character's back
is facing this next pole the quickly jump to it. If you can never
make it, as
Mario, jump down into the water and swim to a platform with a ? Red
Block and
grab the Power Flower inside, then float up to the required pole I
previously
mentioned.


Now, as you are riding this pole you will encounter a platform, and
a Red
Coin in the air. Stay on the pole and collect the Red Coin once you
reach it.
Then, once you head back to the large platform, slide down onto it.
Head
behind the caged area to find another pole heading back and forth
between a
long distance. Hop on it, and grab the last 2 Red Coins suspended in
the air
here.


Now that you have reunited all 8 Red Coins the Power Star will
appear on one
of the platforms. Jump off the pole into the water then head onto
dry land
and activate the ! Switch. Head up the stairs again to the beginning
platform
and here, is the
Star.

Star 4-Through the Jet Stream
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

Hmmm...another Star with the EXACT same name eh? lol. Yep..same name
is in
the Star from Jolly Rodger Bay. Same kinda concept...but as usual,
from where
you start keep swimming down down down. Avoid the suctiony whirlpool
and make
your way to the tunnel in the wall. Swim along the path of arrows
until you
reach the raised section, so take a breather there. Continue
swimming along
the marked path until you reach the large submarine port...which is
currently
unused.


If you aren't Wario right now, his Cap will be on the ocean floor of
the
submarine port. Easily found. Swim up to the surface of the water
and take
a left (While still underwater). Nearby will be the Jet Stream we
are looking
for. But...no Star? You may notice, however, a trail of rings
continuously
being created from the current of the Jet Stream. Head over to the
rings it
is
producing.


Get as close to the Jet Stream as you can (Which probably isn't THAT
close).
Just stay in the position. Not much left to do at this point but
wait for 5
rings in a row to pass through you. After the 5th one goes through
you, the
Star will appear in the middle of the Jet Stream. Head to the
surface now
and head towards solid land. Get on it and walk over to where the ?
Red Block
is. Grab the Metal Flower, and run into the ocean into the Jet
Stream. Claim
the Star
there.

Star 5-Koopa-Surfin' Switch Star
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Wario needed

I wub Switch Stars. Who doesn't??? Wario is required to access the
Switch...
then you can use anyone else but it makes no difference. Swimming
isn't one
of the things on your list. As you start as usual you'll be dropped
out of
nowhere into the ocean. Stay on the surface this time around and
search
around for a sand bar with some black bricks and an ! Block on it.
Swim over
to the sand bar and break some bricks until you find the one that
reveals
the actual Star Switch. (The other blocks hold a few Coins inside).
Don't
activate the switch
yet.

Nearby the Star Switch is a ! Block. Break and a Koopa Shell will
fall down
to the ground. Hop on the Koopa Shell and ride over the Star Switch.
The Star
Sphere appears on another island some distance away. Quickly ride
the Koopa
Shell across the water aiming in the direction of the Star (Look at
the Touch
Screen map to find the correct direction). Quickly Koopa Surf over
there and
ram into the Star Sphere to claim the prize. If you fail....you must
ride
over and try
again.

Star 6-Inside the Cage
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi needed

Another Star that requires and involves a cage. How invigorating.
Yep. Start
off as usual by being dumped into the water, then start diving
downwards
until you reach the hole in the wall. Follow the arrows in the
tunnel until
you reach the air resting point to surface and refresh your Power
Meter.
Afterwards, keep diving down until you reach the submarine port.
Nearby on
the ocean floor is a Luigi Cap, grab it if you need it. Swim to the
surface
and jump to solid
ground.

Now that you are on solid land once again, head over to the left and
follow
the wooden path until you reach a mesh wall. Double Jump over this
wall then
Double Jump once more over the next wall. Grab the Power Flower
inside the
Red ?
Block.


Now that youor invisible, head into the ocean and quickly dive down
to the
bottom. Straight ahead, or maybe a little left or right depending on
where
you jumped, is a mesh cage. Inside is the Star we want. While
invisible, swim
through the cage for the
Star.

Star 7-The Manta Ray's Reward
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

I'm sure by now that while swimming underwater in Dire Dire Docks,
you must
have noticed a large manta ray swimming around. He's the main target
of this
Star. No...not killing him or anything. That's wrong. Start off as
usual by
dropping into the water then swimming downwards a little until you
see the
manta ray. Behind the manta ray, its tail is creating rings similar
to the
ones in the previous Star. Get behind him and start tailing him,
going
though 5 consectuive rings without missing one (Otherwise you must
start at
ring 1 again). After going through 5 rings the Star will appear. It
is none
other than placed....right above the whirlpool. Oh my god. Carefully
swim to
it and collect your
prize.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:*****/*****
Recommended Character:Start as Wario, Switch to Mario later

Dire Dire Docks has an EXTREMLY low shortage of Coins. That...poses
a
problem. That's about....115 Coins in all. However, 15 Coins need to
be
gotten quickly or they dissappear, and 30 of your Coinage comes from
a kind
Blue Coin Switch. Like I said, start off as Wario. If not, you can
always
return to this step later. As Wario (If not skip the next few
sentences),
head to the right and head until you go upon shore, with the Black
Brick
Blocks we used in the previous Star a few Stars ago. Break all of
the Black
Bricks for 3 Coins out of each one. Go onto the Star Switch if a
Coin or 2 is
on it, because the Star Switch is of no value right now. After
collecting the
few Coins there, head onto the surface of the water, but no need
for
swimming down yet. You should see some Skeeters (Blue spiders incase
you
don't understand) skating on the waters surface every few seconds,
stopping
and skating etc. Get next to one then jump out of the water onto it.
It will
die, and 3 Coin will pop out...but start sinking underwater. They
will
dissappear very quickly however. Swim down quickly and get as many
as you can
get. Do this for every Skeeter. Don't worry-If you have at least 20
Coins
after killing all of the Skeeters you are in good shape for the
Collect 100
Coins
Star.

Now, pretty much the next 35 or so Coins are located underwater, so
don't
worry. Swim towards the right or left, and start simming downwards
until you
reach a string of 5 Coins coming up from the ground. As any "DUH"
would say,
collect them, then follow the trail of Coins on the ground around
the base of
the whirlpool. The suction is strong, so you want to be swimming as
fast as
you can at all times. Once there are no more Coins at the base of
the
whirlpool, start heading for the opening in the wall the leads to
the
Submarine Port. Before heading in there exactly, you should easily
notice the
circle of Coins leading inside the hole in the wall. There are 2
strings
very close to the whirlpool, and 3 more inside the hole. Without
getting
sucked into the whirlpool (That'd suck..no pun intended) head in a
circle of
swimming to collect those circle of Coins. You may not get them all
in 1 go,
so keep trying until you get them all. Then head inside the hole in
the wall
and simply repeat the process. Once you have hoarded all 40 Coins,
your Coin
totals should represent at least 60. If you haven't broken 60 yet,
there's
still plenty of Coins left to make up for that. Head through the
tunnel,
making sure to surface for more air when you need it. Keep going
until you
are close to the Submarine Port. Before getting out of the hole in
the wall,
get another 2 Coin Rings for 16 more Coins. Easy stuff really...get
the Mario
Cap
nearby.


The Mario Cap, if you can't find it, its at the bottom of the area
in the
Submarine Port. Nearby is a circle of 8 Coins....on the bottom and
not
floating vertically. Grab them easily...no problem there. Surface on
top of
the water from where you are and head left. Another 5 Coins are just
lying
on the ground so collect them. Head to the left some more now, and
go past
the ! Switch. Go straight, then jump over the mesh walls with Mario.
Jump
past both mesh walls to be on a platform near walls with a ? Red
Block on the
platform.


You need Mario for this part...can't stress this enough. Grab the
Power
Flower after hitting the block. Start floating quickly as Mario,
there isn't
much time. During the Red Coin Challenge you must have seen a
platform with
a Blue Coin Switch on it. Head for it. Its dead behind you from
the ? Red
Block (If you were facing the wall that is). Head for it, quickly
tapping B
to gain height, then using it to float quickly forwards. Ground
Pound to land
on the small platform. Pound the Blue Coin Switch once you are in
position.
6 Blue Coins will appear, but you need to jump to reach all of them.
They are
all on the edges of the platform. You have about....8 seconds. If
you fall
off the platform, but have more than 84 Coins at that point don't
worry. If
you don't have 84 Coins if you fell off....reset the level.
Heck...after
collecting all of the Blue Coins you shold easily have gotten 100
Coins by
now. If you haven't...don't worry. There are still the matter of the
8 Red
Coins in this room still. Float/Poley your way to all of them, then
claim
your
Star.

~Back in the Castle...~
Now we have covered all of the Stars we can get to at this point of
the game.
After beating Board Bowser's Sub, the painting will shift back
revealing the
entrance to Bowser in the Fire
Sea.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V L.Bowser in the Fire Sea~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
In order to actually access Bowser in the Fire Sea, you may notice
the little
hump in the ground behind the Dire Dire Docks painting. You need to
collect
the Star "Board Bowser's Sub" in order to make the painting move
back. Jump
into the revealed
hole.

Whoa. Deja Vu much? You will be dropped onto a platform at the
very
beginning of the level. Not just ANY platform....but ontop of an
ocean of
lava! Lethal Lava Land X3 man! Start off by heading right (Your ONLY
way to
actually go) and hop onto the nearby blue mesh platform. It will
start moving
so be ready. Eventually the platform will go underneath a long
platform, so
hop on the platform then onto the blue mesh elevator when it rises
from the
lava again. You can easily see the blue railway under the lava
right? You may
notice it dip down in a few seconds. Jump to the left towards some
tilting
diamond shaped platforms in the lava. When the mesh elevator comes
from the
lava, jump back to it and jump at the final platform it stops at.
Continue
along this path until you reach several blue platforms sinking and
rising in
the lava. When they aren't submerged quickly run across them to the
adjacent
platform.


Here will be several Goombas, a Bully, and a spinning heart. Run
through the
heart while still running right until you reach a sinking and rising
pole in
the lava, with an Amp circling it continuously. Jump onto the pole
and
position your back to the raised platform behind you. Climb to the
top of the
pole and wait for the pole to reach the top of its movement, then
jump to the
raised platform. This platform is tilty, so quickly jump to the next
tilty
platform and then climb the pole there. At the top you will be in an
enclosed
mesh cage. There is a nearby elevator that will take you to the
second floor
of the Fire
Sea.

Here, head to the left, then jump across the small gap. Next, jump
over the
triangle shaped platform then hold onto the wire mesh net on the
other side.
Collect the Coins there then fall off on the other side. 2 square
shaped
platforms are moving back and forth across the lava. Walk across
them quickly
to reach the next platform with a few Bullies on it. Walk past them
quickly
then walk up the wire yellow pathway to a higher platform. Then
follow the
pathway to another yellow walkway, then avoid a hole to another
yellow
walkway. At the top seems to be a dead end. You may not notice, but
these
platforms are rising and sinking. Wait for another pathway to come
into view
then jump onto it. Follow the winding pathway around to a Bob-omb,
and you
are on the third
floor.

Now infront of you are 5 blue platforms rising and sinking in the
lava, an
mp circling around one of them, and a fire breather on the thrid
one. Ouch.
Once they are all un-submerged quickly run across all of them to the
other
side. Avoid everything they throw. Jump over the fire breather,
avoid the
Amp and don't touch the lava. On the next platform is a spinning
Heart, use
it to recover if you need to. Jump onto the nearby pole, then face
your back
towards the next platform, with a now pole sinking and rising into
teh lava.
Swing down the pole then jump to the lower platform. Climb one more
pole and
you willl appear infront of a falling bridgeway. Quickly run across
the
yellow collapsing bridge. On the other side jump into the blue tube
to be
transported to
Bowser.

Bowser will greet you once again. He will then roar at you after you
finish
the conversation then jump high into the air, and slam onto the
battlefield.
It will tilt...majorly towards him and to the lava. Quickly run in
the
opposing direction, but its never enough. When the platform
straightens out
focus on Bowser. If your close to him for a few seconds he will
teleport
himself somewhere else on the field (O_o). Once you have him grabbed
by the
tail, swing him around towards one of the now 6 Bombs edging the
battlefield
and throw him away. Hopefully you hit him into one...otherwise keep
trying.
If you entered the battle as Yoshi, don't worry. Wait for Bowser to
breathe
fire and one of the flames will leave behind a random Cap. No big
deal. Good
luck!


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V M.Course 10:Snowman's Land~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
After defeating Bowser in the Fire Sea, he will leave behind another
key.
Take it and head all the way back to the lobby, then use the key to
enter the
door on the 2nd Floor of the lobby. Head around the spiral staircase
and
enter the door at the top to be on the 2nd Floor of the actual
Castle. Take
a right from the big spider painting and enter a door inside a
little
enclosed space on the wall. This is the mirror room. Head to the
left and
when you get to the wall, jump inside for your next world, the ever
so fun
Snowman's
Land!

Star 1-Snowman's Big Head
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Welcome to Snowman's Land! One of my favorite levels. The 2nd and
last of the
snow related levels though sadly....but still the Stars are fun.
They aren't
very difficult however...not much challenge. The main attraction of
Snowman's
Land is...the giant Snowman in the middle of the course. Miss it and
you are
literally blind...really. Start off by heading to the right, and
past a Mr.
Blizzard when it pops from the ground. Keep going and when the path
splits
head towards the right. You will pass a campsite of Goombas with
Caps. Ignore
them, and keep going. Don't head up the ramp nearby. Keep going into
an open
area, then head left. You will soon come to the Freezing Pond. This
pond is..
pretty
bad.

Jump across the pond's waters to a nearby island sorta thing. The
water is
very bad. It will slowly kill you because it is so cold, so avoid
dipping
into it. If you accidentally fall in, quickly Jump out. Head along
the island
path to the left where a hole in the wall is making large ice
sheets. Jump
over the ice sheets, then once you reach the wall, Double Jump then
climb up
the
ledge.


Now on this ledge, carefully make your way across a small wooden
plank
hanging onto the large snowman's side area. At the end of this small
and thin
pathway is a little ramp and a tree. Pass the tree and go ahead
along the
following path until you come up to a large ice bridge. Step onto it
and
the giant Snowman will talk and think you are nothing but a flea and
start
to breathe along the bridge. Go any further and you will be blown
off and
have to climb back from the start. How to get across? Simple. You
see the
large penguin constantly waddling across the bridge? Wait for him to
reach
your side of the bridge then Double Jump over onto his head and
climb to it.
Ride him across to the other side, and you won't get blown off. When
he
finally reaches the other side Jump off of
him.

Once across the ice bridge follow the wooden path until you reach a
small
wall. Double Jump or Backflip up to the higher ledge above you. The
Star is
here so grab
it.

Star 2-Chill With the Bully
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

This level isn't very hard. Head along to the left from where you
start. If
you are Wario or Yoshi when starting this level, head to the left up
the
hill. Even if you aren't, it is still a shorter path. At the top of
this
small hill is a Red ? Block. Hit it to become Fire Yoshi/Metal which
will
make this Star a tad
easier.

Once you have the Power Flower, look around and aim yourself towards
a large
sheet of blue ice raised above some ice water. If you miss, no big
deal. Head
to the right and follow the lake around until you reach a hill,
leading to
the ice sheet platform. Here is where the Ice Bully resides. He is
just like
the Big Bully from Lethal Lava Land. If you are Wario, simply walk
into him
while metal for him to be knocked back. If Yoshi, breathing fire
makes him
knocked back really far. If your Mario or Luigi, you will need to
Punch him
or Jump into him to knock him back. Once he hits the Freezing Water,
you will
win. However, that water is EXACTLY like lava! So don't touch it!
Grab the
Star that appears when you
win.

Star 3-Yoshi's Ice Sculpture
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Yoshi (big fat DUH)

This Star kinda got my hopes up...I was hoping for a large block of
ice
carved like a Yoshi. NOPE. All we get are a few ice blocks with a
Star in one
of them. Dissapointing. Oh well....as the name implies, only Yoshi
can tackle
this Star. Head right from where you start then head left up the
large hill.
Once you get to the top hit the ? Red Block and take the Power
Flower to have
the ability to breathe fire for a limited time. Quickly run back,
past where
you
started.


Evevntually you will see a wooden platform with many ice blocks
ontop of it.
Double Jump to the one with only 2 blocks (Bottom right corner). Get
towards
the left edge on this block and breathe fire at the stack of 3
blocks. The
top one will melt. Jump to where it was, then face forwards and melt
that
block once your at the edge. The jump to where it was and face
towards the
right, where the Star is. Melt the block, and the Star will be
revealed. Grab
it. This may take a few times because you just might run out of time
with the
Power Flower
though.

Star 4-Whirl From the Freezing Pond
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Hmmm? There appears to be a mystery with the freezing pond eh?
Whirl? We will
find out soon. When you start head towards the right, past the Mr.
Blizzard.
Head up the leftern hill, then continue Jumping to the left. Walk
along the
snowland, past a large field of enemies until you finally reach the
freezing
pond once again. Head onto the middle island of the pond, and go
past where
the ice sheets dump
out.

Right now, take the time to look at a large and high ledge not to
far from
where you are. That's our destination. Stay near the edge of the
freezing
pond and wait for one of the Flowergirl's swimming in the lake to
make
their asses come near you. When they are pretty close, jump onto
their heads
to get a large height and start spinning slowly back to the ground.
Quickly
start making your way towards the high ledge. If you don't think you
will
make it, try to bounce on another Flowergirl in the water for some
more
height. Once you reach the other side of the ledge, break the !
Block to
reveal your
Star.

Star 5-Snowman's Silver Stars
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

5 Silver Stars are bouncing in place in many sections of Snowman's
Land.
However...though we need the use of the lone Koopa Shell in this
level to get
the Stars. When you start head towards the right, past the Mr.
Blizzard.
Head up the leftern hill, then continue Jumping to the left. Walk
along the
snowland, past a large field of enemies until you finally reach the
freezing
pond once again. Head onto the middle island of the pond, and go
past where
the ice sheets dump
out.

Right now, take the time to look at a large and high ledge not to
far from
where you are. That's our destination. Stay near the edge of the
freezing
pond and wait for one of the Flowergirl's swimming in the lake to
make
their asses come near you. When they are pretty close, jump onto
their heads
to get a large height and start spinning slowly back to the ground.
Quickly
start making your way towards the high ledge. If you don't think you
will
make it, try to bounce on another Flowergirl in the water for some
more
height. Once you reach the other side of the ledge, you will notice
2 !
Block's. One contains the Star from the previous earned one, and the
other
has a Koopa Shell. Get on the Koopa
Shell.

Start Koopa Surfin' to the right now, and up the small hill. Your
first
Silver Star resides here. You need to be careful though. You will
need to
Jump on the shell a few times to actually start gaining any speed.
Keep going
until you are close to the wall, then make a right and keep
following the
path. However, there are 2 Mr. Blizzards along this path so beware
of them!
At the end of this pathway is your first Silver Star. Now, head off
to the
right.


Continue along this wall, avoiding everything else, enemies, other
walls, and
other Silver Stars (We will get later) and keep going until you
reach the
infamous campsite of 3 poor Goombas. Nearby is another Silver Star
in the
air. Turn around from where you got the second Silver Star and start
heading
towards the Ice Bully. Near the little pathway that leads to him is
another
Silver Star in the air. Grab
it.

Now, if you don't have your Shell you need to go get another one
because you
risk an easy death if you don't have one. Head to the left from the
Silver
Star and go under the ice sheet covered platform the Ice Bully is
always on.
Underneath here on the freeze-your-ass-off-lake is another Silver
Star. Grab
it with
ease.

Now that we have reunited all 5 Silver Stars once more, the actual
Power Star
will appear in the Star Sphere back near the beginning of the level.
After
geting the previous Silver Star, make a sharp U-turn to the right,
then
continue following the path that way. You may encounter the campsite
of
Goombas or an Amp depending on your path. They both end right near
the Star
Sphere so break it for the
Star.

Star 6-Into the Igloo
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Luigi needed

You need to be the man in green to complete the level. Otherwise,
head for
the Goomba campsite. Start off by heading to the right, and past a
Mr.
Blizzard when it pops from the ground. Keep going and when the path
splits
head towards the right. You will pass a campsite of Goombas with
Caps. Ignore
them, and keep going. Don't head up the ramp nearby. Keep going into
an open
area, then head left. You will soon come to the Freezing Pond. This
pond is..
pretty
bad.

Jump across the pond's waters to a nearby island sorta thing. The
water is
very bad. It will slowly kill you because it is so cold, so avoid
dipping
into it. If you accidentally fall in, quickly Jump out. Head along
the island
path to the left where a hole in the wall is making large ice
sheets. Right
here you should notice 2 Flowergirl's in the water. Jump on the one
that is
closest to you to get propelled into the air, and start spinning
downwards
slowly. Quickly start spinning towards the high walled ledge, where
the Whirl
from the Freezing Pond Star resides. Don't actually get that Start
on the
other side
though.

Break the ! Block on the right to have a Koopa Shell come out. Jump
onto it,
and head back the way you came. Surf over the wall back onto the
Freezing
Pond. Look around on the water for a trail of Coins leading up a
sharp hill.
Follow the Coins, then Jump up the hill with the Shell. Its very
steep, and
you will lose speed very quickly. Quickly keep Jumping up to the top
of the
hill, the crash your Shell into the fence. Crawl into the nearby
Igloo that's
by the
fence.

Wow...WTF? The Igloo from inside is like...100 times bigger thn
outside.
Kreepy. You may notice that when you start off you will be over a
wire mesh
grating. Look down...there is your prize. The Star rests there. Head
along
the left side of the igloo, and Jump across from platform to
platform
avoiding the freezing cold water. Eventually you will reach the
platform with
a ? Red Block on it. Hit it and grab the Power Flower as Luigi.
Quickly go
back the way you came, Jumping over platforms, then fall though the
mesh gate
and grab the nearby
Star.

Star 7-Red Coins in the House
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Back to the Igloo I guess! Start off by heading to the right, and
past a Mr.
Blizzard when it pops from the ground. Keep going and when the path
splits
head towards the right. You will pass a campsite of Goombas with
Caps. Ignore
them, and keep going. Don't head up the ramp nearby. Keep going into
an open
area, then head left. You will soon come to the Freezing Pond. This
pond is..
pretty
bad.

Jump across the pond's waters to a nearby island sorta thing. The
water is
very bad. It will slowly kill you because it is so cold, so avoid
dipping
into it. If you accidentally fall in, quickly Jump out. Head along
the island
path to the left where a hole in the wall is making large ice
sheets. Right
here you should notice 2 Flowergirl's in the water. Jump on the one
that is
closest to you to get propelled into the air, and start spinning
downwards
slowly. Quickly start spinning towards the high walled ledge, where
the Whirl
from the Freezing Pond Star resides. Don't actually get that Start
on the
other side
though.

Break the ! Block on the right to have a Koopa Shell come out. Jump
onto it,
and head back the way you came. Surf over the wall back onto the
Freezing
Pond. Look around on the water for a trail of Coins leading up a
sharp hill.
Follow the Coins, then Jump up the hill with the Shell. Its very
steep, and
you will lose speed very quickly. Quickly keep Jumping up to the top
of the
hill, the crash your Shell into the fence. Crawl into the nearby
Igloo that's
by the
fence.

Once inside the Igloo..again. There are only 8 Red Coins that lie
inside this
Igloo...like the title implies. There are a few Coins under the
freezing
water, so quickly grab those. There are a few Coins in the air so
use the
Backflip to reach them. A few Coins are just lying on the ground.
Their
descriptions for locations are hard to describe but this should take
no more
than 2
minutes.

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Another 100 Coins challenge it appears....why must it always be this
way.
Good for you though, Snowman's Land is chuck full of Coins, so you
shouldn't
have any trouble reaching 100 in a few minutes. Seriously. Just a
few
minutes. From where you start head right until a Mr. Blizzard comes
from the
ground. Run around him a few times until he dies where he will then
spit out
3 Coins. Head back to the left now, towards the ice sculpture. Head
right of
the sculpture, and you will see 3 Coins on the ground. The first 2
are normal
but when you get near the third it will transform into a Money Bag.
It will
hop around a little bit, so Jump on it for him to die, and spit out
5 more
Coins. Turn around and head for the wall. A few Flowergirl's are
lined up
against the wall, so Ground Pound them all for another three Yellow
Coins
each.


Now, head back to where you started, but keep on heading forward.
Keep
heading up the hill until you reach another Flowergirl. Kill her for
3 more
Coins. Jump off the small cliff you are on now onto the windy valley
below.
When you have the chance, kill the nearby Fly Guy for more Coins.
Head to the
left after the wind sweeps you out of the valley. Eventually you
will come
up upon a campsite. 3 Goombas are wondering around in there, all
with Caps on
then. Kill all 3 for 3 more Coins, then kill the nearby Flowergirl
for
another 3
Coins.

After you have hoarded all 6 Coins in this small section, head left,
but stay
to the right of the rampway that leads to Ice Bully. Once you pass
the Ice
Bully and the Freezing Pond, you will be in another small section
of
Snowman's Land. Here, walk to the left and Mr. Blizzard will pop out
of the
ground. Run around him several times to kill him and make him squirt
out
several Coins. Nearby is a Coin on the ground, which will morph into
a Money
Bag when you come near it. Jump on it for a few Coins. Near where
the Money
Bag was, is another Flowergirl. Kill the Flowergirl to recieve 3
more Coins
to your
totals.

Now, head to the Freezing Lake to the left now. There will be
another
Flowergirl on the way there, so kill her and collect her 3 Coins
left behind.
When you reach the Freezing Lake, jump over the small area to the
island
platform. Another Flowergirl will slowly be approaching you, so kill
here
once she comes near. Head out into the Freezing Lake and kill the
Flowergirl
closest to the wall and collect here 3 Coins that sink to the bottom
of the
lake.


After you do that, head back to the middle island. A Flowergirl
nearby in the
water will just..be there. Jump ontop of her to get a high whirl,
and start
to spin slowly towards the ground. Keep heading towards the area
with the
Whirl from the Freezing Pond Star. Once you reach over there, break
the ! Box
for a Koopa
Shell.

Once you have the Koopa Shell and are riding it, head back over the
cliff
into the Freezing Lake. Head towards the tall slope near the ice
maker
machine. There is a trail of Coins leading up the hill, so grab them
as your
Shell makes its way up there (You may need to Jump once or twice).
Once at
the top, break the shell then crawl into the Igloo. If you haven't
gotten 100
Coins yet (I doubt you have now) then the remaining 40 or so Coins
rest
inside the Igloo. Whether in the air or uner water, the Coins, not
to mention
Red Coins worth 2 Coins are in here. There are around a dozen or
so
Flowergirl's, so another 36 Coins will be added to your totals
there. If you
still don't have 100 Coins....your pretty shkrewed. Not much more
left to say
for this
course.

~Back in the Castle...~
We won't be heading to the next course just yet. You are back in the
mirror
room of course. Enter the mirror room as Luigi, and on some of the
pedistials
in the room will be a Power Flower. Grab one as Luigi, then run
through the
mirror. On the other side you can enter the opposite door for a
Star...or
enter the nearby Wario Painting. Do
so.

~Unlocking Wario~
Unlocking Wari can be a bit...tough really. Getting to him is pretty
damn
annoying. Firstly, the only requirement is to have beaten the 2nd
Bowser to
have access to the 2nd Floor of the Castle. Next, you need to be
Luigi. Sadly
nobody else is able to pull off this stunt. Head up the stairs in
the Lobby
and through the door. Climb around the spiral staircase then go
through the
nearby door. Head to the right inside this next large room and go
through the
next visible door. Finally, you will be in the mirror room. As
Luigi, some
of the pedistials in the room will have a Power Flower ontop of
them. Shweet.
Grab one of them and quickly run through the mirror. Cool. On the
other side,
walk towards the right. The Wario Painting will be in view. Jump
into the
painting.


You will be dropped onto the new course...and whattya know? Its a
snow level.
...more like an ice level. Everything is more like ice. Great. Start
off by
sliding down the slide that lies infront of you. Eventually, the
slide will
end...into a bottomless pit. However, fortunately for you there is a
gust of
wind though once you fall off. Manuver yourself forwards still,
until you
drop onto
land.

There will be a few Bullies on this platform. Ignore them, and head
towards
the left. There will be four diamond shaped tilting platforms all
near each
other. Once you are on the fourth one, jump back onto solid land.
There is
another lone Bully here, but ignore him. Head towards the right and
a mesh
pathway will be moving back and forth across a gap. Jump on it, then
Jump
onto solid land once
there.

Once you are on this large platform, the pathway spilts. Take the
path to
the right, and eventually it will end. Don't worry, but Jump off and
another
gust of wind will push you high and will eventually stop once you
clear the
gap. You will land in another freezing pond. Swim across, then Jump
out and
across the
fence.

Once you are out of the lake and across the fence you will be on
another
rather large section of ice. There are 5 Bullies here, and will all
charge at
you when your close to them. Jump over them to pass them, then Jump
over the
next
fence.

You will be on a small piece of land, with a lot of large and small
ice
blocks infront of you. Some are moving back and forth, left and
right, or
even some are moving up and down. It is very hard to describe what
to do
exactly. Jump carefully from one to the next until you are back on
solid
ground
again.

Now that you are back on solid land once and for all, continue
forwards
along the fenced path. Head past the gated bars once you come to
them. Soon
enough you will soon see some platforms rising and sinking and
poping out and
in of the nearby walls. Once again, they move in wierd patterns, so
simply
keep jumping up them until you reach the next level. On this next
level you
will once again see some more walls of the walls (...) move back and
forth,
up and down and the like. When you have the chance keep Jumping up
them to
the next level. Here, keep heading forwards, past a Mr. Blizzard
that is in
the ground. Pass him, and the last set of platforms that are coming
in and
out of the walls will be infront of you. Simply wait for them to be
in the
right position then continue to Jump up them to the top. Jump into
the hole
here.


You will be dropped down onto a small battlefield, infront of
another Ice
Bully. He will introduce himself as Chief Chilly, and comment
your
moustache sucks and his is teh P\/\/NAGE! He also comments that he
locked up
another yellow fellow with a good moustache. So...let's kill him.
Outside of
the battlefield is icey cold water. When you get the chance, Jump
into him
or keep Punching him until he finally falls off the edge. He will
then
proceed to bounce around the outside of the stage, making some of it
fall
into the water. On a smaller arena now just repeat that same
process. After
he is in the water again he will bounce around the arena breaking
off and
even LARGER portion of the field. On a rather small field push Chief
Chilly
to the edge, and while he is bouncing hit him again. He will then
forfeit the
Wario
Key.


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                         ~V N.Course 11:Wet-Dry World~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Star 1-Shocking Arrow Lifts!
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 2-Top 'O the Town
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 3-5 Secrets in the Shallows & Sky
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 4-Express Elevator-Hurry Up!!
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 5-Goto Town for Red Coins
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 6-Quick Race Through Downtown!
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 7-Soaked Silver Stars
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:**/*****
Recommended Character:Mario, Luigi, Wario

Once again, the task of reaching our shiny prize at 100 Coins annoys
us once
again. Deal wit' it. Wet-Dry World is full of Coins like Snowman's
Land, and
if you collect everything in the uptown area, there is no need to
actually
head to downtown. Unless you run out of Coins. No big deal really.
Start off
by killing the Skeeter that always is near you at the start of the
level.
Collect his 3 Coins, then head right to an area with a few brick
blocks.
Smash them all with Punches to reveal 3 Coins that comes out of all
of them.
Head back the way you came, and onto the raised platform. Kill the
nearby
Skeeter and collect his 3 Coins. Nearby where you killed him is a
Blue Coin
Switch. Activate it, and collect the 6 Blue Coins along the edge of
the
platform.


Head over to the corner of the level, where we found a secret a few
Stars a
while back. Move the giant block until the shadow of the ! Block can
be seen,
then jump ontop of the box and break the ! Block. 10 Coins will pop
out so
quickly retrieve all of them. Head over to the Diamond Water Raiser
closest
to the bottom of the level, and activate it. Then climb up the
platform with
the Amp circling around it, and activate the Diamond Water Raiser.
Head onto
a nearby wooden long platform. On it is another ! Block with 3 Coins
in it.
Hit the ! Switch to make another path leading upwards to another
Diamond
Water Raiser. Hit
it.

By now, you should have the water level raised high enough to reach
the
highest area of the level. Swim over to the rised black bridge like
structure
and run up it to the top of the level. Head over to a platform an
Amp is
circling around constantly. There are a circle of 8 Coins around
this
platform so grab them all. Jump up onto the raised structre and
break the !
Block for an additional 10
Coins.

Head over to the cage that contains the Star for Express Elevator-
Hurry Up!!
and activate the ! Switch to make a stairway of blocks. Jump up on
the blocks
to reach the top of that cage. There is a ! Block here that contains
10
Yellow Coins (Not to mention a secret...you may have all 5 now but
don't
bother with that Star)
Coins.

From the top of the cage, Long Jump over to the little section of
platform
sticking out of the wall with a Goomba wearing a Wario Cap. Get over
there
and head to the right and activate the Diamond Water Raiser. Kill
the Goomba
for another Coin. Head up to the left and jump up the nearby
platforms to
reach a platform with a Chuck-Ya on it. When you have the chance to,
run
behind him/her/it and pick it up, then chuck it anywhere (Not at the
water
because that ruins the point of this) to make him break, and to
reveal 5 more
Coins.


From here, head onto the long wooden platform to the Star Top O' the
Town and
collect the Coins along that platform, and the spinnign platform up
ahead. If
you don't have 100 Coins yet, head towards the cage the leads all
the way
to downtown. Once in Downtown, drain the water level, then collect
the Coin
Circles in front of the "Church" and get all the Red Coins. There
are also
many Coins on rooftops too. This place holds and easy 100 Coins
Star. Not too
hard at
all.

~Back in the Castle...~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                       ~V O.Course 12:Tall Tall Mountain~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Star 1-Scale the Mountain
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 2-Mystery of the Monkey Cage
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 3-Scary 'Shrooms, Red Coins
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 4-Mysterious Mountainside
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 5-Blast to the Lonely Mushroom
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 6-5 Secrets of the Mountain
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 7-Breathtaking View From the Bridge
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:****/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

Another 100 Coins collecting task....I know I know...were all sick
and tired
of doing this lame type of Star..XD. Tall Tall Mountain has 105-ish
Coins
without the neccesity of heading into the Mysterious Mountainside.
Good thing
too. If you get your 100th Coin on that slide, no friggin way your
gonna be
able to reach the Star. Simple geomerty and speed really.
Anyways...you going
to have to venture over death A LOT during this Star, and if you
die, feel
free to throw your DS at the closest wall and curse in anger. I do
that too.
Mario is able to collect nearly everything, so it is best to start
out as
him...his Cap is near the top of the mountain, I I ain't wasting
room to tell
you how to get
THERE.

As we start off our Mountain Trek, head to the right and down the
slope
instead of up the slope with the trio of Goombas. Eventually you
will come to
the bottom of the slope and reach the wall of a gap. There is a
circle of
Coins nearby, so collect all 8 of them. Also, a Crazy Box is
here...but it is
highly likely to bounce you right off the level, so I advise you not
to take
the box. Head back up the mountain slope you just came from, back to
where
you
started.


Once you are back on the main path of the world, continue heading
forwards
until you get close to the gap. The trio of Goombas we saw before
are just
waddling around here, so kill them all and take the 3 Coins that
they give
out kindly. Head forward and Long Jump over the gap. Then Long Jump
over the
next gap that shortly follows. The Scary 'Shrooms are infront of you
now.
Jump ontop of the first one and collect the Red Coin on it. Nearby
this
Mushroom is another Mushroom with another Red Coin so collect that
as well.
Head over the next few small and tiny Mushrooms carefully and
collect the Red
Coin on the smallest one, then jump over a few more to get the
fourth Red
Coin on a medium sized Mushroom. By now, you should have over 20
Coins. Jump
back to solid
land.

Head along on the path continuing to the left. Eventually you will
come upon
the area with a ton of Monty Mole Holes. Avoid those damned rock
throwing
moles and head to the left. You should see a ledge shortly to the
left. Jump
up ontop of it. You will see another Red Coin here. Double Jump or
Backflip
onto the next ledge, and take the Red Coin there. Jump across the
precarious
platforms using Backflips mostly to get to the top section. Head to
the left
for another Red Coin. Head onto the green mesh grating for the last
Red Coin.
The Red Coin Star will appear, but we don't need it. Head back
carefully to
the bottom area with the Monty Mole's. Head forwards and to the left
once you
are back down
there.

Once you are past all of the Monty Mole's, you will pass another
corner, and
3 Bob-ombs will be walking around on the ground. Pick them up and
throw them
all at the wall for them all to explode. Take the single Coin they
each spit
out after their death. Continue along the path around the next
corner until
a Chuck-Ya is in view, circling around the platform as the little
*****
always does. Stand a little ways away from him, then when he comes
to try and
grab you, Backflip over him, then grab him from behind and chuck him
to the
side, then collect the 5 Yellow Coins that pop out once he
goes 'splodes on
the
ground.


After collecting his Coins, head continually to the left and over
the very
narrow bridge. There are 5 Coins on this bridge so grab them all.
Jump over
to the next ledge, then jump up the small hill to the middle portion
of the
mountain. A Ukiki and a Fly Guy are in this section. Kill the Fly
Guy with
a Ground Pound and collect the 2 Coins that come out of him. After
that,
jump onto the giant log and run to the right (Not to much...) to
make the log
start rolling to the left. Once you are close enough, jump over to
the next
ledge.


Ground Pound the log into the ground. A Mushroom will soon appear.
Grab the
Mushroom to grow super sized! Bulldoze your way through this next
section,
easily killing any bowling balls along the way. Pass the next
corner, head up
the bowling alley, slide down the hill and you will see another trio
of
Goombas. When you are supersized, and plow over Goombas, they each
give 2
Coins instead of one. Easily kill them all for another 6 Coins. By
this time
you should have shrunken back again. Keep heading forward until you
reach the
large gap by the waterfall. Long Jump your way across it, then
continue along
the path and past the blowing Lakitu cloud. Nearby are a trail of
Coins
leading inside the Mysterious Mountainside. Collect the Coins, but
don't
enter the Mountainslide (get it?). Head along the path some more
until you
pass over a green grass section with 4 Goombas. Because your jumping
is
hindered in this section, Punch all 4 Goombas for their Coins. Get
out of the
thick underbrush and continue along the path. There will soon be a
thin
bridge leading across the waterfall, with 5 Coins on it. DON'T GET
THE COINS!
We want to save them for last to make this easy. Jump over the 5
Coins and
jump to the next ledge. Back flip up for the next 5 Coins, then
continue to
the top of the
mountain.

As Mario, a ? Red Block will be waiting here. Grab it for the Wings
to fall.
Incase you don't remember, 5 Coins circles, each with 9 Coins in
them are
around the top of the mountain. Triple Jump into flight and circle
the top
of the mountain for about 15 seconds and collect as many Coins as
you can
(After about 15 seconds you will be too low to get anymore Coins).
Fly back
to the summit of the mountain and get another Wings. Repeat this
process.
Whatever you do, don't get the 100th Coin while flying. Just don't.
Stop
collecting the Coins in the circles when you have 95-99
Coins...guess what
now? Head back down the mountain and to the bridge overlooking the
beautiful
waterfall. There are the last 5 Coins...collect them. That's every
Coin in
the world I covered...sorta. You can always risk heading to the
Mountainslide
for the remaining few Coins if you can't find anymore. Hard time
GETTING the
Star though. Good luck!

~Back in the Castle...~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V P.Course 13:Tiny-Huge Island~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Star 1-Pluck the Pirhana Flower
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 2-To the Tip Top of Huge Island
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 3-Rematch with Koopa the Quick
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 4-Klepto the Vulture
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 5-Wiggler's Red Coins
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 6-Make Wiggler Squirm
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 7-Switch Star of the Island
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:***/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

Once again, we are on the chase for 100 more Coins hidden around the
level.
Tiny-Huge Island has its secrets for Coins...and we are gonna need
to exploit
them all to reach 100. Start off by entering the large painting,
making you
tiny. The large Goombas? Couldn't be happier that they are huge.
When you
Ground Pound a huge Goomba, it doesn't spit out 1 or 2 Coins. But
rather a
Blue Coin. This happens for every large Goomba. Shweet right? Start
off by
Ground Pounding all 3 Goombas that are near you from the start for
15 quick
Coins. Head near the hole in the wall and pound the pole into the
ground.
Collect the Coins that pop onto land quickly, then jump into the
water if any
fall in there and collect them. After that, head through the hole in
the wall
and swim to the sandy
beach.

Once you have made it to the sandy beach, head to the top of it and
collect
the 2 Coins up there. Kill the nearby Fly Guy for 2 more Coins, then
kill
the pesty Lakitu for another 5 Coins. With Yoshi, you can constantly
eat and
kill Spinies (The things Lakitu throws at you) for a Coin. Wanna
wait for a
while? Heh....anyways, nearby where Lakitu was on the beach should
be a Koopa
Troopa. Kill him after knocking him out of his shell and take his
Blue Coin.
Get on the Shell, and surf over to the nearby shoreline with the
cannon...or
cannon cover if you haven't unlocked it yet...Kill the Fly Guy as he
is a
big pain for 2 Coins, then kill the nearby large Goomba for another
Blue
Coin.


Now that you have recieved the large Goomba's Blue Coin, we are
ready to
climb higher in the mountain. Head forwards and you should see the
gap
infront of you right? Get back a little ways, then start running
towards it.
Once you are close to it do a Long Jump to the floating platform a
little
distance aways. If you are Wario, get a different Cap. Wario's Long
Jump
isn't enough to clear the gap. You don't wanna die right
now...that's
annoying and frustrating. Once you are on the floating platform head
forwards
and fall off the platform. The wind gusts will start flowing you
upwards so
aim yourself for the ledge that is sticking out of the wall. Its
hard to miss
really....


Connected to the platform you are on, and slightly lodged in the
wall is a
very narrow wooden plank for a platform, with 5 Yellow Coins on it
connected
to more land. Carefully cross it, mainly by hugging the wall for
safety. Once
you reach the other side a large Goomba will be near you. Ground
Pound him
for a Blue
Coin.

Head to the left now and make your way across another wooden bridge.
Its
slightly wider this time around, but it has no walls near it, not to
mention
a strong wind gust is blowing on the bridge so you have to avoid
plowing off
the left side of it. After you cross the windy valley you will see a
series
of ledges getting progressively higher and higher. Bowling balls are
plowing
down these ledges, so stick to the wall and you will avoid
everything. Keep
heading to the top most ledge and keep following the path. You will
see a
green Warp Pipe, but we have no business with it yet. Head past the
bowling
ball creator and follow the path southern. You will see 4 Coins
lying on the
ground. Collect them and keep going. Soon you will come to a small
field
with 3 more large Goombas. Do a Ground Pound on each of the Goombas
to
recieve a Blue Coin. After that head back towards the green Warp
Pipe and
jump inside
it.

Once you exit the Warp Pipe, you will rule as a giant on Tiny
Island. We need
to head back to where we were before so head down the small now
slope near
the bowling ball creator and head towards the small fence we saw
before.
In the semi-large open field, a Koopa will be there...but he's puh-
thetically
tiny. Heh. Kill him with a simple jump and take away the Blue Coin
he leaves
behind.


Head back the way you came towards the green Warp Pipe again, up the
slope
and past the bowling ball creator. Jump up the tiny ledges avoiding
the green
Warp Pipe for now. A Goomba is at the top, stomp on him for a Coin.
Head
along the edge of the mountain carefully. There are 5 Coins placed
on this
ledge.


Now, skip this step if you already unlocked the cannon. Head back to
the spot
where the cannon is when you are tiny. Along the lake's shoreline.
The cannon
is too tiny for you to squeeze into, but a normal sized Bob-omb
Buddy will
be there waiting. Talk to it to activate the cannon. We don't see
the
animation because...its too
tiny?

As your large character still, head for the sandy beach. Your
soooooo big
you can easily jump up to the land nearby. Do so (The land on the
left that
is...) and you will be in that small open field we were in a while
ago. Head
up the slope and past the bowling ball creator. Jump inside the
green Warp
Pipe.


Head up the now large ledges that are close to you. At the top is an
annoying
Chuck-Ya. If your Yoshi, don't bother with this. If your not, run
behind him
and pick him up, then throw him towards the wall of the mountain to
have him
break into 5 Coins. Collect them all. Head onto the small wooden
bridge close
to you for another 5
Coins.

Now from your current position on the high point of the tall
mountain, look
towards the sandy beach a longggggg ways down. Pretty far isn't it.
Jump.
That's right. Jump off of the mountain and start falling towards the
sandy
beach. Don't worry about a Ground Pound because you'll just fall
into teh
sand...which won't hurt at all. Aiming for the water isn't a great
idea
because you may land too closeto Bubba and....risk dying. Not good
at all.
Start to swim towards the shoreline with the cannon, then once you
are on it
hop inside the cannon. Once inside the cannon aim towards the right
for a
tree, then aim north 1 full crosshair. Shoot and you will hopefully
crash
into the mountain wall or land on a tree. Once there, Ground Pound a
nearby
large Goomba for a Blue
Coin.

(lol..if you happened to defeat the Goomba while being shot out of
the cannon
he would have given up the Blue Coin that way as well...cool and
funny isn't
it?). Near where you killed the Goomba and the tree is a small
wooden path.
Walk along this path collecting the Coins along the way as well
until you
enter a hole. In Wiggler's cavern, jump from precarious platform
to
precarious platform, collecting the Red Coins as you go along. They
will
continue to add to your total....and by now you might have 100
Coins. Near
a flame creator and another Red Coin is a Blue Coin Switch. Activate
it for
2 Blue Coins. If you don't have 100 Coins, head back along the path
and exit
the
cavern.


You have 2 ways to get Coins right now...if you have at least
85...wait...
there is only 1 main way to get Coins now anyways. After exiting the
cavern
make your way around the mountain by swimming towards the cannon
shoreline,
jumping across the gap then using the updraft of wind to reach the
higher
area, then run across the windy bridge and up the large cliffs and
avoid
bowling balls until you finally reach a green Warp Pipe. Jump inside
to turn
giant and the course tiny again. Head along the ledges and do a
Backflip to
reach the top of the mountain. Do a Ground Pound to drain the pool
of water,
then jump back down into the green Warp Pipe to turn the course huge
and you
tiny once more. Head up the now large ledges and past Chuck-Ya
(Unless he is
already dead) and head along the wooden bridge. Head up the steep
hill to the
very top of the mountain, then fall into the hole there to be in
Wiggler's
Home. There re some sccattered Coins in here. You must have gotten
the Star
by
now.


~Back in the Castle...~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                        ~V Q.Course 14:Tick Tock Clock~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Star 1-Luigi in the Cage
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 2-The Pendulam Switch Star
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 3-Get a Hand
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 4-Stomp on the Thwomp
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 5-Timed Jumps on Moving Bars
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 6-Stop Time for Red Coins
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 7-Tick Tock Silver Stars
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:*****/*****
Recommended Character:Anybody

It isn't the fact that you can die. It isn't the fact there aren't a
lot of
Coins in this level. Oh wait...yeah it is. Exactly there is a
shortage of
Coins in this level. Only 1 area holds half your Coins....and the
other half
is scattered everywhere. I will follow the path in my special order,
which
in my opinion is comfortable to me. You will want the clock stopped
for this
Star
though.


Once you start off, turn around and head towards the cage on an area
dipped
below. There is a ! Block there with a fast and easy 10 Coins
inside. Once
you get those Coins head onto the first non-spinning platform. Jump
up to the
next one nearby it. A Red Coin is floating there. Grab it and turn
around.
Another platform higher is there, so Double Jump up to it and
another Red
Coin will be there. Also, a Red Coin was near the first non-spinning
platform
in case you missed. Jump up to the next platform, then jump higher
to another
nearby platform. There are 2 Red Coins here. Jump up even higher to
another
non-spinning platform and take the Red Coin on it. Jump a little
higher for
the final Red Coin. The Red Coin Star will appear, but don't grab
it. Fall to
the bottom
now.

Once you have those Coins head to where you started and continue
forwards
and jump over the small pit near the pendulam. Head up the wire
grating path
until you reach a big yellow block. Jump up on it and grab the 2
Coins
floating just above it. Head over the next pit near a larger
pendulam and
then follow the path around the dge of the clock. Eventually you
will come to
the large mesh grating field with a ! Block. Inside this block are
another 3
Coins.


Head along forwards again now and over the tuna can-like platforms
(lol).
Double Jump over the big cage fit for Luigi, and continue along the
rising
path. Eventually you will come to a platform that isn't moving up
and down.
Double Jump up to the higher ledge. There is an Amp circling a pole.
Grab the
5 Coins that are sitting near the pole. Now, climb up the pole and
jump to
the
left.


In this next area, a Heave-Ho! is constantly moving around at you
trying to
lift you away...possibly into death if he gets you. Bad thoughts!
There are
2 ! Blocks in this area, each one containing 3 Coins. Lure the Heave-
Ho!
away from the boxes, then quickly break them both and collect their
prizes
inside. Also, 2 Goombas (Wearing a Mario Cap is one of them) are
nearby so
kill them both for a Coin. Jump across the tuna shaped platform and
to the
other side where another Goomba is waiting. Jump back to the other
side
again and Ground Pound the Blue Coin Switch. Jump across the
platform and
to the other side and you will see a triangle of Blue Coins. There
are 7,
so hurry up and collect them all. Your Coin totals should be over 55
by this
time.


Head back the way you came until you reach the pole, but don't go
down it.
Instead, keep going towards the platform a bit raised off the
ground. Jump
on it, then Backflip up to a higher platform. Walk off nearby onto a
large
grating. There is another ! Block here, with 3 more Coins inside it.
Nearby
is a black brick block reached by the moving bars. ABove all of
the
moing bars is another Coin, so grab them. Get back onto the other
raised
platform and Backflip onto the highest platform. Backflip or Double
Jump to
another nearby ledge leading to more platform on the edge of the
clock.
Follow the pathway past the Wario Hat and past 4 moving/unmoving
bars. Jump
inside the cage once you find the chance. There is a ! Block here
that
contains 10 more
Coins.

Now for the final Coins. By now the Star should be your...but incase
you
haven't gotten it, a few more Coins are still available. Head along
the path
now until it starts winding around, where another ! Block lies with
3 more
Coins inside. Nearby this area should be a circular wire floating
island.
When you get the nearest chance Jump to it and break the ! Block for
10 more
Coins. Jump back to the mainland and contnue your way up through the
clock
to the very top, and near a fire shooter is the last ! Block with 10
Coins.
The Star should be yours by
now.

~Back in the Castle...~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                          ~V R.Course 15:Rainbow Ride~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
Star 1-Cruiser Crossing the Rainbow
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 2-The Big House in the Sky
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 3-Coins Ammassed in a Maze
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 4-Swingin' in the Breeze
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 5-Tricky Triangles!
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 6-Somewhere Over the Rainbow
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 7-Switch Star of the Manor
Difficulty:*/*****
Recommended Character:

Star 8-Collect 100 Coins!
Difficulty:******/*****
Recommended Character:Mario

That's-a right! 6 out of 5 Stars. There are enough and plenty of
Coins in
Rainbow Ride. But there is 1 quick mad dash for a hoard of Blue
Coins.....
but is that the problem? NO. Its the matter of getting nervous in
this
challenge and falling off into a bottomless pit and losing. All that
time
wasted getting Coins. This Course is a living hell. Good luck with
this
Star!


Once you start, don't bother with the pole behind you and Long
Jumping to it
unless you want to miss some Coins. Take the first carpet and ride
it until
a small block blocks you and you must jump over it. Jump ontop of it
and jump
to the circular platform with an Amp on it. There is an 8-Coin
circle, so
grab them quickly, then head back onto the carpet. Ride it until a
fire
emmitter start spewing fire on the carpet. Jump over the flames and
land back
on the carpet, then jump off on the circular platforms. There are 2
platforms
out of these 4 that have a circle of 8 Coins on them. Grab them
easily. Then,
there is a Lakitu in this area who is a pest. Stay in the middle of
one of
the platforms and jump up to hit Lakitu when he is over you, then
take his
5 Coins before they fall off the edge of the level. After you get
these Coins
head to the Red Coin
Maze.

Once on the platform at the bottom of the maze, head past it until
you reach
a spinning heart......and a Blue Coin Switch! Practice first as
Mario Wall
Kicking your way up the wall as fast as you can. Fall back to the
bottom then
activate the switch. Grab the first Blue Coin near where the switch
was then
start Wall Kicking as fast as you possibly can. At the top there is
a row
of 5 more Blue Coins, for a total of 30 Coins in this area. Once you
have all
of the Blue Coins head back to the bottom of the maze. Double Jump
and grab
onto the ledge to the left for the first Red Coin. Long Jump to the
other
side and traverse the nearby platform for another Red Coin, and
another just
above it. Another Red Coin is a Long Jump away near a fire emmitter,
and
another needs a Double Jump to reach. The last you will need to
lunge out to
reach. The Red Coin Star will appear, but we have no need for it.
Head back
to the spinning
platforms.

Head on to the spinning platforms, and to the right. ou will
eventually come
to the pole we always use to head down to the lower area from the
start.
Get onto it and slide down it. There are a string of 5 Coins here
and a Fly
Guy. Kill the Fly Guy for 2 Coins and get the 5 Coins on the ground.
On the
tilting platform head right and jump to the next ledge. On the
swinging
platform you should get on you will encounter 5 Coins in the air.
Grab them
all. Continue the ride to the next platform, leading to another
tilting
platform and then donut blocks. Quickly jump from one level of donut
blocks
to the next until you reach solid ground. Collect the Coins on the
blocks
when you can. On solid ground, jump the gap to the next donut blocks
then
wait for a platform to come near you. Jump on it to the other side,
then
climb up the wooden planks to the swinging platform that leads to
Swingin'
In the Breeze Star. In the air above the platform are 5 Coins. Get
them then
head back to the platform you were on. Head down the wooden planks
and to the
right some more. Jump across a small gap to another donut blocks and
a small
ramp with 5 Coins on it. Get them, then head allllll the way back to
the
spinning
platforms.

Once back on these platforms head across them to the other side and
then
get on the carpet that takes you further away. Ride it around,
collecting
the few Coins that come across your path, jumping over
platforms...and just
plain waiting around for the oppertunity to switch carpets. Once it
comes,
you have 2 options. Take the left carpet to the flying ship. The
ship has
a ring of 8 Coins, a Lakitu for 5 Coins, and a Bob-omb for 14 Coins.
Or...
you can take the right carpet to the Big House in the sky with 5
Coins inside
and 5 Coins in the air, and 5 on another platform. Its your choice.
Do
whichever. The Coins, like I just described, are in plain view. Get
there
then claim the Star.

~Back in the Castle...~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                           ~V S.Bowser in the Sky~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------


---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                      ~V T.All of the Castle Secret Stars~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
~Castle Secret Star #1:Princess's Secret Slide~
~Castle Secret Star #2:Princess's Secret Slide-Race to the Finish!~
~Castle Secret Star #3:Sunshine Isles~
~Castle Secret Star #4:The Secret Aquarium~
~Castle Secret Star #5:8 Red Coins in Goomboss's Area~
~Castle Secret Star #6:Wall Kick Switch Star in Goomboss's Area~
~Castle Secret Star #7:Red Coins in the Courtyard~
~Castle Secret Star #8:Silver Stars in the Battlefield of Battle
Fort~
~Castle Secret Star #9:8 Red Coins Hidden in Bowser in the Dark
World~
~Castle Secret Star #10:8 Red Coins in the Tower of the Wing Cap~
~Castle Secret Star #11:8 Red Coins Hidden in the Maze of King Boo
Battle~
~Castle Secret Star #12:Luigi's Mad-Dash in King Boo Battle's Area~
~Castle Secret Star #13:8 Red Coins in the Cavern Behind the
Waterfall~
~Castle Secret Star #14:Mario's Balloon Trip Behind the Waterfall~
~Castle Secret Star #15:8 Red Coins on Platforms and Above in Under
the Moat~
~Castle Secret Star #16:Mario's Balloon Trip-Redux and Super Wall
Kick Switch
Star Under the Moat~
~Castle Secret Star #17:Switch Star; Stairway Madness in Bowser in
the Dark
World~
~Castle Secret Star #18:A kind Power Star gift from Toad~
~Castle Secret Star #19:Fire Ocean of Bowser Lies 8 Hot-Red Coins~
~Castle Secret Star #20:Big Jump; Long Fall; Butt Burn; Switch Star
in the
Fire Sea~
~Castle Secret Star #21:Opposites of Room's behind the "Invisible"
Mirror~
~Castle Secret Star #22:8 Red Coins Hidden Amoung Bullies and Wind
in Chief
Chilly's Area~
~Castle Secret Star #23:Blown Away and Heavy Weights Secret Star in
Chief
Chilly's Area~
~Castle Secret Star #24:Another kind gift from a nearby Toad~
~Castle Secret Star #25:Another gift? Where does Toad get these
Stars...~
~Castle Secret Star #26:Somewhere Over the Rainbow's Red Coins on
Floating
Clouds~
~Castle Secret Star #27:Secret Brick with Secret Wario on a Secret
Cloud in
the Secret Level Somewhere Over the Rainbow~
~Castle Secret Star #28:8 Red Coins Floating High and.....Not Low in
Bowser
in the Sky~
~Castle Secret Star #29:Mario's Mad-Dashing Switch Star in Bowser in
the Sky~
~Castle Secret Star #30:Mystery Door in the Character
Room....Another Mystery
involving....rabbits???~

---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
                                 ~XII.Credits~
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------
CJayC-For hosting this FAQ and the greatest gaming site evar

Me-I created this FAQ didn't I?

You-You read the FAQ!
BranBranMB@... me additional hints on a Star

Super Mario 64 DS

1. Copyright Information
2. Introduction
3. Controls
4. Area Walkthroughs
        A. Bob-omb Battlefield
        B. Whomp's Fortress
        C. Jolly Roger Bay
        D. Cool, Cool Mountain
        E. Big Boo's Haunt
        F. Hazy Maze Cave
        G. Lethal Lava Land
        H. Shifting Sand Land
        I. Dire, Dire Docks
        J. Snowman's Land
        K. Wet-Dry World
        L. Tall, Tall Mountain
        M. Tiny-Huge Island
        N. Tick Tock Clock
        O. Rainbow Ride
5. Castle Secret Stars
6. Unlockables
7. Bowser Battles
8. Contact

For an ILLUSTRATED version of this guide, visit our website!

**************************************
1. Copyright 2005 www.TheDSCentral.com
**************************************

This guide is property of www.TheDSCentral.com and is
copyrighted and protected by United States copyright laws and
international treaties. Therefore, the use of this guide in any
websites, publications, or any other public documents is illegal
and strictly prohibited. This guide may not be posted on the
internet, or any publications, without our expressed written
permission. If you you wish to use this guide you must contact us
at DS@... with your request.

Currently only these three sites have permission to use this guide:

www.TheDSCentral.com
www.GameFAQs.com
www.CheatCC.com

***************
2. Introduction
***************

Welcome to the Super Mario 64 DS video game guide! I have
worked for a long time on this guide, putting in in-depth
walkthroughs for every single power star. If you are trying to beat
a certain level, this guide will have the answers you are looking
for. With a guide this size, it can be difficult to find what you
are
looking for in the hoards of information. I have done some things
in order to help make it easier to find what you are looking for,
but there is only so much that you can do with a text-based
version of it. If you want to make it easier to find individual
power
stars, check out our website! We have the guide divided up into
many sections, and with a simple click you can go to the world
that you want to. Also, the guide on our website is ILLUSTRATED!!!
No need to decode from text where to aim your cannon, where warps
are, and more. We show it to you! It is all on our website, so
check it out! Also, we have in-depth news articles, reviews, and
many other things on our site. We are constantly adding new things,
so there is a good chance that you will find articles that are of
interest to you. We even have an article about Super Smash Brothers
DS, and you do not want to miss that! Anyway, that is all I have to
say for now. On to the Super Mario 64 DS video game guide!

The Classic is Back!

Mario returns yet again to Mushroom Kingdom in order to save
the day! Upon receiving an invitation from Princess Toadstool,
Mario and his two friends, Luigi and Wario, head to the castle.
When they arrive there, however, they learn that Bowser has taken
Princess Toadstool and the castle's power stars. What is worse,
when they arrive at the castle they to are imprisoned by Bowser.
Has Bowser succeeded in taken over Mushroom Kingdom?

There is but one hope for the kingdom, and that is Yoshi. He was
asleep on the castle while Mario and his friends were captured,
and now it is up to him to save his friends. Yoshi must venture
through the castle, head into the mysterious paintings on the walls,
free his friends, and save the kingdom from Bowser's evil rule.

***********
3. Controls
***********

Standard Mode of Controls

(Y) Yoshi cannot perform move

D-Pad: Walk around
Y (with D-Pad): Run
B: Jump
     Swim
A: Talk to people
      Read Signs
      Attack
      Pick up objects (Y)
      Throw objects (Y)
X: Adjust Camera Distance
L: Centers Camera
R: Crouch
Start: Pause
Select: Brings up control modes

Swimming

B (Hold): Steady Swim
B: (Repeatedly pressed): Fast Swim

Jumping

B + R: Ground Pound
B + B: Continuous Jump
B + B + B (While running): Triple Jump
R + B: Backward Somersault
R + B (While running) Long Jump
--> + Y, then <-- + B: Sideways Somersault

Attacks

A + A + A: Kick (Y)
B + A: Jump Kick (Y)
R + A: Trip
R + A (While running): Slide Kick
A (While running) Slide Attack (Y)

Additional Techniques

D-Pad (While hanging): Climb
B (While climbing): Climb faster
B (Next to tree or pole): Grab onto tree or pole
D-Pad (While on tree or pole): Rotate, Climb up or down
^ (While at the top of tree or pole): Handstand
B (Under wire net): Grab onto wire net
D-Pad (On wire net): Move around
Spinning the D-Pad (While holding a large enemy): Swing

Special Techniques

Mario

Wall Kick: Press B to jump towards a wall, then press B again
when you hit it
Floating Ability: Collect a Power Flower, then press B repeatedly
to float. Control direction with D-Pad
Flying with Wings: B + B + B (you do not need to be running),
control direction with D-Pad

Yoshi

Swallow Enemies: A
Flutter Kick: Press B and hold it
Fire Power: Collect a Power Flower, then breathe fire with A
Lay Eggs: Press R when an object is in Yoshi's mouth
Spit: Press A when an object is in Yoshi's mouth to spit it out

Luigi

Scuttle: Hold down B
Water Run: Run across water using Y + D-Pad, then jump using
B
Invisibility Power: Collect a Power Flower to become invisible

Wario

Wario Whack: Press A for this more powerful punch
Metal Power: Collect a Power Flower to turn into metal

********************
4. Area Walkthroughs
********************

In order to enter the castle, you must first retrieve the key from
the rabbit. The rabbit is hiding in the hedges, just to the left of
where you start off. Run after him and swallow him. He will then
give you the key to the castle.

********************************
A. Course 1: Bob-omb Battlefield
********************************

Once you enter the castle, go to the far left and up the small set
of
stairs. Go into the door, and you will enter a room with a painting
of Bob-ombs on the wall. Jump into that painting to enter this
course.

** Big Bob-omb on the Summit **

In this level you need to defeat the evil King Bomb-omb. You will
begin on a path with several purple Bomb-ombs around you.
Start by heading up the path towards the bridge. If any Goombas
get in your way, defeat them by jumping on their heads. Go up the
bridge and continue to follow the path, which will turn to the left.
Keep following the path past the chain-chomp and across the
bridge that tilts when you walk on it. Be careful not to fall off
the
bridge. If you do, go back along the wall until you get back to the
path. From there go up the slanted bridge and head back to
where you fell off.

Once you are past the tilting bridge there will be stairs that are
too
steep for you to walk up. Jump over them onto the next large
area. Turn towards the right and head to the mountain. Do not fall
into the valley, but go across path that spans the valley and leads
to the mountain. When you get to the mountain, turn right and you
will see a small pit with large balls rolling in it. Make your way
carefully through the pit until you once again reach the path.

Keep following the path up the mountain, being careful to dodge
or jump over the balls that continuously roll down the mountain.
Soon you will see an indentation in the mountain where balls come
out to roll down the mountain. Go into it (when you are near it no
balls come out), and stand motionless inside it for a couple
seconds. You will then warp into another indentation higher up in
the mountain. Walk out of it and follow the path up to the top of
the mountain.

At the top you will encounter King Bomb-omb and he will
challenge you to a fight. Move away from him, and wait until he
throws a small bob-omb at you. Pick it up (or swallow it), then
throw it back at the King Bob-omb. If you hit him he will be
knocked onto his back, and will pound the ground several times.
Stay away from him while he does this. When he gets back up
prepare to pick up the next bob-omb he will throw at you. Once
you have hit him three times with his own bob-ombs (as long as
you have not left the mountain top) he will claim defeat and give
you a power star.

** Footrace with Koopa the Quick **

When you begin the level head over to where Koopa the Quick is
standing. You need to be Mario to do this, so if you are another
character find and retrieve the Mario cap in the level. Talk to
Koopa, and he will challenge you to a race to the top of the
mountain. When you accept his offer the race begins. The route is
simple; just follow the path to the top of the mountain that you
took in the previous level (Big Bob-Omb on the Summit). When
you get to the top there will be a flag. Run over to the flag in
order
to complete the race. If you were faster than Koopa then you will
receive a power star; if you were not then you will lose. One
more thing: If you had to wear the Mario cap in order to race
Koopa you will still need to be wearing when you get to the top
of the mountain. If you are not, you will lose the race.

** 5 Silver Stars! **

This is a unique challenge that was added in. In it you must collect
five silver stars in order to unlock a power star. As you start off,
walk over to the beginning of the path. You will see the glass
enclosure that the power star will appear in. After taking note of
this, keep heading up the path. Above the tree that is closet to the
bridge, there is a silver star. Jump onto the tree, then climb up
it.
At the top, press up once more to do a handstand. After that,
jump and you will retrieve your first silver star.

Keep going down the path. Once you have past the slanted
bridge, jump over the fence and head into the large field. In this
field you will see Chain Chomp running around wildly. His chain is
still connected to him. At the very end of the chain is a silver
star.
Run up to where Chain Chomp is. When he passes you run after
him and perform several long jumps. Keep doing this until you
have caught up with Chain Chomp and have taken your next
silver star.

With two silver stars in your control, head across the field, and
back onto the path. Keep going as if you were headed to the top
of the mountain. Immediately after you have crossed the tilting
bridge, turn left and head onto the grassy area with a few trees on
it. In the midst of a small group of four trees, there is a Goomba.
Go over to it and jump on its head. When the Goomba is
defeated it will produce the third silver star.

Next, jump onto the slightly higher area and run straight across it.
Near the end of this higher field, in one of the flower beds, you
will discover the fourth silver star. Once you have that power star
in your hands, start heading up the mountain. In the first large
grassy area you encounter, off to the right of the path, there will
be two Goombas. One of them has the final silver star, so jump
on their heads in order to defeat them. Then, simply grab the final
silver star in order to make the power star appear. All you must
do now is retrieve the power star. Jump over the fence that is next
to the grassy area; you will fall down to the field where Chain
Chomp is. All you have to do is head back to the path and follow
it back to the beginning. Jump at the glass enclosure in order to
break it and retrieve its power star.

** Big Bob-omb's Revenge **

In this battle King Bob-omb, angered by his previous defeat,
challenges you to a rematch. In this fight you will need to pick up
and throw the king. However, Yoshi is unable to perform these
actions. If you are Yoshi, head up the mountain, but do not go
into the warp. Instead, go past the warp where you will find a
Goomba wearing Mario's hat. Defeat the Goomba and take
Mario's hat. That will transform you into Mario, allowing you to
fight King Bob-omb.

As with the other battle, head to the top of the mountain. At the
top you will encounter King Bob-omb, and he will challenge you
to a rematch. Run in circles around him until you manage to get
behind him. Pick him up and throw him. Be careful not to throw
him off the mountain, or else he will jump back on and lecture you
about how it is wrong to throw the king out of the ring. He will not
be damaged if he is thrown out of the ring. Each time you
successfully hurt him he will increase his speed, but you can still
easily run behind him and grab him. If you throw him on the
ground three consecutive times, (without leaving the top of the
mountain) you will defeat him. He will disappear, leaving a power
star. Jump into the power star to retrieve it.

** Mario Wings to the Sky **

NOTE: It is highly advisable to unlock the ? boxes before
attempting to get this power star Since only Mario can use the
wing cap, it would be best if you used him for this level. If you do
not start the level as Mario, find his cap and put it on before
trying
to beat the level.

First of all, go up to the purple Bomb-omb that is next to the
cannon plate and talk to him. If you talk to the correct Bomb-
omb, he will open all the cannons for you in this level. Head
straight up the path, and across the slanted bridge. Instead of
following the path to the left, keep going forward. Turn slightly
right as you go. Soon you will see a large rock with a flat top. An
entrance to a cannon will be in the top. Go up to the top, and go
into the cannon hole. The cannon will come up, and you will be
put in cannon view.

Start by looking towards the mountain. In front of the mountain, a
little to the left, will be a island in the sky. Aim your cannon
slightly
to the left of where it starts out, and then point the cannon upward
as high as it will go. Shoot out of it and you will land on the
island.

Once you are on the island, get the wing cap from the box on the
island. With the wing cap on, go into the cannon. In your sight you
should see several groups of coins. There will be a circle of gold
coins that are around a single gold coin.

Shoot towards the center gold coins. Once you are in the air
maneuver around to collect the center gold coins. When the time
for the wing cap starts running low, quickly fly back to the island.
Get the wing cap once again, and repeat the process. Keepn
doing this until you have gotten all five of the middle gold coins
in
the five groups. After that a power star will appear. Simply fly
over to the power star and retrieve it to complete the level. Keep
in mind that retrieving all five of the gold coins is difficult. It
may
require numerous attempts, but with perseverance you should be
able to complete this level.

** Find the 8 Red Coins **

This should be the first mission where you have to collect all of
the
eight red coins in a level. As usual, start by heading up the path,
but instead of going up the bridge go to the left of the bridge.
There will be two platforms that are going up and down in a
circular motion. Jump onto one of the platforms and ride it to the
top. The first red coin will be at the top. After retrieving the
first
red coin, jump onto the main land (do not fall back down). Run
straight, going just to the right of the Chain Chomp's domain area.
There will be a rock with a red coin on the top of it. Simply run
up the rock to retrieve the red coin.

Once you have retrieved that coin head to the cannon you used in
the previous level to shoot to the island in the sky. Inside the
cannon, shoot once again to the island. When you arrive you will
see a red coin above the tree on the island. Climb up to the top to
the tree to get it. If you are not high enough when you get to the
top, press up again to do a handstand on the tree. That will give
you enough height. Press down to get down from the tree. After
that, head back to where the Chain Chomp is. Just above the
post that the Chain Chomp is chained to there is a red coin. As
soon as the Chain Chomp jumps at you, run up to the post and
get the red coin. Once the red coin is in your control, run back to
the path to get away from the Chain Chomp's reach.

Continue on just as if you were heading to the top of the mountain
and go across the bridge. Instead of jumping up the stairs,
however, turn left and run to the area where four post are. There
will be a blue star on the ground; this is where the star will
appear
once you get all eight red coins. On either side of the blue star
will
be a red coin; get both of them and head back to the path. Jump
up the stairs. Now, instead of heading across the gray stone
bridge, run past it and go into the small valley just behind it.
From
there go under the stone bridge. There will be a red coin there, as
well as a switch that will open up the gates. Do not go through the
gates; go back up to the top of the stone bridge and head to the
mountain.

Once you are next to the mountain, do not turn right to go through
the pit with the balls in it. Instead, go to the left and start
heading
up the grassy incline. There is a red coin on it. You will slow
down when going up the incline, but do not jump or try any other
moves. Doing that will cause you to slide back down to the
bottom. Just keep running (or walking as you get higher) until you
reach the red coin. When you have the final red coin, the blue star
you encountered earlier will produce a power star right above it.
Simply go to the power star and retrieve it to complete the level.

** Behind Chain Chomp's Gate **

You may have noticed this power star in previous levels. It is
tucked away in the small cage behind the Chain Chomp. Start by
heading up the path until you reach the Chain Chomp. As soon as
he jumps at you, run to the post he is chained to. Instead of
merely getting the red coin that is there, jump above the post and
pound it into the ground. It will go a short way into the ground
each time you pound it. Keep pounding it until Chain Chomp gets
ready to jump at you again, then quickly run away. Continue to
do this until the post is completely in the ground. Wario can
pound the entire post into the ground after pounding it just once,
so this level is easiest with him. After the post is completely in
the
ground, Chain Chomp will be free to roam wherever he wants.
He will smash down the gate, allowing you to get the power star
inside of it.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

To get the final power star in this level you will need to collect
100 coins. There are well over 100 coins in the level, so
accomplishing this task should not be that difficult. When you start
the level, destroy the brick box by pounding it. It will give you
coins. From there, go under the first bridge you would normally
cross. There are several coins under it. Before heading up the
bridge, travel through the valley area, getting near the Bomb-
ombs so they will light their fuses and run after you. Run away
from them so that when they explode you do not get hurt. Once
they are destroyed, go back to where they exploded and take the
few coins they leave behind.

Head back to the main path and destroy the few Goombas there.
Once you cross the first bridge take a right, heading off the
normal path. There will be a Koopa there and a few Goombas.
The Goombas will give you a coin when you destroy them, and
the Koopa will give you a blue coin, worth five gold ones. You
will find many gold coins in the place where you get the star for
collecting all eight red coins (across the tilting bridge
immediately
after the Chain Chomp, and to the left). When you are near the
star get the few coins lying on the ground, and also destroy the
few Goombas to get their coins. Next, go to the short poles
sticking out of the ground near the blue star. Do not destroy them.
Instead, run in circles around one of them for a while. If you do it
correctly it will produce several yellow coins. Do this to each of
the four poles, collecting the coins that they give you.

Once you have depleted that area of its coins go up to the next
area, slightly higher above the one you were just on. There will be
several coins scattered around the flower beds in the area, so do
not hesitate to collect them. Having retrieved the coins near the
flower beds, start heading up the mountain. After the pit, and off
to the side of the path, you should see and grassy area with a box
and a Goomba. Destroy the Goomba to get the coins there, then
keep heading up the mountain. Do not go in the warp, but simply
continue up the mountain. Next to the two cannons, you should
see two lines of coins that you can retrieve.

If you still need coins, make your way down the mountain and go
to the island in the sky. Get the wing cap and head into the
cannon, as there are many coins in the sky that you can get.
Gather as many as you need to reach the one hundred coin limit.
Do not forget that red coins also count as two yellow coins. If you
collect all eight red coins in the level, they will give you the
equivalent of sixteen yellow coins. Remember, once you collect
100 coins the power star will appear in the location of the last
coin you got. Make sure that your 100th coin is in an easy area to
get to. Using all the methods described in this section you should
easily be able to acquire 100 coins, and be able to get the power
star.
NOTE: When you collect the power star for collecting 100 coins
it will not take you out of the level. You can still continue to
play
the level, and even collect another power star.

*****************************
B. Course 2: Whomp's Fortress
*****************************

** Chip Off Whomp's Block **

As in the previous world, you begin this world with a battle
against a boss. First, however, you have to make it to the boss.
Start of by going up the small ramp. Instead of turning right after
you go up the ramp to continue on the path, face the wall and do
a double-jump up to it. Doing this will allow you to grab onto the
edge. Climb up, then turn right to go up a much simpler path.
Once you have done that turn left and head to the wall of the
fortress. There will be some pirahna plants in the way, but they
can be defeated if you quickly attack them before they wake up.
If they do wake up run away from them until they fall back asleep,
then try to defeat them again.

Once you are next to and facing the fortress make your way to
the left, staying next to the wall. You will encounter a narrow
ledge extending from the fortress. It is small, but do not be
alarmed. If you side-step you can easily get past it. When you are
on the small ledge you will see a pirahna plant that is asleep right
in front of you. Even though you are still on the ledge stop side-
stepping and run at the pirahna plant to attack him. If done
correctly you will be able to safely proceed.

If you happen to fall of retrace your path back to the path you
took to get to the higher level and continue on from there. After
you are past the pirahna plant you will see a rotating board that
occasionally stops. Carefully walk over to the place where the
board stops. When it stops run onto the middle of it since you will
be knocked off if you do not. Wait for the board to get past the
obstacle, then start running across to the other side so that when
it
does stop you can immediately move on to solid ground.

Now that you are back on a solid area you can easily run along
the path until you come to the moving platforms. A few small
whomps will be on the path, but they are slow and you can easily
run past them. If you wish to fight them run in front of them so
they will jump down at you, but do not be smashed by them.
When they are on the ground jump above them and do your
pound the ground move. This will destroy them, producing several
coins. Once you reach the moving platforms jump onto one. It will
take you up to the top of the fortress. At the top simply jump off
the platform and onto the main arena area.

Go up to the large whomp standing in the middle to begin the
fight. He will start off by complaining about how people show no
respect for blocks, then he will start to fight you. Defeat him as
you would the smaller whomps; run in front of him so he jumps
down at you (make sure you do not get hit), then jump on top of
him and do your pound the ground move. If you manage to do
this three times without falling off the top of the fortress or
dying
you will defeat him and he will give you a power star.

** To the Top of the Fortress **

Using the route described in the previous power star, make your
way up to the top of the fortress. At least, the top of the fortress
as it was in the previous level. Once you get to the place where
you fought the massive whomp you will discover that there is an
addition to the fortress-a tower. Avoiding the bullet bills that are
occasionally shot, find the lowest platform sticking out of the
tower. Once you find it jump on in. From there jump onto the
next platform, the next, and so on. The easiest way to do this is to
go to the outer edge of each platform before jumping to the next
one so that the tower does not get in your way.

Higher up you will find platforms that move in and out of the
tower. Get past these the same as you would any other platform,
but wait until they have come halfway out of the tower before you
jump to them. This will give you maximum time to make the jump
to the next stationary platform. Continue on until you reach the
final platform, and then jump on it. This platform is really an an
elevator, and it will lift you to the top of the fortress once you
land
on it. When you are at the top jump onto the tower and claim
your power star.

** Shoot into the Wild Blue **

In order to get this star you need to access the cannon. Start by
going up the small dirt ramp at the beginning of the level. Instead
of turning left, head straight towards the brick wall and do a
continuous jump in order to grab onto it. Pull yourself up, and
then run straight through the shallow water. When you have gone
through the water you will once again be on paved ground. There
will be a cannon there with a red Bob-omb next to it. Talk to the
Bob-omb, and he will open up the cannon plate for you. Next, go
into the cannon.

Once you are inside the cannon, turn to the left so that you can
see a large pole sticking out of a higher level on the fortress.
Line
the pole up with the very center of the top and bottom crosshairs.
After you have complete that, you should notice that the pole is
on an extension of the wall, which has three floors coming out of
it. Line up the bottom of the bottom crosshair with the lower line
on the very top floor. When you have done that, shoot the
cannon. You will fly across the land, and grab onto the another
pole that is coming out of the lowest floor. Climb down from the
pole and then walk over to get the star.

There are also two other ways to get this star, in case you want to
try them. One them requires you to go onto the next highest level.
After that, move away from the extended platform you are trying
to get onto. Run towards the platform, and do a long jump. If you
did it correctly you will land on one of the lower two floors that
comes out of the wall, allowing you to make your way to the star.

For the other method you need to be Luigi. As Luigi, go past the
cannon down the slanted walkway. Keep going until you are
almost under the lowest platform. Turn so your back is towards
the platform, and then do a backflip. You will jump high enough
so that you will land on the platform; from there all you need to do
is get star.

** Red Coins on the Floating Isle **

Once again you are presented with the challenge of collecting all
eight red coins in a level. When the level commences, go up the
first small, dirt ramp. Once you are on the small walkway, turn
right and head to where the blocks are coming in and out of the
wall. Wait until they go into the wall, and then run past them,
jumping up to grab your first red coin as you go. Stop right next
to where the platforms are coming out of the wall.

When the platforms start coming out of the wall, quickly run past
them. After that, turn around and head up the stairs that the
Thwomps are pounding. Wait until each Thwomp is going up into
the air, and then run past the onto a higher level. When you are
past the second Thwomp, turn around and face him. When he
comes down to the ground, do a continuous jump on top of him.
Ride him as he goes up, and when he is as high as he goes jump
up and collect your next red coin.

With two red coins in your possession, jump down from the
Thwomp onto the stairs. Go to the top of the stairs, and then turn
right to head to the fortress. A Pirahna Plant will be sleeping next
to the fortress, and there will be a red coin behind him. Attack the
Pirahna Plant, or sneak behind him. Whatever you do, make sure
you get the red coin!

After that, face the fortress and turn left. Stay next to the
fortress,
even when the path becomes narrow. Side-step along the narrow
path until you get your forth red coin. Once you have done that,
run over to where the Pirahna Plant is and attack him. That will
clear the way for you to enter onto the spinning platform.

When the rotating platform stops next to the wall you are standing
on, run on it and go to the middle. Wait for it to turn completely
around so that it stops at the other side. When it does, run to the
edge of the platform, and ride it back to the place that you got on.
You will get the red coin that is suspended in the air. Next, run
back to the middle of the platform. When it once again stops at
the other side, run across it back onto solid ground. Stay next to
the fortress, and keep running until you encounter two revolving
platforms. Jump onto one of them and ride it to the next level of
the fortress.

When you are at the next level (the place where you fight
Whomp), go until you see a tall board sticking up from the
ground. Stand behind it, jump, and kick it (Yoshi cannot do this,
so if you are Yoshi you need to get a cap). Do it one more time,
and the board will fall down. Walk across the board, onto the
arrow platform. From there, jump to the next platform and collect
the red coin on it. Jump onto the spinning platform next to the
platform the red coin was on. After that, jump down to the
spinning platform. On that platform, do a continuous jump to get
up to the next spinning platform. Take the red coin on the spinning
platform.

With seven red coins, you only need one more in order to finish
the level. Run down onto the lowest spinning platform, and run
across it toward the first spinning platform you were on. Next, run
off of the spinning platform, still facing the first spinning
platform
you were on. Pound the ground in order eliminate taking damage.
You should land where you first met the Thwomps. Run along the
fence until you reach the corner where the fence meets the
building (it is next to a ? box). When you reach that spot jump
forward and down to the lowest level. After that, jump onto the
bricks and onto the next area. Run straight across that area, and
when you reach the flower beds jump over them, into the red
coin. The blue star will produce a power star.

All you need to do now is to make it back to the power star. Run
around the flower beds infested with Pirahna Plants, and head
back the way you came. Fall onto the lower level with the brick
blocks on it, and then jump across the small gap. Stay near to the
building as you pass the next Pirahna Plant. Jump across the final
gap you will encounter in this mission. Run past the Goomba until
you are at a end of that area. Jump up, over the fence on the next
area, and land in the area just above the place where you were at.
The power star will be right in front of you; run into it to get it.

** Fall onto the Caged Island **

In this stage you need to collect a power star that is in a cage.
Start by climbing up the tree at the beginning of the level. An owl
will come out of it. The owl will then offer you a ride. Go under
the owl and jump into its claws. You will grab onto the owl and
the owl will fly up to the top of the level. If you wanted to, you
could attempt to maneuver the owl so that you could drop into the
cage from that heigth. However, this is difficult to do; it would be
best if you were lower when you dropped.

As soon the owl is at the peak of its flight, immediately turn
sharply to the left. Keep turning left until you are back where you
began. Now you will be much lower. Direct the owl towards the
platform that the cage is on. When you see your shadow above
the platform let go of the owl, and drop down onto the platform.
After that, all you need to do is to jump over to the star in order
to complete the level.

** Blast Away the Wall **

Even though it is the last power star in the stage, this power star
is
one of the easiest power stars to get. Start by going up the first
ramp in the level, then double-jump next to the wall right in front
of the ramp. You will grab onto the wall higher up. Pull yourself
up and run straight across the water until you reach dry land, and
then go into the cannon. Once you are inside the cannon look
around until you find the two, skinny walls that come out of the
fortress. A spinning platform is in between them.

After you have found the two walls, aim at the top, right corner of
the one that is furthest away and shoot. When you hit the corner it
will break off and you will fall back to the ground. A star will
appear where the far wall's corner was. Get back into the cannon
and shoot into the star to get it (you can also walk up to the top
of the wall and then walk into the star if you want).

** Switch Star of the Fortress **

This is one of the easiest stars to get in this level; you just need
to
be fast. Start out by heading towards the Pirahna Plant, but
before you get to him turn left and head across the grass. Run until
you reach the fence, then jump over the fence onto the lower
area. Walk over to where the gap is, then turn so you face the
wall. There will be a block there.

Destroy the block, and you will find a star switch under it. Step
on it to make the star appear. In order to get to the star, start by
jumping over the gap. Turn left after that and keep going. Jump
over the next gap, and after you have done that jump up onto the
higher level. Stay next to the wall so that you will not be hurt by
the Pirahna Plants. Keep running until you can once again turn to
the left, then jump over the next gap onto the small platform.
From there, simply jump into the glass enclosure to break it open
and retrieve the star.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

Because Whomp's fortress has such a large number of coins,
collecting this star is rather simple. Start off by heading to the
sleeping Pirahna Plant. If you are Yoshi, jump above him and
pound him before he wakes up. If you are one of the other
characters, go up to the plant and hit it before it has a chance to
bite. After defeating the Pirahna Plant he will be give a blue coin.

Turn left after you have defeated the Pirahna Plant, and head
along the grass. Defeat the two Goombas in order to acquire their
coins. When they are gone, pound the two poles all the way into
the ground. Take the coins they give you, then head over to the
flower bed and collect the eight coins there.

Having completed that area, jump over the fence and down to the
lower area of grass. There will be a Goomba there for you to
defeat. Next, jump over the small pit and go over to the Pirahna
Plant. Defeat it to collect its blue coins. There is a block there
that
you can destroy; it has a mushroom that will make you large for a
short period of time. Once again, turn left and jump over the pit.
There is a total of nine coins in the blocks across the gap. After
you have collected the nine coins in the blocks, jump up to the
next level and take on the three Pirahna Plants that reside there.
Each Pirahna Plant will give you a blue coin, so from the three
Pirahna Plants you can obtain the equivilent of fifteen yellow
coins.

Now you are almost done with this challenge. Grab the red coin
for good measure, then turn left and jump over the two gaps that
you will encounter. Beyond the gaps are two Goombas that you
can destroy. When they are out of the picture, pound down the
blue coin switch and collect the four blue coins that will appear.

By this time you will be nearly finished with this star. Head up the
ramp, defeating the Goomba as you go, and collect the five coins
that are after it. Now you should have enough coins to complete
the level. If not, head across the shallow water. Near the ramp
that leads out of the water you will find a group of eight coins. If
you still do not have enough coins, head up the ramp and collect
the five coins on it. After that, drop to the ramp directly below it
and collect the five coins there. There are also coins on the higher
levels, defeat the Whomp's and Pirahna Plants in order to get
them.

****************************
C. Course 3: Jolly Roger Bay
****************************

** Plunder in the Sunken Ship **

When you enter this world, you will be dropped onto a small
piece of land. The rest of the level is water. Start by swimming out
into the ocean. After a while you will be in an area that is like a
circle. Dive down into the water. Just below you will see a pirate
ship. Swim down to the pirate ship. Inside one of the windows of
the pirate ship is an eel. Swim down to the left of the eel, but be
sure to keep your distance. As you near, the eel will come out of
the pirate ship. Once he is away, swim through the window the
eel was in.

You will be taken inside the pirate ship, which is full of water.
There will be a single treasure chest inside the pirate ship. Swim
over to the front of the chest, and get right next to it. It will
open
up, and a large air bubble will come out of it. Swim into the air
bubble. It will break, giving you a full supply of air. The water
level in the ship will also go down. When all of the water is out of
the ship, head over to where many small platforms are sticking out
of slanted portion of the ship. Jump onto the platforms one at a
time, making your way to the top (I would recommend staying to
the left). At the top, jump over onto the platform that has the
yellow box on it. Break the yellow box, and it will give you a
power star.

** Can the Eel come out to Play? **

The second power star of this world is fairly simple to get. Start
by swimming over to the pirate ship that you raised in the last
level.When you reach it dive underwater. In one of the walls of
the sea, far beneath the pirate ship, you will see the venomous eel
that you encountered in the last level. Go right up next to it-being
careful not to touch it-until it comes out. If it does not come out
while you are near it swim to the top for more air and try again.

Once the eel comes out of its cavern you will see it swimming
around. You will also see a power star connected to its tail. All
you must do in this level is get the power star. This is easier said
than done. The eel swims a little faster than you do so simply
chasing it most likely will not work. Instead you will have to wait
somewhere until the eel nears you, and then quick get the power
star before the eel gets away. It will take time, but with
persistance you can do it.

** Treasure in the Ocean Cave **

As the name suggests, this level requires you to find treasure in
the
ocean cave. This is not treasure like many people would think of it
as, this is a power star. Start by swimming out into the ocean.
Once you are near the end of the ocean, dive down into the
water. Swim down for a while, and search for a tunnel as you
head down. There are several yellow coins near the entrance of it,
forming a circle. If you are having trouble locating the cave, use
the map on the lower screen.

Once you have located the tunnel, swim over to it. Take the
yellow coins that are there to increase your air supply, and
bravely swim through it. When you have been swimming through
the tunnel for a while, the tunnel will head up to the surface. As
you resurface on the other side of the underwater tunnel, you will
notice that you are in a secret cave.

Head across to the other side of the cave; that is where the
treasure is. Watch out for the pillars, since many of them fall when
you near them. Go to the completely other side of the cave. There
will be four treasure chests there. In order to take the treasure,
you need to open up all four treasure chests in the correct order.
The treasure chests form a diamond shape; the directions giving
here are as if you are facing the front of the treasure chests.
Start
by heading to the treasure chest in the very back. Go right up next
to its lock, and the treasure chest will open. Still facing the
front of
that treasure chest, go to the treasure chest that is to the left
and
open it up. Next, go to the treasure chest on the far right and
open it up. Finally, open up the last treasure chest-the one that
was in the front-and you will complete the puzzle. A star will
come out of the treasure chest, and land in the middle of the four
treasure chests. Go over to the power star and take it.

** Blast to the Stone Pillar **

There are two methods to get this power star. One of them is
much easier than the other. One method of acquiring the star
requires the cannon. Jump into the cannon and aim so that you hit
one of tall, thin, rock structures when you shoot out. If you hit
the
right one you will grab onto it, and then you can jump onto the
platform with the yellow box on it. It is difficult to figure out
how
to aim your cannon using this method, so the other one is
recommended.

Another method of getting this power star requires Mario and the
? box. As Mario stay on the small piece of land and go over to
where the ? box is. Break it, and a power flower will come out of
it. Take the power flower, which will cause you to float. Next,
quickly float up and over to where the pole-like structures and the
yellow box are. You will have just enough time to float onto the
platform high in the air before the power flower runs out. After
that all you need to do is to break the box and claim your next
power star.

** Red Coins on the Ship Afloat **

It is time yet again to collect those 8 red coins. Begin the level
by
diving into the water, but do not go too deep. Start out by
swimming along the highest area underwater until you find a clam.
Swim next to the clam, but do not touch it. It will open up, and
then you can swim into its mouth, take the red coin that is there
and leave before it shuts its mouth.

When you have the first red coin, swim down to the next area
under the water. There will be several clams on the ground, as
well as a circle of gold coin. Using the method stated above, swim
next to each of the clams in the area, causing them to open their
mouths. Two of the clams on this section of the underwater
ground have red coins in their mouth.

After you have taken those red coins, swim down to the very
bottom of the level. Several coins will be on the ground, along
with a single clam. Get the clam to open its mouth, and then take
the red coin that it has.

Next, swim back to the surface, and head back towards the
section of land that you start out on. Near the section of the land,
a short ways into the water, will be a large, block platform. It
will
have a pole-like structure sticking out of the water next to it.
Swim around the block platform until you find a floating platform
that you can jump onto. Once you are on the floating platform,
jump up to the block platform. Jump onto the pole-like structure,
and climb to the top of it. At the very top of the structure, press
up in order to do a handstand. That will give you enough height.

After that, jump back down onto the block platform. Jump off of
the block platform onto the floating platform. Run across the
floating platform until you come to the next block platform. Jump
onto it, and walk over to the switch that is on it. Step on the
switch to make blocks appear. The blocks will only be there a
short while, so make your way across the platforms and the
bricks as quickly as possible. Eventually the blocks will lead to a
dead end, next to the ship. Wait for the front of the ship to go
down low (if you have enough time), and then jump onto the ship.
Stay at the very front of the ship as it goes back up. When the
front of the ship is as high as it will go, you will see a red coin,
hovering above the front corner of the ship. Jump up and take the
red coin.

Next, head to the back of the ship. To get to the very back of the
ship you need to get to the second story. There is a large wall
separating the second story from the first. When you get to the
wall, turn your back to it. Perform a backward somersault; it will
give you enough height to make it to the second story of the ship.
Wait for the back of the ship to go high into the air, and then take
the two red coins that are on either side of the second story. Now
you will have eight red coins, and the power star will appear on
the second story of the ship. Jump into the power star to eliminate
this challenge from your to-do list.

** Switch Star of the Bay **

It is time now for the main attraction: Luigi's invisibility act! If
you
are not Luigi to begin the level, you can easily and quickly pick up
his cap on the way to the show. Start off by swimming straight, all
the way to where the pirate ship is. After you reach the pirate
ship, dive down and head to the bottom of the level. If you are
not Luigi, quickly head down to the ground and pick up his cap
before continuing. When you are near the bottom of the level, turn
and find the entrance to the tunnel. There will be a ring of gold
coins around it.

Once you have found the entrance to the underwater tunnel, swim
into it. Follow it the short distance it goes, all the way until it
resurfaces. When you arrive at the surface, get out of the water
and walk into the large cavern. Walk over to where the ? box is.
Turn so that you face the large wire wall that is in the cavern.
When you are facing it, break open the ? box, and take the
power flower that is inside of it. It will turn you invisible.

Run towards the wire wall, going along the right wall. There will
be a place where the right wall moves back, forming and
indentation. Keep following the right wall, and in the indentation
will be a star switch. Step on the star switch, and then run as fast
as you can towards the wire wall. Since you are invisible, you will
be able to walk right through it. Run through the wire wall, and
break the glass enclosure to acquire the power star that is inside
of it.

** Through the Jet Stream **

Throughout the course of playing this level, you should have seen
this power star, taunting you as it sat calmly in the midst of a
strong current that you could not get into. Finally it is time to
take
that power star away from its home and add it to your collection.
If you are not Wario, go over to where his yellow cap is and put it
on, then head back to the beginning. Start by going to the right of
the water. Jump onto the first block platform and go across it, and
then jump down from it onto the next small area of ground. After
that jump onto the next large block platform. The ? box will be
there, break it open to get the power flower.

Since your time with the power flower is limited you will need to
go quickly. Run straight towards the pirate ship and do a long
jump into the water. If you do not do a long jump you might land
on the slope heading to the lowest part of the sea, slowing your
trip to the bottom and potentially causing you to not have enough
time to retrieve the power star. If you did the long jump, and you
positioned yourself correctly, you will land at the bottom of the
sea. From there, all you need to do is walk into the power star to
get it.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

Jolly Roger Bay has a limited amount of yellow coins, but it has
several blue coins to make up for that. Start out the level as any
character besides Yoshi. When you begin, go over to the brick
block, and break the one that is closest to where you began.
Take the three coins that come out of it.

Before you break the second block, run over to the blue coin
switch. Pound it into the ground, and then quickly run over to the
block and punch it. It will break, a you will find a shell inside
it.
Run onto the shell, and ride it across the water, following the path
of the blue coins. There is a total of eight blue coins that you can
collect, but there are plenty of yellow coins in the level if you
did
not get all eight of the blue coins.

Once the blue coins are gone, maneuver the shell back to the
place where you began the level, and crash into the wall. Now
you will be off the shell. Stay on the land, and defeat the
Goombas that are there. Take the yellow coins that they give you.

When you have those yellow coins, run back to where the blue
coin switch was. Enter the water at that point, and follow the
bottom of the water down until it makes the first big drop. It will
lead down to a small area where several clams are, and eight
yellow coins will be in the center of the area. Collect them, and
then head back up to the surface.

Back at the surface, swim over to where the three pole-like
stuctures are sticking out of the water. Around one of them in
eight yellow coins, hidding just below the surface of the water.
Collect all eight of the yellow coins there.

Once you have done that, swim in between the two large block
platforms, which are at the opposite side of the level. Go over
onto the small piece of land that is between the large block
platforms. There is a line of coins coming up from the ground.
Stand under the line of coins, and perform a backward
somersault. That will get you most, if not all, of the yellow coins
there.

Next, jump onto the platform that is connected to the small piece
of land. There is a switch on it. Step on the switch, and then head
across the blocks, onto the wooden walkways near the platform.
Each walkway has several coins on it, collect them all.

When you have those coins, jump into the water and swim over
to the pirate ship. When you are next to the pirate ship, dive
straight down. Go to the very bottom of the level. Nine yellow
coins are one the ground at the very bottom of the level.

Once you have those yellow coins, swim over to the entrance of
the underwater tunnel. There is a ring of eight yellow coins in
front
of it. Collect the yellow coins there (you get a life if you swim
through the ring of yellow coins!), and then make your way
through the tunnel.

When you are through the tunnel, you will resurface in a large
cavern. Make your way towards the end of the cavern. Defeat
any Goombas you encounter, and take the yellow coins that they
give you. Near the wire wall is a group of eight yellow coins that
you can collect. By the time you collect these eight yellow coins,
you should have one hundred yellow coins. If you are still short on
coins after collecting the yellow coins, remember that each red
coin counts as two yellow coins. If you still need more coins,
collect all of the red coins in the level. After that, you should
have
met or exceeded the one hundred coin goal. Take the power star
and finish the level (or world).

********************************
D. Course 4: Cool, Cool Mountain
********************************

Requirements: 3 Power Stars
This is another easy area to get to. Start by heading into the
castle. Once you are inside, head to the left of the center set of
stairs. Do not go up the small set of stairs off to the side;
instead,
go into the door with a three on it. Inside the door, go straight
forward. Jump over the small railing, and then jump into the center
painting to enter this world.

** Slip Slidin' Away **

The first level of this world takes you to one of only three large
slides in the game. To get to the slide you first have to jump onto
the small house at the beginning of the level, and then you have to
jump into the chimney. Once you have done that you will be taken
to the beginning of a large slide. This slide is fairly difficult,
offering
a few challenging curves, but overall it is not that difficult. Head
down the slide, goin at whatever pace you decide, and turn slowly
through the first curve. From there keep heading down the slide,
but be careful as you maneuver through two more turns. After that
one side of the slide will have a wall for a short time, making it
easier to go around the next turn.

In the area where there is a wall on one side of the slide there is
also a shortcut. As you go down the slide you will see a line of
coins that heads into the wall. If you want to take the shortcut
follow the coins into the wall and you will see that you can go
through the wall and onto a different route, totally enclosed and
impossible to die on. At the end of the alternate route you will be
thrown onto the upper ledge of the end cabin; after that all you
need to do is jump down, exit the cabin, and get the star.

If you decided not take the shortcut, keep going down the slide,
carefully heading through each turn. Continue through the slide
until you enter into the cavern. Be careful, since at the end of the
slide there will be a single, small line of ice cubes you will need
to
slide across. Once you are past the ice cubes, you can exit the
cabin and take the power star.

** Li'l Penguin Lost **

In this level you need to find the correct little penguin and return
it
to its mother. Begin the level by jumping onto the chimney of the
house, but do not go inside the chimney. Jump onto the level just
above the chimney. There will be a little penguin walking around.
Go over to the penguin and pick him up (you need a character
besides Yoshi to do this). After that, jump back down to where
you started. With the penguin still in your hands, head over to
where the slipppery ramp is (away from the broken bridge). Start
sliding down the slippery ramp.

When the ramp starts to turn, do not turn with it. Keep going
straight and jump over the railing. You will fall far down, but
since
you will land in snow you will not be damaged. You will simply be
stuck for a few seconds and you will drop the penguin. As soon
as you are out of the snow. Go over to where you dropped the
penguin, and pick him up again. After that, look around until you
see a large penguin. Run over to the large penguin and set the
little
penguin down in front of it. The large penguin will reward you
with a power star.

There is something that is fun to do at this point. The mother
penguin is happy that you returned her child, but she would be
angry if you took her child away. If you pick up the little penguin
again and start to run away, the mother penguin will put on an
angry expression and start to run after you. She cannot hurt you,
so there is nothing to worry about. It is just something fun you can
do.

** Big Penguin Race **

Once again, you need to enter the cabin in order to go to the
slide. This time there will be a large penguin there. He will
challenge you to a race. If you accept, you will need to race him
down the slide. Go down quickly, pressing forward the entire
way, and maneuver along the slide. Do not take the shortcut or
try to jump from one level of the slide to another. If you do, the
penguin will accuse you of cheating and will not give you the
power star. If you manage to survive the slide and beat the
penguin, the penguin will give you a star when you he gets to the
end of the slide. This is a difficult level to beat, so you may have
to play it several times in order to beat it.

** Frosty Slide for 8 Red Coins **

First, it is important to note that only Yoshi can complete this
level. If you are not Yoshi, head back to the character room, and
switch to him before attempting this level. When you begin the
level, jump onto the top of the cabin, and then onto the area with
the little penguin on it. There will be a red coin, frozen in an ice
block. Look at the red coin, and then turn completely around. Go
down the first slope, and stop on the first flat area you come to.
There will be a campfire there. Swallow the fire, and then jump
back up to where the red coin is. Go over to the ice block, and
breathe the fire at it. It will melt, allowing you to take the red
coin.

Once you have your first red coin, jump back down to where you
started. Head over to where the broken bridge is (just behind the
spot where you start out). Run across and over the broken
bridge, falling down onto the slope that is beneath it. Slide down
the slope, and stop when the area becomes flat. Once again, there
will be a red coin inside of an ice cube. There will also be a
campfire nearby. Swallow the campfire, and breathe the fire at the
ice block. The ice block will melt, and you will be able to take the
red coin that is in it.

Having completed that part of the level, turn so that you face the
slope you just came down. When you are facing it, turn left and
run across the area you are on. Keep running even when it ends,
and fall onto the area that is a good ways below it. Next, turn
right and run along the edge of the mountain. When you have ran
for a while, you will see a red coin next to the mountain. Retrieve
the red coin, and then turn around and head back the way you
came.

Run towards the bridge with the snowmen jumping on it. Instead
of going across the bridge, go to the right of it. Stay next to the
edge, and go until you are next to the top of the ski lift thing. In
that small area will be a red coin.

Jump back up to a higher level, and then go across the bridge that
the snowmen are jumping on. Go under the snowmen when they
jump into the air. When you are across the bridge, there will be
two paths. One will go straight, the other will head down. For
now, go onto the path that goes straight. There will be a bridge
that is broken, and a red coin is on the edge of the first part of
the
bridge. The other half of the bridge leads to the star that will
appear once you have all 8 red coins.

Next, head back to the path that leads down (or just fall through
the broken part of the bridge), and go all the way to the lowest
part of the level. When you have made it to the lowest level, head
past the cabin, over to the ski lift. There is a cannon plate there,
with a tree next to the cannon plate. Jump onto the tree and climb
to the top of it. When you are at the top, press up one more time
to do a handstand. That will give you enough height to get the red
coin that is above the tree. Once you have the red coin, press
down to get down from the tree.

Head away from the ski lift, going along the edge of the
mountain/cabin/wooden walkway. After the wooden walkway
there will be an area underneath the mountain. Weak rails are the
only things to keep travellers from falling through the large hole,
and a bridge is in between two sets of railing. Go across the
bridge, onto the small piece of land. There will be a red coin on
the piece of land.

Having completed that portion of the level, go back onto the
safety of normal ground. Continue to head away from the ski lift.
At the very end of the lowest area of ground on the level, tucked
away in a corner next to the mountain, is the final red coin.
Collect
it to make the power star appear.

With all eight red coins in your control, head back to the cabin.
Next to the cabin is the wooden walkway you came down. Go up
the wooden walkway, following it as it turns. Keep going as the
path turns to snow, and as it turn back into a wooden bridge. At
the top of the slanted wooden bridge, before the bridge with the
jumping snowmen, turn onto the snow area. Turn completely
around so that you are facing the broken bridge. There are two
main ways to get across the bap in the bridge. You can either run
to the edge and do a long jump, or you can go to the edge, jump,
and perform your flutter kick move. Once you have made it
across the gap, all you have to do is collect the power star.

** Snowman's Lost His Head **

If you happened to meet the bodiless snowman in this level, and
you felt sorry for him, feel sorry no more! This is the level where
that poor bodiless snowman becomes normal again. Start this
level by jumping onto the chimney of the cabin. From there, jump
onto the area that the little penguin is on. Slide down the small
slope to the left, and jump up as soon as you reach the area right
before the long slope. There will be a small pedestal there, and
the head of a snowman will be there as well. Go up to the snow
head and talk to it.

The snow head will tell you how it needs a body, and it asks you
to show it where one is. Wait a few seconds until the head starts
to roll, and then quickly slide down the steeper slope. You will
then be on the main slippery slope. Pressing forward the entire
way so that you will go at maximum speed, and continue to head
down the slope. Once you are at the bottom of the slope, jump
back onto your feet and run. Run along the edge of the mountain
until you see the body of the snowman.

Run over next to the body of the snowman, and stand next to it.
When the head of the snowman comes rolling down, wait until it
gets near you and then move out of the way. It will collide with
the snowman body, and, in a gravity-defying feat, go up onto the
top of the snow body, forming a perfect snowman. If you did not
go over to the body of the snowman, the head will not know
where to go and will roll off the cliff. You will then have to do it
all
over again. When the snowman is complete, all you need to do is
talk to him, and he will give you your next power star.

** Mario's Super Wall Kick **

Mario does have a super wall kick. In fact, he is the only one who
has a super wall kick. For that reason, it is best if you switch to
Mario for this level. When you enter the level, head backwards,
over to the broken bridge. Go to the edge of the bridge and stand
stationary for a moment. There is a warp there that will take you
to the bottom of the level.

Now that you are at the bottom of the level, go across the two
bridge and get back onto solid ground. As you leave the second
bridge, turn Mario right. Head past the cabin, as well as the large
penguin. Near the edge of the area will be a cannon plate. If you
haven't opened up the cannon plate in a previous level, you will
need to do it now.

To open up the cannon plate, walk over to where the ski lift is.
Stand on the ski lift, and wait as it goes up. Between the top and
bottom of the ski lift is a small island. Jump onto the island;
there
will be a Bob-omb buddy there. Talk to the Bob-omb buddy,
and he will open up the cannons for you. Next, wait for the ski lift
to go all the way to the top, and then it will come back down.
When it is next to you, jump onto it and ride it the rest of the way
to the ground.

Safely back on solid ground, head into the cannon plate. In order
to get across the large expanse, you will need to aim the cannon
carefully. Start by finding the tree that is across the gap (not the
tree on the island), and line up the middle of the crosshairs with
that tree. Once you have done that, aim your cannon up a
considerable way. The cannon should still be lined up with the
tree, and it should also be just below the center of the large rock
above the tree. There is plenty of room for imperfection here; you
only need to hit the tree to safely grab onto it. When your cannon
has been properly aimed, shoot out of it. (Wouldn't you rather have
a picture of where to aim your cannon? There is a picture of where
to aim this and other cannons on our website. Check it out!) You
should grab onto the tree, and from there you can slide down onto
solid ground.

Run along the small ledge that extends from the mountain. Soon it
will become narrow, and there will be two enemies on the narrow
portion of the ledge. Walk carefully across the narrow ledge, and
punch out the enemies when you near them. Past the narrow
ledge, there will be a large gap you need to do the long jump
across. Have a decent running start, and when you near the edge,
crouch and jump in order to do the long jump. After that gap, run
a short ways and then get on the slanted hill that is there.

Now that you are on the slanted hill, you are finally ready for the
wall kick portion of the level. Run up the slope as fast as you can,
and jump towards the wall. When you hit the wall, quickly jump
again to do the wall kick. You will jump off the wall, onto another
slanted hill higher up.

On the higher hill, you will once again have to do the wall kick.
Run up the hill, and, before you reach the end of the hill, jump
once so that you land at the very edge of the hill. As soon as you
land, jump forward again to do the continuous jump, acquiring
enough height to do a decent wall kick. Upon hitting the wall,
quickly jump again. Mario will do a wall kick, jumping up to the
highest platform. Connected to the platform is a row of ice, with a
power star at the end. Carefully make your way across the ice
and over to the power star.

** Switch Star of Cool, Cool Mountain **

As you begin this level, head backwards along the path until you
come to the broken bridge. Stand motionless on the broken edge
of the bridge. You will then be warped over to another bridge at
the bottom of the level. Make you way off of the bridge you are
warped to, as well as the bridge that is next to it. Back on solid
ground, you are ready for the next part of the level.

If you are Wario, make your way to the frozen pond that the large
penguin is near. If you are not Wario, quick defeat the Goomba
wearing Wario's hat. After taking the hat, make your way to the
frozen pond. When you are on the pond, jump into the air and
pound the ground. The ice of the pond will break, revealing the
glass enclosure that the switch star will be in. With that done,
jump out of the pond.

Next, run over to the ski lift thing. Stand on the ski lift, and
wait
for it to go up. Halfway up the ski lift you will see an island in
the
sky. Jump onto the island. After that, step onto the switch star
that is on the island. A star will appear in the glass enclosure.
Run
off the island, heading towards the area of ground that the star is
on. Instead of falling to your death, however, a gust of wind will
blow up, taking you across the gap and over to the area that the
star is on. When you land, you may get stuck in the ground for a
short amount of time. Once you get out of the ground, quickly run
over to the pond where the star is. Break open the glass
enclosure to take the star.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

This level has an abundance of coins; collecting this power star
should not be that difficult. When you start off, jump onto the
chimney of the cabin. There is a vertical line of five coins coming
up from the chimney. Do a backward somersault, and get them
all.

When you have those coins, jump into the chimney. You will fall
down to where the slide is. Go down the slide, and collect every
coin on it. If the penguin challenges you to a race, do not accept
it. Also, do not take the shortcut, but try to get every single coin
you can get. Once you are at the end of the slide, leave the cabin.
By collecting the five coins above the chimney as well as every
single coin on the slide, you could have a total of eighty-two coins
by now.

As you leave the cabin, walk to the left, making your way to
where the bridges area. Go across the first bridge, and then go to
the end of the second bridge. Stand still for a moment, and you
will be warped to the top of the level. If you did not get many
coins on the slide, head back into the cabin and try to get them on
your second time through. If you have most of the coins in the
slide, head straight along the path.

At one point the path will go up a short ways, and after that, the
rest is a long slope. Slide down the slope, collecting all of the
yellow coins that are on it. Slow down so that you can get the
coins easier. Once you are at the bottom of the slope, you could
have a total of one hundred two coins, if you got all of the yellow
coins (and the one blue coin of the slide) that were specified.

More than likely, you were unable to acquire one hundred coins
from going down the two slopes. Never fear, there are plenty of
other opportunities to get coins. Start by destroying the blocks
next to the snowman, and taking the coins that are in them. Also,
defeat all the flower enemies and Goombas that you find, taking
their coins.

There are also the 8 red coins, which will give you the equivalent
of sixteen yellow coins. If you go to where the red coin star is (on
the small piece of land, on the other side of the bridge with a
large
gap in it), there is another possibility for coins. Face the wall
that
goes straight up, and jump. You should either grab onto the top of
it, or land on the top of it. When you are on the area above the
red coin star, you will see a blue coin switch. Face the mountain,
and pound it into the ground. The two blue coins will appear to
your right. If you still need coins, head to the area where you
complete Mario's Super Wall Kick. Directly in front of the large
gap you need to do the long jump across is an arrow made of
eight yellow coins. By this time you should have enough coins to
make the one hundred coin power star appear.

****************************
E. Course 5: Big Boo's Haunt
****************************

Requirement: 15 Power Stars
Note: Yoshi cannot enter this level.
Big Boo's Haunt has a unique entrace. In order to get to Big
Boo's Haunt, enter the castle, and then go in one of the two
wooden doors that do not have stars on them.  Once you are
through the doors you will see a ghost (if you have enough power
stars). Chase him through the hallway. Follow him through the
door he goes through, out into the courtyard. Run to the other
side of the courtyard, going off the pavement to the left of the
fountain. There will be a two ghosts there (one if you do not have
enough power stars). One of them has the entrance to Big Boo's
Haunt. Defeat the ghost, and a cage will appear on the ground.
Run next to the cage to enter this level.

** Go on a Ghost Hunt **

The goal of this level is exactly as its name suggests; you need to
hunt down and defeat all of the ghosts in the area. When you start
out you will be facing the haunted mansion. Instead of heading
into the front door, go around to the back of the mansion and go
into the back door. There will be some ghost in the back room
you enter, defeat them by running up behind them and puching
them.

Once they have been eliminated leave that room and head back
to the front of the mansion. Head into the front door. Inside you
will soon see that this part of the mansion has two levels, but that
you can only access one of them. The task is simple: Go into each
of the rooms and eliminate all of the ghosts that you find (the eyes
are not ghosts).

In one of the rooms (which has two entrances from the first floor)
there will be what seems like a bottomless pit. If you happen to
fall in it, do not worry; it leads to the basement of the mansion.
You can escape by going until you find the single door that leads
to a hallway and finally to an elevator (do not worry about the
two doors leading to the merry-go-round for now). At the top of
the elevator you will find an exit that leads out of the small house
near the mansion.

Go around the rooms in the mansion until you destroy all of the
ghosts, then Big Boo's arrival will be announced. He will be in the
main room of the mansion. Defeat him as you would any other
ghost, just remember you must hit him three times to defeat him. If
you leave the room he will regain all of his strength. After you
defeat Big Boo he will disappear, and a star will appear on the
second level. Then stairs will come up from the ground, leading to
the second level. Go up the stairs and get the star to beat the
level.

** Ride Big Boo's Merry-Go-Round **

The goal of this level is similar to that of the previous level,
destroy all of the ghosts in an area and then defeat Big Boo.
Instead of heading into the mansion at the beginning of this level,
turn and go into the house/shed that is near the mansion. There
will be an eye inside, but do not worry about it. Drop down the
hole where the elevator comes up and do your pound the ground
move as you near the ground so that you do not take damage.
You will land on the elevator, so be sure to get off it quickly so
it
does not take you back to the top. Now that you are in the
basement head through the only door in the room. It will lead to a
hallway, at the end of which is another door. Go through that
door and take an immediate left. Keep going until you come to a
door, then go in it.

There will be a large spinning disk in the middle of the room, with
several pictures of ghosts all around. Go onto the disk and defeat
the ghosts that come from the pictures. Be careful that you do not
get burned by the fire that is occasionally emitted from the
pictures. When you have destroyed all of the ghosts in the room
Big Boo will appear. Attack him as you would any other ghost,
and when you have hit him three times without leaving the room
he will give you a power star.

** Secret of the Haunted Books **

Mysterious books hold the key to this power star; you need to
find the books and discover their secret. As you enter the level,
head straight for the front door of the mansion. Go into the
mansion. After that, ignore all of the doors on the first floor, and
go up the large stairs to the second floor. Once you are on the
second floor, turn and run straight to the left wall. Go into the
first
door you come to on that wall.

Inside the door will be several shelves of books. They make a
small passageway. Run through the passageway, and jump over
the many books that are shot from the shelves. Make your way to
that stretch of the passageway, and then turn with the passageway
and follow it until you come to the end. There will be a wall
blocking your path, with three books sticking out of it.

Jump up and hit the highest book that is sticking out. Then, punch
the lowest book that is sticking out of the shelf. When those two
books are in, hit the book that is between the highest and lowest
books. Once you have done that, there shelf will move to the
side, extending the passageway and revealing a door. Run up to
the door and go through it. On the other side of the door is a
small, enclosed platform with a star on it. Run over to the star and
complete the level.

** Seek the 8 Red Coins **

Yet again, it is time to collect all eight red coins in a level. All
of
these coins are in the main mansion, so you do not have to worry
about running all over the level to find these red coins. As you
enter the mansion, turn to your left and go into the first door.
There is a coin in that room, hidden behind the piano. Run and get
the coin, but be cautious since the piano will come after you.

Instead of heading back through the door you came from, go
through the other door in the room. It will take you to another
room where there are two bookcases. There is a red coin on
each of the bookcases, so make sure you collect them both.
Watch out for the flying chairs in the room. Once you have
collected those two coins, make your way back to the main
room.

As you exit into the main room, run straight across to the wall
opposite of the door you came out of. Go into the only door on
that wall. As you enter the room, turn and side-step along the
narrow path. There is a coin where the path widens once again.
Take the coin (watch out for the ghost that is in the room), and
head back the way you came.

With four coins in your control, you have retrieved all of the red
coins on the first level. Head up the stairs to the second level.
When you are at the second floor, you will see two doors in front
of you. Go into the one on the left. The room you enter has only
wire for a floor. Walk carefully across the wire until you get to
the
red coin in the room, and then head carefully back to the door of
the room.

Outside of that room, go into the other door on that same wall.
You will enter a room with a single eye in it. Ignore the eye and
go to the area where the coffins are. Stand next to the first coffin
on the right, and when it stands up, run under it to get the red
coin. Leave that room.

Go into the door on the wall that is closest to the door you just
exited. Go around the bookcase in that room, over to the next
part of the room. There will be a coin on what appears to be
normal, solid ground. In front of the red coin is a tilting panel.
Go
past the panel and take the red coin.

With seven red coins now in your control, exit the room, using the
door next to the red coin. Once you are through the door, you
will be on a small platform on the second story. The red coin is
way up high, in the middle of the room. If you are Mario, break
open the ? box and take the power flower that is in it. Float up to
the red coin to get it. If you are another character, jump on top of
the ? box (do not break it), and from there jump to the red coin.
When you have all eight red coins, the power star will appear on
the main area of the second floor. Go up the stairs to the second
floor, immediately turn left, and head over to where the power
star is.

** Big Boo's Balcony **

If you fought him twice, you've got to fight him three times. Yes,
Big Boo wants to challenge you again. If you should choose to
accept his challenge, start by heading into the mansion. Go up to
the second floor. Turn and head to the right wall, and go into the
door that is there.

Run straight past the bookcase, but do not turn when you reach
the end wall. Instead, head over to where the ? box is. If you are
Mario, open up the ? box and take the power flower that is in it.
Float up to the top of the room, and then over to the small
platform at the top of the room. If you are another character,
jump on top of the ? box, and then jump over to the platform at
the top of the room.

Once you go through the door, you will find yourself in the attic.
Ignore the painting of Luigi on the wall, and jump onto the raised
platform in the room. Go through the door that is on the raised
area. You will end up outside, stuck on a small balcony with-you
guessed it-Big Boo. Fight him just like you did the other times; run
partially behind him, and hit him while is is visible. Once you have
hit him three times, without leaving the balcony, Big Boo will
disappear. A power star will appear above you, on top of the
roof.

If you are Mario, getting the power star will be easy. Just break
open the ? box. Take the power flower that comes out, and float
up to the power star. If you are another character, it will be
harder to get to the power star. Run along the platform, and do a
long jump over to the part of the roof that sticks out. Run up it
until you are on the flat stretch of that part of the roof. Head
over
to the main roof, and walk up it until you once again are on a flat
area. Walk carefully over to the middle of the roof, and then slide
down to the next flat area. The power star will be there, so all you
need to do is walk over to the power star.

** Eye to Eye in the Secret Room **

To get this star, you need to be Luigi. If you start the level as a
character besides Luigi get the Luigi cap before you continue. It
should be in the very back room of the mansion. When you are
ready to take on this challenge, go into the mansion. From there,
head up to the second floor. Turn and head to the right wall, and
go into the door that is there.

Run straight past the bookcase, but do not turn when you reach
the end wall. Instead, head over to where the ? box is. Break
open the ? box, and take the power flower. You will become
invisible. Wait a few seconds for the block to reappear. Jump on
the block, and then jump onto the platform that is at the top of the
room. Go through the door that is there.

You will now be in the attic. Run straight across the floor. You
will
see a large painting of a Boo. Since you are invisible, you can run
through the painting into the room. There will be an eye there. Run
in circles around the eye until it becomes dizzy and shrinks. It
will
die, and a power star will appear in the room. Take the power
star to finish the level.

** Switch Star in the Basement **

For this star, you need to head down to the basement. Go into the
mansion, and into the only door on the right wall. As soon as you
are in the room, fall down the hole in the middle of the room. You
will be dropped into a small pool in the basement. If you are not
Wario, swim over to where his cap is. Once you have his cap on,
get onto the regular ground. Follow it around (do not go in the
doors) until you find a large block. It is made of black bricks.
Punch it to break it, and then run back to the water. Take either
the Mario or Luigi cap.

With the Mario or Luigi cap on, head back to where you broke
the block. On the ground, where the block used to be, is a star
switch. Step on it to make the star appear. When it appears, run
back around towards where the water is. Do long jumps, as these
make you go faster. When you reach the water, turn so you do
not run into it. Instead, keep running along the path. At the end of
the path is a star inside a glass case. Jump into the case in order
to get the star. If you were not fast enough the star will
disappear,
and you will have to go back to the star switch and try again.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

Since there are so many ghost in this level (and each of them has a
blue coin), this power star is easy to get. When you start the
level,
go over to the jumping box. Grab onto it, and hang onto it until it
breaks. Take the coins that come out of it. Also, go over to the
spider that is in front of the house. Defeat it and take its yellow
coins. If you are Wario, you can break open the black brick
blocks that are next to the shed in order to get their coins, but
this
is not necessary to complete this power star.

Having cleared away the coins directly in front of the mansion,
head into the shed that is next to the house. Inside of it you will
find an eye. Run in circles around the eye until it gets dizzy and
dies, giving you a blue coin. Once you have the blue coin, head
out of the shed.

Before you make your way into the front of the mansion, run to
the back of the mansion. There will be two spiders there and a !
box. Defeat the spiders and take their yellow coins, and then
break open the ! box. Take the coins that are inside of it. Now,
head into the small door that is in the back of the mansion. It will
lead to a small room where two ghosts are. Defeat the ghosts by
punching them (or jumping above them and pounding them). They
each have a single blue coin, which you can retrieve after you
defeat them.

With the area around the mansion now clear of coins head to the
front of the mansion. Go into the front door. Inside the main
room, head to the left door that is on the back wall. You will enter
a room with a ghost and an eye in it. Defeat the ghost first to get
it
out of your way, and collect the blue coin it gives you. After that,
run in circles around the eye until it dies, and gives you a blue
coin.

Leave that room, and go into the next room that is on the back
wall. Walk along the ledge until you come to the bridge made of
falling blocks. Run quickly (but safely) across the bridge so that
you do not fall, and then defeat the ghost that is on the other side
of the bridge. Take his blue coin, and go through the door that is
there.

You will enter another room, and the only things you have to walk
on are small ledges. Walk across the ledges that are extremely
narrow until you get to a wider ledge. There will be a red coin
there, along with a ghost. Defeat the ghost and take his blue coin,
and then walk across the next narrow ledge. When you are past
that ledge, go into the door that is there. It will take you to the
main room of the first floor.

You now have nearly all the coins on the first floor; head up the
stairs to the second floor. At the second floor, go to the right
door
on the back wall. In the room you will enter is an eye. Run around
the eye until it dies, and then you can retrieve its blue coin. With
the eye gone, you can leave the room.

Next, go into the closest door on the right wall. Walk straight
across the room until you come to the ? box. There is a ledge
above you that leads into the attic. If you are Mario, open up the
? box, get the power flower, and float up to the attic. If you are
Luigi, you can simply do a backward somersault to get onto the
ledge. If you are Wario, you need to jump on top of the ? block,
and then you have to jump to the ledge. Once you are on the
ledge, go through the door that is there.

You will end up in the attic. On one side of the room is a wall, on
the other side is a platform. A blue coin switch is in front of the
platform. Pound the blue coin switch, and four blue coins will
appear next to the platform. Collect them all. Once you have
those blue coins, find the picture of a Boo. Stand a good distance
away from it, and make sure you are not facing it. After a while, a
ghost will come out of it. Defeat the ghost and take his blue coin.

Now, get onto the platform, and go through the door. You will be
on Big Boo's Balcony. You are not here to pick a fight with Big
Boo, so jump off of the balcony onto the ground. Pound the
ground right before you land to eliminate damage. Next, head
back into the shed. There is an elevator inside the shed. Stand on
it, and it will take you to the basement. When you reach the
basement, go through the door that is there. After that, go across
the wet hallway and through the next door.

You will enter the main room of the basement. Stay along the
inner wall, and go into the first door that you find. Inside the
room
is Big Boo's Merry-Go-Round. There is a total of five ghosts in
the room, so wait for them to come out of the picture. When they
do, defeat them and take their blue coin. By the time you defeat
all five, you should have enough coins to finish the level. If you
are
still short on coins, remember to collect the red coins in the
level,
as they count as two yellow coins. Once you have one hundred
coins, a power star. Collect it to complete the level.

***************************
F. Course 6: Hazy Maze Cave
***************************

** Swimming Beast in the Cavern **

Despite its name, the beast is not really a beast at all. In fact,
it is
rather friendly. Anyway, you will see that for yourself when you
make it to the cavern. When you start the level, there will be two
paths for you to choose from. Go down the left route. Follow it as
it goes, and do the long jump to get across the large gap. After
the gap, you will see a door. Enter it.

Next, you will be in the black hole area. Follow the path there,
and make your way around the hole. Keep going until you reach
the solid ground that the rocks are rolling down. Once you are
there, stick to the sides to minimize your chance of being hit, and
head up the hill. When you are at the top of the hill, head to the
right, and go in the door there.

You will be led into a room, divided by a wire wall. There is an
elevator in the room. Stand on the elevator, and ride it all the way
down. Once it is at the bottom, leave the elevator. There will be a
path that heads down to the water.

Follow the path, defeating any Goombas that are in your way.
Make your way down to the water, and begin to swim. You are
now in the cavern, and the beast is nearby. If you are not Wario,
swim around the cavern until you find the beast. It is swimming
gently along. Go behind it, and get on its tail. From there, run
onto
its back. There should a Wario cap on its head. {Sometimes, with
certain characters (I believe it is Yoshi), the beast will not be
wearing the Wario cap. Try switching to another character (or
Wario himself), in order to make the cap appear.} To get to the
beast's head, pound its back. The beast will then lower its head,
allowing you to run up and take the cap.

Now you will be Wario. Jump off the beast, and swim to the
circular island in the middle of the lake. There is a large boulder
on it. Get onto the island, and punch the boulder. Since Wario is
so powerful, he will break the boulder. Next, the power star will
appear. All you have to do is take it and finish the level.

** Elevate for 8 Red Coins **

For this level, start off as any character besides Yoshi. When you
begin, head down the path that is to the right. Run along the path,
avoiding the bottomless pits and spiders that are on it. Near the
end of the path, there is a gap with fire coming out of it. Wait
until
the fire goes down, and then jump across the gap. Go in the door
that is there.

On the other side of the door, you will find yourself on a high
platform in a large room. Jump down from the platform, and
pound the ground just as you are about to land. After that, head
to the right side of the room. You will find three large steps
leading up to a higher area. Jump up the steps onto the higher
area.

Once you are there, turn until you see a metal platform. It will
have arrows on it, pointing four different directions. Stand on the
high area, and face the platform. Walk onto the middle of the
metal platform, and do not turn. You will be facing forward on the
metal platform, and a glass enclosure will be in front of you on
another area. All of the directions will be given from this angle,
so
make a note of that. Directly in front is the forward button, to the
left is the left button, to the right is the right behind, and the
backward button is behind you.

Step on the forward button, and wait until the metal platform
crashes into an area. Then, step onto the right button. Go until the
left side of the platform is past the area you crashed into, and
then
step on the forward button. Ride the platform forward until the
back of the platform is lined up with the area you crashed into,
and then step on the right button.

To the right there is a brick block in the air. Stand in the middle
of
the platform until you are next to the brick, and then punch it
open. The first red coin will be inside of it. Next, keep waiting
until the platform crashes into the area with an eye on it. As soon
as it crashes, step on the backward button.

Ride the platform until the right button's arrow is lined up with a
brick block, and then step on the right button. Punch the block to
break it open, and take the red coin that will come out of it. Ride
the platform to the edge of the room. As soon as it reaches the
end of the room, step onto the forward button. Wait until the
platform reaches the small area of land with a red coin on it. Jump
off the platform, onto the piece of land, and take the red coin.

Now, you no longer need to worry about the platform. Jump off
the area, onto ground. Run all the way to the opposite corner, the
corner where the steps leading to the metal platform are. When
you reach the steps, go all the up them. Once you are on the high
area of land, run onto and across the metal platform. At the end
of the metal platform, do a long jump towards the glass enclosure.
You will land on another piece of land.

On that piece of land there is a purple pole. Jump onto the pole,
and climb to the top of it. Off to the side of it, there is a ledge
without a wire wall on it. Jump to that ledge. When you are on the
ledge, walk across the brick block that is on it, and go onto the
platform.

Stand in the middle of the platform, facing the direction that the
platform is going. Soon you will come to a brick block; punch it
and take the red coin that will appear. Continue to ride the
platform, and you will see a red coin floating in the air. Stand in
the middle of the platform, and you will get the red coin.

Continue to ride the platform, and it will go under a small piece of
land. Jump over the small piece of land, back onto the platform.
Make sure you get the red coin as you jump over the piece of
land.

Stay on the platform, and soon you will see another piece of land,
off to the right. The platform will go right next to the piece of
land.
When it does, jump onto the piece of land and take the two red
coins that are on it. Since you will have all eight red coins, the
power star will appear on the ground, in the middle of the room.
Jump down (pound the ground right before you land) and head
over to collect the power star.

** Metal-Head Wario Can Move **

Since Wario is the only character that can turn into metal, you
need to be him to beat this level. If you do not start out as him,
head a short ways down the right route. A Goomba there should
be wearing his cap. Take the cap from the Goomba to turn into
Wario, and then head back to the beginning of the level.

When you are at the beginning of the level, there will be two paths
for you to choose from. Go down the left route. Follow it as it
goes, and do the long jump to get across the large gap. After the
gap, you will see a door. Enter it.

Next, you will be in the black hole area. Follow the path there,
and make your way around the hole. Keep going until you reach
the solid ground that the rocks are rolling down. Once you are
there, stick to the sides to minimize your chance of being hit, and
head up the hill. When you are at the top of the hill, head to the
right, and go in the door there.

You will be led into a room, divided by a wire wall. There is an
elevator in the room. Stand on the elevator, and ride it all the way
down. Once it is at the bottom, leave the elevator. There will be a
path that heads down to the water.

There is a ? box next to the path. Before heading down the path,
break open the ? box and take the power flower that is inside of
it. Since you are Wario, you will turn into metal. Quickly run
down the path, following it into the water. Keep following the
path when you are in the water. Eventually, the path will end. At
the end of the path will be a small slope. At the top of the slope
is
a switch. Jump up the slope, and step on the switch.

The large, wire doors will open. Jump out of the water, onto the
piece of land that is next to the switch. Run through the wire
doors, and into the small wooden door inside of them. You will
enter a long hallway with several large gaps in it. Run, and do a
long jump across the first gap. Land on the small piece of land,
and then do another long jump across the second gap. You will
land of a piece of land. The power star will be there, and all you
need to do it take it.

** Navigating the Toxic Maze **

There are sometimes several different ways to beat levels, and
sometimes the way you are supposed to beat a level is not the
easiest way. This is one of those levels. For the easiest way, start
off as Luigi.

When you are at the beginning of the level, there will be two paths
for you to choose from. Go down the left route. Follow it as it
goes, and do the long jump to get across the large gap. After the
gap, you will see a door. Enter it.

Next, you will be in the black hole area. Follow the path there,
and make your way around the hole. Keep going until you reach
the solid ground that the rocks are rolling down. Once you are
there, stick to the sides to minimize your chance of being hit, and
head up the hill. When you are at the top of the hill, head to the
right, and go in the door there.

You will be led into a room, divided by a wire wall. There is an
elevator in the room. Stand on the elevator, and wait until it
starts
to go down. When the elevator is below the floor of the room you
were in, jump off of it. You will fall to the ground, so you should
pound the ground right before you land to eliminate damage.

Now that you are on the ground, go under the ? block that is
there. Jump up, and break it open. Next, move a short distance
away from it, and allow the power flower to land on the ground.
Leave the power flower on the ground for a short amount of time,
and wait for the elevator to reach the ground. When it does, take
the power flower and jump onto the platform.

Ride the platform all the way up. It will stop in the room divided
by a wire wall. Leave the elevator as soon as you can, and run
through the wire wall. Now you will be on the other side of the
room. The power star is also on that side of the room; take it and
finish the level.

** A-Maze-Ing Emergeny Exit **

This is another level where there are multiple ways to beat the
level. The way you are supposed to beat the level requires you to
head into the toxic maze as Wario, to turn into metal Wario, and
to jump into one of the caves that is above the poison. However,
another route you can take to get the star (which is much shorter)
requires you to start out as Luigi. That is the route that is
included
in this guide.

When you are at the beginning of the level, there will be two paths
for you to choose from. Go down the left route. Follow it as it
goes, and do the long jump to get across the large gap. After the
gap, you will see a door. Enter it.

Next, you will be in the black hole area. Start off by heading to
the right, and killing the spider that is there. Notice the the wire
walkway that you are on becomes narrow for a short distance.
Start out at the door you came in from, and go until you reach the
part of the walkway that is more narrow than the part of the
walkway you started out on. Walk a short distance on the narrow
walkway, and stay in the middle of the walkway.

Now you should be in position to finish the level. Turn around so
that you are facing the door you came in from. Crouch and do a
backward somersault. In the air, head backwards and grab onto
the platform that is there. Pull yourself up. Getting up to this
platform can sometimes require multiple attempts, as you need to
get into the right position. Keep trying and soon you will be able
to make it.

Anyway, once you are on the platform, find the other platform
that has the power star on it. Once you have found it, go to a
place that does not have wire netting above it. Turn so that your
back is to the power star. Crouch, do a backward somersault
and steer yourself to the power star. Land on the power star to
finish the level.

You can also do this with Mario. Head into the black hole area,
and walk along the wire walkways until you are right next to the
piece of land that boulders come down. Face the black brick
block, and then turn so that you are facing a little to the right of
the black brick block. Run forward and do the triple jump, timing
it so that you will hit the wall at the highest part of the third
jump.
As soon as you hit the wall, do a wall kick and jump to the
platform with the star on it. Again, this may take some practice
but it is worth it once you accomplish it.

** Watch for Rolling Rocks **

You will need to be Wario to beat this level. If you do not start
out as him, head a short ways down the right route. A Goomba
there should be wearing his cap. Defeat the Goomba and take the
cap to turn into Wario. Now, head back to where you started the
level.

At the beginning of the level, there will be two paths for you to
choose from. Go down the left route. Follow it as it goes, and do
the long jump to get across the large gap. After the gap, you will
see a door. Enter it.

Next, you will be in the black hole area. Follow the path there,
and make your way around the hole. Keep going until you reach
the solid ground that the rocks are rolling down. The rocks may
look tough, but Wario is tougher. Stand in the middle of the path,
and punch the rocks as they come near you.

Since Wario is so strong, a simple punch will destroy the large
rocks. Stand there, and punch every rock that comes down.
Every once in a while, a rock will come down that has the power
star in it. If you break the rock with the power star in it, the
power star will come out of the rock. The power star will land
above the ledge that is on the hill. Go over to the power star, and
take it to finish the level.

There is also another way to finish this level that is much easier.
You must be Wario to beat it the second way as well. When you reach
the black hole area, go to where the black brick block is. Break it
open, and a mushroom will come out. Take the mushroom, and you will
become much larger. Since you are so big, you only need to walk into
the rocks in order to destroy them.
is.

** Underground Switch Star **

Muscle is needed for this level, so start out as Wario. When you
begin, head down the path that is to the right. Run along the path,
avoiding the bottomless pits and spiders that are on it. Near the
end of the path, there is a gap with fire coming out of it. Wait
until
the fire goes down, and then do the long jump (Wario has a
pathetic normal jump so the long jump is safest) across the gap.
Go in the door that is there.

On the other side of the door, you will find yourself on a high
platform in a large room. Jump down from the platform, and
pound the ground just as you are about to land. After that, head
to the right side of the room. Once you are at the right side of the
room from where you entered, turn left and head straight along
the wall.

Soon you will come to a black brick block. Punch the block to
break it open. It will reveal a star switch. Before you step on the
switch, note that there should be other character caps in the
room. We recommend finding another character cap before you
step on the switch, since other characters are faster.

Anyway, when you are ready to step on the switch, turn and face
the wall that the door you came in from is on. Step on the switch,
and run straight towards the wall (not the door). You will come to
a set of large stairs. Jump up the stairs, and onto the platform
that
they lead up to.

When you are on top of that platform, turn and head to the
platform with four arrows on it. Run straight towards the platform,
and run straight across it. When you are at the end of the metal
platform, do a long jump across the gap between it and the next
platform. You will find the power star on that platform; run into it
to finish the level.

There is also another way to finish this level. Before you step on
the star switch, change to Mario. Then, step on the star switch. Run
to the stairs, but do not jump up them. Go to the right of them, and
you will find a small indentation in the platform to the right of the
stairs. Use Mario to wall kick up the indentation. When you are at
the
top, wall kick one final time onto the platform with the star on it.
If you are going to jump too far, quickly pound the ground to stop
your jump. When you are there, take the power star.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

Since this maze is so complicated, we are not going to do a full-
fledged walkthrough for this power star. Instead, we will give you
the names of several rooms, and we will tell you where several
coins are in each of those rooms. Each new paragraph gives the
coin locations of a different room.

There are several coins in the room you start out in. Defeat the
two Goombas and the two spiders for their yellow coins, and
destroy the small box in order to take its yellow coins. Several
coins are also located on a ledge in the right path.

In the large room connected to the area you start out in (not the
black hole room), you can find several coins. Defeat the two
spiders and the two Goombas in the room to get their yellow
coins. Also, break open the black brick block to get the three
coins it has. On the second floor of the room, there is an eye on a
piece of land. Walk around it several times to make it die so that
you can take its blue coin. One of the brick blocks also has
several yellow coins. Also, all eight red coins are in that room
should you desire to collect them.

In the room the holds the entrance to the toxic maze, there is a
line of yellow coins.

The largest stash of coins is in the toxic maze. Defeat the floating
enemies and bats in order to get their yellow coins. A blue coin
switch is also housed in the toxic maze. Once you pound it in, it
produces several blue coins, enough to equal thirty-five yellow
coins.

The black hole room also has several coins. Defeat the spider and
the bat if you want their yellow coins. There is also a line of
coins
on one side of the hill that the rocks roll down. On the top area of
the room, you will find a row of coins just below the wire netting.

In the room that is after the black hole room, which is divided by
a wire wall, there are several coins. The coins are around a ! box
in the room, so be sure to retrieve them.

The underground cavern holds a few coins as well. Defeat the
three Goombas in order to get their coins. Several coins are also
scattered around the large boulder in the middle of the cavern;
collect them if you need to. By this time you should have at least
one hundred coins, and you can claim the power star.

*****************************
G. Course 7: Lethal Lava Land
*****************************

** Boil the Big Bully **

In order to be able to get this star as easily as possible, we
recommend that you play as Mario and have all the ? boxes
turned solid. When you begin the level, turn around so that you
are facing other direction. You will see a small island, and it has
a
? box on it. Run towards the island, and do a long jump to it.

Once you are on the island, break open the ? box. It will have the
feather in it. Take the feather, and do the triple jump so that you
start to fly. Fly straight across the level, heading to the middle
of
the far wall. There you will see a platform, with a large bully on
it.
Pound the ground to land on the platform, and the battle will
begin.

To beat the bully, go over to one of the edge of the platform.
Stand there, and crouch. When the bully runs at you, do a
backward somersault. The bully will run to the edge, and you will
land safely on the platform. Now, all you need to do is to run up
and punch the bully before he can recover. He will fall into the
lava. Also, if you want, you can jump on top of the bully to push
him. If you do it that way, you will not have to use the backward
somersault. When he is dead, a star will appear on the platform
next to the one you are on. A bridge will also appear, leading you
to the next platform. Jump quickly across the bridge, jump onto
the next platform, and take the power star.

** Bully the Bullies **

In order to be able to get this star as easily as possible, we
recommend that you play Mario. You should also have ? boxes
unlocked. When you begin the level, turn around so that you are
facing other direction. You will see a small island, and it has a ?
box on it. Run towards the island, and do a long jump to it.

Once you are on the island, break open the ? box. It will have the
feather in it. Take the feather, and do the triple jump so that you
start to fly. Fly straight across the level, heading to the corner
opposite of the one you were on (the corner furthest away from
you). There you will see a platform, with a three bullies on it.
Pound the ground to land on the platform, and the battle will
begin.

To beat the bullies, jump on top of them. When you land on them,
you will push them. Keep jumping on them until you knock all
three of them into the lava. You can also punch them, but jumping
on them is much easier. When they are all dead, a big bully will
appear on the platform.

To beat the bully, go over to one of the edge of the platform.
Stand there, and crouch. When the bully runs at you, do a
backward somersault. The bully will run to the edge, and you will
land safely on the platform. Now, all you need to do is to run up
and punch the bully before he can recover. He will fall into the
lava. Also, if you want, you can jump on top of the bully to push
him. If you do it that way, you will not have to use the backward
somersault. When he is dead, a star will appear on the platform
you are on. Take the power star, and proclaim your victory over
the second bully.

** 8-Coin Puzzle with 15 Pieces **

To beat this level, you need to take on another red coin challenge.
As Mario, turn completely around when you begin the level. You
will see an island in the lava. Run, and do a long jump over to the
island.

There is a ? block on the island. Go under it, and face away from
the level's walls, as well as the place where you started out.
Break open the box, and take the feather that is inside of it. Do a
stationary triple jump to start flying, and fly straight until you
see a
large puzzle.

The puzzle is Bowser, all mixed up. The pieces are constantly
shifting. When you are above the puzzle, pound the ground to
land on it. Run around the puzzle, collecting the eight red coins
that are on it. Beware of shifting puzzle pieces, as they reveal
small sections of laval. Also, if you are standing on a puzzle piece
when it moves, you will not move with it. It will come out from
under you, dropping you into the lava.

Stay steady, and collect all eight red coins. They are all on the
puzzle, so it is not that hard to get them. When you have all eight
of them, a power star will appear on a solid platform. The
platform is in the upper right section of the puzzle. Run over to
it,
and take the power star.

** Red-Hot Log Rolling **

This challenge has both an easy and difficult way to accomplish it.
We will cover the easy way in this version of the guide. Begin the
level as Mario. Turn completely around as soon as you begin, and
face the island in the lava. Run and perform a long jump in order
to get to the island.

On the island, go to the ? box and break it. The feather will
appear. Take the feather, and do the triple jump in order to start
flying. Fly towards the platform you started out on, and go past it.
You will see an arch, leading to another platform. Fly above the
arch. Pound the ground so that when you land, you land on the
top, flat area of the arch.

Once you are there, face the large, wire wall. Jump straight up
three times to start flying, and fly towards the wire wall. Since
you
started off the top of the arch, you will have enough height to
make it over the wire wall. Inside the walled in area, fly to the
corner where the edge of the level and the wire wall meet. When
you are there, pound the ground. You will drop onto a small
platform, and the power star will be right next to you. Take the
power star and finish the level.

** Hot-Foot-It into the Volcano **

Instead of long jumping to the island behind where you start off,
as you usually do in levels, begin this level by running and long
jumping across the gap directly in front of you. Keep running
straight across the platform, and do not turn. Soon you will arrive
at a circular platform. There is a ! box above the circular
platform.
Break it open, and jump onto the Koopa shell that comes out of
it.

Ride the Koopa shell straight towards the wire wall. When you
are at the wire wall, turn left. Head straight, and you will pass a
platform on your left. Next, you will see a large, narrow platform.
The platform is shaped like a circle, and it encircles a volcano.
Steer towards the volcano (it will be to your left), and jump over
the platform that encircles the volcano. Ride up the side of the
volcano, and occasionally jump forward in order to keep from
falling back down. When you are at the top, ride into the volcano.

You will be dropped onto a small, circular platform inside the
volcano. It will be in a sea of lava. Directly in front of you will
be
a narrow, twisting platform. Jump to that platform, and make you
way to the end of it (watch out for the balls of lava that
occasionally roll across it). When you are at the end of the
platform, jump onto the ledge that is sticking out of the wall.

Make your was along the edge, and make sure you do not get
burned by the fire emitter. Soon you will come to the end of that
section of the ledge, and there will be another section higher up.
Jump to that higher section, avoid the bully that is on it (jumping
past the bully is best), and jump onto the ledge that is higher up.

Head to the middle of that ledge. When you are there, part of the
wall will fall, blocking your path momentarily. Go to the edge of
the ledge, and wait for the wall to start to go back up. When it
does, run to the end of that portion of the ledge, and do a
continuous jump up to the next section.

Run across that short portion of the ledge, and you will come to
the end of the ledge. Now there will be several islands, suspended
in the sky, that you must cross. Jump across the islands that have
coins on them, since you it is unnecessary to go onto the other
island. When you are at the final island, jump onto the ledge that
will be in front of you.

Stand on the edge of the ledge until the fire emitters stop emitting
fire, and then quickly run past the fire emitters. Jump up to the
next highest level of the ledge. Run across that section, jumping
over the bully that is there. The ledge will move away from the
wall, but keep running across it.

When you are at the end of the ledge, you will see an island with a
pole on it. Jump onto the island, and jump onto the pole. Climb to
the top of the pole, and you will find another pole that is on
another island. Jump to the other pole (remember, your character
jumps the direction his back is facing). Slide down, onto the other
island that the pole is on. From there, jump onto the ledge that is
near the island. The power star will be on that ledge, and all you
have to do is take it.

** Inside the Volcano **

When the level commences, run straight across the platform, and
perform a long jump over the gap in between the two platforms.
Keep running straight across the platform you will land on, and do
not turn. Soon you will arrive at a circular platform. There is a !
box above the circular platform. Break it open, and jump onto the
Koopa shell that comes out of it.

Ride the Koopa shell straight towards the wire wall. When you
are at the wire wall, turn left. Head straight, and you will pass a
platform on your left. Next, you will see a large, narrow platform.
The platform is shaped like a circle, and it encircles a volcano.
Steer towards the volcano (it will be to your left), and jump over
the platform that encircles the volcano. Ride up the side of the
volcano, and occasionally jump forward in order to keep from
falling back down. When you are at the top, ride into the volcano.

Once you are inside the volcano, turn around. You will see
several rock islands in the lava. Jump from one island to another,
going until you reach the final island. A platform is stationed next
to the final island. Jump onto it. It will move, following a
specific
path.

Ride the platform until it stops next to a second platform. Quickly
jump onto the second platform (the first platform will fall after a
few seconds), and ride it for a short ways. Soon the platform will
near a pole, and it will circle around the pole. When you see the
pole, jump to it before the second platform reaches the end of its
path and falls.

Climb to the very top of the pole, and you will see an island with
another pole on it. Jump onto the island (remember, your
character will jump off a pole the direction his back is facing),
and
then jump onto the pole. Climb to the top of that pole, and you
will see yet another island. Jump to the island that is closest to
the
pole. Next to that island are two other islands. Jump across the
island until you are at the last one, and then take the power star
that is on it.

** Flaming Silver Stars **

Super Mario 64 DS added some new challenges, and the silver
star challenge is one of them. Actually, this is fairly easy to get,
since each of the silver stars are placed in a logical order. Begin
by running straight, and doing a long jump over the stretch of lava.
Keep running straight across the platform, and do not turn. Soon
you will arrive at a circular platform.

There will be a ! box on the platform. Stand under it, and break it
open. A turtle shell will come out. Now, step onto the turtle shell,
and get ready for a fun ride. Head out towards the edge of the
level nearest your currect location. When you start to get close to
the edge, turn right.

Surf a short distance, and then turn right, heading through the
stretch of lava you did the long jump over. Once you are have
gone in between the two platforms, keep heading straight. Go
under the bridge that moves up and down (it does not matter
whether it is up or down; you will go under without any trouble).

Continue on, and go up the large hill that will be in front of you.
If
you have trouble getting up it, try jumping. When you are over it,
go forward until you come to a small, curved platform. The first
silver star is on the platform. Go on the platform, take the silver
star, and continue through the curve. Once you have gone through
the curve, you will be heading in a new direction. Keep going
straight, all the way past the set of four platforms that rise and
sink
in the laval.

Just past the four platforms, there is a small, circular island with
an
eye on it. The second silver star it on the island. Collect the
silver
star, and then head left. There will be another large hill in front
of
you, with the third silver star on it. Go up the hill, and take your
third silver star.

As you make your way down the hill, curve slightly so that you do
not crash into the edge of the level. Continue on straight, staying
near the edge of the level. Soon you will see a curving platform,
and the fourth silver star is on it. Go onto the platform, following
its natural curve, and take the fourth silver star.

After going through that curve, you will be headed straight along
another edge of the level. Go straight, and you will see the final
curved platform. The fifth and final silver star is on it. Surf onto
the
platform, and take the fifth silver star.

The power star will appear in a glass enclosure, on a small island
just past the platform you are on. Go past the curved platform,
and surf over to the small island. Crash into the glass enclosure to
take the power star and finish the level.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

There are well over a hundred coins in this level, so you should
easily be able to win this power star. Nevertheless, there are over
fifty coins in the level that you can only get as Wario. For this
reason, we highly recommend that you start out as Wario.

When you begin, run straight along the platform. Do a long jump
across the gap in between the platforms, and keep on running
straight. Soon you will come to a circular platform. There will be a
sign, a ! box, and a black brick block.

First, break open the brick block with a solid punch, and collect
the three coins that come out of it (if they are not in the lava, of
course!). Next, break open the ! box, but do not get on the shell
that comes out. Instead, quickly jump above the blue coin switch
and pound it into the ground. Then, run and get on the shell.

Ride the shell away from the sign, towards the edge of the level
that is closest to you. As you go, you will see a line of blue coins
in the lava. Surf along the lava and follow the blue coins, across
the lava, under the bridge, and up the steep hill (jump forward to
get up it).

Keep going over the steep hill. When you are over it, go forward
until you come to a small, curved platform. Go along the curved
platform, collecting any coins that area on it. Follow the curve of
the platform. When you are off of it, keep heading straight. There
will be four platforms that sink and rise in the lava. Each platform
has a yellow coin on it, so collect those before continuing on your
way.

Just past the four platforms there is an island in the lava. An eye
is
on the island, as well as several coins. Go onto the island, and
circle around the eye several times. Collect the yellow coins that
are on the island. After you have gone around it several times, the
eye will die. Take the blue coin that will come out of the eye.

Stay next to the island until you are facing the edge of the level
that is closest to the island. When you are facing the edge of the
level, turn left and head towards the steep slope. Go up the slope
(jump forward as you go up), and collect the yellow coins that are
on it.

As you head down the slope, curve slightly to the left so that you
do not run into the edge of the wall. After that, go straight for a
long ways. Keep going straight until you reach the next curved
platform. Go over it, and turn with it.

Once you have gone over that curved platform, keep going
straight. Up ahead there will be another curved platform. Go on
that curved platform, and curve with it. As soon as you are off of
it, turn left and go onto the long, rectangular platform. The
rectangular platform dips in and out of the lava, but since you are
on a shell you do not have to worry about that.

Go along the platform, collect the coins that are on it. Then, jump
onto the large puzzle that is right after it. Stay on the puzzle as
the
pieces slide around. Wait until the puzzle is finished. When the
puzzle pieces are put back into correct order, one coin will come
out of each piece. Go around and collect the coins that come out.

By this time, you should have enough coins to finish this power
star. If you still need more coins, there are several other places
to
go. To begin, try collecting the eight red coins on the puzzle
(although you probably already did while you were waiting). Also,
go to the platform where you fought the first bully and take the
coins on it. Next to it is a rectangular platform with several coins
on it as well.

There is also the place where you fought the second bully, and the
platform the circles around the volcano. Both of those places have
several yellow coins. The platforms next to the platform that goes
around the volcano are also full of coins, collect those. If you
still
need more coins, keep searching the level. Remember to defeat
any enemies you encounter. Wario can also walk along the lava if
he is metal (jump as you go so that you do not sink). With all the
coins mentioned, you should be able to get well over the one
hundred coin requirement.

*******************************
H. Course 8: Shifting Sand Land
*******************************

** In the Talons of Big Bird **

A large bird has taken a power star, and it is up to you to get it
back. Head straight across the bleak sand, turning left as you get
to the circular quicksand pit. Keep running across the desert,
avoiding any enemies you encounter, until you reach the metal
path that large boxes are rolling on. Do not get on the metal path.

Wait until the box comes right next to you, standing on the dirt.
Then the box will go back the other way. Follow it as it goes
back, and make your way to the left. Keep going along the metal
path, watching out for the other two boxes that are on it. Several
parts of the paths are separated by only a small gap; you can
jump over these gaps if you need to.

Soon you will be off the metal path, back onto normal sand. Take
a quick dip in the pool of water to refill any health you lost. When
you are ready, head over to the first tall pillar that is there. Go
on
top of the pillar. This may seem like a difficult task, but for some
reason you can simple walk up the side of the pillars. Walk up to
the top, and wait for the bird to come near you. Have patience
and wait for the bird; it may take a while for him to come over to
you. When he is right above you, jump up to take the star he has.

** Shining Atop the Pyramid **

In this level you finally get to retrieve the power star the is
sitting
near the top of the pyramid. There are two ways to tackle this
challenge, one being enormously easier than the other. The easiest
way requires Mario. In order to get the power star the easiest
way, head towards the large rock pavilion right in front of where
you start off. As you near it do your triple flip in order to get
the
height to get on top of the pavilion. This requires practice and
timing, but it is not that difficult to do.

Once you are on top of the pavilion, go over to the ? box, open it
up, and take the feather. From there, all you need to do is
perform the triple jump in order to start flying, and then fly over
to
the star in order to get it.

If you like a challenge, there is a different way to complete the
level. Using the method described in the first level of this area,
head over to where the bird is flying around. Once you get there,
keep going around the quicksand at the base of the pyramid. You
will come to the stone bridge that leads onto the pyramid. Be
careful, because as you near the bridge, a dust tornado will come
out and follow you a short ways. If it picks you up, simply guide
yourself back onto the ground.

Go onto the pyramid. Once you are facing the entrance into the
pyramid turn right and head to the edge of the pyramid. From
there jump up onto the next ledge. Avoiding any obstacles you
may encounter, make your way across each ledge and then jump
onto a higher ledge. You will need to use extreme caution as you
get higher, since the ledges become smaller. Once you are at the
end of the very highest and smallest ledge, all you need to do is
jump onto the ledge with the star on it to finish the level.

** Inside the Ancient Pyramid **

The time has come for you to enter the pyramid. Using the
method described in the first level of this area, head over to where
the bird is flying around. Once you get there, keep going around
the quicksand at the base of the pyramid. You will come to the
stone bridge that leads onto the pyramid. Be careful, because as
you near the bridge, a dust tornado will come out and follow you
a short ways. If it picks you up, simply guide yourself back onto
the ground. Go onto the pyramid. Next, head into the entrance of
the pyramid.

When you enter the pyramid, head over to where the fence
separating the stone from the sand is, and head right. Follow the
path, and turn when it does. After turning a corner, you will see a
large Thwomp, pounding the ground. Instead of running under him
when he is in the air, stand next to where he pounds. When he
pounds, jump on top of him, face the wall, and jump to the
platform to the right.

Now you are on the second floor. Head away from the Thwomp,
and soon you will come to an area with Goombas and a rope.
Jump onto the rope, and climp it up to the third floor. When you
are at the top of the rope, jump towards the wall to get off.

Walk along the walkway of the third floor until you come to a
wire net. The wire net is suspended above a slope that leads to
quicksand. Jump up and grab onto the wire net. Hold on, and
make your way to the other side of the wire net. When you are
safely across, drop off of the wire net.

There will be several stairs in front of you. Jump up the stairs,
onto the fourth floor. Walk along the fourth floor walkway. You
will see a large roller, rolling back and forth along the walkway.
If
you are a good jumper, run at it as it comes near you. Then, jump
over it and continue on your way. If your jumping skills are
lacking, wait for it to roll back. When it does, run forward and go
into the indentation in the wall. Wait there until it rolls past
you,
and continue on your way.

As you turn another corner, you will see several bricks moving up
and down. Jump from one brick to another (there are no holes in
between them, so it is not that difficult), and make your way to the
fifth floor.

On the fifth floor, head across the walkway, avoiding the sperical
enemies that are flying around. When you reach the first corner,
the walkway will become narrow. Side-step across the ledge (or
walk if you are brave enough), until it widens. There will be a
rope there; climb up it and jump onto the sixth floor.

Once you are on the sixth floor, go along the platform until you
find the path that the Thwomp is on. Wait next to the edge of the
path that the Thwomp is on. When the Thwomp comes right next
to you, jump on top of it. Ride the Thwomp as it goes across the
path. When it reaches the end of the path, jump off of the
Thwomp, onto the main walkway. Follow the coins up the ramp,
until you are at the end of that walkway. There will be a vertical
line of coins, leading up to a small platform. Jump (or continuous
jump) up to the small platform, and take the star that is on it.

** Stand Tall on the Four Pillars **

Mario is the ideal character for this level, so start out as him.
When you begin, head straight towards the pavillion. As you near
it, do the triple jump so that when you land, you will land on top
of the pavillion.

Once you are on the pavillion, head over to the ? box and break it
open. Since you are Mario, a feather will be in it. Take the
feather, and do the triple jump to start flying. Now that you are in
the air, head over to each of the four pillars that are around the
pyramid. When you are above a pillar, pound the ground to land
on it. Then, do the stationary triple jump, and fly to the next
pillar.
Do the same thing to each of the four pillars. (If you are not Mario
you can still get on top of the four pillars, since each character
can
run up the side of the pillars. This takes a lot more time to do,
and
is not recommended.)

Once you have stood on all four of the pillars, the top of the
pyramid will break apart, making the top flat. Fly over to the top
of the pyramid and land on it. There will be a hole in the top of
it.
Fall through the hole.

You will enter the pyramid, only this time it will be through the
top. You will land in a small cage, and the cage will go down.
Wait patiently inside the cage as it goes down. When the cage is a
the bottom of the level, it will be right next to a large box in the
center of the pyramid. There is a tunnel leading into the box. Jump
into the tunnel; you will encounter a brick block. Punch the block
to break it open, and then continue through the tunnel.

You will fall into a single platform in the midst of a large abyss.
There is a coffin on one end of the platform. Go over to the coffin,
and jump on it. The mummy inside the coffin will become angry at
you, and several of the rocks around the coffin will form two
hands. Move away from the coffin, heading to the other side of
the platform. Face the hands and prepare to fight.

Dodge the hands when the try to push you off the edge, but stay
close to the front of them so you can strike back. When the eye
on one of the hands opens, go up to it and punch it. Repeat this
process over and over. When you have hit the eye enough times,
the hand will be destroyed.

You still have the other hand to destroy. Continue to dodge the
hand whenever it tries to push you away, and punch its eye when
it opens. After a few attacks, you will destroy the second hand.
For your brave accomplishment, you will receive a power star.
The power star will appear near the coffin; take it to complete the
level.

** Toy Box Switch Star **

To acquire this star with the least amount of trouble, start off as
Wario. If you do not, you will have to find his cap, lost
somewhere in the level. As you start off, run along the stretch of
sand in between the sand hills and the quicksand. When you
reach the circular pit of quicksand, turn left and keep running. Run
past the pavillion, all the way to the metal walkways with toy
boxes on them.

Wait until the toy box rolls over the metal platform closest to the
sand, and then follow it as it rolls back. Soon the metal walkway
will split off into two ways, making a T shape. The toy box will go
to the right, the same way that you need to go. Wait for a second
or two until it stops, and then goes back across the left route.
Now you need to run to the path that goes to the right. It will
dead end, and there will be a single metal platform in the
quicksand in front of it. Run and do a long jump to the single
metal platform. When you are on it, run and do another long jump
to the larger metal platform that is nearby.

On the larger metal platform, turn so that you are facing the black
brick block. Walk up to it, and punch it. It will break open,
revealing the star switch. Step on the star switch to make the star
appear. Next, run straight past the star switch, and do a long
jump in order to get across the large gap separating that platform
from the one across from it.

Now that you are on the other platform, run straight (at least, as
straight as you can) across it. If a toy box blocks a portion of
your route, remember you can jump across the small gaps in
between the many of the platforms. Since you are Wario, long
jumps are preferrable. Keep running (and jumping) until you have
made it past the metal walkway. You will end up on the sand.
There will be a pond in front of you, and the switch star is
directly
past that pond. Run around the pond (its only a small pond, and
Wario swims slow), and then run over to the switch star. Break
the glass enclosure and claim your prize.

** Pyramid Puzzle **

This level requires you to head back into the pyramid. After that,
you must head to the top of the pyramid. If you need to know
how to get into and to the top of the pyramid, keep on reading. If
you already know how to get to the top of the inside of the
pyramid, head to the tenth paragraph.

Using the method described in the first level of this area, head
over to where the bird is flying around. Once you get there, keep
going around the quicksand at the base of the pyramid. You will
come to the stone bridge that leads onto the pyramid. Be careful,
because as you near the bridge, a dust tornado will come out and
follow you a short ways. If it picks you up, simply guide yourself
back onto the ground. Go onto the pyramid. Next, head into the
entrance of the pyramid.

When you enter the pyramid, head over to where the fence
separating the stone from the sand is, and head right. Follow the
path, and turn when it does. After turning a corner, you will see a
large Thwomp, pounding the ground. Instead of running under him
when he is in the air, stand next to where he pounds. When he
pounds, jump on top of him, face the wall, and jump to the
platform to the right.

Now you are on the second floor. Head away from the Thwomp,
and soon you will come to an area with Goombas and a rope.
Jump onto the rope, and climp it up to the third floor. When you
are at the top of the rope, jump towards the wall to get off.

Walk along the walkway of the third floor until you come to a
wire net. The wire net is suspended above a slope that leads to
quicksand. Jump up and grab onto the wire net. Hold on, and
make your way to the other side of the wire net. When you are
safely across, drop off of the wire net.

There will be several stairs in front of you. Jump up the stairs,
onto the fourth floor. Walk along the fourth floor walkway. You
will see a large roller, rolling back and forth along the walkway.
If
you are a good jumper, run at it as it comes near you. Then, jump
over it and continue on your way. If your jumping skills are
lacking, wait for it to roll back. When it does, run forward and go
into the indentation in the wall. Wait there until it rolls past
you,
and continue on your way.

As you turn another corner, you will see several bricks moving up
and down. Jump from one brick to another (there are no holes in
between them, so it is not that difficult), and make your way to the
fifth floor.

On the fifth floor, head across the walkway, avoiding the sperical
enemies that are flying around. When you reach the first corner,
the walkway will become narrow. Side-step across the ledge (or
walk if you are brave enough), until it widens. There will be a
rope there; climb up it and jump onto the sixth floor.

Once you are on the sixth floor, go along the platform until you
find the path that the Thwomp is on. Wait next to the edge of the
path that the Thwomp is on. When the Thwomp comes right next
to you, jump on top of it. Ride the Thwomp as it goes across the
path. When it reaches the end of the path, jump off of the
Thwomp, onto the main walkway. Follow the coins up the ramp,
until you are at the end of that walkway.

At the end of the walkway, you will find your first silver star.
Once you have it, look at the outside edge of the walkway you
are on. There is a small wall, keeping you from walking off the
edge. This small wall has a gap in it, and that gap is where the
first
silver star was.

Walk carefully and slowly through the gap in the small wall. Walk
off the edge, and your character will go down so that he is holding
onto the edge. Gently press the direction away from the ledge,
causing your character to fall. He will fall onto a small platform
with a silver star on it.

Just across the falling quicksand is another platform, with yet
another silver star on it. Walk along the wall, towards where the
quicksand is falling. Slowly walk off the edge of the platform,
causing your character to grab onto the edge. Now, press and
hold the direction away from the edge. Your character will land
on the platform with the silver star on it.

Underneath the platform is a path, filled with the quicksand that
you just saw falling. At each corner of the path is a silver star.
Face the silver star at the first corner, and jump down to the path.
You will land in the quicksand, and you will sink quite a ways.
There is not enough quicksand for you to fully sink in, so you have
nothing to worrry about.

Once you are on the path, you have nothing left to do. The
quicksand will carry you along, and it will guide you to both the
silver stars, as well as the power star. As soon as you land in the
quicksand on the path, let go of all the buttons. Wait patiently as
you are carried to the two silver stars and the power star. You do
not even have to jump up to collect any of them. On the
quicksand path with the three other silver stars in your possession,
this level is as good as beat.

** Free Flying for 8 Red Coins **

Start off this level as Mario; you need his ability to fly in order
to
beat this level. Start out by headings backwards from where you
start off. The path that you will run on will become more narrow
as you go. At the very end of the path, wedged in between
quicksand and a hill. Is the first red coin. Take it, and then run
back the way you came.

Keep running until you come to the pavillion. Go past the first
brick block in the pavillion, but destroy the second brick block. It
will have the second red coin in it. Once you have those two red
coins, it is time to take to the sky.

Run a short distance away from the pavillion, and then turn
around. Run towards the pavillion, doing a triple jump as you go.
Time it so that you will land on top of the pavillion. On top of the
pavillion, run underneath the ? box. Break it open, and take the
feather that is inside of it.

With the feather, perform the triple jump in order to start flying.
There are four red coins in the air around the pyramid. Each red
coin is a good distance from each of the four corners. Fly around
the pyramid and collect the red coins. If you need more height,
land on one of the four pillars. When you are on the pillar, you
can do the stationary triple jump to start flying again at a higher
altitude. If your time stars running low with the feather, be sure
to
fly back to the top of the pavillion to get a new feather.

Once you have the four red coins around the pyramid, fly over to
the pond. The pond is right next to the pillar that is the farthest
away from the pavillion. There is a red coin in the pond. Still in
possession of the feather, fly over to the metal area where the toy
boxes are rolling around. There is a red coin on one of the metal
platforms. Fly around until you find it, and then pound the ground
directly above it to stop flying.

Now that you have all 8 red coins, you need to get to the power
star. The power star is on top of the pavillion. You should still
have the wing cap at this time, so do the triple jump in order to
start flying. Fly over to the top of the pavillion, and collect the
power star there.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

This level does not have an abundance of coins, however,
collecting this power star should not be too hard. Start out by
heading towards the pavillion. You will encounter a jumping box.
Pick it up, and, after it jumps three times, it will break. Five
coins
will come out. Collect those. Also, defeat the Bob-ombs and the
Shy Guy that are in the area.

Next, head towards the cactus. If you defeat him, he will give you
a blue coin. Jump up and either kick or swallow his head, and he
will be defeated. After receiving that blue coin, head under the
pavillion. Break the brick block there, and take the yellow coins
inside of it. Defeat the Goombas that are there too, and take their
coins.

To break the small box in the middle of the pavillion, pick it up,
and walk over to one of the pillars. Aim at the wall of the pillar,
and throw the box. It will collide and break, producing a few
yellow coins. There is also another cactus enemy past the
pavillion; defeat him and take his blue coin.

Next, make your way to the other side of the pyramid. In
between the two pillars will be several coins. Pick them up, and
then head over to the little, stationary block (not the jumping
block). It is near one of the pillars. Pick it up, and then throw it
against the side of the pillar. When it breaks open, take the yellow
coins that were in it. There are also two cactus enemies near the
two pillars; defeat them to add another ten coins to your score.

When you have around fifty coins, head into the pyramid. If you
still need more coins, try collecting the 8 red coins in the level.
There is also a coin above each of the four pillars. Behind the
pyramid, on a ledge, you will find a row of yellow coins as well.
By this time you should have at least fifty coins, so head into the
pyramid.

Inside the pyramid, head down the initial hallway. When you
reach the part where the path goes off two directions, turn to the
left. Do not move, but look around until you see the blue coin
switch. Pound it into the ground. Four blue coins will appear in a
column. They are above a platform in the quicksand, directly in
front of where you entered the pyramid.

With those blue coins in your control, head to the route to the
right of where you came in. Soon you will see several Goombas.
Defeat them, and take their coins. Keep going along the walkway,
around the corner and past the Thwomp that goes straight up and
down. Continue on, defeating any enemies that you encounter.

As the walkway turns another corner, you will see a few gaps in
the walkway. Jump across the gaps, and take the coin that is on
the platform after the gap. Once you are past the gaps, there will
be a set of stairs. Go up the stairs, and around the corner. You
will now be on the second floor.

At the first major corner, you will see a spherical enemy flying
around a pole. Connected to that pole is a wire net. Jump onto
the wire net, and hold it. Make your way around the net,
collecting all of the coins that are on it. When you have them all,
get back onto the path and keep going.

Make your way to the third floor, and go until you encounter the
wire net. Grab onto it and make your way across it, retrieving the
yellow coins as you go. At the end of the wire net, drop down,
and head up the few stairs to the fourth floor. There are coins on
the stairs.

When you are on the fourth floor, make you way past the rolling
enemy. Go to where moving blocks make a path to the fifth floor.
There are two lines of two coins each on the stairs, make sure
that you get them. Go past the fifth floor, and make your way to
the sixth floor.

Go across the walkway that the Thwomp is on, and head to the
ramp that heads up. There are several coins on the ramp. There
are also some yellow coins leading up to the platform that a
power star is on. By now you should have one hundred coins. If
you still need more, collect the five coins that are on the
quicksand path, and make sure you defeat all of the enemies.
Make sure you had around fifty coins when you entered the
pyramid; there are not one hundred coins inside of the pyramid.

*****************************
I. Course 9: Dire, Dire Docks
*****************************

** Board Bowser's Sub **

This power star is easy to get, and once you have it it will open
the way for your second Bowser battle. When you begin this level
you will be dropped in the middle of a large body of water. Swim
straight down towards the bottom, avoiding the sea creatures as
well as the large water tornado at the bottom (which will instantly
kill you). From there swim through the large tunnel near the
bottom of the area. If you need more air gather a few coins in the
area, but do not waste much time on them. Swim through the
tunnel until you make your way to another large area of water,
then resurface. It may seem like a long tunnel, but half-way
through it there is a place where you can resurface for air, so do
not worry.

Once you have resurfaced in the other large room you will notice
a large submarine in the middle of the water. There is a star on the
submarine, and that is the star you need to get. Swim to the
opposite side of the room and get onto the small area of land that
is there. Find the switch that is on the land, then head over to
where the blocks appear and make a path to the top of the
submarine. Move quickly and get to the top of the submarine.
From there, all you need to do is get the power star, and prepare
to engage Bowser a second time.

** Chests in the Current **

When you begin the level, dive straight down into the water.
Shortly after you dive down, you will see three treasure chests
that are on the ground. One of them is right in front of the water
tornado, one is in the midst of a group of seaweed, of to the side
of the water tornado, and one is next to a clam, behind the water
tornado. Head first to the treasure chest that is next to the clam.
Swim all the way down to it, and then swim directly in front of it.
It will open, and an air bubble will come out.

After you have opened the first treasure chest, swim along the
edge of the underwater will that the tornado is on. Soon you will
come to the treasure chest that is in the midst of seaweed. Swim
directly in front of it, and it will open up. Take the air bubble
that
comes out of it, and prepare to open the final treasure chest.

The last treasure chest is directly in front of the water tornado,
set
on the top of the small hill. Swim up a short ways until you can
easily see the top of the hill. From there, swim around until you
find the treasure chest. Swim over to the front of it to open it up.
Be careful not to get too close to the water tornado, or it will
suck
you in, killing you. After that final treasure chest is open, a
power
star will appear off to the side. Swim over and collect the power
star to finish the level.

** Pole-Jumping for Red Coins **

Once again it is time for another exciting 8 red coins challenge.
Dive straight down into the water, and head towards the tunnel.
Go through the tunnel until you arrive in the other sea. Once you
are there, swim up to the surface. Swim over to the small area of
land that is there, and jump onto it.

When you are on the land, head over to where the switch is. Step
on the switch, and then run over to the set of bricks that is
farthest
away from the switch. Jump up them, going until you reach the
platform in the air. The first red coin is on that platform.

Turn left, and head to the edge of the platform. Wait for the
moving pole to move directly above you. When it is above you,
jump up to grab onto it. As it moves back, climb up or down in
order to acquire the three coins that are there. You need to be
high on the pole to take the first red coin, and for the other two
coins you need to move down a little.

When you have those three red coins, wait for the pole to go
back to the first platform you were on. Once you are above the
platform, slide all the way down onto the platform. Walk straight
across the platform, and turn left. There is another pole moving
back and forth. Go up to the edge of the platform, and jump on
the pole when it is above you. Ride it to the next platform, and
then slide down onto the platform.

Go to the left, and get on the pole that is there. Ride that pole to
the next platform, and get off of it. Ignore the blue coin switch
for
now, and head to the right of the platform. There will be yet
another pole. Jump onto the pole and ride it over to where the
cage is. When the pole is in the cage, slide off of it, and take the
red coin that is there.

Jump back on the pole, and ride it over to where the blue coin
switch is. Get off of it, and then ride the other pole over to the
next platform. Once you are there, go to the end of the platform
and turn left. There will be a pole moving back and forth. When it
is above the platform, jump onto it.

Here is the part that can sometimes be tricky: ride the pole until
it
is next to another pole, and then jump onto the other pole.
Sometimes it is difficult to position your character correctly to
jump from one pole to another. Remember, your character will
jump backward off the pole, so whatever way their back is facing
is where they will jump. If you have a lot of trouble jumping from
one pole to another, change into Mario, and break open the ? box to
get the power flower in it. Since Mario floats, you can easily float
up to where you need to go.

Once you are on the other pole, ride it as it goes past a platform.
There is a red coin, suspended in the air, past the platform. Ride
on the pole until you get the red coin, and then slide down onto
the platform when you pass it again. Walk to the other side of the
platform, where another pole is going back and forth. Jump onto
it, and ride it back and forth, collecting the two red coins that
are
in the air.

Now that you have all eight red coins, the star will appear. It is
on
one of the platform. Leave the pole you were on to get the final
two red coins, and head onto the small platform. Go to the other
side of the platform, and get on the other pole. Ride that pole
until
it meets up with another pole, and then jump onto the other pole.
Ride that pole over to the platform, and get off of it. The power
star will be on that platform.

** Through the Jet Stream **

As you begin this level, swim down to the bottom of the sea.
Once you are there, swim through the tunnel, all the way to the
other sea. When you have resurfaced to fill your air supply, swim
back down to the bottom of the sea and get the Wario cap (if you
are not Wario already). With the cap on, swim up to the surface
once again.

As Wario, swim over to where there is solid ground. Jump out of
the water, onto the solid ground, and make your way over to
where the ? box it. Break open the ? box, and take the power
flower that is inside of it. It will turn you into metal. Next, jump
down into the water, and sink all the way to the bottom.

At the bottom of the sea, head over to the large, circular grate on
the bottom of the sea. Rings will be coming out of it. Stand in the
very middle of the grate, and let the rings come up around you.
After you have gone through five of the rings, a power star will
appear above the grate. If you were quick you can easily take the
power star before your metal ability disappears.

** Koopa Surfin' Switch Star **

If you want to collect this level as quickly as possible, start off
as
Wario. If you do not start out as him, you will have to swim all the
way to the other sea to collect his cap, and then you will have to
swim all the way back to the beginning. As Wario, swim over to
the small section of land that is in the area. Break the blocks that
are there, and under one of them you will find a star switch.

Before you step on the switch, break the ! block that is there. It
will give you a turtle shell that you can ride on. Jump onto the
turtle shell to ride it. Ride the turtle shell over to where the
star
switch is. Run over the star switch with the turtle shell. A star
will
appear on the opposite side of the area. There is little time before
the star appears, so quickly turn around and head straight
towards the star. If you go quickly, you will be able to break
open the glass enclosure, and take the star before it disappears.

** Inside the Cage **

To complete this level, you need to head through the tunnel.
When you are through the tunnel  resurface at the other sea (the
area where Bowser's submarine was). After that-if you are not
Luigi-swim down and get the Luigi cap. Once you are Luigi, swim
over to where there is solid ground, and jump onto it.

Run along the solid ground, going over the wire walls and making
your way to where the ? box is. When you are under the ? box,
jump up and break it open. A power flower will come out. Take
the power flower to become invisible, and then jump into the
water.

Dive down, deep into the water, and make your way to where the
large, metal cage is. There is a power star inside the cage. Swim
quickly and straight over to the cage. Since you are invisible, you
will easily be able to enter the cage. Inside the cage, all you need
to do is collect the power star.

** The Manta Ray's Reward **

Once again, you will be dropped into the middle of an ocean.
Begin by diving down, heading towards the ocean floor. On your
way down, you should notice a large manta ray that has large
rings coming out from it. Swim over to the manta ray, and follow
it closely. As the rings come out, swim through them. When you
swim through five of the rings in a row, a power star will appear
just above the water tornado. Being careful not to be sucked in
by the water tornado, swim over to the power star and take it.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

Since this level only has a meager supply of coins, you need to get
every single coin you can find. If you are Wario, start out by
swimming to piece of land that has black brick blocks on it.
Break open the blocks and take their coins. Once that is done,
swim out into the middle of the water, where all the spiders are.
Get next to a spider, and jump out of the water, onto its back. It
will die and produce three yellow coins. Swim down and get as
many of the coins as you can before they disappear. Do this to
every spider, realizing that you will usually only get two of the
three coins.

Now you are done with the coins on the surface. Dive down into
the water, heading for the sea floor. You will see two lines of
coins going up from the floor. Swim straight down over the lines,
and collect all of the coins in them. There is another vertical line
of
coins above the treasure chest nearest the water tornado. On the
sea floor, swim in between the chests and the sea weed. There
are several coins that are on the ground.

When you have collected all those coins, head towards the tunnel.
There are a total of five rings made of eight coins each (forty
coins
total) in front of and in the tunnel. Collect the few groups at the
beginning of the tunnel, and then swim to the other end of the
tunnel to get the other coins. By the time you have collected all
forty of the coins there, you should be at the end of the tunnel
nearest the other sea.

Swim over to where the large hole that leads out of the area is.
There is a vertical line of coins directly in front of it. Collect
those
coins and then head up to the surface. At the surface, swim over
to where there is land. Get onto the land, and walk around on it
until you find a row of yellow coins. Collect them, and then head
to where the switch is.

Step onto the switch, and then run to the blocks that are farthest
away from the switch. Go up them, and get onto the platform in
the air. Go straight across the platform, and jump onto the pole
that is there. Ride it to the next platform, get off of it, and head
left. There will be another pole that you can jump onto. Ride that
other pole all the way to the next platform, and slide off of it.
There is a blue coin switch on the platform. Pound the switch in,
and six blue coins will appear on the platform. They are in the air,
so you will have to jump up to get them. You should easily be
able to get at least four of the blue coins. After that, if you
still
need more coins, collect all of the red coins in the level. By this
time you should have one hundred coins, so you should be able to
acquire the power star.

****************************
J. Course 10: Snowman's Land
****************************

Requirement: 31 Power Stars
To get to Snowman's Land, you need to have beaten the second
Bowser. Start by entering the castle. Go up the first set of stairs,
and through the door with a keyhole on it. Go up the next flight of
stairs, and go through the door at the top of them. From there,
turn to the right. Run over to where the door is, and go in it.
Inside that door is a room with a large mirror in it. Walk over to
the center of the room. Once you are there, turn left and run
toward the black wall. Jump into the middle of the wall in order to
enter this level.

** Snowman's Big Head **

All you need to do is get to the top of the massive snowman.
Begin by running across the snow, staying next to the base of the
snowman. Keeping near the base, make you way around the level
until you come to the pond of icy water (you will encounter ice on
your way there, but we are referring to actual water). Leave the
base of the snowman, and walk across the bank, next to the
water. When you are near piece of land that is sticking up in the
middle of the water, jump to it. Defeat the few enemies that are
around.

Make your way to the part of the land that has ice sheet shooting
across it. Go onto that portion of the land, and make your way
through it. Jump over any ice sheets that come. When you are at
the wall that has ice sheets coming out of it, do a continuous jump.
You will grab onto the edge of the wall. Pull yourself up, and then
turn left. Keep going, jumping onto each higher level you come to.
Make your way carefully up the narrow, winding paths that are on
the snowman.

Near the top, there will be a long sheet of ice with a penguin
walking on it. Walk over so that you are just barely on the ice.
The snowman will talk. After he mentions that he thinks you are a
flea, he will begin to blow. If you go any further on the ice, you
will be blown off and will lose your cap. Wait for the penguin to
come near you. When it does, jump up and climb onto it.
Patiently wait while it walks across the ice. When the penguin is at
the end of the ice, jump down onto the wooden walkway (if you
are Luigi, you can just do a backward somersault to get over the
ice sheet).

Once you are on the wooden walkway, you are nearly home free.
Walk to the end of the walkway, and then jump up, onto the
snowman's head. When you are on the snowman's head,
carefully make your way to the star that is there. Once you take
the star, you are home free.

** Chill with the Bully **

This level is easiest to complete with Yoshi, so I suggest that you
switch to him before attempting this level. Besides, you will need
him for the next level as well. As the level commences, run
straight. Run past the little snowman, and up the small hill. There
will be a ? box there. Break open the box, and take the power
flower that comes out. Now that Yoshi has the ability to breath
fire, run forward and do a long jump.

You will land in, or past, a windy valley. If you land in the
valley,
keep pressing forward until you are out of it. After that, head up
the narrow slope. At the top of the slope is a sheet of ice. The
bully waits for you up there, so get ready to do battle. When you
get to the top of the slope, run onto the sheet of ice, and blow
fire
at the bully. If you hit him, he will be knocked into freezing
water,
and he will die. A power star will appear, and all you need do to
is collect it to beat the level. If you are not Yoshi for this
level, you
will have to fight the bully with only your fists. You can still do
it,
but it is much harder.

** Yoshi's Ice Sculpture **

A star is frozen in a block of ice; it is up to you to free it. As
Yoshi, head straight, past the snowman and up the hill. There is a
? box at the top of the small hill. Open the box and collect the
power flower that is in it. Now that you have a power flower in
your mouth, turn around, and head back to where you began.
When you arrive there, keep going until you see the wooden
platform with several ice blocks on it.

Jump onto the single ice block that is there. After that, jump
towards the stack of ice blocks that has the star in it. As you
come next to the stack, keep holding B so that you will do a
flutter kick. At the peak of your flutter kick, breath fire. You
should burn through the ice block that has the star. If you are
having trouble getting enough height, try the continuous jump from
the single ice block. Once you have freed the star, all you need to
do is jump up to it (maybe try a backward somersault) and take
it.

** Whirl from the Freezing Pond **

As its name implies, this level will take you to the freezing pond.
Start by running alongside the base of the snowman. Follow it
when it curves, over hills and through valleys. Soon you will come
to the freezing pond. Leave the base of the snowman, and walk
along the edge of the pond. You will come to place where you
can jump onto a piece of land that is in the pond. Jump over to
the land in the middle of the pond. When you are on the piece of
land, go straight to the other side of it, past the place where the
ice sheets are sliding.

Safely on the other side of the piece of land, you will notice two
flower enemies. Jump on the head of the one that is closest to
you. When you jump on its head, you will bounce high up into the
air. You will also begin to whirl. Steer yourself, so that you whirl
to the area of land just above the second flower enemy. If the first
enemy did not give you enough height, land on the second flower
enemy for the additional height. If you are Luigi, it is possible to
do a backward somersault in order to reach the higher area.
When you are on the higher area, there will be two yellow boxes.
The one on the left has a power star in it. Break it open and
collect the power star.

** Snowman's Silver Star **

I have been wondering whether this level should actually have
been called "Snowman's Silver Stars" since there is more than
one silver star-oh, never mind. Anyway, once you begin the level,
head up the slope. When you reach the edge of the slope, do a
long jump across the valley. Keep going, and soon you should a
fenced in area with several Goombas in it. They will be huddled
around a fire. The first silver star will be in the air, just
outside of
the fenced in area.

Once you have your first silver star, face the fenced in area and
turn left. Run in that direction, going to the right of the slope
that
takes you up to the bully. Keep going, sticking to the edge of the
level, and go to the very end of that edge. The second silver star
will be there, and it is in the air.

With two silver stars in your possession, head straight towards the
pond that will hurt you if you swim in it. Once you are there, jump
over to the land in the middle of the pond. When you are on the
piece of land, go straight to the other side of it, past the place
where the ice sheets are sliding.

Safely on the other side of the piece of land, you will notice two
flower enemies. Jump on the head of the one that is closest to
you. When you jump on its head, you will bounce high up into the
air. You will also begin to whirl. Steer yourself so that you whirl
to
the area of land just above the second flower enemy. If the first
enemy did not give you enough height, land on the second flower
enemy for the additional height. If you are Luigi, it is possible to
do a backward somersault in order to reach the higher area.

There will be two ! box on the area you will land on. The one to
the right has a turtle shell in it. Break it open, and get on the
turtle
shell. Ride along the path that is not covered with snow, away
from the other ! box. The path only goes a short ways, and then it
ends. The third power star is next to the place where the path
ends.

Keep travelling on the snow-covered path, high above the regular
land in the level. Stay near the edge of the level, and go all the
way across the snow-covered path. At the very end of the path is
the fourth silver star. Take the silver star, and then make a sharp
turn right. Drop off of the high path, onto the low ground. Keep
heading straight, all the way to where the icy area beneath the
large bully. Surf straight across the icy area; the final silver
star will
be beneath the platform that the bully is on.

Once you have that final silver star, the power star will appear.
Keep surfing straight. When you are back on normal ground, veer
right into the valley. Go through the valley until you reach the
edge
of the level, and then make a sharp right turn. You will see the
power star, incarcerated in a glass enclosure. Run into the glass
enclosure to break it open and free the poor power star.

** Into the Igloo **

You need to be Luigi to beat this level, so switch to him before
you enter it. Start by running alongside the base of the snowman.
Follow it when it curves, over hills and through valleys. Soon you
will come to the freezing pond. Leave the base of the snowman,
and walk along the edge of the pond. You will come to place
where you can jump onto a piece of land that is in the pond. Jump
over to the land in the middle of the pond. When you are on the
piece of land, go straight to the other side of it, past the place
where the ice sheets are sliding.

Safely on the other side of the piece of land, you will notice two
flower enemies. Jump on the head of the one that is closest to
you. When you jump on its head, you will bounce high up into the
air. You will also begin to whirl. Steer yourself, so that you whirl
to the area of land just above the second flower enemy. If the first
enemy did not give you enough height, land on the second flower
enemy for the additional height. If you are Luigi, it is possible to
do a backward somersault in order to reach the higher area.

When you are on the higher area, there will be two yellow boxes.
The box to the right has a shell in it. Break the box open, and get
on the shell. Ride the shell off of the area you are on, back onto
the water. Surf along the water, and head towards the base of the
snowmans that is in the water. There will be a hill, with a line of
yellow coins going up it, on the base of the snowman. Surf over to
the hill and go up it. You will have to jump forward several times
to get to the top. Once you are at the top, jump over the fence
and crash into the igloo. Then, crawl into the igloo.

Even though the igloo seemed small on the outside, it is much
bigger on the inside (or did you shrink?). Go to the left side of
the
igloo, and jump across the platforms until you reach the one with
a ? box above it. Break it open, and take the power flower from
it. Since you are Luigi, you will become invisible. Jump across the
platforms, all the way back to the front of the igloo. There will be
a wire net over the ground. Run onto the wire net (you will drop
through it since you are invisible) and take the power star that is
beneath it.

** Red Coins in the House **

Start by running alongside the base of the snowman. Follow it
when it curves, over hills and through valleys. Soon you will come
to the freezing pond. Leave the base of the snowman, and walk
along the edge of the pond. You will come to place where you
can jump onto a piece of land that is in the pond. Jump over to
the land in the middle of the pond. When you are on the piece of
land, go straight to the other side of it, past the place where the
ice sheets are sliding.

Safely on the other side of the piece of land, you will notice two
flower enemies. Jump on the head of the one that is closest to
you. When you jump on its head, you will bounce high up into the
air. You will also begin to whirl. Steer yourself, so that you whirl
to the area of land just above the second flower enemy. If the first
enemy did not give you enough height, land on the second flower
enemy for the additional height. If you are Luigi, it is possible to
do a backward somersault in order to reach the higher area.

When you are on the higher area, there will be two yellow boxes.
The box to the right has a shell in it. Break the box open, and get
on the shell. Ride the shell off of the area you are on, back onto
the water. Surf along the water, and head towards the base of the
snowmans that is in the water. There will be a hill, with a line of
yellow coins going up it, on the base of the snowman. Surf over to
the hill and go up it. You will have to jump forward several times
to get to the top. Once you are at the top, jump over the fence
and crash into the igloo. Then, crawl into the igloo.

Inside the igloo, all you need to do is collect all of the red
coins.
They are all in the igloo, so they should be easy to get. Many are
in the air, and we recommend doing backward somersaults to get
the red coins in the air. There is also a red coin in the water
behind the ? box, and another one in the water in the center of the
room. Talk to the Bob-omb buddy on the main piece of land if
you need any help locating the red coins in the igloo. When you
have them all, the power star will appear on a platform on the
right side of the igloo.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

This level is not anywhere short of the one coins you need; so
here is how to get those coins. To the left of where you start off
there will be three flower enemies, as well as three coins on the
ground. Defeat the flower enemies to get their coins. Then, take
the first two coins that are on the ground. When you near the third
coin, it turns into an enemy. Jump on top of the enemy, and
several coins will come out of it. Also, find the box that is near
the
ice sculpture and break it; it has several coins in it.

Next, head back to where you started off. Follow the large sign
up the hill until you see another flower enemy. Defeat the flower
enemy to get the coins it possesses. After that, do a long jump
across the windy valley, heading to where the "campsite" is.
Three Goombas will be huddled around a fire; defeat them in
order to get their coins. A flower enemy is also there and, well,
you know what to do with that.

When you are done with that, head along the path that is to the
right of the path leading up to the bully. After you pass the frozen
pond, you will come to an area with two flower enemies and a
coin. Defeat the flower enemies to get their coins, and then walk
near the coin that it on the ground. It will turn into an enemy.
When it does, jump on it and take the coins that come out.

Head over to the frozen pond that is right next to the base of the
large snowman. A single flower enemy will be on the bank of the
pond, and two flower enemies will be on the piece of land in the
middle of the pond. Defeat all three of them in order to get their
coins.

Once you have done that, go to the place where you collect the
power star for Whirl From the Freezing Pond. Break open the !
box that is next to the one with the power star in it. Get on the
shell that comes out, and ride back down onto the freezing pond.

Surf along the water, and head to the slope that leads up to the
igloo. There are several coins on the slope, so make sure that you
get them. When you are at the top of the slope, crash into the
igloo. Then crawl inside the igloo. There are several coins inside
the igloo, so if you collect them all you should have enough to get
the power star.

***************************
K. Course 11: Wet-Dry World
***************************

Requirement: Defeated 2nd Bowser
With the 2nd Bowser battle out of the way, you can now head up
to the second floor of the castle. When you enter the castle, head
straight across the first floor, and go up the center set of stairs.
Go
through the center door with a large keyhole in it. Inside the door
you will find a staircase. Travel up the staircase, and go through
the door that is there. The picture that takes you into Wet-Dry
World is right in front of where you come out.

Depending on how high you jump into the picture, the starting
water level will change. For this guide, we will ask you to start
the
level with the water high or low. In order to make the water high,
do a continuous jump or a backward somersault into the picture,
making sure that you enter the picture at the peak of the jump. To
enter the level with the water low, do a small jump into the
picture, barely making it into the picture.

** Shocking Arrow Lifts! **

As the name suggests, there are arrow lifts you need to go on to
get to the star. While this star is not too hard to get using that
method, there is an even easier way to earn it. You will find that
many levels in this world have easier ways to beat them.

When you enter the level, start out by making the water level low.
Once you are in the level, turn completely around, facing the area
covered by the large, rectangular platform. Run under the
platform, going until you reach the end of it. As soon as you are
no longer under the platform, turn to the right. Next, run straight
until you come to a structure made of several large, brick steps.
Stand in the corner between the lowest and the highest steps (does
this make total sense to you? Wouldn't it be easier if there was a
picture of this warp? Guess what! Their is! Check out the illustrated
version of this game guide on our website. It has pictures of this
and many other warps, as well as other things).

You will be warped onto a platform, high up in the level. Next,
turn your character to the left, and walk to the edge of the
platform. When you are there, walk off of the platform. You will
land on another platform, lower down. An ! box will be on the
platform. The power star is in the ! box; all you need to do is
break the box open.

** Top O' the Town **

For this level, we recommend that you start out as Mario. Enter
the level so that the water level starts out as high as it can go.
Once you are in the level, go straight and swim to the edge of the
level. When you reach the edge, turn left and swim to the brick
slope.

Run onto the brick slope, and across the small flat area that is
after it. Next, jump up the two stairs that are at the end of the
flat
area. There will be a gap in between the top stair and the next flat
area, so do a long jump to get across the gap.

When you are on the main flat area at the top of the level, walk
under the ? box. Upon going under the ? box, turn to the left.
Then, break open the ? box and take the power flower. It will
make Mario float. Float up a short ways, and start heading
straight. As you go, curve slightly to the left. You will see a
power
star, a short ways above a platform. Float over to the power star
to finish the level.

** 5 Secrets in the Shallows and Sky **

In this level you need to perform five special tasks in order to
find
five secrets. It is best to start the level out with the water level
as
low as it can get. Here are the locations of the secrets.

In the wall of the first level of the main structure, there is a
metal
box. Push it all the wall in to find the first secret.

Against the wall of the level that is to the left of where you start
off, there is a metal box. Push it towards the corner of the level
that is closest in order to get the second secret.

Above the bottom left corner of the level from where you start
off, there is a ! box. Break open the box in order to find the third
secret.

Directly above the circular tower on the third level of the main
structure, you will find a ! box (a sperical enemy is flying around
the base of the tower). Break open the ! box and you will receive
the fourth secret.

On top of the wire cage that holds the power star for Express
Elevator--Hurry Up, there is another ! box. Destroy the ! box and
you will find the fifth secret.

When you have found all five secrets, the power star will appear
on the bridge that is directly behind the place where you start off.
Get onto the bridge, and take the power star to finish the level.

** Express Elevator--Hurry Up! **

For this level, you need to start out as Luigi. Also, the water
level
needs to be high. Swim straight as soon as you start off, heading
to the edge of the level. Upon reaching the edge of the level, turn
left and swim to the brick slope. Swim onto the brick slope, and
run across the small flat area that is at the top of the slope.
After
that, jump up the two stairs at the end of the flat area.

A Bob-omb buddy will be on the top stair, but he is not important
right now. Jump across the gap that is there, going to the area
with a ? box above it. When you land, walk straight so that you
are under the ? box. Turn around when you are under it.

With that done, break open the ? box and take the power flower.
It will turn Luigi invisible. Next, run back across the area, and
jump to the area where the Bob-omb buddy is. As you go, note
the large, wire cage that is too your right. The power star is in it.

When you are on the area where the Bob-omb buddy is, go to
the edge of the platform. Turn around so that Luigi is facing the
Bob-omb buddy. Do a backward somersault. As you begin to
twirl, maneuver yourself into the cage, onto the power star. It is
right above the platform inside the cage that is closest to where
you did the backward somersault.

The great thing about this is that even if you do not make it the
first time, it is easy to retry. You do not have to go through a
complicated maze for a second try. Simply swim to the brick
slope you were on, and complete the steps again from there.

** Go to Town for the Red Coins **

For this level, enter the picture so that the water level is high.
Once you begin the level, swim straight and over to the right.
Head towards the structure made of tall, wire walls. When you
are next to it, jump out of the water. You will have enough height
to grab onto the edge of the wire wall. Pull yourself up, and jump
into the water on the other side of the wire wall.

Swim straight down as soon as you are in the water. Head to the
bottom, and you will find a tunnel. Swim through the tunnel, go
under the first wire wall and over the second. When you have
swam over the second wire wall, swim straight down to the
ground.

You will find yourself in a miniature town. Unfortunately, you
cannot do much since the town is completely under water. Swim
under the place where the second wire wall was, and you will see
a multi-colored diamond. Touch the diamond, and the water level
will decrease. Now, you will be able to stand up.

Now you will have to collect all eight red coins that are in the
town. Since the town is so small, they are easy to get to. Here are
their locations.

Two red coins are in the two blocks that are on the edge of the
courtyard wall.

One red coin is in the block that is right in front of the entrance
to
the castle.

One red coin is on the roof of the castle.

Four red coins are in the four blocks that are on the roofs of the
four flat-roofed buildings around the castle. Use Mario's Wall
kick to get on top of the buildings. Luigi's backward somersault is
also useful for getting on two of the buildings. If you are Luigi
and
you need to get on the tallest buildings, step on the switch that is
behind the building with the slanted roof. It will create steps next
to the tallest building.

When you have all eight red coins, the power star will appear
inside the castle. Go into the castle to claim the power star and to
finish the level.

** Quick Race Through Downtown! **

For this level, enter the picture so that the water level is high.
Once you begin the level, swim straight and over to the right.
Head towards the structure made of tall, wire walls. When you
are next to it, jump out of the water. You will have enough height
to grab onto the edge of the wire wall. Pull yourself up, and jump
into the water on the other side of the wire wall.

Swim straight down as soon as you are in the water. Head to the
bottom, and you will find a tunnel. Swim through the tunnel, go
under the first wire wall and over the second. When you have
swam over the second wire wall, swim straight down to the
ground.

You will find yourself in a miniature town. Unfortunately, you
cannot do much since the town is completely under water. Swim
under the place where the second wire wall was, and you will see
a multi-colored diamond. Touch the diamond, and the water level
will decrease. Now, you will be able to stand up.

Turn around, and wade straight through the water (do not go onto
the small area above the water level. If you are not Luigi, quickly
get his cap before continuing. Keep going straight until you see a ?
box. Break open the box, and take the power flower that is inside
of it. It will make you invisible. Now that you are invisible, you
need to make it inside the wire cage that is in the town. Run along
the edge of the large platform that the castle is on.

Soon you will be past the main platform that the castle is on, and
you will be running along the courtyard wall. Since the wall is
narrow and you are invisible, you can run through it. Run through
both of the courtyard walls, and then head right towards the wire
cage. Go into the cage, and run next to the large stucture that is
inside the cage. Do a backward somersault onto the first step of
the structure, and then jump up to the top of the structure. The
power star will be there for your taking.

** Soaked Silver Stars **

In this level you need to collect all five of the silver stars. We
recommend that you start out with the water level high, and that
you start out as Mario. For the first silver star, head over to
the ?
box (A Bob-omb buddy is near the ? box; talk to him to make
him open up the cannon. If you have already opened up the
cannon, never mind the piece of information). Break it open, and
take the power flower that is inside of it. Float up high, and you
will find the first silver star in the middle of the level, high up
in the
air.

When you have that silver star, dive down to the large platform
next to the bridge that you start off in front of. Swim into the
silver
star to collect it. Off to the side of that platform, a little
higher up,
is another platform made of red bricks. The third silver star is on
it. Swim over to it and take it.

When you have that power star, swim over to the ramp that is in
front of where you start off. Swim under the ramp, and you will
find the fourth silver star. Now that you have four silver stars,
swim straight down. You will see a multicolored diamond at the
bottom of the level, directly under the ramp. Touch it to make the
water level go down.

With the water level as low as it can go, head to the place where
you start the level. Go off to the left of it, and destroy the first
red
brick block that is there. The final silver star is inside the block.

Since you will have all five silver stars, the power star will
appear.
Run to the second set of brick blocks, and then turn right. Run
straight for a short distance, and then veer to the left. Go to the
structure that is made of several large steps. Go in the corner that
is between the lowest and the highest step, and stay there.

You will be warped to a platform high up in the level (you may
have to adjust your position when you are trying to use the warp).
A cannon is in the platform. Fall into the cannon. As soon as
cannon view comes up, shoot out of the cannon (you do not need
to aim). You will be shot across the level, all the way to another
platform. Go along the platform until you come to the ? box.
Break it open, and take the power star that is inside of it. Now,
float all the way over to the power star, and finish the level.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

This level is full of coins, so here are the locations of coins in
the
level. We recommend that you be any character besides Yoshi
for this level. In the brick boxes, to the right of where you start
out, you will find several coins. Defeat the two spiders in the
level
to get their coins. On the raised platform to the left of where you
begin, there is a blue coin switch. When you pound it in, it creates
six blue coins along the edge of the platform.

In the ! box, above the lower left corner, there is five coins.
Also,
in the ! box above the bridge that is behind where you start off,
you will find three coins. There are five coins on the high platform
that has a silver star (silver star challenge only) and a multi-
colored diamond.

There are eight coins around the raised circular platform, located
on the largest platform (the area you get to when you go up the
thin slope that sticks out). Several coins are also in the ! box
above the raised circular platform. Staying on that same area, go
to the ! box that has the moveable block next to it. The ! box has
three coins inside of it.

If you go onto the wire cage that the power star for "Express
Elevator-Hurry Up!" is in, you will find a ! box. There are several
coins in that box. On the to the side and down from the Bob-omb
Buddy, you will find a Goomba and four coins. Take the coin and
defeat the Goomba in order to get his yellow coin.

On the other side of the Bob-omb Buddy, on the highest
connected platform, there is a purple enemy. Run behind the
enemy, pick it up, and throw it against the wall. Several coins will
come out of it. There are also several coins on the circular
platforms in the top, middle of the level.

If you still need more coins, head over to the town (use the
cannon). There are several coins on top of building, in the castle
courtyard, and on the bridge at the top of the area. The red coins
are also there, just in case you need them. When you collect all of
these coins, you should have enough to complete the level.

*********************************
L. Course 12: Tall, Tall Mountain
*********************************

** Scale the Mountain **

This is the tallest mountain in the game, and it will take some
skill
to scale. When you begin, you will be on a path, near the base of
the mountain. Head up the path, past the Goombas. Soon you will
come to a gap in the path that you will need to jump over. It is
best to do a long jump over it. There is another gap immediately
after the first one, and you will need to do a long jump over it as
well.

When you are past the gaps, continue to follow the path as it goes
next to a bed of mushrooms. You will need to jump onto the
mushroom in a later level, but for now, ignore them. Keep going
along the path until you come to an area with several mole holes.
Occasionally moles will come out and throw rocks at you.

While you could merely go past the mole area, there is a shortcut
there that will make scaling the mountain much easier. As soon as
you enter the mole area, head left and go next to the mountain.
Get as close to the mountain as you can, and you will be in
between two rock platforms. One is much bigger than the other.

Turn so that your back is towards the larger rock platform, and
do a backward somersault onto it. As soon as you land, turn
completely around and do another backward somersault, onto a
small ledge sticking out of the mountain. When you land, once
again turn around and do another backward somersault. You will
land on a wide path, and you can continue on your journey.

Run across the path, and jump onto the area that is slightly higher
than it. Keep going, and you will come to a large wall. The wall
leads up to a higher area, so do a continuous jump (or backward
somersault if you are Wario) onto the ledge.

You will come onto a higher path, so just run straight along the
new path. There will be Goombas on the path; defeat them so
they will not interfere with your travels. At the end of the path
there is a massive gap, and it leads to another path. It is
important
that you get over the gap, so run to the edge of the path you are
on, and do a long jump (Yoshi can cross the gap using his flutter
kick, which is easier to use, so we recommend that you use that
technique if you are Yoshi). If you did it correctly, you will land
on the path.

Run along that path quickly. There is a cloud near the beginning of
the path, and if you take too long he will blow you off. Once you
are past the cloud, run steadily unto you come to a green area
with several Goombas in it.

Run through the green area, and defeat the Goombas if you want
to. At the end of the green area, you will need to jump up a short
way in order to get back on normal land. The green land will
hamper your jumping ability, so jump quickly several times in
order to get enough height.

When you are past the green area, you have passed all of the
obstacles in the level. Now you need to continue to run along the
path. The path will veer away from the mountain for a while, so
be careful as you cross that portion. Soon you will come to an
area that is fenced in. Go until you reach the slope you can easily
walk up, and then walk to the top of the mountain. The power
star will be their, and you can take it.

** Mystery of the Monkey Cage **

This level forces you to yet again make your way to the top of the
mountain. There is an easier route to take this time. Start by
climbing up the tree that is right behind where you start off. Climb
to the top of the tree to make an owl come out, and then climb
back down. The owl will offer you a ride. Stand under the owl's
shadow, and jump. Your character will grab onto the owl, and he
will take you to the top of the level. Hang on and steer towards
the peak of the mountain. When you are above it, let go of the
owl.

At the very top of the mountain is a monkey. The little monkey
will run around the top of the mountain, avoiding you. To
complete the level you need to capture the monkey. Run after him
and attempt to capture him. When he runs into a wall he jumps
backward, so a good strategy is to run him into a wall. Then,
quickly turn around and grab him as soon as he lands.

Once you have captured him, he will beg you to let him go. He is
a pesky monkey, but let him go anyway. After, he will reward you
handsomely. When you let him go, follow him as he goes a short
ways down the mountain. He will come to the spot where the
monkey cage is, right in from of the waterfall.

The monkey will jump onto the cage, and make it fall. The cage
will break open. The power star will appear above a small piece
of land, next to the bottom of the first waterfall. Walk along the
small bridge that goes next to the waterfall, and drop off of it.
You
will land in the water at the bottom of the first waterfall. The
power star is on the piece of land to the right of the waterfall, so
swim over to the land and retrieve it.

** Scary `Shrooms, Red Coins **

Collecting the red coins of this world can be dangerous, but that's
what makes it exciting. When you begin the level, head up the
path. Go past the Goombas until you reach the two gaps that are
in the past. Do long jumps past both of the gaps, and you will end
up back on the path. Several mushrooms will be next to the path.

Go until you are next to the first mushroom. A red coin is spinning
above it. Jump to the mushroom, and take the red coin that is on
it. After that, there will be two mushrooms that you can jump on.
One leads to a ! box, and the other one leads to another red coin.
Jump to the one that is closest to the next red coin. As soon as
you land on it, jump onto the next mushroom with a red coin on it.
When you are there, jump to the next mushroom with a red coin
on it, and take the red coin. Finally, jump to the final mushroom
that has a red coin on it. As soon as you get the red coin, jump
back onto the main path.

Keep going along the path until you come to an area with several
mole holes. Occasionally moles will come out and throw rocks at
you. As soon as you enter the mole area, head left and go next to
the mountain. Get as close to the mountain as you can, and you
will be in between two rock platforms. One is much bigger than
the other.

Turn so that your back is towards the larger rock platform, and
do a backward somersault onto it. As soon as you land, turn
around and walk across  the rock platform. When you get to the
end of it, jump up to the platform with the red coin on it. Take the
red coin, and head back to the place where you landed after
performing the backward somersault.

When you are there, turn around so that you are facing the place
where you just got a red coin. Then, do another backward
somersault. You will land on another platform, higher up, that has
a red coin on it. Go forward until you get the red coin, and then
do another backward somersault.

You will land on yet another area. Go forward until you come to
the wall that leads up to a slightly higher area. Instead of jumping
up the wall when you get to it, do another backward somersault.

Your character will land on a small ledge sticking out of the
mountain, and he will get the red coin that is on it. As soon as you
land on it, do a continuous jump. You will grab onto another
platform that is higher up. Climb onto the platform. Then, turn
around and jump to the ledge that is slightly higher that the area
that you are on.

The first part of the ledge is slanted, so run past that until you
are
on the part of the ledge that is flat. When you are there, turn
around and jump up to the next ledge. You will find the eighth red
coin on that ledge, so make sure that you take it.

Once you have all eight red coins, the power star will appear.
Jump down to the place where all the mole holes are. When you
are there, face away from the mountain. You will see a mushroom
with the red coin power star above it. Run, and jump onto the
mushroom. Take the power star to finish the challenge.

** Mysterious Mountainside **

In this level you need to get to the area just past the blowing
cloud. If you already know how to get there, skip to paragraph 7.
When you begin, you will be on a path, near the base of the
mountain. Head up the path, past the Goombas. Soon you will
come to a gap in the path that you will need to jump over. It is
best to do a long jump over it. There is another gap immediately
after the first one, and you will need to do a long jump over it as
well.

When you are past the gaps, continue to follow the path as it goes
next to a bed of mushrooms. You will need to jump onto the
mushroom in a later level, but for now, ignore them. Keep going
along the path until you come to an area with several mole holes.
Occasionally moles will come out and throw rocks at you.

While you could merely go past the mole area, there is a shortcut
there that will make scaling the mountain much easier. As soon as
you enter the mole area, head left and go next to the mountain.
Get as close to the mountain as you can, and you will be in
between two rock platforms. One is much bigger than the other.

Turn so that your back is towards the larger rock platform, and
do a backward somersault onto it. As soon as you land, turn
completely around and do another backward somersault, onto a
small ledge sticking out of the mountain. When you land, once
again turn around and do another backward somersault. You will
land on a wide path, and you can continue on your journey.

Run across the path, and jump onto the area that is slightly higher
than it. Keep going, and you will come to a large wall. The wall
leads up to a higher area, so do a continuous jump (or backward
somersault if you are Wario) onto the ledge.

You will come onto a higher path, so just run straight along the
new path. There will be Goombas on the path; defeat them so
they will not interfere with your travels. At the end of the path
there is a massive gap, and it leads to another path. It is
important
that you get over the gap, so run to the edge of the path you are
on, and do a long jump (Yoshi can cross the gap using his flutter
kick, which is easier to use, so we recommend that you use that
technique if you are Yoshi). If you did it correctly, you will land
on the path.

Run along that path with the cloud near it quickly. The cloud near
the beginning of the path will blow you off if you stay in front of
him too long. Directly past the cloud is a group of coins, near a
small part of the mountain wall. They seem to be leading into it.
Jump into the wall there to be taken to another area.

You will enter an area housing the most complicated slide of the
game. In order to take the power star you need to complete the
slide. Tackle this slide as you would any other-cautiously. Overall,
the slide is fairly normal. There are many turns, and there are two
particular things you will want to look out for.

A good distance down the slide you will see several signs
directing you to turn right onto a boarded area. While you will
tend to continue on the normal path, it is imperative that you turn
right onto the boarded area. If not, you will come to a dead end
and will fall of the track. It only takes one time missing the
boarded area to realize that you need to turn there, but you can
make the turn without even making the mistake once.

Later on the slide will go into a tunnel. At the end of the tunnel
the
track will make a large curve-too large for you to go on. This will
make the track extremely narrow for a short while. Then, the
track will begin to widen again, and you will go through a turn.
When you are once again heading straight, there is something you
need to watch out for. A short distance after you straighten out,
there will be a jump in the track. Yes, you need to actually jump
to make it over the jump, so be ready for that.

When you have made it past the jump, you are nearly home free.
Slide down the remainder of the slide, and slide into the hole at
the end. You will be taken to a cave in the mountain. A wire wall
prevents you from leaving the cave, though you will not need too.
A power star is also in the cave; take it and finish the level.

** Blast to the Lonely Mushroom **

While this level recommends using the cannon, it is not necessary.
There are other ways to beat the level. In order to beat the level
an easier way, start out by climbing to the top of the tree that is
where you start off. An owl will come out. When you climb down
from the tree, the owl will offer you a ride.

Accept his ride by jumping underneath him, and grabbing his
claws. Hold on as he soars to the top of the level. When you are
at the top of the level, stop looking at the top screen and focus on
the lower screen. It is all you need to beat the level. Still
holding
onto the owl, turn so that the yellow arrow is pointing to the
power star. Go until your character's face is over the power star
(it should completely cover the power star, but it is not
necessary), and then let go of the owl. Immediately after you let
go, pound the ground so that you will fall straight down. You will
land on the power star or right next to it.

** 5 Secrets of the Mountain **

For this level, you need to be Mario. We recommend switching to
him before you start the level. Anway, you may have noticed that
several of these levels force you to go to the top of the mountain.
This one is no exception Climb up the tree that is at the beginning
of the level, and ride the owl to the top of the mountain.

When you are directly above the top of the mountain, let go of the
owl. You will drop onto the peak of the mountain. There is also a
? box above the peak. Break the box open, and, since you are
Mario, you will find a feather. Take the feather, and do the triple
jump in order to start flying.

In the sky around the top of the mountain, there are five clusters
of coins. Each cluster has eight yellow coins circled around a
single yellow coin. Fly to each group of coins, and take the coin
that is in the middle. A number will appear. Collect each center
coin in the five groups.

There are five groups, but you will not have enough height to
collect all five center coins in one sitting. When you start to get
low, fly over to the top of the mountain, and start over (don't
forget to collect the feather again if your time starts running
low).
Do this as many times as you need to in order to collect all five
center coins. Remember to start off in different directions so that
you have enough height to collect specific yellow coins. Once you
have all five center yellow coins, a star will appear at the top of
the mountain. Fly into it to complete the level.

** Breathtaking View from the Bridge **

Yet again you need to make it to the top of the mountain. Climb
the tree that is where you start off, ride the owl to the top of the
mountain, and drop onto the top of the mountain. Even though
you landed at the top of the mountain, that is not where the power
star is. You need to make your way down the mountain a short
distance.

Start heading down the path that leads away from the top of the
mountain. You will need to be Wario to finish this level, so take
his cap if you did not start out as him. Now, head over to where
the path veers away from the mountain for a distance. Instead of
following the path away from the mountain, stay next to the
mountain and keep going straight. You will drop onto a small
bridge.

Follow the bridge until it comes to an end. It leads to the entrance
of a cave inside the mountain. Go into the cave, and you will find
a black brick block blocking your way. Since you are Wario, you
will be able to break the block with a single punch. Behind the
block is the power star.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

While there are many coins on Tall, Tall Mountain, they are
scattered in many different locations. Here are the locations of
many of the coins. We recommend that you use a character other
than Yoshi for this. At the beginning of the level, when the path
splits off into two ways, head down the path that goes down.
There are eight coins at the bottom of it, and a jumping box with
several coins in it (should you dare to pick it up).

On the main path, just before the two gaps, there are three
Goombas walking around. Defeat them for their coins. When you
have those coins, continue to head up the mountain. When you
are past the area with all of the Gopher holes, you will see three
Bob-ombs. Pick them up, and throw them against the wall to
obtain their yellow coins.

After that, continue on until you come to the purple enemy. Pick
up the purple enemy from behin, and throw him against the wall.
Several coins will come out of him. Go past the area where the
purple enemy was, onto the wooden bridge that is there. Several
coins are on the bridge.

You can also head to where the red coins are, hidden in the midst
of several rocks. Underneath the hanging moss near the top of
where the red coins are in the rocks, there are several yellow
coins. You can also collect all eight red coins since they are worth
two yellow coins each.

If you head to the place where the metal balls fall off the
mountain, you will find a pole sticking out of the ground. Pound
the pole into the ground since it will give you yellow coins. Also,
if
you head to the right of the slope where the metal balls are rolling
down, you will find another path with two Bob-ombs on it. Defeat
them in order to get their yellow coins.

Keep going along the mountain until you come to the Mysterious
Mountainside. That is the place where you entered the mysterious
slide. There are several coins around the entrance to the slide, so
collect them. After you pass the entrance to the slide, you will
come to a green area with four Goombas on it. Defeat the
Goombas to get their coins.

Immediately after the green area, you will see a column of coins
heading into the air. Stand under the column, and do a backward
somersault to get the coins. Keep going, and you will find five
coins on the ledge in front of the waterfall.

Once you have collected all those coins, head to the top of the
mountain as Mario. Take the feather. Fly around the top of the
mountain, collecting the forty-five coins that are in the air. When
you have them all, you should have enough coins to beat this level.

******************************
M. Course 13: Tiny-Huge Island
******************************

Requirement: Beat 2nd Bowser
Once you have beaten the second Bowser, you will be able to
enter this area. When you enter the castle, head straight up the
center stairs in the room. Go to the door with the keyhole on it,
and go through it. Next, go up the spiralling set of stairs that is
there. Once you have gone through the door at the top of the
stairs, you will be on the second floor. Head left, and go into the
door that will be there. Once you are inside the room, go to the
small platform in the middle of the room. There will be three new
ways to go from there. If you go straight, you will end up at a
simple picture that does nothing. If you go into the picture to the
right, you will be small when you enter the level. If you go into
the
picture to the left, you will be big when you enter the level.
Remember which ways allow you to enter the level as big or little.
These can save you a lot of time inside the level, and they are
reffered to frequently in this level's walkthroughs.

** Pluck the Pirahna Flower **

First off, I must say that it would be best if you were someone
besides Yoshi for this level. Anyway, when you enter this level,
use the route that makes you big. You will start out on an island,
next to a large mountain. Ignore the Goomba that is there; it can
do you no harm. Turn to the left, and you will see two other
islands that are also next to the mountain. Jump to the island next
to the one you are on. Jump to the third island, avoiding the fire-
breating Pirahna Plants that infest it. There is a pipe on the third
island; jump into it.

After you have jumped into the pipe, you will jump back out of it.
This time, however, you will be a lot smaller. You will also be the
perfect size to take on the fire-breathing Pirahna Plants that are
on
the island. There are Pirahna Plants on both sides of the pipe; you
will need to go near the area where they are, wait for them to
come out of the ground, and punch them. When you do it to one
it will wither and die, but do not be too excited. There are several
Pirahna Plants that are on this island. Stay on the island, and kill
all of the Pirahna Plants that come up. When you have defeated
them all, a power star will appear. Take the power star to
complete the first level of this area.

** The Tip Top of the Huge Island **

Start out this level using the route that makes you big. As you
start, jump onto the island next to the one you are on. Climb up
the tree that is on the island. When you are at the top of the tree,
jump onto the mountain. Turn left, and make your way over to the
green pipe (next to where the metal balls come out). Jump into it.

When you come out of it, you will be small. Jump up onto the
higher areas, one area at a time. Keep doing this until you are at
the highest area. From there you cannot jump up to the peak, so
you will have to find a different route. Run along until you find
the
wooden bridge that goes along the edge of the mountain. Run
across it, all the way to the other side of the peak. The area on
the other side of the bridge slants up, making a path to the top.
Run up the path until you come to the ! box. Break it open, and
you will find the power star inside of it.

** Rematch with Koopa the Quick **

Koopa the Quick is upset at his previous loss, and now he wants
a chance to take revenge. I would like to say that he is a lot
harder to beat this time, as he was in the N64 version of this
game, but he is not. Start out the level using the picture that
makes
you big. When you begin, jump over to the island that is right next
to the one you are on. Jump onto the tree that is there, and climb
it all the way to the top. After that, jump off the tree, onto the
mountain. Face the mountain, and then turn left, heading past the
hole where the balls come out. You will see a green pipe. Jump
into the pipe.

Instantly your character will jump out of the pipe, only this time
he
will be much smaller. Go to where you are near the edge of the
mountain, and then turn left. Once again, go past the hole where
the large metal balls come out. Stay near the mountainside, and
keep running. As you run, the mountain will cut off, and there will
be a fence, Run along the edge of the fence until you see Koopa
the Quick. Talk to him, and he will challenge you to a race.

The race will then begin. Run (you do not have to do long jumps
in this version) back the way you came. Go along the fence, along
the mountain, and past the hole where the balls come out. Keep
heading straight for a short while, and then turn right when you
come to the path that heads downward. Follow the path that
heads downward, falling from one level to another.

Run steadily until you come to the bridge without railing. As you
cross the bridge, wind will blow. Do not stop running, but be sure
that you are not blown off the bridge. Make your way across the
bridge, and soon you will be on solid ground again. The ending
flag is on this piece of land. Run over to it and, if you beat
Koopa,
you will win the race. Wait for Koopa to finish the race as well,
and then he will give you your prize: a power star.

** Klepto the Condor **

Just as in the previous levels, you need to start off this level
using
the route that makes you big. When you enter the level, jump over
to the island that is next to your. Jump onto the tree, climb it to
the
top, and then jump onto the mountain. There will be an area
higher up that you need to jump to. One of its walls has a hole in
it
that has metal balls come out of it. Jump onto the higher area, and
after that jump to the next highest area. There is a small wooden
walkway that is connected to the area you should end up on.

Once you have done that, you are in position to complete the
level. Stand on the area patiently, waiting for the bird to fly
around
the mountain. When the bird is just above you, jump straight up in
order to get the bird to drop the star.

The star will fly over to the floating island next to the mountain.
Jump back down to where the tree is, and then jump to the higher
island. Stay to the right of the island, and drop down when you
are past the mountain. You will drop onto a platform with a
switch on it. Step on the switch to make blocks appear. Run
across the blocks, over to the island. Take the power star.

** Wiggler's Red Coins **

For this level, use the route that makes you small. Head across
the island, going into the small hole in the large wall. On the
other
side of the wall is a large body of water. Jump into it and start
swimming.

Soon you will see a large beach to your left. Swim onto the
beach. Next, head up the sandy hill until you find the Koopa.
Jump on Koopa in order to knock him out of his shell, and then
hop on the shell. Ride the shell up the hill, going until you are
near
the wall at the top of the hill. Turn sharply right, and go up the
steep, rocky hill that is there.

Go up the rocky hill, jumping forward if you start to slow down.
As you make your way up the hill, veer slightly to the right. You
will come to a flat, grassy area with a tree, a Goomba, and a sign
on it (if there is just a Goomba on it you are on the wrong area;
head back to the beach and try again). Extending out from the
area is a narrow bridge, leading into a hole in the mountain.

You could try to ride the shell across the bridge and into the
mountain, but that is difficult to do. Instead, steer so that you
crash into the sign that is on the area. The shell will disappear,
and
you will control your character once again (you can also use the
cannon; just aim a complete crosshair length above the highest
point of the mountain). Walk (or crawl) along the bridge that
extends out of the area. Follow it into the hole in the mountain.

Once you have gone through the hole, you will be inside the
mountain. Several platforms are there, sticking out of a bottomless
pit. Walk along the first platform, and collect the coin that is on
it.
When you reach the end of the first platform, jump to the platform
that is closest to it and collect its red coin.

Continue jump from one platform to another, and jump onto to
platforms with red coins on them. Once you have collected the
red coin on a platform, jump to the next one with a red coin on it.
The platforms with red coins are set up in a logical order, so it is
not difficult to get to each one of them.

When you have six red coins, you will be on a small platform.
There are large platforms above and below you. Jump to the large
platform that is higher up. Once you are on it, run to where the
red coin is on it.

After you have collected that red coin, crouch and do a
backward somersault (hold down jump when you do it). You will
grab onto a wire net at the top of the level. Hold onto the wire
net, and make your way to the tall platform with the red coin on it.
When you are above it, drop onto it and take its red coin. Since
you will have all eight red coins, the power star will appear. Drop
down the gap in between that platform, and the platform with the
glass enclosure on it in order to get the power star.

** Make Wiggler Squirm **

Start out this level big. Jump onto the second island, and climb up
the tree. When you are at the top of the tree, jump onto the
mountain. When you are on the mountain, jump from one area to
the next, getting as high as you can. When you are at the platform
just below the top of the mountain, turn so that your back is to the
mountain. Crouch, and do a backward somersault. You will land
on top of the mountain. Stand in the pool of water, jump up, and
pound the ground. A hole will appear in the top of the mountain,
and the water will disappear.

Now that you have done that, jump off the peak of the mountain,
onto the lower areas that you were just on. Make your way over
to the green pipe (next to where the metal balls come out) and
jump into it.

When you come out of it, you will be small. Jump up onto the
higher areas, one area at a time. Keep doing this until you are at
the highest area. From there you cannot jump up to the peak, so
you will have to find a different route. Run along until you find
the
wooden bridge that goes along the edge of the mountain. Run
across it, all the way to the other side of the peak. The area on
the other side of the bridge slants up, making a path to the top.
Go up to the top, and fall down the hole that is there.

You will fall into Wiggler's area. He is angry about how you
flooded his house. Begin by jumping down from the platform you
landed on, so that you are on the same floor as Wiggler. Jump on
top of Wiggler's head. That will make him angrier, and he will
move faster. Avoid him as he runs, and then jump on top of his
head again. This time he will be furious. Simply avoid his rampage
and jump yet again on his head. This time he will concede, and he
will give up his power star.

** Switch Star on the Island **

We recommend that you use any character except Wario to beat
this level. Use the route that makes you small. Head across the
island, going into the small hole in the large wall. On the other
side
of the wall is a large body of water. Jump into it and start
swimming.

Soon you will see a large beach to your left. Swim onto the
beach. Next, head up the sandy hill until you find the Koopa.
Jump on Koopa in order to knock him out of his shell, and then
hop on the shell. Ride the shell up the hill, going until you are
near
the wall at the top of the hill. Turn sharply right, and go up the
steep, rocky hill that is there.

Go up the rocky hill, jumping forward if you start to slow down.
As you make your way up the hill, veer slightly to the right. You
will come to a flat, grassy area with a tree, a Goomba, and a sign
on it (if there is just a Goomba on it you are on the wrong area;
head back to the beach and try again). Extending out from the
area is a narrow bridge, leading into a hole in the mountain.

You could try to ride the shell across the bridge and into the
mountain, but that is difficult to do. Instead, steer so that you
crash into the sign that is on the area. The shell will disappear,
and
you will control your character once again (you can also use the
cannon; just aim a complete crosshair length above the highest
point of the mountain). Walk (or crawl) along the bridge that
extends out of the area. Follow it into the hole in the mountain.

Once you have gone through the hole, you will be inside the
mountain. Several platforms are there, sticking out of a bottomless
pit. Walk along the platform you start out on until you are past the
narrow portion of it.

Off to your left there is a large platform, higher up. Go to the
right
side of the platform you start out on, and face the large platform.
Jump towards the large platform, timing it so that you land just at
the edge of the platform you are on. When you land, quickly jump
forward again so that you do the continuous jump.

You will land on the ledge of the platform (remember this place;
we will refer to it later on). Go to the other side of the platform,
and you will find a star switch there. Step on the star switch to
make the power star appear.

Now, run back over to the ledge. Once you are there, stop,
crouch, and do a backward somersault (hold the jump button
when you do it). You will grab onto the wire net. Hold onto the
net, and make your way over to the platform with the power star
above it. It is in one of the corners of the area; look at your map
if
you are having trouble finding it. When you are directly above the
power star, drop down in order to retrieve it.

** 100 Coin Power Star **

To begin this coin hunt, start out using the route that makes you
small. On the island you begin on, there are three Goombas that
you can defeat. There is also a pole you can pound into the
ground; it gives you five yellow coins. Next, head through the hole
in the wall, and then swim to the sandy beach.

On the sandy beach there is a lot of coins. Start off by defeating
the Koopa, as he gives you a blue coin. Retrieve the two coins at
the top of the beach, and defeat the Lakitu and Shy Guy for their
yellow coins. Next, go to the piece of land past the beach. It has
the cannon on it, and a Shy Guy and a Goomba are there. Defeat
them for additional yellow coins.

Once you are ready to move away from the area with the cannon,
run to the section that does not have a fence. There is a small gap
there, and a platform is past the gap. Run and do a long jump
onto the platform. When you are on the platform, run straight
across it and fall off of it. A gust of wind will blow you up. When
it does, move over to the left, and land on the ledge that is
sticking
out of the mountain.

A narrow, wooden bridge is connected to the ledge. It has five
yellow coins on it. When you are past that wooden bridge, go
along the land until you come to another wooden bridge. Run
along that wooden bridge, and make sure you are not blown off.

Continue on, following the path of the metal balls backward.
Follow it until you come to the place where the metal balls come
out. Run past that place, and go down the slope that is after it.
Four yellow coins are on the slope. When you have those yellow
coins, turn around and go past the place where the metal balls
come out. Head up the green slope that is after that spot, and go
up to the tube that is at the top of the slope. Jump in the tube;
its
time to upgrade your size for the next portion of the treasure hunt.

As you leave the tube, head back down the slope. Run past the
place where the metal balls come out, and collect the coin that is
past it. Keep coming, and soon you will arrive at a wider area. A
Koopa is there, smash him to the ground in order to confiscate his
blue coin.

With that blue coin in your control, turn around and jump up the
platforms sticking out of the mountain. Go up until you are on the
platform that is closest to the top of the mountain. A wooden
bridge is next to the platform, and there are five yellow coins on
it.

Now, run to where the cannon is when you are little. A Bob-omb
buddy will be there. Talk to him, and he will open up the cannon.
Then, head to the beach, and jump onto the piece of land closest
to the tube. Go into the tube to become small again.

Head back up mountain, and go to the wooden bridge. On the
platform next to the wooden bridge, there is a large purple enemy.
When you are on the platform, run behind the enemy, pick it up
and throw it against the wall. It will give you five yellow coins.
Then, run across the wooden bridge and get the coins that are on
it.

When you are done with that, jump off of the wooden bridge,
down onto the beach. After that, swim over to the area where the
cannon is. Go into the cannon. Aim your cannon so that the
bottom middle of the lower part of the crosshair is lined up with
the peak of the mountain. Then, aim your cannon up one full
crosshair length. Shoot your cannon, and you will fly to an area
high in the mountain.

A Goomba will be there, along with a tree and a sign. Defeat the
Goomba, and he will reward you with a yellow coin (If you hit a
Goomba while you are being shot out of a cannon, they will give
you a blue coin). Then, go along the wooden bridge that is
connect to the area. It is narrow, so be careful when you go on it.
Follow the wooden bridge all the way to the mountain, collecting
the yellow coins that are on it. When you reach the end of the
wooden bridge, go into the mountain.

Go around the area inside the mountain, collecting all the red
coins. Also, step on the blue coin switch and take the two blue
coins that appear. If you have over ninety coins by now and you
are Luigi, break open the ? box and take the power flower that is
inside of it. Then, wait for the box to appear again, and jump on
top of it. When the time for you to be invisible is almost up, do a
backward somersault through the wire netting. You will end up in
Wiggler's area, and you can take the ten coins that are there.

If you do not have over ninety coins, leave that area and head to
the area where you got the first power star of the level. If you are
big when you get there, become small. Defeat the Pirahna Plants
that are there, as they give you coins. Also, pound in the poles in
order to get their coins. If you still need more coins after
depleting
that area of its coins, head to the place where you fight Wiggler.
There are ten coins in there, though there is no way to get out.
Make sure you have at least ninety coins when you go in there.
There are also many coins scattered about the island, collect them
if you still need more coins. When you have enough coins, take
the power star and finish the level.

*****************************
N. Course 14: Tick Tock Clock
*****************************

Depending on what number the big hand is pointing to when you
begin this level, the parts of the clock will be moving faster or
slower. The parts will be totally stopped if you enter when it is
pointing to the twelve. If it is pointing to the three, the parts
will be
slowly moving. For each higher number after the three, the clock
parts get progressively faster.

** Luigi in the Cage **

For this power star, you need to be Luigi. For this reason, we
recommend that you begin the level as Luigi. Enter the clock
when the big hand is pointing to the twelve, causing the clock to
remain stationary the entire time that you are in the level.

As you begin, head straight and jump across the gap that is there.
You will land on a wire path, and it will slant upward. Follow the
path until you reach the large box. Jump onto the box. When you
are on the box, run onto the platform that is next to it. From
there,
jump across the gap and onto the path that is next to the wall.

When you are on the path next to the wall, walk along it until you
come to the set of three boxes. Each box is higher than the one
before it, making a pathway to a higher level. Walk onto the first
box, and then jump onto the boxes that are higher than it. When
you make it to the highest box in the set, jump onto the path that
is next to the box.

Run along that path, and jump onto the large, wire area that is
next to it. Run across the wire area. At the end of the wire area
you will find a platform and several gears. Do a continuous jump
onto the lowest gear, and then jump up the rest of the gears.

Once you are on the top gear, you will see a path connected to
the wall. Jump onto the path, and go along it until you come to the
wire cage. The power star will be inside of it, but you cannot get
it
yet. Instead, jump onto the cage.

Run across the cage, and keep running when you come to a
normal path. Soon you will come to a large wall. Do a continuous
jump to get on the wall, and you will see that it is another
platform. Go along the platform for a short distance, and then
jump onto the pole that is on the platform.

When you are at the top of the pole, jump off of it, onto the large
area that is there. There is a yellow platform next to the top of
the
pole. Jump onto that yellow platform, and then jump onto the
yellow platform that is next to that one. High above that yellow
platform, you will see another platform. Turn so that your back is
to the higher platform, and then do a backward somersault onto
the platform.

When you land on the platform, run across it. At the end of it,
there will be another platform that is right above it. Go to the
edge
of the platform you are on, and then go to the very end of it. You
will be right next to the platform that is a little higher up. You
will
also be a short distance from a area made of wire. Jump onto the
wire, and go under the ? box that is there.

When you are under the ? box, jump up and break open the ?
box. Wait there as the power flower floats down to the ground.
Since you are right under it, it will float onto you. You will
become invisible, and you will fall straight through the wire. If
you
do not move, you will fall onto a platform in between two
pendulums. Run across that platforms, and jump to the wall that is
closest to it. You will fall down, into the cage with the star in
it.
Take the star to finish the level.

** The Pendulum Switch Star **

Enter the clock when the big hand is pointing to the twelve,
causing the clock to remain stationary the entire time that you are
in the level.

As you begin, head straight and jump across the gap that is there.
You will land on a wire path, and it will slant upward. Follow the
path until you reach the large box. Jump onto the box. When you
are on the box, run onto the platform that is next to it. From
there,
jump across the gap and onto the path that is next to the wall.

When you are on the path next to the wall, walk along it until you
come to the set of three boxes. Each box is higher than the one
before it, making a pathway to a higher level. Walk onto the first
box, and then jump onto the boxes that are higher than it. When
you make it to the highest box in the set, jump onto the path that
is next to the box.

Run along that path, and jump onto the large, wire area that is
next to it. Run across the wire area. At the end of the wire area
you will find a platform and several gears. Do a continuous jump
onto the lowest gear, and then jump up the rest of the gears.

Once you are on the top gear, you will see a path connected to
the wall. Jump onto the path, and go along it until you come to the
wire cage. Jump onto the cage. Run across the cage, and keep
running when you come to a normal path. Soon you will come to
a large wall. Do a continuous jump to get on the wall, and you will
see that it is another platform. Go along the platform for a short
distance, and then jump onto the pole that is on the platform.

When you are at the top of the pole, jump off of it, onto the large
area that is there. Walk across the area until you see the star
switch. Step on the star switch to make the switch star appear.
After that, run across the remainer of the area. Make sure you are
not hurt by the wind-up toy or the Goombas.

As soon as you reach the end of that area, jump across the gap,
onto the gear that is there. After you land on the gear, jump
across the next gap, onto the next area. As you go across that
area, head to the left. There will be a small platform sticking out
of
the area.

Run onto the platform, and then jump onto the platform that is
next to it. From there, jump yet again to the platform with the
switch star on it. Break open the glass enclosure and the star will
be yours. Remember, this challenge has limited time, so you will
need to move quickly.

** Get a Hand **

We recommend that you begin this level as Luigi. Enter the clock
when the big hand is pointing to the twelve, causing the clock to
remain stationary the entire time that you are in the level.

As you begin, head straight and jump across the gap that is there.
You will land on a wire path, and it will slant upward. Follow the
path until you reach the large box. Jump onto the box. When you
are on the box, run onto the platform that is next to it. From
there,
jump across the gap and onto the path that is next to the wall.

When you are on the path next to the wall, walk along it until you
come to the set of three boxes. Each box is higher than the one
before it, making a pathway to a higher level. Walk onto the first
box, and then jump onto the boxes that are higher than it. When
you make it to the highest box in the set, jump onto the path that
is next to the box.

Run along that path, and jump onto the large, wire area that is
next to it. Go along the wire area, and you will notice that the big
hand of the clock is on it. Go onto the hand of the clock, and go
to the part of it that is closest to the middle. The power star will
be right in front of you.

To get the power star, turn Luigi so that he is facing the arrow at
the end of the hand. His back should be to the power star. Now,
crouch and do a backward somersault. Luigi twirls so slowly after
a backward somersault, so maneuver him into the area with the
power star. Once you are there, all you need to do is to take the
power star.

** Stomp on the Thwomp **

For this level, we recommend that you begin as Mario. Enter the
clock when the big hand is pointing to the twelve, causing the
clock to remain stationary the entire time that you are in the level.

As you begin, head straight and jump across the gap that is there.
You will land on a wire path, and it will slant upward. Follow the
path until you reach the large box. Jump onto the box. When you
are on the box, run onto the platform that is next to it. From
there,
jump across the gap and onto the path that is next to the wall.

When you are on the path next to the wall, walk along it until you
come to the set of three boxes. Each box is higher than the one
before it, making a pathway to a higher level. Walk onto the first
box, and then jump onto the boxes that are higher than it. When
you make it to the highest box in the set, jump onto the path that
is next to the box.

Run along that path, and jump onto the large, wire area that is
next to it. Run across the wire area. At the end of the wire area
you will find a platform and several gears. Do a continuous jump
onto the lowest gear, and then jump up the rest of the gears.

Once you are on the top gear, you will see a path connected to
the wall. Jump onto the path, and go along it until you come to the
wire cage. Jump onto the cage. Run across the cage, and keep
running when you come to a normal path. Soon you will come to
a large wall. Do a continuous jump to get on the wall, and you will
see that it is another platform. Go along the platform for a short
distance, and then jump onto the pole that is on the platform.

When you are at the top of the pole, jump off of it, onto the large
area that is there. There is a yellow platform next to the top of
the
pole. Jump onto that yellow platform, and then jump onto the
yellow platform that is next to that one. High above that yellow
platform, you will see another platform. Turn so that your back is
to the higher platform, and then do a backward somersault onto
the platform.

When you land on the platform, run across it. At the end of it,
there will be another platform that is right above it. Go to the
edge
of the platform you are on, and then go to the very end of it. You
will be right next to the platform that is a little higher up. You
will
also be a short distance from a area made of wire. Jump onto the
wire, and go under the ? box that is there.

Break open the ? box, and jump up to get the power flower. It
will make Mario float. Float over to the middle of the level, and
then float quickly upward. Keep floating up until you are almost
under a wire platform. When you are almost under the wire
platform, stop floating upward. Instead, float over to the long path
the circles up and around the wire platform.

Land on the path, and then start heading up it. Run up the path,
and jump onto the occasional obstacles that are in the way. Keep
heading up the path until you come to the end of it. There will be
another ? box above the end of the path. Break open the ? box,
and then take the power flower that is inside of it.

Mario will begin to float. Float up a short ways, and then float to
the opposite side of the level. There will be a large opening in the
wall, and a Thwomp and a power star are in the opening. Float
into the opening, and over the Thwomp. Go until you reach the
power star, and then land on it in order to finish the level.

** Timed Jumps on Moving Bars **

This level requires strength, so start off as Wario. Also, it is
much
easier if none of the parts of the clock are moving, so enter the
level when the big hand is on the twelve.

As you begin, run straight and jump across the gap that is there.
You will land on a wire path, and it will slant upward. Follow the
path until you reach the large box. Jump onto the box. When you
are on the box, run onto the platform that is next to it. From
there,
jump across the gap and onto the path that is next to the wall.

When you are on the path next to the wall, walk along it until you
come to the set of three boxes. Each box is higher than the one
before it, making a pathway to a higher level. Walk onto the first
box, and then jump onto the boxes that are higher than it. When
you make it to the highest box in the set, jump onto the path that
is next to the box.

Run along that path, and jump onto the large, wire area that is
next to it. Run across the wire area. At the end of the wire area
you will find a platform and several gears. Do a continuous jump
onto the lowest gear, and then jump up the rest of the gears.

Once you are on the top gear, you will see a path connected to
the wall. Jump onto the path, and go along it until you come to the
wire cage. Jump onto the cage. Run across the cage, and keep
running when you come to a normal path. Soon you